My He He BY Fae ay we
fied ied Ue
No)
Meet diel peeren cele
4 wetie neta iy iY weno be deen oy Dette
ati Citi Ailend! sent de
TI
Seivey | te TD Bo Lana
ry dvd
eserves
raster sebeby
vasa ve bye
stat Hts bad Baim
cutee’
Wc Me ide d eS
Pea
Peau pun de du ted ees
phan’
(pen ease ied Me eae
wyarehh Lam vive ed
, coe hy
ran) Cu bet et
diya Eagagengnayise 1 tev
PRAT IOS Dan tae
nvr ta dialer ©
Hee Oe Fe
64 Mie tye fe
We pu eect
a he!
peng £25 ers:
po OST TEM
OE EY Thal
Be hat
ae
veray cede
any
wotdy
i
ww
pum Tweedy
ate
Praha
POR
as
peg ute’ spare ny rygr gest’
dep due Rebar CHES yoy Ye ryan dha heats OL ey
Ayah eedb Ad ee mH UNL yd bard 6th Ppa b ee eusre ney sys
piv a tet oe unewayera eee Tey eaeed
ee babennisih ah ey Wyyavavardbenyed ye’
MATT Ts tok eh
ceva vy syn bape eee
eid eee BER
Pe ene Al
yeas
pron pte Nth
rvesaai 7
cee
Mev
ie init
al
PED
ty tly wa!
py waited et
weg tiele™
Wee
Ys
a
ph Es OF ws
gene ober?
syn
iy
wythaehy
vest yey
evwiy geet yr atest
ws byt atyyih dba ths
avewees?
Sager d ROVE SIE alt
mg ythyy ate aten NE
ra
ery env ®
.
cane cyanesgee dvd SF
wg vasa WYHAE LN ENN
aoe L®
weneye ogee
ois
4 niet
Vath vie!
rire
wake Tesh ES
ncseg tasuediv fe
a fie Wad nina Hi He
yee Hom uy itell
dy 00 ts
euerey
' ren tn
rewarded ma ey enh
pepebenans sata?
mr gatpdvir res ebal
aay gn ee
di theaygmeatte quay ihe
vy reawpnanauayentecy id
gute ne real
fener em
yu te reg
IN than eee
pine
aviv fed
itor pone tte es 0
gandhi (a aef det voy yh
wi yivgwey civ Or EO?
dretives Thea wht
WRU DEL hee nubs Vrugvev retuned: eel
Fis sed yale CRA Oot Weve
steyttann #8
sey cent
yee ee
asset
catia eee av sae"
Menten Tr a a
re ae
ay eed ee
wr a
rtp CE ShEN SE
Prunny poy var dene
ie ce tee aN
paddy
Lg ea ECW EV TTS
sagkeb sede
eereate gy bees wot oed
ryndbay dieses!
wean
ta rangnteel!
daelyow
AAS EN tte
og ine hate
ped vove ey
Waite
george se sta dante wl
pinetin memes
mae
anwtyed ve
rons
7 tile Nhe He ee Ae
diy Why Beis Hie OV we
Leela fying tee de Ve
yen dney
Hehehe
Syren tg tidea Ne diy lhe Hye tie
tte Me Bie Woody 1a se hia tata mp dio nie alt ov lay airy te hie tae nls
ya Kane fast dla aes tutu ie digdin vie te Me Wie i fie ee ae Yinhesie reid Ne lorinenehi
Fett Attn sa ite Weta May Maca te taeda a Ho My Mod atta tata Me ihe Meeaiaatven tag aesta te yp tea fe Phe Bef
patna die "Oe! Byes ASR Me ia ty MM ate wSicanate Hi eons te na dt Be wt Ce pariatie Heei ie fe Hiv et Neath
Bp lig alate Nha Kee is wt i eat aie the Mh Ta OL die WV AV a FN ee 4a lt
wade tains eda tanns Won Fe Wadia ta ig Ke TULA Ne Be Mell ne de ale Ast ie Ee Heewll Hay vserate ns AW CEN P TVR AG Se ee Ns (ovate TY EMS PAE RAMA ae
ey Ret Rte Sinfon Hs yileits tied i Ma Mea it We mies me ENTE TN Ne NOn SRO dae fay. sew ae ME AE ga ded tad eT AN TMP yee gee wae PMU TEC MATE
thts Hy (ee airy my diy dw Mu tTad ated 1 rege gu ene dhe ne VEN ww My aware tied YN haga etre ied edad dM) 4
Ta soaease Ih mae Mast aide Me Kg dude Joe dey Ue ane Ly 0 re anette ny ele Vee pada YLT i ida yt Ha alte te rp ade NAR eS Ae piayaw
tipi Boetbedta tte yi en di Reale ub Ste ATG veene iv v yuiyle dee WONT IT ivan cere Lae \ in gtk OW Nt AV AB LTE near aiid pant wat
vay a Hee ted ie ale bate ho neal te ate ie ’ sp fig fig Mie Mt die ay edly "% Veatyany dvd be wd DENT wit OS givety Cagle Pe gS Vaivaen wed SHES it sug See we ty sehiyel pevpwe bs
fret atiadie Wadia meMasiterdn dhe madre melt Hates wettest ern dies (eestor LV opi (elit prea dt Hy He OY 9 puariaiv wrod Wile Ty tuavened vane eared! sears ay LPR E TREES or eae WE Gate vite dle iwapreere® x
Mey dite Mia Ta Mie Sta Ma tre Ma tied ha Ra Mia ao ae tha Vivaly meee Sey tit! alee ry ayaie alert ven Fouts cy ing Ped el say di vied WIE yore di tye IN TaN ivvvaiv ry ycce wal wee ayes a hy © soy eed Vt rpg veren ade Rh, ares
yobs ifs Ie Sin natty ale ty ued Matic dig Mate Tigh iWeb fv areas Hh den ie Ne BP a a re aanow stl wy savvy (arte Ae inpyre gate fete fe iad yyvad ease b li yor edt dy Had Fru bahe SOLENT ESPN La ad
Me nic ate dia ait Biel faye aber Cees roe Ne Mette ie Ay sly hd att Piney neat hi Be Bie VA yaaa reeds eve LAO AKT DINE yu tude aU eS eee TOW ed ! gust ayeuye ced” vib ateu eee MVS ov evewd § ¥ * 3 ‘ va ae f yy
, ole soa ae pgne tty Bee Seaaiy aur bet ce ty ” Mowe viet oy pe Le a i fty Hoven it ES Oy pede inge * wre yg dv daly OY wee oe Tyga kid hawt be . t wed bate Wa Tokay te Pa ayaa escven aed Bs myn Ars PTY
Mie Ma Ste Cea ig dnp Me Mh a tv Be ay MENT RC A TaN / iy yuattv bang atv 10a wiiyr ny era tipe sa cunersbe eT wei aydb seater ed cya ed Ee wth ey Tv ive ky yates eee te RW Tcs Uae ; grorchenebsed’ frites tee LEDS ae eta oY aati
a pancandia hia ests npMeiag hatte Ne nial wren dak cfied te te hve AUDA anda ni de te the My " Uy eaeg roca ee be ONT an tadte dw atte One dtiy lf fe AW pemneak te SMU Wahh NIN ON ave end Be ded dis ated OS 4nl They spat uryt jyaieee bana Wise wy ain batie’ ri . Me oy atest svg ayes ae rad ay vies!
i india tall s ia Bip gt Re edhe Ba ine ait ea et nes ren avatested uted ei fanedivey se yatay AAV ey Eee ID Ti Fy 0A UY Gin weg INAS PRA Peni Td hae See namapahiveum (evade y i pyateaeiirey Nate he eats Oeste vel pved rend Pitas)
Austr etn oats du tetieter Ara grein Pose SN Ty uty cntneee sy nyeanegiaay Heit vegary snes te eat yay Mei ate depicts fe vie sath gid YS pe dertvd e peas Oh d8 iM carvan nk tlh phate thay t anger akee sh Lid edad aces es : vakayden'dy Loi Tah ‘ er eure iho aetna A
pitas ddim Me te oh ee ca Pea ea SN CMAN ty Het ite pate My vineevd wifi dS ryatyaie driest 8M tachi IN DG NL AL edit Medel Ay dae pylly Cady hued Pods Iwate tue gaan eee enyy dia soeh oy sayy sees vegedh le seyret Ae beth. i wrney ne nara TS ren anned eed
edhe sede Nee 6 AM: “ athe ecaspaw ategte faethe dy tte ig ty Cadi AOE Pryde Masia TEN Puede givoine tie (12 wey inayat av ay ne? SME STL cd abner ay funy Srdied BANE I Sigua warned shally avwseeev western RPPReTy Tre inat tins y Sea o rane fc enat werry
sual lly ARNE nis ate gra ttn eta See # uyenadee thee (te pute dred we iti ay die pean diva vee aan pvt yan a wetevy dl (the ede heed aves ethene WN a a pedatewet® ? Nigar el ¥ a Y ph wiht nities
rate Saat lly a aie Wah tay Ae a civ av ely te 98 ater fio tie DWT fe pvatg se Hy gee yuu pe ke gnired sare 08 hg Ee int grug hate yuh sees yw Datta OV 1 AH Ee rec Woe va sear erd hes (aan dead? APA due ks y se retreat dal yey
Were tts edly ry nt tte fF sie ng apt Weed PY Ty sy dy [Gey dieses Jeg edin IM dye cee died im EEO er wv sya as Ae E eRe ORC To aletaesy A woe ye wesbapdie vedo TRIN EY exe edy deny ance i oe oh ee ate
aati va tte Heel ay ts Nuetangte ata Me BY sa $i. iin obey olf ated Niele shana eevee punts av peed pyanitn et gvep aus Huy dy dete aN IN AY jurtge eka ole’ Av Sew Veer ey ek eugene fy ee ern’ meted bebe’ < ae unter . oon lg arated ye Sati
Pa nese Pia yet (NG 0a dN Hh ae vival die tebe Tyee Fyne edb ee ele {fe a ayer ure! eddie Sees Py ded eee Py Front ed bale d9 Wek wus pene yd eM? a gL TTC Te ry tied rected bath an surest dy Ae Ot aby has Paap pri Nie, es cl eee vatetiyl
Ne gbehe safest readin ie Me a eet sp hata dte Ms Hy He a de Me PY suey dines 2 SNS EV. tA a ae ae dts . eed hg Aue ELSES tha renter Nive dF vyvebsbe® ay ede wed +6 ort art . clea yates Seah eth
yi india lindin the Bea Maediy Mani we ot eeted le ny Foe het tine tov tl Us at st Ae Sfp Pratt NS ra give tate OS ays eave Pr Ae goth gus pcwsued bathe phdhimsts Sd ’ prt cA bs Hee el inte is ble eee aS ae
dig Husa dea saab vata tuna ns 4 Fe Me Fie PN DU AM 8 al Pi heahie tte Be PE rte y Lav ay bvigh nvr pa iv Aeaver’ tye tae yong ode cay bigty wav e't VTE & yy baba yee de ry ee ave sw ebw es ssder graven endl yaad yy ae ans pi ieee’
fre inet othe Bie Dea tim at Me Nita Metta seo ately a dlls Pn wey tte Cig dN dM 84 Pe aaj aiaieaw irate te Saws ayw genet dole cee eke Lp sdin ce ede tattyd) died edad Bd sn ge chu id ie ast rete en av venydy estes renkirsk ate atv ate
dtp the Ma ia Me oe ade Fo he ere iV iat (ee VL svaigs vind tv dee ay we dels Vth wind brees ee Leite few eve bbe de tee ay ded be RE TOY ape haere ee <0 a vy Mg FANNY
ia sta ttn tiaetina’ ae Jojedte a We Nyaa 02 yee we EVV tel tively nyt ed WAV OTN! ee pndntcd nd eatestteea a wah el waa ted NEEL anys ceety FANN a pie
; aad trav d vats ervter ts sage dey fe Bee eo Hr dtnete DIM Ae veuteay cn stoeadly ek avowed nd eT vasauvysedynas vebeeee eo eae ved ued cheese Ry ‘ ore
that! 10a te rsa he Siete tel syadne Pieaned vate t ped a wy Bel awd’ ath dita td ings ate NG MY sal bE LAT SE A dyna fey bie feet weted sre rs
ei te nadia de thamadiia® att eet ie ats te Tite Hi Hea aigalle Die” Tostpaney eye eerv! Foshan Wee ews Pyare divaiv, es a Oyen thd ait atts dees te IWS sews ete ed ek we pga ctnthy ee pero
sete action’ dau aneetostinattet inaeOMPRE DED Iriarte Pr nett INE Pat wend vioay dea se es ” wma sapd nuded edad ee Ae vevdenvuee™ ng Satled Vig Mt ANY reoyapcueaevieiehtitd ste, veh babe et parsesee te : a euire
alls Ba owt fy as Re singed ® Henan fvON TN DANN Hy © La tty ate au a pte d ed” vy by yd eaydwal Herne yk EAD Lenn wich de devr yh need nig ie FS ~,
tog hoe Aig ire ts dlad yt yerdedy awl cea Geta ev ON ged y tema ty ‘ ‘ he tecore se ey ree Gale reaver et rd hanes At dine bale ted’ yy eee shovdtd bs he” vs kd , ete bots vere cree ere nN
o ! witty omg Bnew eg sian ravuraend Nee ya wy pared dayes fed od ake aN dnendudetecentle’ pe bdlyeeeenrente eutdey’ view! Seer rE, adatovew sens ee gey rete”
Ewa beat ve & Sven ENE egrets? det v4 Tar say etyvndtod aileds uae Mundo UN cpaudhdwd bE verb ve te ee ey Lavaiee su eb nty 07! ase ache | oa area NS
se A satan edrv ttl ne ig ewan dis flags VA peau ead es kN Sy rug iste eee © on veabeusee™ ayeudreene’ eet Sey Perey weve
tee Waieaty Saw Helle Aipoal\eatie Rte ied aed We padi oy Meee nay payan ceed et yee ten py at CULV Ee Eee poe meee give sy aneue oe fusvtl? ye aeee whe scene?
‘edhe ginny eta Hy atthe yp iiedie Cele ay Oi Wael yt Bw al eet iyoheunl Veek i fvaties Pee Gt he wae * pote ete
Hadad her Oe apie vin i blast ait sera Tay at MN ate hed yas tTa tye THM T TT Penta 4 RIAN SY Jac cede de did ed eke credtoaty ae
Je Mig Pn Re sy Madtees Vey Ne atte ny Weta nh Wet beaks i Bete ary cys tute Hee avid yy SET wr paveeences pi desi inte ved
moteanasncctedictinn et tean ye taste wie ety ye ha Latest diva tale Sw a, tive randy (Usivaln av sie sty sine le Pg hNdvey ayy wee Vet euch Tres vewstrena dh yh tnd ed ¢
Oe ta he Auten tele ls te Hig ta atte Ha ew Ve ea PITY syle Grade hw hye er eet bdied ny red deen et gots seas rare dd ee do th ses vee Vebdudeeh ata eed ea tn™
yoke satrestene Dw eed pated viet oe sg geeatibegts tonal? wave’ ayy wey ays! tyes yan edi syetove Std
ea dbtte’ Sele Syn rtyale stv ON at ae dyad ih ate dt vata bd OM wd EOE iasugeen oe eet gece
yard We 829 © cw tity th deeb dle we agte ALE I pate ted genes veg ou TE wong’
yay dotelies ivowtwnvs® Ne cpalvdndye een cnd ede eee ey en
3 tie th ete se SE we , pec ave”
‘ ees thee 4
det eee veel wahdaeke yahe vals dodintee
ghana detvvrett Canta ataa ob Se } we puss
Puegeayerete dat? dedys Sager’
sepa spall vane dy
Leben ge diet 2
paey
Arete dingo ten
tty die
ada
dugier eee
Dayocd bande?
Le Fa gpatted ated sieTee es
eee eet e
FovKot Me wyentatir 6
rath Me ad eeiy cede ee
Vidadov ator tet
ee ati waeterdse ste reeyendyd
figs Waly ON ee yee eu cbt ed sie Fe lvayzoi’
tye my bi Urea ew dtd caahltl ss | prerene
at wan ra Seth ove ES yaar wee’
pu tindiee tee cava fesse est
F ceviate sea aentet Datioranrer ere
on ed aI Vaewnenevesdeeres
vate bl! ets
ter TS La
vived odes
ete OY
yea beey
rd hes
woeevert
ae
tadtnne \ealle tte
al
in cee et’
ae
Ny verre eee
yee alent a
cvciniy sn vinb avd
Son dnapedy en cverns ded N
dese geen ee REST
Pie
soaveyay ta!
onal
saner des?
esvavresy
Newt
"
pt, ~
yah ce we Ue z 5184 ere .
‘ane f J payeyhive dene eo eh smsshain
A ihe as ENE GI eri PTD Eat Srey geaene
AU LAA Sng Lae Riri
UNC EADA eis Wm it UE sgeat if Se (
dha ate min Hf HEE ey eran
Tiida halal tand Ne ay
seta hd hehe Y
iy »
vo
LAN IM
LAM ENA SBN A St hehe oe Hh sah ee
Ne! rh ! “t oe :
Vamps ay ahatiag aevatns te 7 ae
10 Heng bay ely hayate atc ato
TU LACS ORS GU
= 4 ai pe Se ri a rence . Gre ws tt’ UD 7 ee
wT
VOLUME 108 PART 1 AUGUST 2001 ISSN 0303-2515
NH
VAN 1 8 duuz
| | Lib RAKICD
OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN
a MUSEUM >
CAPE ‘TOWN
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
1. MATERIAL should be original and not published elsewhere, in whole or in part.
2. LAYOUT should be as follows:
(a) Centred masthead to consist of: title: informative but concise, without abbreviations and not including the names of
new genera or species; Author’s(s’) name(s); address(es) of author(s) (institution where work was carried out);
number of illustrations and tables
(b) Abstract of not more than 200 words, intelligible to the reader without reference to the text
(c) Table of contents giving hierarchy of headings and subheadings
(d) Introduction
(e) Subject matter of the paper, divided into sections to correspond with those given in table of contents
(f) Summary (if paper is lengthy)
(g) Acknowledgments
(h) References
(1) Abbreviations, where these are numerous.
3. MANUSCRIPT should be typed, double spaced with adequate margins. Four copies should be
provided. First lines of paragraphs should be indented. Tables and a list of figure captions should be
typed separately, their positions indicated in the text. All pages should be numbered consecutively.
Major headings of the paper are centred capitals; first subheadings are centred small capitals;
second subheadings are shouldered small capitals; third subheadings are shouldered italics; fourth sub-
headings are indented, shouldered italics. Further subdivisions should be avoided, as also enumeration
(never roman numerals) of headings and abbreviations. Footnotes should be avoided unless they are
short and essential. All generic and specific names should be underlined or italicized.
4, ILLUSTRATIONS should be reducible to a size not exceeding 12.5 x 18.5 cm (19.5 cm including
caption); the reduction or enlargement required should be indicated in pencil on the reverse of the
figure; originals larger than 36 x 48 cm should not be submitted; photographs should be rectangular
in shape and final size. The size of illustrated objects may be indicated by a metric scale on the figure
(if appropriate), or the enlargement or reduction should be given in the caption; if the latter, then the
final reduction or enlargement should be taken into consideration.
All illustrations, whether line drawings or photographs, should be termed figures (plates are not
printed; half-tones will appear in their proper place in the text) and numbered in a single series. Items
of composite pets should be designated by capital letters; labelling on all figures should be non-serif
lettering (e.g. Helvetica, Univers) of uniform style, in lower-case whenever possible, and of appropri-
ate size taking into account the final size. The number of the figure should be lightly marked in pencil
on the back of each illustration, together with an indication of the desired reduction or enlargement.
5. REFERENCES cited in text and synonymies should all be included in the list at the end of the
paper, using the Harvard System (ibid., idem, loc. cit., op. cit. are not acceptable):
(a) Author’s name and year of publication given in text, e.g.:
‘Smith (1969) described. . .’
‘Smith (1969: 36, fig. 16) described...’
‘As described (Smith 1969a, 1969b; Jones 1971)’
‘As described (Haughton & Broom 1927)...’
‘As described (Haughton ef al. 1927)...’
Note: no comma separating name and year; pagination indicated by colon, not p. (except in synonymies, see
example 2); names of joint authors connected by ampersand; ef al. in text for more than two joint authors, but names
of all authors given in list of references.
(b)Full references at the end of the paper, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologically within
each name, with suffixes a, b, etc., to the year for more than one paper by the same author in
that year, e.g. Smith (1969a, 1969b) and not Smith (1969, 1969a).
For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.
For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (according to the World list of scientific periodicals.
4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses, volume number, part number in parentheses (if pagination
discontinuous), pagination (first and last pages of article).
Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)
BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.
FISCHER, P. H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de la vitalité des mollusques. Journal de conchyliologie 88:
100-140.
FISCHER, P. H., DUVAL, M. & RAFFY, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.
Archives de zoologie expérimentale et générale 74: 627-634.
KOHN, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region of Ceylon.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History (13) 2: 309-320.
KOHN, A. J. 19606. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the Indian Ocean.
Bulletin of the Bingham Oceanographic Collection, Yale University 17 (4): 1-51.
THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca. B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In: SCHULTZE, L. Zoologische
und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungreise im westlichen und zentralen Stid Afrika ausgefihrt in den
Jahren 1903-1905 4 (15). Denkschriften der medizinisch-naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft zu Jena 16:
269-270.
PeAvjap st 9g] awNjoA Jo uoneoyqng
INOS IN NWORAY H.LAOS FHL AO SIVAN Y
PHUFY-PING / BoUfY YINOS 0008
peysdeey / uMmoy ade)
Lo Soc 7 20d Ord
WuMesnyA] esueeYLPY-ping / WMesny] UROL YyNOS
INayyauq / 10}ea1IGq
We acknowledge receipt of / Ons erken ontvangs van
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
ssues are desired.
Please return this card if future i
rdere uitgawes verlang word.
Stuur asseblief hierdie kaartjie terug indien ve
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Volume 108 Band
August 2001 Augustus
Part 1 Deel
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS
By
CLAUDE MONNIOT, FRANCOISE MONNIOT
CHARLES L. GRIFFITHS
&
MICHAEL SCHLEYER
The South African Museum forms part of Iziko Museums of Cape Town
The Annals of the South African Museum publishes original research articles,
revisions and review articles in anthropology, archaeology, palaeontology,
geology, entomology, herpetology, ornithology, and marine and freshwater
biology.
In order to be considered for publication, manuscripts should deal, at least in
part, with material from the collections of the South African Museum. Other
contributions are also considered provided at least one of the authors is a staff
member of the Museum. In the case of descriptions of new species not already
part of the Museum's collections, the holotype and, if possible, part of the
paratype series must be deposited in the South African Museum. Authors whose
contributions do not meet with these criteria should contact the Editorial
Committee prior to final preparation and submission of their manuscript.
All articles are refereed by three referees of international standing. Each paper
accepted is published as a separate part at irregular intervals as material becomes
available; parts are priced individually.
Editorial committee
Dr P. A. Hulley (Chairman) Dr H. C. Klinger Elizabeth Louw (Editor)
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Publisher: South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town 8000 South Africa
Please direct enquiries (including copyright) and manuscripts to the Editor.
Please direct orders and subscriptions to the Publications Office.
BACK COPIES
Orders for back copies of the journal are welcome. For a full list of papers published
since 1898, please write to the above address or visit our web-site:
http://nv1.samuseum.ac.za/collect/infosci/pub/prclist.htm
OUT OF PRINT
1, 2(1-3, 5-9), 3(1-2, 4-5, 7-8, t.-p.i.), 4(), 5(1-5, 7-9), GCE 2emenmiee
7(1-4), 8, 90-2, 7), 101-3), 1101-2, 5, 7, t-p.i.), 140-4) oem
24(2-3, 5), 27, 30(5), 31(1-3), 32(5), 33, 36(2), 43(1), 44(7), 45(1), 49,
67(5, 11), 77(7), 84(2), 93(3), 100(1)
ISBN 0 86813 180 6
Printed and bound by Mills Litho, Maitland, Cape Town
Fig. 1. A. Aplidium flavolineatum, showing both red and grey colour forms. Red form
photographed at 8 m depth in False Bay, grey form in intertidal rock pool, Isipingo.
B. Aplidium mernooensis, Sodwana Bay, 28 m. C. Aplidium tubiferus sp. nov., Sodwana
Bay, 21 m. D. Polyclinum isipengense, intertidal rock pool, Isipingo. E. Pseudodistoma
africanum, showing both orange-red and white morphs, Sodwana Bay, 24-34 m.
F. Pseudodistoma delicatum sp. nov., Sodwana Bay, 24 m. G. Riterella solida sp. nov.
Oudekraal, Cape Peninsula, 10 m. H. Eutherdmania divida sp. nov., intertidal rock pool,
Isipingo. I. Eudistoma illotum, intertidal rock pool, False Bay.
Fig. 2. A. Polyclitor africanus, Durban outer anchorage. B. Cystodytes dellechiajei, under
rock on intertidal pool, False Bay. C. Distaplia skoogi, Miller’s Point, False Bay, 15 m.
D. Sycozoa arborescens, intertidal cave in Old Harbour, Hermanus. E. Sigillina digitata, in
rock pool, False Bay. F. Clavelina lepadiformis, Knysna Estuary, growing on jetty.
G. Trididemnum cerebriforme, Oudekraal, Cape Peninsula, 0-15 m. H. Didemnum
globiferum sp. nov., Kommetjie, Cape Peninsula, intertidal. =
Fig. 3. A. Didemnum leopardi sp. nov., Sodwana Bay, 14-15 m. B. Didemnum obscurum,
Sodwana Bay, 15 m. C. Didemnum rodriguesi, Sodwana Bay, intertidal to 22 m.
D. Polysyncraton aspiculatum, Sodwana Bay, 14-15 m. E. Polysyncratom millepore,
Sodwana Bay, 8-12 m. F. Ascidia caudata, False Bay, low intertidal. G. Botryllus closionis
sp. nov., Sea Point, Cape Town, in low intertidal pool. H. Botryllus elegans, growing on
fronds of Epymenia obtusa in intertidal rock pool, Sea Point, Cape Town.
Fig. 4. A. Botryllus gragalis, under jetty, Saldanha Bay. B. Botryllus meandrius, under
intertidal boulder, Sea Point, Cape Town. C. Botryllus magnicoecus, Miller’s Point, False
Bay, 2-10 m, growing on Pyura stolonifera. D. Botryllus mortenseni, intertidal rock pool,
Isipingo. E. Symplegma bahraini, Sodwana Bay, 30-33 m. F. Stolonica multitestis sp.
nov., intertidal rock pools, Isipingo. G. Gynandrocarpa placenta, Oudekraal, Cape
Peninsula, 6 m. H. Polycarpa insulsa, in rock pools, Isipingo.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS
By
CLAUDE MONNIOT, FRANCOISE MONNIOT
Biologie des Invertébrés Marins, Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle,
55 rue Buffon, 75005 FR Paris
CHARLES L. GRIFFITHS
Zoology Department and Marine Biology Research Institute,
University of Cape Town, Rondebosch, South Africa
&
MICHAEL SCHLEYER
Oceanographic Research Institute, Marine Parade, Durban, South Africa
(With 60 figs)
[MS accepted 10 November 2000]
ABSTRACT
Tunicates are described from the shallow waters of South Africa from Saldanha Bay to
Sodwana Bay, and include 22 new species. A list of ascidians previously recorded from this
area is also presented with relevant comments. The new material represents only part of the
fauna as few stations were investigated and many specimens could not be identified as they
were single, immature or without larvae. A transition was found between the tropical
KwaZulu-Natal area and the Eastern and Western Cape provinces, but no significant
differences were noted between the western (Atlantic Ocean) and eastern (Indian Ocean) sides
of the Cape. Cosmopolitan fouling species inhabit harbours.
CONTENTS
PAGE
UDA TUGTOM 2 agndbBeero de pune 55 Sod 0 O8G8 a Coun DCE AOC oT ne aan an ie 1
AS. BE TABI OS: Cartnep mada bOBb abode ob veils ke are ese rea tine ot near 2
iS see te A Le tone Sends cct edeles abvednacdvadenevesareser nesses 3
Pe Mem MER) MMM AC Merri ne rere omer al. fee dona atiaatsa Mensa vsiddias Sak ciesCeade setts 3
[2 SUSe LON TEINOTTIORIS: 03 tone snoanee) oe aocc8 Sod due acne a nee ee ee De.
IP afITILNY (CIBINSITIGES: 3 Joh duprpeonednce dec os: hOReR nee ene ne Cot eee ae nin eee 38
|Fasthil6 ONGISITGING ZS: Bee dédangacuar 2c cna ogo Re RSC e sae Aer ete ete eee Sy)
a ee OME) RG re rer Pen at oi eiccarsic piss tieacid on sioS che dares nie gain vine otec> nesnaes 60
Fe AURA MELE KOPN ete PPE MEER Mince ote science vaste oes ve Ceenedtaaeeewdn dss sodben des 61
TRA CO OO RUNG carrer eae tee Oy rc geince'p sieves = sclera teoiieaige paceleie Paige daw aes sYaideeas tans 63
Ee Aaa eu GUM Ae meee Ren Mer ee racic nia cicwesicise damistuceue tiv peas eh taltinseelneaseves ees 63
a AI MUNV ey DY CU AG seep rte ere ERE PERE UE! ori ocb2 4 «accep ep ieteau sates te’ onecde Me aat esses 70
‘FEIT, PAMIBRIONELS). > a ge & ag eiaet clvt.< aC OSE ARPT eC ROSE ae OE CARO A ease a ere ne ene 104
Fa AnET VAC LOMO Ren ieee aterm Mise tr ivisoseakaidcesctete Secs cWalnstasdiasnedidescstessaes NS)
Other ascidians recorded in South Africa but not present in this collection ................. 127
PROM ORVEC GL SCINEN(S gey are) menmivines eee e Nemiien. sty scans ceisee Muaaave Nasanad Shipsdbablelad tang ¥odiva cai 134
IMETEIGIIGES “Gia at ock GO GEnERDG CO ICT 9-0 dite conn Quek UERRe CDEC Canrn eT Sette ne art ee oer 135
|
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 108 (1), 2001: 1-141, 60 figs.
1 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
INTRODUCTION
Among the 82 species collected and described in this study, 22 are new to
science. The order Aplousobranchia is dominant with 44 species, the order
Phlebobranchia is represented by only eight species, and the order Stolido-
branchia by 30 species. It is likely that these numbers greatly under-represent
the ascidian fauna of South Africa, even when the 63 species previously
described are included. Among the species recently collected, several were not
mature and cannot be identified, but they do not belong with certainty to any
already known taxa. Several species were collected by chance, hidden between
other closely packed ascidians, often covered with sand.
Many of the newly collected ascidians represent new species, whereas
previously described forms have not been found again. This can be easily
explained. Both collections, recent and past, do not represent a systematic
inventory of the South African fauna but were the result of occasional
collections undertaken at distantly spaced stations. The ascidians described here
were collected on hard substrata, either at low tide or by SCUBA diving. All
previously described species were collected by dredging, often on soft bottoms,
sometimes in deep water at 200-400 m on the Agulhas Bank far from the shore.
Their collection was incidental to larger investigations undertaken during
famous oceanographic expeditions, such as the Valdivia, Challenger, Siboga or
Deutsche Tiefsee expeditions. Apart from this, the ascidians have never been the
subject of a local study. Many of the species already described came from more
northern locations along the African or Madagascan coasts, or from the
southern or western parts of Australia, and very few from the Antarctic.
With such a miscellany of data, it is not possible to draw conclusions about
the geographic distribution, or endemism rate of South African ascidians.
Nevertheless, a boundary appears to exist between the warmer waters of the
Indian Ocean and the Eastern and Western Cape provinces region, where
tropical species have not been recorded. The opposite is less evident, and
southern species have been encountered in KwaZulu-Natal and farther north, in
Mozambique and Tanzania. Some species are common to the Atlantic and
Pacific oceans. These are fouling species mainly encountered in harbours.
Among them are Cystodytes dellechiajei, Clavelina lepadiformis, Didemnum
psammathodes, Diplosoma listerianum, Ciona intestinalis, Ascidiella aspersa,
Botryllus schlosseri, Microcosmus squamiger, Styela canopus, Cnemidocarpa
humilis.
The algal bearing didemnids common to the Indo-Pacific region—Didemnum
molle, Lissoclinum bistratum, and Diplosoma virens—penetrate KwaZulu-Natal.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
The ascidians were fixed and preserved in 4 per cent formalin in sea water.
All identifications required dissection after removing the tunic. The organs were
stained with hemalum and dehydrated in ethyl and butyl alcohols for mounting
on microscope slides in a plastic medium. The China ink drawings were made
with a camera lucida. The tunic spicules and spinules were observed with a
scanning electron microscope Jeol 800. The type specimens of new species are
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 3
registered in the South African Museum. The additional material is stored in the
Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle Paris.
SYSTEMATICS
Family Polyclinidae
Aplidium circulatum (Hartmeyer, 1912)
Fig. 5
Amaroucium circulatum Hartmeyer, 1912: 349, pl. 39 (fig. 2), pl. 44 (fig. 6). Michaelsen,
1934: 130: Millar, 1955: 171; 1962: 122.
Material
One colony, Miller’s Point, False Bay, Cape Peninsula, 8-12 m (Griffiths
coll.).
Description
The colony has a hemispheric head on a conical peduncle narrowed at the
base. The tunic is encrusted with sand in the peduncle and between the zooid
systems. The oral siphons are arranged in circles around common cloacal
apertures. The zooids can be easily seen through the pale tunic when the colony
heads do not contain too much sand.
The zooids are very long, sometimes more than 15 mm (Fig. 5A). The six
oral lobes have a straight margin or a median slit. The cloacal languet may be
simple (Fig. 5D), but is more often divided into three unequal lobes (Fig. 5B,
C); it originates from the dorsal edge of the siphon. The thorax is long with
11-14 rows of stigmata (Fig. 5B, C). The stomach is almost spherical with
25-28 longitudinal folds on tranverse sections, some of them interrupted
(Fig. SE). An oblique protruding fold is present on the post-stomach (Fig. 5B).
The post-abdomen is very long (Fig. 5A). The ovary is located far from the
gut (Fig. 5B), followed by a double row of very numerous testis lobes reaching
the heart (Fig. 5A).
Several larvae are brooded in the posterior part of the cloacal cavity
(Fig. 5C). The trunk measures 0.75 mm. The ocellus and otolith are present.
The three adhesive papillae are well separated between four odd triangular
vesicles (Fig. 5F). In addition there are four round vesicles on each side and
some on the dorsal side, and several irregular ones along the ventral line.
Remarks and distribution
These specimens correspond well to Hartmeyer’s description and figures,
and to the type specimen (ZMB 2769) from St Francis Bay, South Africa, but
his colony was not mature. They also agree with Millar’s (1955) sample from
False Bay.
In 1962 Millar, following Michaelsen (1920b), hesitated concerning the
possible synonymy with Aplidium erythraeum (Michaelsen, 1921) a species
itself a synonym of A. flavolineatum (Sluiter, 1898a).
4 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 5. Aplidium circulatum. A. Entire zooid. B. Thorax, abdomen and anterior part of the
post-abdomen. C. Thorax and abdomen of a brooding zooid. D. Siphons of another zooid.
E. Detail of the stomach. F. Larva.
Aplidium circulatum and A. flavolineatum are indeed very closely allied.
They have in common circular systems, the same tunic consistency and shape of
the zooids, the cloacal siphon in a short tube, and an average of 12 rows of
stigmata. The differences are that A. circulatum has pedunculate colonies and
different larvae of a larger size and with fewer anterior vesicles.
We have also not found in this species the dark pigment cells found in the
zooid tissues of A. flavolineatum.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 5
Aplidium crustatum F. Monniot sp. nov.
Fig. 6
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25841, Saldanha Bay (33°03’S 18°02’E), 1-2 m,
collected by C. and F. Monniot, 8 February 1996.
Other material. Several colonies, Miller’s Point (Cape Peninsula) and
Saldanha Bay; intertidal (Monniot coll.).
Description
Colonies densely impregnated with sand to form irregular pads, about
10 mm thick, encrusting rocks at the interface with sand in the bottom of pools,
or deeply embedded in rocky crevices. Their general consistency is hard and the
Fig. 6. Aplidium crustatum sp. nov. A. Thorax and abdomen. B. Other side of the same
abdomen. C-D. Anterior and posterior part of the post-abdomen. E. Larva.
6 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
zooid openings cannot be seen among the sand grains. The colonies are tightly
attached to the substratum and cannot be torn off without damage. Some
colonies contain amphipods.
The zooids are particularly thin and elongated, with the post-abdomens
crossing each other in all directions. The oral siphon is short and narrow with
six pointed lobes (Fig. 6A). The cloacal siphon opens through a simple hole or
short tube and is located in front of the first row of stigmata. Its dorsal edge is
prolonged into a simple, stout, pointed languet (Fig. 6A). The thorax is narrow
with 12 rows of a small number of stigmata. The abdomen is as long as the
thorax and narrow (Fig. 6A, B). The stomach lies at mid-length of the gut loop
and its wall has 10-14 folds (Fig. 6A). It is followed by the annular post-
stomach. The anus opens at the level of the eighth row of stigmata. The post-
abdomen is very long. The ovary is far behind the gut loop (Fig. 6C), at least at
a distance equal to the abdomen length. The testicular vesicles are numerous, in
a simple row extending from the ovary to the heart (Fig. 6D).
Three larvae mature in the cloacal cavity. They are small with a trunk
0.4 mm long. Their three anterior adhesive papillae are short and well separated
with a continuous anterior crescent of small ampullae on each side (Fig. 6E).
Remarks
This species is characterized by colonies that are densely embedded with
sand, have no definite shape, and thin zooids about 10 mm long, irregularly
arranged, with a single line of testes.
Aplidium flavolineatum (Sluiter, 1898a)
Figs 1A, 7
Amaroucium flavolineatum Sluiter, 1898a: 30, pl. 1 (fig. 7), pl. 4 (fig. 12).
Aplidium flavolineatum: Millar, 1962: 120, fig. 2 (with synonymy).
non Aplidium flavolineatum: Monniot, F., 1987: 522, fig. 9F-I.
Material
Several colonies. From Saldanha Bay to Sodwana Bay, in rock pools and
down to 9 m (Griffiths, Schleyer and Monniot coll.).
Description
The colonies form soft, thin, gelatinous crusts or cushions varying in
colour: cream, pink, red or sometimes grey. The circular systems are always
obvious. Each oral aperture is circled with a white line. Although there is no
sand at the colony surface, there are often some sparse particles between the
systems inside the colony.
The zooids are very variable in size, increasing with the size of the colony
and linked to the length of the post-abdomen. The latter is elongate (Fig. 7A),
the largest observed being 30 mm long. The oral siphon is wide with six large
petal-like lobes (Fig. 7B). The cloacal siphon is anterior, in a short tube whose
dorsal part is elongated as a long and simple languet, rarely with basal teeth
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 7
Fig. 7. Aplidium flavolineatum. A. Zooid. B. Details of the thorax and abdomen.
C. Abdomen and ovary. D. Larva.
(Fig. 7B). Six long tentacles alternate with six smaller ones and a dozen buttons,
located on a ring situated very high in the oral siphon. The thoracic muscles are
essentially longitudinal with thin, regularly spaced fibres.
All tissues of many colonies contain dark, round pigment cells that may be
dense or scarce, accumulated mostly in the thoracic body wall and branchial
sinuses. The branchial sac has 10-12 rows of 12-15 stigmata, depending on
zooid size (Fig. 7B). The dorsal line is not perforated and the dorsal languets
are displaced to the left side in the posterior part of the thorax. The abdomen is
approximately as long as the thorax. The oesophagus is long. The stomach is
shorter dorsally than ventrally. Its wall has about 30 folds, some of them
8 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
interrupted and oblique (Fig. 7B). The post-stomach is annular, followed by an
oval mid-intestine. The rectum begins with caeca at the bottom of the gut loop
(Fig. 7C) and remains isodiametric when empty until its aperture. The anus has
two lobes.
The post-abdomen is extremely long. The ovary is far from the gut and at
some distance from the testis (Fig. 7C). The double row of testicular vesicles
occupies at least half the length of the post-abdomen, and reaches the heart. In a
large zooid we counted more than 100 testicular vesicles (Fig. 7A).
Two or three embryos were maturing in the cloacal cavity, which is
distended at their level, but the body wall does not protrude in a pouch. The
larvae (Fig. 7D) have an oval trunk 0.5 mm long, an otolith and an ocellus. The
three adhesive papillae are distally flattened into discs and have thin, long
stems. They alternate with four long digitiform ampullae. There are two pairs of
digitiform ampullae on each side of the median adhesive papillae. In addition,
there are numerous dorsal and ventral round vesicles (Fig. 7D). The tail is
coiled in a three-quarter turn.
Remarks and distribution
Aplidium flavolineatum differs from A. circulatum in colony shape, in having
more numerous stomach folds, and in larval structure. Nevertheless, the
uncertainty of several authors regarding the two species can be easily
understood, as the colonies are variable. The synonymy with Amaroucium
erythraeum after Michaelsen (1921) needs to be verified. The Chesterfield
Islands (New Caledonia) specimens previously identified as A. flavolineatum
by F. Monniot (1987) are very similar, but differ in having a protruding
brood pouch. Kott (1992) re-identified the material as different species
(A. multilineatum, A. multiplicatum, A. gastrolineatum, and A. robustum)
specimens she had previously attributed to A. flavolineatum. Consequently, the
known geographical distribution of A. flavolineatum remains limited to South
Africa, from Saldanha Bay to Sodwana Bay. It is common intertidally along the
whole south coast.
Aplidium haesitans F. Monniot sp. nov.
Fig. 8
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25842, Isipingo, KwaZulu-Natal (30°00’S 30°57’E), in
rock pool, collected by C. L. Griffiths, 19 July 1994.
Description
A single colony 5 mm across, covered with sand, was attached to the
underside of a colony of Didemnum granulatum. The soft tunic is glassy,
perfectly transparent and does not contain sand. There is a common central
cloacal aperture, but oral openings are not evident. The zooids are parallel with
orange-red thoraces in formalin, fading progressively.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 9
Fig. 8. Aplidium haesitans sp. nov. A. Entire zooid. B. Other side of the abdomen.
C. Brooding zooid. D. Detail of the siphons. F. Anterior part of the branchial sac.
G. Larva.
The zooids are thin and long. The cylindrical oral siphon has eight sharp
lobes (Fig. 8D). The cloacal siphon is a narrow tube, its dorsal rim elongated as
a stout short languet with a pointed (Fig. 8A), bilobed (Fig. 8E), or trilobed
(Fig. 8D) tip. The longitudinal thoracic muscles are thin, number eight per side,
and are regularly spaced. Thirty-two oral tentacles of three sizes are crowded
against each other in a single ring. The branchial sac has 13 rows of stigmata in
the most mature zooids, but fewer in others. Several rows are cut by a
parastigmatic vessel (Fig. 8F) and some of them have divided stigmata. The
rows of stigmata are interrupted along the dorsal line (Fig. 8F). On the left side,
thin dorsal languets arise from the transverse vessels and smaller ones arise
from the parastigmatic vessels (Fig. 8F).
The gut loop is as long as the thorax. The stomach is cylindrical with five
longitudinal folds (Fig. 8B), followed by a narrow segment enlarged in a ring at
middle length. The mid-intestine is wide. The rectum begins with caeca at the
bottom of the gut loop. The anus opens far back in the thorax, at the third row
of stigmata, above the oesophageal entrance (Fig. 8A).
10 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The post-abdomen is longer in zooids with developed testis, shorter when
the ovary has large oocytes. The ovary is anterior, just behind the abdomen
(Fig. 8A), followed by a single row of testicular vesicles extending to the body
extremity.
Up to nine embryos are incubated in the peribranchial cavity (Fig. 8C). The
larval trunk measures 0.4 mm (Fig. 8G). Larvae possess an ocellus, an otolith
and three adhesive papillae on long peduncles, separated by two odd, long
conical ampullae. Numerous small round vesicles are accumulated dorsally and
ventrally.
Remarks
A single colony of such small size with few but mature zooids may be an
incompletely developed specimen. Nevertheless it contains many larvae, so the
zooids have probably attained their final morphology. We hesitated before
including this specimen in the genus Aplidium (thus the species name). Eight
oral lobes occur in several genera of Polyclinidae and have limited specific
diagnostic value. The cloacal siphon in a tube with a languet is also a character
common to some species of Aplidium, Ritterella and Synoicum; Synoicum has a
smooth-walled stomach. The difficulty is to decide, in so small a colony,
whether the common cloacal aperture is the opening of a true common cloacal
cavity or only a depression into which separate cloacal siphons open, as in some
Ritterella species. Parastigmatic vessels are more common in the genus
Ritterella than in Aplidium, but in the genus Aplidium the number of rows of
stigmata is generally higher. The larval structure could correspond to one or the
other genus.
The presence of eight oral lobes, 13 or more rows of stigmata with
parastigmatic vessels, five stomach folds, and a larva with two odd ampullae
between the three adhesive papillae excludes all already described species of
Aplidium or Ritterella. The presence of a small common cloacal aperture
persuades us finally to place this new species into the genus Aplidium.
Aplidium mernooensis (Brewin, 1956)
Figs 1B, 9
Amaroucium mernooensis Brewin, 1956: 132, fig. 4A.
Aplidium mernooensis: Millar, 1982: 22, fig. 8. Monniot, F., 1987: 528, fig. 11H, K.
Aplidium filiforme Kott, 1992: 542, fig. 75.
Material
Two colonies. Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 14-28 m (Schleyer coll.).
Description
The colonies are densely impregnated with sand and consist of lobed masses
of spherical outline. The zooids are located in circular systems around very
small central cloacal apertures. The zooid thoraces are red in life but yellow in
formalin; the abdomens are colourless in a colourless tunic. Some lobes of the
a e
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 11
Fig. 9. Aplidium mernooensis. A. Zooid. B. Thorax and abdomen of a brooding zooid.
C. Other side of the abdomen. D. Gonads. E. Larva.
colonies consist of only one system, but most often the lobes are grouped in
large common masses.
The zooids are thin and long (Fig. 9A). The oral siphon has eight small
lobes (Fig. 9B). The narrow cloacal siphon is prolonged by a trifid languet that
extends its upper rim (Fig. 9B). The longitudinal thoracic musculature is made
up of 7-8 muscles on each side, issuing from the oral siphon, and 4-6 muscles
12 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
coming from the cloacal siphon. The branchial sac has five rows (Fig. 9B) of
12-13 stigmata on each side. The abdomen is narrower than the thorax. The
stomach wall has five deep folds (Fig. 9C), the mid-intestine is olive-shaped and
the rectum begins with caeca (Fig. 9B). The post-abdomen is long, even when it
does not contain gonads. The ovary is far from the gut, half way along the post-
abdomen. Few testicular vesicles occur in a single row before and behind the
ovary (Fig. 9D), but do not reach the cardiac extremity. |
Two to three larvae are incubated in the peribranchial cavity. They are
small with an average trunk length of 0.5 mm. They have three well-spaced
anterior adhesive papillae, between each of which is a branched protuberance of
bunched, small vesicles. Numerous small additional vesicles extend in an
anterior crescent on each side of the papillae (Fig. 9E). The median vesicles
between the papillae only appear at an advanced stage of the larva. They are
also present in the material from New Caledonia (Brewin 1956).
Remarks and distribution
All characteristics correspond well to the Brewin’s (1956) type specimen
from Chatham Rise, to the material described by Millar (1982) from New
Zealand, and to the specimens from New Caledonia (Monniot, F. 1987). The
only difference is that the present colony is more massive and most of the lobes
consist of several systems. |
The species Aplidium filiforme Kott, 1992, comprising specimens from
Western Australia and Queensland, perfectly corresponds to the South African
specimens, and only differs from the type in that the colony lobes are made of
several systems. We consider it a synonym.
Aplidium monile F. Monniot sp. nov.
Fig. 10
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25843, Thompson’s Pool, near Ballito (29°31’S
31°13’E), KwaZulu-Natal, collected by C. L. Griffiths, 11 July 1994.
Other material. Several specimens, Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, intertidal
(Schleyer coll.).
Description
Several cushion-shaped colonies were collected, the largest being 30 mm in
diameter; they are of variable thickness, up to 10 mm. They are very soft and
pink with paler apertures arranged in irregular double rows, giving a botryllid
appearance. The common cloacal openings are simple holes. No sand is
embedded in the colony but some sediment is stuck to the sides and the basal
layer of the pads.
The zooids have a red thorax in life. In formalin, the colour fades
progressively, leaving only four red spots at the base of the oral siphon,
sometimes linked in pairs by a red line. The other tissues turn yellow and later
become colourless. The zooids are perpendicular to the colony surface. The six
oral lobes are large but the siphon itself is short (Fig. 10A). The cloacal opening
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 13
XK tally, » B
QQ
2
2
:
Fig. 10. Aplidium monile sp. nov. A. Thorax. B. Post-abdomen. C. Thorax and abdomen
of a brooding zooid. D. Larva.
faces the first row of stigmata. Its upper rim has a simple pointed languet
(Fig. 10A), sometimes with two small lateral lobes. The thoracic muscles are
mostly longitudinal with thin fibres. The branchial sac has 10-11 rows of
stigmata (Fig. 10A) that are not interrupted on the dorsal line.
The abdomen is about the same length as the thorax. The posterior side of
the stomach is half way along the gut loop. There are 18-20 longitudinal folds
in a transverse section, some of which are cut or interrupted (Fig. 1OA, C). The
post-stomach has the usual annular swelling (Fig. 10A). The olive-shaped mid-
intestine is separated from the rectal caeca by a constriction. The anus has two
lobes and is mid-way along the thorax. The pyloric duct enters the stomach in
the middle of its side. The post-abdomen may be very long. The ovary is far
14 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
from the gut loop (Fig. 10B), and is followed by a double row of testis vesicles
that occupy the posterior half of the post-abdomen to the heart (Fig. 10B).
The larvae are brooded inside the peribranchial cavity, rather posteriorly
(Fig. 10C). They often protrude on the dorsal side of the thorax. We observed a
maximum of five in any zooid. The larvae (Fig. 10D) have a trunk 0.6 mm in
length. The tail encircles three-quarters of the trunk. The sensory vesicle is
located rather far back. The three adhesive papillae are short. A half ring of
round vesicles on each side of the anterior side is reminiscent of a pearl
necklace (Fig. 10D), giving this ascidian its specific name. There are no median
ampullae between the adhesive papillae.
Remarks
This species nearly fits the description given by Kott (1992) for what she
named Aplidium altarium (Sluiter, 1909). However, the type specimen from
Indonesia (ZMA TU 176) has conspicuously different larvae and a short post-
abdomen. Millar’s (1956) description of samples from Mozambique, identified
as A. altarium, corresponds better to the type of A. altarium with regard to the
larvae, but the post-abdomen is in a resting state and the colonies are very
small. The distance between these localities increases the doubt about the
species identification. ;
Aplidium monile sp. nov. has many characteristics in common with Aplidium
rosarium Kott, 1992, from Queensland; both are gelatinous colonies and the
zooids have 12 rows of stigmata and 20 stomach folds. The gonads of
A. rosarium are not described. Its larvae also have a half-ring of vesicles on
each side of the adhesive papillae, but differ in having median ampullae between
the papillae.
Aplidium monile differs from A. flavolineatum in the shape of the zooid
systems (which are not circular), the number of stomach folds and the larval
structure.
Aplidiopsis tubiferus F. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 1C, 11A-C
Material
Holotype. MNHN A1 APL.A 16, Ibo Island, Mozambique, 10 m, collected
by Monniot, 1995.
Other material. One colony, Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 21 m (Schleyer
coll.).
Description
The colonies form balls, the largest collected being 25 mm in diameter,
supported by a wide cylindrical stalk 15 mm high. The colour is tan due to
sparse clear sand grains adhering to the colony surface mixed with the dark
purple colour of the tunic. The colonies turn orange in formalin. Sand is totally
absent inside the tunic, which has a tough surface layer, but soft internally
between the zooids.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS IV
‘oot. o
go 00 () 000) s oe
uu” (000000 :
gg ie :
0.25 mm 0.5 mm
Fig. 11. A-C. Aplidiopsis tubiferus sp. nov. A. Zooid. B-C. Siphons. D-H. Polyclinum
isipingense. D. Zooid. E. Siphons of another zooid. F. Details of the thorax and abdomen.
G. Branchial papillae. H. Larva.
16 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The zooids are perpendicular to the colony surface, and are arranged in
circles around common cloacal apertures. In formalin their colour is orange.
The oral siphon is short with six lobes (Fig. 11B, C). The cloacal siphon forms
a long tube (Fig. 11B, C) and the dorsal margin can be elongated into a short,
wide languet with teeth on the anterior edge (Fig. 11A). A papilla protrudes
dorsally below the cloacal siphon (Fig. 11A-C). The thoracic muscles are
oblique within the thin, transparent body wall (Fig. 11A). The oral tentacles
alternate in three orders of size. The branchial sac contains 12-13 rows of
14-18 stigmata on each side (Fig. 11A). An unperforated area is located on
each side of the endostyle. The rapheal languets are long and wide. There are
no papillae along the transverse vessels.
The abdomen is clearly shorter than the thorax and the spherical, smooth-
walled stomach is located in its middle (Fig. 11A). The gut loop is not twisted.
The post-abdomen is inflated by the gonads and the heart, and linked to the
abdomen by a long, thin, straight peduncle. No larvae were present in the
colonies from South Africa or Mozambique.
This species is characterized by its long, tubular cloacal siphon (from which
the specific name is derived) and the long, narrow, post-abdominal peduncle.
Remarks
The shape of the colony of A. tubiferus resembles the Tasmanian
A. confluata Kott, 1992, and the Southern Australian A. mammillata Kott, 1992.
However, these differ in having the cloacal languet inserted above the siphon,
more stigmata rows, and zooids arranged in double rows.
Aplidiopsis pyriformis (Herdman, 1886) from Kerguelen has a shorter post-
abdomen and more rows of stigmata.
Polyclinum isipingense Sluiter, 1898
Figs 1D, 11D-H
Polyclinum isipingense Sluiter, 1898a: 21, pl. 2 (fig. 1), pl. 4 (fig. 3). Millar, 1962: 136,
fig. 10, synonymy. Plante & Vasseur, 1966: 144, pl. 1 (fig. 4). Monniot & Monniot,
1976: 358.
Material
Several colonies. Isipingo, KwaZulu-Natal, rock pools (Griffiths coll.);
Saldanha Bay and Miller’s Point, False Bay, low tide (Monniot coll.).
Description
The colonies form large cushions, the largest collected being 50 mm in
diameter. They are covered with sand but there are far fewer particles inside the
tunic. The colour is dark green or brown. The common cloacal apertures are
raised in short chimneys above the colony surface. The zooids are arranged in
circular systems. The tunic is transparent and soft but resistant.
The six oral lobes are pointed. The cloacal siphon has a long languet ending
in a sharp thin tip or several teeth on a straight margin (Fig. 11D, F). There is a
small papilla on the dorsal body wall behind the cloacal siphon (Fig. 11D, F).
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 7
The muscles are restricted to the anterior part of the thoracic wall (Fig. 11D).
The branchial sac (Fig. 11F) contains 11-15 stigmata rows, a number which
varies with zooid and colony growth. The papillae on the transverse vessels are
about as numerous as the stigmata (Fig. 11G). The abdomen has the usual shape
in the genus. The post-abdomen hangs on a long thin peduncle (Fig. 11D). The
ovary lies in the centre of a cluster of testis vesicles. The larvae are incubated
within the oviduct in the cloacal cavity (Fig. 11F). The trunk is 0.5 mm long
(Fig. 11H). The three adhesive papillae are separated by two vesicles, and four
ampullae are present on each side. There are also a dorsal and ventral series of
vesicles. One or several calcium oxalate crystals are found in the visceral mass.
Remarks and distribution
The species is well characterized by the shape of the colony and the raised
common cloacal apertures above circular systems of zooids. Its known
distribution extends from Madagascar (Plante & Vasseur 1966) and
Mozambique (Monniot & Monniot 1976) to the Western Cape Province. It
differs from P. neptunium Hartmeyer, 1912, in its larval structure.
Pseudodistoma africanum Millar, 1954
Figs 1E, 12A-D
Pseudodistoma africanum Millar, 1954: 128, fig. 1; 1962: 138, fig. 12.
Material
Several colonies. Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 24-34.5 m (Schleyer
coll.).
Description
All colonies are equivalent in shape, and correspond to that of the type
specimen in the British Museum. They consist of one to several stalked lobes,
each with a sandy peduncle and a wider conical head containing the thoracic and
abdominal parts of the zooids. The tunic around the siphons has no sand but
some particles are embedded deeper between the zooids. The colour of the
colonies varies from white (rarely) or pink to a deep orange-red. The colour is
partly due to the tunic, but mostly to the zooids in which the thoraces are deeply
pigmented. In formalin the pigment becomes yellow and later disappears.
The zooids (Fig. 12A) are immature in all colonies. The thorax is short
(Fig. 12B). The siphons are also short and have six lobes. There are at least
30 stigmata per half row. The gut forms a simple loop. The stomach, at the
mid-length of the abdomen, is square in cross section, giving it longitudinal
crests when contracted. The base of the rectum is enlarged. The post-abdomen
is extremely long. The gonads were not developed, and no larvae were found.
Remarks and distribution
In spite of the absence of gonads and larvae, the colonies and zooids were
characteristic enough to identify the species by comparison with the Millar
18 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
cotypes from the British Museum. The distribution of P. africanum is presently
restricted to South Africa.
Pseudodistoma delicatum F. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 1F, 12E-G
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25844, Sodwana Bay (27°33’S 32°42’E), KwaZulu-
Natal, 24 m; collected by M. Schleyer, 8 November 1994.
Other material. Several colonies from Sodwana Bay (Schleyer coll.).
Description
The colonies form a soft encrustation on polychaete tubes which are over
100 mm in length. They are folded back on themselves when they extend
beyond the support of the tubes. The colony thickness varies from 5 to 10 mm
when fixed. In life, the colour is bright orange with transparent red siphons
slightly raised above the surface. The colour disappears when fixed, and the
tunic becomes perfectly transparent. There is no embedded sand. The zooids are
arranged in sinuous lines, with their siphons placed one behind the other. The
general consistency is soft, but the tunic is resistant.
The short zooids (Fig. 12E, F) are only 5-6 mm in length when partially
contracted. Both siphons are short and have six round lobes. There is a pigment
spot on the neural ganglion. The tentacles are numerous and short, in three
orders of size in three circles at the base of the oral siphon. There is a large
unperforated area before the branchial sac. The first row of stigmata is dorsally
curved (Fig. 12F) with 22-24 perforations on each side. The waist between the
thorax and abdomen is circled by a belt of pigmented tunic. The abdomen is
short, with a smooth-walled stomach in the middle (Fig. 12F). The rectum
begins with the usual caeca (Fig. 12E, F).
The post-abdomen length depends on the gonad development. It is generally
short and may be much reduced when the testis vesicles regress and the ovary
develops. In the male phase, there is a cluster of about 25 round testis vesicles
that does not reach the heart. When the ovary develops, it grows close to the gut
and against the testis, so that the male vesicles gather in the anterior part of the
post-abdomen, swelling it and giving the post-abdomen a triangular shape
(Fig. 12E, F). The post-abdomen terminates in several vascular appendages
(Fig. 12E, F).
The larvae (Fig. 12G) measure 0.75 mm in length in trunk, with a tail in
three-quarters of a turn around it. They are incubated, one at a time, in an
extremely distended dilation of the thoracic body wall which has no peduncle
(Fig. 12E, F). In mature larvae three rows of stigmata are open (Fig. 12G). The
ocellus and the otolith are present. The three anterior papillae are very wide,
forming large cups that are crowded together to form a compact mass separated
from the visceral mass by a constriction. No vesicles or ampullae were
observed.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 0
Remarks
This species is clearly distinct from P. africanum by the colony shape and
consistency, the absence of embedded sediment, and the shorter post-abdomen.
Pseudodistoma delicatum differs from P. fragile Tokioka, 1958, in the
colour of the colonies, the less brittle consistency of the tunic, and, mostly, in
the size and anatomy of the larvae.
Ritterella solida F. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 1G, 13A, B
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25845, Oudekraal, Cape Peninsula (33°59’S 18°21’E),
10 m; collected by C. L. Griffiths, 18 August 1994.
Etymology
The specific name refers to the particularly solid and massive colony.
Description
The large, ridged and folded colony is white in life, 45 mm thick, tough,
impregnated with sediment but with little sand at the surface. The zooid
apertures do not manifest any regular arrangement. When fixed, the colony
turns brown.
The zooids are slender (Fig. 13A) and perpendicular to the colony surface.
Both siphons are closely spaced, cylindrical and of equal size with six sharp
lobes (Fig. 13B). The siphons are orange in life. The cloacal siphon is closed by
a velum. There are 16 tentacles in three orders of size. The thoracic
musculature is weak. The branchial sac (Fig. 13B) has nine rows of stigmata
with an average of 14-15 stigmata on each side. There are no parastigmatic
vessels nor are there papillae on the transverse vessels.
The abdomen is slightly shorter than the thorax. The stomach is as wide as
it is long and has five deep longitudinal folds (Fig. 13B). The gut loop is very
narrow. The rectum begins with two caeca at some distance from the bottom of
the loop. The anus opens in the middle of the thorax through two large lobes.
The post-abdomen is long (Fig. 13A). The gonads are poorly developed in
the single colony studied. The ovary is far behind the abdomen (Fig. 13A). The
testis vesicles are in two rows and occupy the second half of the abdomen but
do not reach the heart at this stage.
The colony does not contain embryos or larvae.
Remarks
Of the species of the genus Ritterella that have about ten rows of stigmata,
many have colonies made of pedunculate lobes: R. cornuta Kott, 1992;
R. multistigma Kott, 1992; R. pulchra (Ritter, 1901); and R. tokiokai Kott,
1992. Among the massive colonies only two deep-sea species have stigmata
rows approaching these in number: R. mirifica Monniot, C. & Monniot, F.,
1983, and R. rete Monniot, C. & Monniot F., 1991. They are very different
from Ritterella solida sp. nov.
20 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 12. A-D. Pseudodistoma africanum. A. Zooid. B. Detail of the thorax. C. Thorax
and abdomen of another zooid. D. Abdomen of a zooid from the type colony.
E-G. Pseudodistoma delicatum sp. nov. E-F. Two zooids. G. Larva.
Euherdmania divida F. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 1H, 13C-E
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25846, Isipingo, KwaZulu-Natal (30°00’S 30°57’E), in
rock pools; collected by C. L. Griffiths, 10 July 1994.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 21
Fig. 13. A-B. Ritterella solida sp. nov. A. Zooid. B. Detail of the thorax and abdomen.
C-E. Euherdmania divida sp. nov. C. Zooid. D. Thorax. E. Abdomen and ovary.
Description
Minute, elongate, stalked zooids, each coated with sand, are joined at their
base into the colony. Each zooid is 20 mm long, and 2 mm in diameter at the
enlarged distal end. Each cylindrical siphon has six pointed lobes (Fig. 13D).
The oral siphon is oriented toward the ventral side. The number of tentacles is
variable, most often 16 in three orders of size.
22 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The thoracic musculature is weak in a network of thin transverse and longi-
tudinal fibres, but circular muscles make sphincters around the siphons. The
longitudinal thoracic fibres extend over the abdomen and post-abdomen. The
branchial sac and endostyle form a posterior horn at the base of the thorax
(Fig. 13D).
The branchial sac (Fig. 13D) has 6-7 rows of elongated stigmata, generally
with 32 stigmata in the first half row and 20 in the last half row. The first and
the last rows have a complete or partial parastigmatic vessel (Fig. 13D). The
transverse vessels are low with dorsally 5-6 languets. There are no languets at
the level of the parastigmatic vessels. Some stigmata rows occasionally have
incomplete parastigmatic vessels. The abdomen is about the same length as the
thorax. The oesophagus is short, as long as the stomach. The stomach wall is
irregularly folded (Fig. 13E) and 10-12 folds can be counted in transverse
sections. The typhlosole is conspicuous. The intestine is thin beyond an annular
swelling (Fig. 13E). A constriction before the rectal caeca marks the bottom of
the gut loop. The bilobed anus opens at the level of the second to last row of
stigmata.
The post-abdomen is very long (Fig. 13C), longer than the thorax plus
abdomen.
The ovary, located at some distance from the gut loop, is immediately
followed by a line of testicular vesicles that are limited to the anterior half of the
post-abdomen (Fig. 13C). No larvae were present in the colonies studied.
Remarks
The genus Euherdmania contains few species but is widely distributed in the
world. Some of them have massive colonies with zooids grouped in a common
tunic. They are E. gigantea (Van Name, 1921) in the western Atlantic Ocean,
E. morgani Millar & Goodbody, 1974, from Jamaica, E. rodei Pérés, 1949,
from Senegal and E. solida, Millar, 1953, from the Gold Coast, in which only
the thoraces are isolated. Among the species with separated zooids, many have
numerous rows of stigmata, as in E. areolata Millar, 1978, from Guyana which
has an areolated stomach, E. claviformis (Ritter, 1903) from California,
E. digitata Millar, 1963, from the western Pacific, E. fasciculata Monniot, F.,
1983, from Guadeloupe, and E. translucida Kott, 1992, from southern
Australia.
The nearest species to E. divida is E. dumosa Monniot, F., 1987, from New
Caledonia. It has the same colony structure with embedded sand. However,
E. dumosa has only four rows of stigmata cut by parastigmatic «vessels, seven
rapheal languets, and a very different stomach in which the wall is slightly
spotted. The thoracic muscles and the gonad disposition are similar in both
species.
Family Polycitoridae
Eudistoma bituminis F. Monniot sp. nov.
Fig. 14A-C
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 23
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25847, Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal (27°33’S
32°42’E), intertidal pools, collected by M. Schleyer, Nov. 1994.
Other material. Several colonies, Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, intertidal
pools (Schleyer coll.); Mayotte, Comoros islands (Gaydou coll.).
Description
The colonies are about 10 mm thick, large, dark pads. They are several
centimetres across, tough, encrusted with sand, and resemble bitumen (hence
Fig. 14. A-C. Eudistoma bituminis sp. nov. A-B. Zooids. C. Larva. D-E. Eudistoma
caeruleum. D. Zooid from South Africa. E. Zooid from Madagascar.
24 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
the species name). The zooid apertures are arranged in circular systems, with
the oral and cloacal lobes slightly protruding above the smooth colony surface.
The tunic is black in the upper part, slightly more translucent deeper. It contains
embedded sand that is more abundant in the interior than at the colony surface.
The tunic contains abundant brown pigment cells.
The zooids (Fig. 14A, B) are contracted and light brown in formalin. Both
siphons have six sharp lobes. The longitudinal muscles are very strong and
extend in two ribbons along the abdomen, making horns at the body extremity.
The tentacles are very numerous in a single ring. There is no unperforated
space anterior to the branchial sac. The stigmata are very elongated, about
15 per half row. The abdomen is much longer than the thorax. The stomach is
as long as it is wide and is followed by a narrow cylindrical section (Fig. 14B).
The mid-intestine is wide and short, sometimes as wide as the stomach. The
rectum, without caeca, begins after a constriction in the descending limb of the
gut loop (Fig. 14B).
The gonads are located within the gut loop, behind the stomach, and consist
of a few round testicular vesicles (Fig. 14A, B) and an ovary with several
oocytes varying in size. Two or more long vascular processes arise from the
centre of the gut loop.
The larvae (Fig. 14C) are incubated in the peribranchial cavity. They have a
light brown, elongated trunk 0.8 mm in length and half encircled by the tail.
The three adhesive papillae have stout, long, brown stems. They are separated
by two double, long, median ampullae. On each side are several long ampullae
with shorter ones at their base (Fig. 14C). The number of these lateral ampul-
lae seems a little variable, as well as their shape, but they are always numerous.
The ocellus and otolith are present between the embryonic siphons. The
branchial sac is not yet differentiated when the adhesive ampullae begin to evert.
Remarks
This Eudistoma species is different from other known African species. It
differs from E. atrum Monniot, F. & Monniot, C., 1997, from Tanzania and
Djibouti, which has a black but mucous-covered and naked colony with notably
different larvae.
The enlarged mid-intestine and the brown base of the larval adhesive
papillae in E. bituminis resemble those in the western Pacific species E. reginum
Kott, 1990, but the latter has different larval anterior ampullae, colonies devoid
of sand and an asymmetrical stomach.
Although only collected in Sodwana Bay and Mayotte, Comoros islands,
this species probably has a wider distribution in the Indian Ocean.
Eudistoma caeruleum (Sluiter, 1898a)
Fig. 14D, E
Distoma caeruleum Sluiter, 1898a: 14, pl. 2 (fig. 4), pl. 4 (fig. 11).
Polycitor (Eudistoma) caeruleum: Hartmeyer, 1909: 1431.
Polycitor (Eudistoma) caeruleus: Michaelsen, 1919: 73.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 2
Sigillina (Eudistoma) caerulea: Michaelsen, 1934: 141.
Eudistoma caeruleum: Millar, 1956: 919, fig. 6; 1962: 157, fig. 21; 1964: 163. Plante &
Vasseur, 1966: 147, pl. 3 (figs 17-19). Lafargue & Vasseur, 1989: 61.
Material
Several specimens. Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, intertidal pools (Schleyer
coll.); Thompson’s Pool, near Ballito, KwaZulu-Natal (Griffiths coll.); Nosy
Bé, Madagascar, 15 m (Laboute coll.).
Description
The colonies are club-shaped and dark blue in colour. Several lobes may
arise from a common base. The heads are naked but some epibionts are fixed on
the peduncle. The zooids, restricted to the head, do not form systems. They are
regularly spaced with the cloacal siphon above the oral siphon. The tunic in the
head region is a translucent blue. Dark pigment cells are accumulated around
the zooids.
The zooids are a dark or lighter blue, with the siphons darker than the
remainder of the body wall. Both siphons are short with six round lobes. The
longitudinal and transverse thoracic muscles are regularly spaced in a well-
developed network, and longitudinal bundles extend along the abdomen. The
oral tentacles are thick in two orders of size, in two circles. The urn-shaped
dorsal tubercle protrudes.
The first row of stigmata curves dorsally. In a relaxed zooid, we counted on
the right side 35 long stigmata in the first row and 28 stigmata in the two last
rows. They are less numerous on the left side. The unperforated areas anterior
and posterior to the branchial sac are very narrow (Fig. 14E). The abdomen is a
least three times as long as the thorax in relaxed zooids (Fig. 14E). The stomach
is asymmetrical at the posterior extremity of the abdomen and the post-stomach
and mid-intestine are especially short; the rectum with caeca begins with
widening at the bottom of the gut loop. The gonads consist of a cluster of round
testis vesicles and a central ovary contained in the gut loop behind the stomach
(Fig. 14D, E). The abdomen is prolonged by a thin and very long vascular
process, devoid of muscles.
The larvae are brooded in the peribranchial cavity, which contains up to five
embryos. The most mature larvae that we found have an ocellus, an otolith,
three anterior adhesive papillae but no other differentiation. The tail encircles
the trunk, which is 0.5 mm in length.
Remarks and distribution
The colonies and zooids exactly correspond to the type specimen, which has
been re-examined. The geographic distribution of this spectacular species
extends from KwaZulu-Natal in South Africa to Mozambique, the west coast of
Madagascar, and Mayotte (Comoros islands).
Eudistoma hospitale F. Monniot, 1998
Eudistoma hospitale Monniot, F., 1998: 430, figs 1-2. Monniot, F. & Monniot, C., 1999:
19, fig. 13A-C, pl. 2F.
26 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Material
Several colonies. Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 19 m (Schleyer coll.).
Gouritz River mouth (Griffiths coll.). Port Elizabeth, intertidal (Monniot coll.).
Description
In South Africa, this ascidian is a fleshy cushion, black at the surface and
grey and soft in the interior, with superficial sticky mucus and threads emerging
from the siphons. One colony from the southern Cape coast had bright blue
specks overlaid on a dark undertone at the colony surface. The colonies are
always thick pads with a flat surface or with low swellings. The zooids are
arranged in circular systems that are sometimes inconspicuous.
Remarks and distribution
This recently described material has the same structure in all locations and
the same filiform symbionts of unknown taxonomic status (Monniot, F. 1998).
This species has a wide geographic distribution, from the south-western
Pacific to South Africa and Tanzania, and it also occurs in a wide depth range
from low tide down to 30 m. .
Eudistoma illotum (Sluiter, 1898)
Fig. il, 15A-C
Distoma illotum Sluiter, 1898: 16, pl. 1 (fig. 3), pl. 3 (fig. 7).
Polycitor illotus: Hartmeyer, 1912: 303, pl. 38 (fig. 2), pl. 43 (fig. 5).
Sigillina (Hyperiodistoma) illota: Michaelsen, 1930: 491; 1934: 139.
Eudistoma illotum: Millar, 1955: 181, fig. 12; 1962: 160, fig. 24; 1964: 162, fig. 2.
non Eudistoma illotum: Rho, 1971: 110. Rho & Huh, 1984: 106. Rho & Lee, 1989: 65.
Material
Several colonies. Saldanha Bay; Kommetjie; Miller’s Point, False Bay;
under overhangs intertidally or in pools (Griffiths and Monniot coll.).
Description
The colonies are brown or purple encrusting cushions. The largest specimen
in this collection is 90 mm across and 20 mm thick. Paler zooids are visible
through a semi-transparent tough tunic. The siphons are not arranged in
systems. The tunic contains some faecal pellets and green, spherical inclusions,
but no sand. :
The zooids are not densely packed. Their siphons are short, equal in size,
with six round lobes. The most relaxed zooids reach 10 mm in length but have a
thorax only | mm long (Fig. 15A). The thoracic musculature consists of a
regular network of longitudinal and transverse fibers of equal thickness. The
longitudinal muscles extend in bundles along the abdomen. The oral tentacles
are numerous, in three orders of size, on three circles. There are unperforated
areas anterior and posterior to the branchial sac. In large zooids, the first row of
stigmata curves dorsally and contains 20 stigmata on the right side.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 75)
The gut forms a long loop and the two limbs are thin and parallel
(Fig. 15A). The stomach is laterally flattened with a round outline and the
oesophagus enters it dorsally. A longitudinal crest often raises its side near the
typhlosole (Fig. 15A) but may have been caused by contraction. The conical
post-stomach and ovoid mid-intestine are separated by constrictions. The rectum
begins at an expansion of the bottom of the gut loop. The pyloric gland covers a
long segment of the rectum with a network of curled tubules.
The heart is not situated inside the gut loop but behind it, in the lower part
of the abdomen where the muscles are anchored. Several vascular processes of
varied lengths arise on the side of the gut loop.
The gonads, made of a cluster of testis vesicles and a central ovary, lie
behind the stomach, inside the gut loop (Fig. 15B). One to five larvae are
brooded in the peribranchial cavity. They distend the thoracic body wall and
protrude when mature and numerous.
The fully developed larvae (Fig. 15C) have a trunk 1 mm long and three
large adhesive papillae on stout stems. Between each of them are two dorso-
ventrally flattened vesicles. There are also one dorsal and one ventral vesicle of
variable shape. A flat ampulla covers the base of the most dorsal adhesive
papilla on each side of the larva.
Remarks and distribution
All the above characteristics correspond well with Hartmeyer’s (1912) and
Millar’s (1962) descriptions of E. illotum from the same geographic area. It is
not possible to retain as synonyms the Korean specimens identified as
E. illotum, by Rho (1971) and Rho & Huh (1984) as their descriptions are of a
different species.
Eudistoma illotum differs from other species in the Indian Ocean in its larval
structure and in the posterior location of its heart behind the gut loop. Its
geographic distribution is presently limited to the Western Cape Province, South
Africa.
Eudistoma modestum (Sluiter, 1898)
Fig. 1SD-H
Distoma modestum Sluiter, 1898a: 18.
Eudistoma modestum: Millar, 1962: 158, fig. 22.
Material
Several colonies. Isipingo, KwaZulu-Natal, intertidal (Griffiths coll.);
Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, intertidal (Schleyer coll.).
Description
The colonies were found on vertical rock faces, which were exposed at low
tide. They are pale pink ‘buttons’, each colony consisting of several erect, club-
shaped heads above an encrusting base embedded with sand. The largest lobe is
10 mm in diameter. The zooids can be seen through a glassy tunic, free of
foreign matter.
28 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 15. A-C. Eudistoma illotum. A. Zooid. B. Gonads. C. Larva. D-H. Eudistoma
modestum. D. Zooid. E-F. Both sides of an abdomen. G. Pyloric gland. H. Larva.
The zooids are rather small (Fig. 15D), 5 mm long when relaxed. The
thorax represents 25-35 per cent of the total length of the zooid. The siphons
are short with six lobes. The thoracic musculature is weak. On the right side
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 29
there are about 18 stigmata in the first row and 15 stigmata in the second and
third rows. The stomach is asymmetrical with a smooth wall (Fig. 15E). It is
followed by a long post-stomach and a short mid-intestine. The rectum begins
with caeca at the pole of the gut loop (Fig. 15F); it remains straight and parallel
with the oesophagus. A pyloric gland of undulating, densely packed parallel
tubules (Fig. 15G) covers the rectal wall facing the stomach and more
anteriorly. The pyloric duct enters the posterior side of the stomach (Fig. 15G).
The gonads lie in the gut loop. The ovary is central within a group of a few
testis vesicles (Fig. 15E, F).
One or two larvae are incubated in the peribranchial cavity. The trunk,
three-quarters of which is encircled by the tail, is up to 0.5 mm long. The three
adhesive papillae are wide, alternating with three odd ampullae (Fig. 15H). The
ocellus and the otolith are present.
Remarks and distribution
At Isipingo, some specimens of Molgula scutata had settled between the
lobes of E. modestum.
This species differs from the smallest colonies of E. illotum in its paler
colour, the shape of the gut loop and the larvae. It has only been found in South
Africa.
Eudistoma occultum F. Monniot sp. nov.
Fig. 16A-D
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25848, Sea Point, Cape Town (33°55’S 18°23’E),
intertidal, collected by C. and F. Monniot.
Other material. Several colonies, locality data as for holotype.
Description
Numerous colonies were collected at low tide. They are barely visible in the
field (hence the species name), being colourless or pale pink, lobate colonies
with a gelatinous surface on a base encrusted with sand and all kinds of foreign
matter. The colonies are 20 mm in diameter and consist of several irregular
lobes no more than 3 mm thick when fixed. No sand is embedded in their
interior.
The zooids (Fig. 16A) are haphazardly intermingled inside the mucous
tunic. Most of them are strongly retracted and very short, the most relaxed
individuals being 7 mm in length. Both siphons are short with six lobes
(Fig. 16A). About 20 longitudinal muscles are regularly spaced on each side of
the thorax. There are numerous tentacles in three orders of size. The
unperforated areas anterior and posterior to the three rows of stigmata are
narrow. Twenty stigmata were counted in the first and third rows but only 15 in
the second row.
The abdomen occupies 80 per cent of the body length in relaxed zooids
(Fig. 16A). The stomach has a smooth wall, followed by a conical post-stomach
30 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
mm
0.3 mm
Fig. 16. A-C. Eudistoma occultum sp. nov. A. Zooid. B-C. Gut loop of two different
zooids. D. Larva. E. Tetrazona porrecta. E. Zooid.
and a short mid-intestine well separated by constrictions. The rectum begins at
the bottom of the gut loop and parallels the straight oesophagus (Fig. 16A). The
gonads (Fig. 16B, C) and the heart are located in the gut loop, behind the
stomach. There are one or several short post-abdominal vascular processes
(Fig. 16A-C). Five or six embryos are brooded in the distended peribranchial
cavity.
Mature larvae (Fig. 16D) are round, the trunk being 0.5 mm long. The
three adhesive papillae are short and thick, alternating with four odd ampullae.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 31
There is a flat round vesicle on each side of the dorsal adhesive papilla. A
crescent of numerous filiform ampullae lies at the base of the papillae on each
anterior side. The larval branchial sac is already pierced with elongated first and
third rows of stigmata when the second row remains incomplete (Fig. 16D).
The ocellus and otolith are present.
Remarks
This very modest species differs from all other Eudistoma species in the
Indian Ocean in its small, lobed colonies and the structure of the larva. The
second row of stigmata being shorter than the first and third ones is also
distinctive.
Polycitor africanus Monniot & Monniot, 1999
Fig. 2A
Polycitor africanus Monniot, F. & Monniot, C., 1999: 22, fig. 13, pl. 3A.
Material
Two colonies, Durban, outer anchorage (Schleyer coll.).
Remarks and distribution
This species is common along the East African coast at shallow depth. It has
been collected at Pemba Island (Tanzania), Ibo Island (Mozambique), Nosy Bé
(Madagascar) and Durban (KwaZulu-Natal). The present colonies are not
sexually mature.
Tetrazona porrecta Millar, 1962
Fig. 16E
Tetrazona porrecta Millar, 1962: 146, fig. 15.
Material
Two colonies, Oudekraal, Cape Peninsula, 8 m and 9 m (Griffiths coll.).
Description
The colonies are encrusted with sand and form white small pads or crusts,
irregular in outline and 10-20 mm in diameter. The tunic is tough. Both siphons
of the zooids open at the colony surface with no arrangement into systems. The
cylindrical siphons are spaced well-apart at the same level and have six short
lobes (Fig. 16E). The oral tentacles are distributed in three circles. The
branchial sac has 16-18 stigmata on each side in the first of the four rows.
The abdomen is narrower than the thorax and most often folded under it.
The stomach is located midway down the gut loop and its wall has six
longitudinal folds. In these specimens only male gonads are present at the
bottom of the gut loop, with the testis vesicles compacted together in a tight
32 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
mass. The heart lies behind the gut loop. Some vascular processes prolong the
abdomen.
Remarks and distribution
The newly collected specimens correspond well to Millar’s (1962) descrip-
tion. The species is common on the fronds of the red alga, Epymenia; it has
only been recorded from South Africa.
The only other species of Tetrazona is the Antarctic T. glareosa (Sluiter,
1906), which is very different, being closer to the Holozoinae, and containing
spicules (Monniot, C. & Monniot, F. 1983: 37, fig. 6E-G).
Cystodytes dellechiajei (Della Valle, 1877)
Figs 2B, 17
Distoma dellechiajei Della Valle, 1877: 40.
Material
Several colonies. Woolley’s Pool, False Bay, intertidal; Isipingo and
Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 15-20 m (Griffiths, Schleyer and Monniot coll.).
Description
The colonies look remarkably different depending on their size, stage of
zooid development and the abundance of spicules. Some of the pink colonies
from False Bay, which are at least 100 mm across and 10 mm thick, have
densely distributed disc-shaped spicules around the zooids and elsewhere
throughout the tunic mass. Others lack any well-formed spicules, having only
irregular crystals in some places. When abundant, the disc-shaped spicules,
which have a smooth thin edge and a maximum diameter of 250 um,
encapsulate the zooids. Smaller discs are crowded throughout the semi-opaque
or transparent tunic. The spicule density varies from place to place within the
same colony.
All of the colonies have zooids grouped into systems with 4-10 oral
apertures in a ring and the cloacal apertures juxtaposed in the centre of each
system. The colony surface is flat. Pigment cells are sometimes numerous
throughout the tunic thickness, and sometimes restricted to a thin layer around
the calcareous capsules. The zooids are not pigmented.
The less contracted zooids (Fig. 17A) are 5 mm long and perpendicular to
the colony surface. They are generally partially or fully retracted into the
spicule capsules if these are present. Both siphons have six round lobes. The
oral tentacles in 3-4 orders of size regularly alternate along a single ring.
The thin thoracic muscles are mostly longitudinal and regularly spaced, they
converge in two ribbons along the abdomen. Unperforated areas extend in front
of and beneath the branchial sac (Fig. 17A). The four rows of stigmata are
separated by high transverse membranes. The first stigmata row, with about
20 perforations on each side, is curved dorsally. In the most relaxed zooids the
waist is long and the body wall forms an asymmetrical fold on its side
(Fig. 17A), which is sometimes large but in others hardly visible.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 33
Fig. 17. Cystodytes dellechiajei. A. Zooid. B. Gonads. C. Larva.
The gut loop is not twisted. It is divided into a narrow oesophagus, a wide
smooth-walled stomach, a narrow post-stomach and a wide rectum beginning in
the descending limb of the gut loop (Fig. 17B). When mature, the testis has
many lobes in a cluster (Fig. 17B). The ovary begins to develop against the
testis lobes, which disappear as the oocytes reach a large size and protrude
outside the abdomen. The eggs remain in the oviduct in a pouch of the body
wali hanging from the waist.
The larvae (Fig. 17C) have a trunk 1 mm long, the tail being coiled in about
half a turn around it. The ocellus and the otolith are present and four rows of
stigmata are already differentiated. The three adhesive papillae are linearly
arranged in the centre of terminally fused ampullae supported by their bases as
four pillars on each side.
Two or three vascular processes of variable length are sometimes present on
the side of the abdomen.
34 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Remarks and distribution
Except for European collections, we do not accept previous identifications
from distant geographic areas without seeing well-preserved and mature
colonies. Thus, no further synonymy is given here.
Variability in C. dellechiajei at the same station and even within a same
large colony is surprising. We have tentatively, but unsuccessfully, tried to find
significant differences allowing us to describe geographically separate species.
The tunic is transparent or opaque and the colour in life varies from white to
pink and purple. The spicules may be abundant, well-formed or absent, with all
possible intermediates. The anatomy of the zooids is very difficult to compare as
they are never totally relaxed. The number of testis lobes increases during
growth; these are radially arranged at the beginning and later compressed in a
cluster. The larval size is also variable.
The colours and spicule density seem less variable in material from the
eastern Atlantic Ocean and the western Mediterranean Sea than from the eastern
Mediterranean Sea. The variability of South African material identified as
C. dellechiajei thus precludes establishing a new species, a conclusion also
drawn by Millar (1962).
Distaplia skoogi Michaelsen, 1934
Figs 2C, 18A-C
non Holozoa domuncula Hartmeyer, 1913.
Distaplia domuncula: Millar, 1955: 187, fig. 15.
Distaplia skoogi: Michaelsen, 1924: 331, nov. nom. for Distaplia domuncula Michaelsen,
1923a: 15, fig. 3.
Material
Several colonies. Miller’s Point, False Bay, 4-15 m (Griffiths coll.).
Description
The colonies are large pads or balis, white, cream, mauve or light brown.
The common cloacal apertures open in simple holes with an unpigmented rim.
The zooids form conspicuous round systems as the oral siphons are circled with
white. The zooids are limited to the superficial layer of the colony. The oral
siphon has six low lobes. The cloacal siphon is either elongated in a tube with
no languet (Fig. 18B), or widely opened between a wide anterior lobe and a
posterior body wall extension (Fig. 18A). The thoracic musculature is thin with
regularly spaced oblique fibres. The four rows of stigmata are crossed by
parastigmatic vessels (Fig. 18A). There are 20-22 stigmata per side in the first
rows. The zooids are colourless except for the stomach, which is brown. The
stomach wall has internal thin ridges or areoles (Fig. 18A). The gut loop is wide
with a central pyloric ampulla (Fig. 18A). The gonads hang in a pedunculate
pouch behind the abdomen, with the testis vesicles clustered around a central
ovary (Fig. 18C).
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 35
eee
a) SS
SAN
Saas
yay
SS
~S
Fig. 18. A-C. Distaplia skoogi. A. Fully developed zooid. B. Zooid bud with gonads.
C. Gonads. D-G. Sycozoa arborescens. D-E. Zooids. F. Thoracic musculature.
G. Digestive tract.
The zooids were very young in the colonies examined and no trace of an
incubatory pouch or larvae was found, but gonads already appear in young
buds.
This species corresponds well with Millar’s (1955, 1962) descriptions for
D. domuncula. Our colonies were not attached to crabs but occur on hydroids
or soft corals.
36 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Remarks and distribution
Among the species that also have a smooth stomach wall and gonads in a
pouch below the abdomen, D. prolifera Kott, 1990, from western Australia,
differs by its encrusting colonies. Distaplia domuncula (Hartmeyer, 1913), from
False Bay, also has thick colonies with zooids in circular systems, but the
gonads were not developed.
Distaplia skoogi has been recorded from the Cape area, but has also been
collected by Monniot in 1995 at Ibo Island in Mozambique.
Sycozea arborescens Hartmeyer, 1912
Figs 2D, 18D-G
Sycozoa arborescens Hartmeyer, 1912: 316, pl. 38 (fig. 6), pl. 43 (fig. 6). Millar, 1962:
147, fig. 16; 1964: 166, fig. 5.
Material
One colony, intertidal cave in Old Harbour, Hermanus (Griffiths coll.).
Description
Several lobes arise from a common base, with round or laterally flattened
heads held on narrower peduncles. The zooids are arranged in vertical double
rows in the head, along cloacal channels. The common cloacal apertures form
an oval line internal to the edge of the flat upper surface of each lobe. The
colour in life is red and the tunic is translucent. No foreign matter adheres to
the tunic.
The zooids measure 1-1.5 mm in length. The oral siphon is cylindrical
without lobes (Fig. 18D, E). The cloacal siphon is either in a tube or gapes
more with a wide upper languet (Fig. 18F). The four rows of 12-14 stigmata
are grouped in pairs in the younger zooids (Fig. 18D, E). The abdomen is the
same length as the thorax. The stomach tapers posteriorly with no differentiation
into the intestine (Fig. 18G). Its wall is smooth, but it is slightly spotted when
stained. A large pyloric ampulla (Fig. 18G) is located inside the gut loop, and
joins longitudinal parallel tubules which surround the intestine to the anterior
part of the stomach. The colonies in this species are dioecious The colonies
examined were only male. Four to six testis vesicles at the bottom of the gut
loop protrude posteriorly (Fig. 18E). The sperm duct emerges posteriorly from
the centre of the barrel-shaped group of testis vesicles and curves anteriorly to
follow the rectum. No ovary or brood pouch were present.
Remarks and distribution
The present colonies correspond well with Hartmeyer’s (1912) and Millar’s
(1962, 1964) descriptions of S. arborescens, except for the common cloacal
apertures. Hartmeyer (1912) mentioned a single cloacal aperture on the top of
each lobe, but his plate 38 (fig. 6) suggests several apertures at the top of each
cloacal channel. Millar did not describe the common cloacal apertures and his
figures are not clear. Hartmeyer’s type (ZMB 2778) was examined and clearly
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 37
shows one common cloacal aperture at the top of each cloacal channel, and all
apertures placed around a dense core of tunic.
Sycozoa arborecens is only known from South Africa.
Fig. 19. Sigillina digitata. A-B. Zooids. C. Details of the gut.
Sigillina digitata (Millar, 1962)
Figs 2E, 19
Eudistoma digitata Millar, 1962: 155, fig. 20; 1964: 163.
Material
Several colonies, False Bay, in pools; Oudekraal, Cape Peninsula, 2-15 m
(Griffiths coll.).
38 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Description
Numerous colonies were collected in pools at low tide and deeper down to
15 m depth in the Western Cape area. They are large, very soft masses of
irregular lobes, some of them 150 mm across, either white, pink, or pale
brown. They are very often inhabited by numerous amphipods.The zooids open
both their siphons independently at the colony surface without any arrangement
into systems. The tunic is transparent and has a thin surface layer more resistant
than the gelatinous internal matrix.
The zooids are perpendicular to the colony surface with six lobed siphons
opening at the same level (Fig. 19A, B). The 24 tentacles alternate regularly in
three orders of size. The branchial sac has about 25 stigmata in a half-row.
About 20 thoracic longitudinal muscles extend through the abdomen and farther
to the long post-abdominal process. The stomach has a smooth wall. It is
followed by a wide mid-intestine that is clearly separated from the rectum by a
constriction in the descending limb of the gut (Fig. 19C).
The gonads consist of a long cluster of testis vesicles lying partially on the
gut loop and extending beyond it (Fig. 19B), and an ovary in the centre of the
testis (Fig. 19A). A long post-abdominal process contains longitudinal muscle
fibres and reserve cells. The heart is located inside the gut loop.
No larvae were found in the colonies examined, but a dilation of the
posterior part of the cloacal cavity containing an egg (Fig. 19B) was observed in
zooids having gonads.
Remarks and distribution
The present specimens collected in the Western Cape Province correspond
well with Millar’s descriptions of samples collected in the same area. The
gonadal extension under the gut loop is a characteristic of the species, even
when no larvae are present.
The distribution of S. digitata is restricted to South Africa.
Family Clavelinidae
Clavelina lepadiformis (Miller, 1776)
Riga
Ascidia lepadiformis Miller, 1776: 226.
Clavelina lepadiformis: see Berrill, 1950: 70, figs 14-15. Brunetti, 1987: 102.
Material
Several colonies. Knysna Estuary and Port Elizabeth Harbour (Griffiths and
Monniot coll.).
Distribution
This European species, well defined by its morphology and square stomach,
has recently been introduced to South Africa, probably on ship hulls. Clavelina
lepadiformis was previously recorded only along the European coast from the
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 39
latitude of Trondheim (Norway) down to the Mediterranean Sea, but has not
been found on the African Mediterranean coast. Isolated or introduced
populations have also been found in Morocco, Madeira and Azores Islands.
Family Didemnidae
Trididemnum cerebriforme Hartmeyer, 1913
Figs 2G, 20, 24A
Trididemnum cerebriforme Hartmeyer, 1913: 139, pl. 7 (fig. 1), pl. 8 (figs 4-5); Millar,
1982: 55, synonymy. Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1976a: 363. Monniot, F., 1990:
518, fig. 1. Nishikawa, 1990: 75.
Material
Several colonies. Saldanha Bay to Port Elizabeth (Griffiths and Monniot
coll.). Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal (Schleyer coll.). Mozambique (Monniot
coll.).
Description
Colonies of T. cerebriforme are very common along the South African coast
but vary remarkably in appearance. These range from thin encrustations to thick
colonies with a convoluted surface, but the consistency is always firm. Their
colour varies from light grey to pink-grey or dark grey. The colour and
thickness may vary in the same colony. In life the surface of the colonies is
smooth; when fixed the oral siphons protrude slightly, the spicules preventing
retraction. The basal layer of the colonies, in which the spicules are less dense,
often includes foreign matter.
The size of the zooids is also variable, being much larger in the thicker
areas than in thinner parts of the same colony. The oral siphon is either short
and lobeless or cylindrical with six lobes (Fig. 20A). It may be colourless or
contain black pigment. A black spot is located at the anterior extremity of the
endostyle. The cloacal siphon is tubular and differently oriented according to the
position of the zooid in the colony. The cup-like lateral thoracic organs, at the
level of the third stigmata row, may attain a very large size (Fig. 20A) or
remain small. There are 8-10 stigmata in the first row. The retractor muscle
emerges from the oesophageal peduncle (Fig. 20A) and can be longer than the
thorax.
The abdomen has no special characteristics. The gut loop is straight or more
or less twisted. The testis vesicle is conical (Fig. 20B) and covered with seven
or, rarely, nine sperm duct coils. The ovary develops after the testis.
The larvae are colourless and variable in size and structure in the same
colony (Fig. 20C, D). They possess an ocellus and otolith, three adhesive papil-
lae and on each side a variable number of lateral ampullae. At the beginning of
their development, these ampullae are well separated with four on each side
(Fig. 20C). During growth they increase in length and either remain undivided
or divide partially or fully, becoming bifid or doubled (Fig. 20D). As a result
there may be four, six, seven or eight ampullae on each side.
40 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 20. Trididemnum cerebriforme. A. Thorax. B. Abdomen. C-D. Larvae.
The spicules always have the same stellate shape with sharp rays
(Fig. 24A). Their abundance is variable from one colony to another. They are
always dense in the upper layer, especially around the oral apertures, but often
less numerous in the basal tunic. The spicule size and the number of rays are
variable, independent of the size of the colony.
Remarks and distribution
This species has always raised difficulties in its identification in different
parts of the world, and doubts remain about its being a single species. The
variability is universal, and nobody has been able to find distinctive
characteristics allowing the separation of species. It was first described in South
Africa but has since been found throughout the Western Indian Ocean, around
Australia, in the western tropical Pacific Ocean, and off Japan.
Didemnum aures F. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 21, 24B
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25849, Port Elizabeth (33°59’S 25°39’E), intertidal,
collected by C. and F. Monniot, 14 Feb. 1996.
Other material. Several colonies, Gerickespunt (Sedgefield), intertidal
(Monniot coll.).
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 41
Description
This spectacular species forms large, bright red crusts 2-3 mm thick and
commonly 100 mm across. The colonies are smooth but appear convoluted
growing on uneven substrata such as algae, sand, shells, polychaete tubes and
many hard surfaces. The margin of the colonies is thick. The cloacal channels
are wide at the thoracic level, but narrower channels cross the deeper part of the
tunic. The stellate spicules are crowded throughout the full thickness of the
colonies.
Fig. 21. Didemnum aures sp. nov. A-B. Thorax. C-D. Both sides of the abdomen.
Ean:
The oral siphon is cylindrical, only slightly narrower than the long thorax
(Fig. 21A). The cloacal aperture is wide, extending along the four rows of
stigmata (Fig. 21A, B). There is no languet. On each side of the body wall, on
the margin of the cloacal aperture, a very large leaf-shaped lateral thoracic
organ protrudes like ears (giving the species its name) (Fig. 21A, B). We
counted 6-7 stigmata in the first half row (Fig. 21A). The retractor muscle is at
least as long as the thorax (Fig. 21B). The abdomen is folded under the thorax.
The gut loop has the usual shape with well-separated components (Fig. 21C, D);
it is folded on itself. The single testis vesicle (Fig. 21C) protrudes and is
covered by 7-9 coils of the sperm duct; it is pushed aside over the rectum when
a large oocyte develops.
Larvae were found in samples from Port Elizabeth (Fig. 21E). The trunk is
0.75 mm long and encircled by the tail. The visceral mass is separated from the
anterior ampullae and papillae by a constriction. The three parallel adhesive
42 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
papillae are encircled by 12-16 ampullae, which are not regularly spaced or
necessarily of equal size. The larvae have no buds.
The spicules (Fig. 24B) are small, the largest 33 wm in diameter, and are
stellate with few conical rays.
The main distinctive characteristics of this species are the size and shape of
the lateral thoracic organs, and the structure of the anterior ampullae of the
larva. )
Didemnum epikelp F. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 22, 24C
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25850, Gerickespunt (Sedgefield) (34°02’S 22°45’E),
intertidal, collected by C. and F. Monniot, 14 Feb. 1996.
Other material. Several colonies, locality as above, intertidal (Monniot
coll.).
Fig. 22. Didemnum epikelp sp. nov. A-B. Thorax. C-D. Both sides of the abdomen.
E. Larva.
Description
This white species encrusts kelp roots (hence the species name) in 1-mm
thick sheets of irregular outline. The colony surface is smooth. The tunic is
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 43
filled with spicules and is hard but not brittle. The zooids are small, 0.8 mm in
length when extended; the abdomen is normally folded under the thorax.
The oral siphon has six sharp lobes (Fig. 22A). The thorax is generally
contracted and the cloacal opening forms a simple hole or a transverse slit
(Fig. 22B) without a languet. The lateral thoracic organs are round leaves
(Fig. 22A, B) that protrude from the body wall mid-way down the thorax but at
some distance from the rim of the cloacal aperture. The waist is short. A short
retractor muscle arises from the base of the thorax (Fig. 22A, B).
The abdomen is larger than the thorax (Fig. 22C, D). The gut loop is
twisted. The stomach is spherical, large, followed by a post-stomach with an
annular swelling, a short mid-intestine, and a rectum of variable diameter but
always enlarged at its beginning. A large testis vesicle covers part of the
abdomen. Nine coils of the sperm duct are tightly pressed against the external
side of the spherical vesicle (Fig. 22C). The ovary develops in the middle of the
gut loop.
The larvae (Fig. 22E) have an elongated trunk 0.45 mm long. An ocellus,
otolith and some branchial perforations are present, but no bud. There are only
two adhesive papillae, with four pairs of digitate ampullae on each side
(Fig. 22E). In less advanced stages of development, the young tadpoles have
only three pairs of digitate anterior ampullae.
The spicules (Fig. 24C) are stellate, with short rays that are frequently cut at
their extremity. Their average diameter is 30 pm.
Remarks
This species has no special characteristics except the elongated larval trunk
with only two adhesive papillae. The thin crusts of this white didemnid with tiny
zooids do not correspond to the description of any other species of Didemnum in
the South African area. It may have been previously collected but wrongly
identified as Didemnum candidum (Savigny, 1816), as has occurred with many
other white Didemnum species worldwide. Lafargue (1974) established a
neotype of Didemnum candidum after she studied numerous colonies from the
Red Sea. Her description mentions larvae with three adhesive papillae.
Didemnum globiferum F. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 2H, 23, 24D
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25851, Kommetjie, Cape Peninsula (34°08’S 18°19’E),
intertidal, collected by C. and F. Monniot, 5 Feb. 1996.
Other material. Several colonies, locality and collection details as above.
Description
The colonies encrust hard substrata in thin sheets about 1 mm thick and
commonly more than 100 mm across. Live specimens are pure white. The
common cloacal apertures are inconspicuous. The oral siphons are evenly
distributed, and form small holes on the very flat and smooth colony surface,
44 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
giving it a spotted pattern. The spicules are densely packed throughout the
tunic, and the colonies would be brittle but for their thinness. The cloacal
channels are limited to the thoracic level. The abdomens of the zooids are
folded under the thoraces.
The oral siphon has six pointed lobes (Fig. 23A). The cloacal aperture is
large in relaxed zooids (Fig. 23A) but narrow in other parts of a same colony.
There is no languet. The lateral thoracic organs protrude above the two last
stigmata rows (Fig. 23A, B). There are 6-7 stigmata per side in the first
branchial row. The retractor muscle originates from the oesophageal peduncle,
and it is shorter than the thorax (Fig. 23A, B).
The gut loop has the usual shape found in the genus, the intestinal segments
being without apparent separations. A single large, conical testis lobe protrudes
from the middle of the gut loop and is covered by 7-9 coils of the sperm duct
(Fig. 23C). The ovary lies at the side of the testis (Fig. 23C).
The larvae (Fig. 23D) have an oval trunk 0.5 mm long with the tail
encircling three-quarters of the perimeter. An ocellus and otolith are present.
The three narrow adhesive papillae have four round ampullae on each side. The
larva is not gemmiparous.
The spicules are spheres, providing the species name, and the largest are
40 um in diameter. They consist of numerous rays, formed from parallel fibres
of similar length (Fig. 24D).
0.3 mm
Fig. 23. Didemnum globiferum sp. nov. A-B. Thoraces. C. Abdomen. D. Larva.
Remarks
This species looks like D. epikelp, but the colonies are larger and the zooids
are slightly different, and the larvae have three adhesive papillae instead of two.
The spicules are quite different, being spherical but not stellate.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 45
Didemnum globiferum sp. nov. has spicules quite different from Didemnum
candidum Savigny, 1816, as redescribed by Lafargue (1974) or Didemnum
stilense Michaelsen, 1934.
Didemnum granulatum Tokioka, 1954
Didemnum moseleyi f. granulatum Tokioka, 1954: 244.
For a detailed synonymy see Monniot, F., 1994: 311.
Material
Several colonies. Port Elizabeth (Monniot coll.); Isipingo and Thompson’s
Pool, near Ballito, KwaZulu-Natal, intertidal (Griffiths coll.).
Description
The thin colonies are white or yellow with a rugose surface. The common
cloacal openings have a radially striated rim due to the arrangement of the
spicules in converging lines, a strong characteristic of this species. The cloacal
channels are wide as the very wide cloacal siphons of the zooids uncover most
of the branchial sac.
Remarks and distribution
All characteristics of the zooids and larvae correspond well to the
description of specimens collected in many other areas.
This species is widely distributed. It has been recorded in the western
Pacific off Japan, Fiji, New Caledonia, Australia, Polynesia, Hong Kong; and in
the Indian Ocean off South Africa, Mozambique, Tanzania and in the Red Sea.
It has also been found in the Atlantic Ocean off Brazil.
Didemnum leopardi F. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 3A, 25, 29A
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25852, Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal (27°33’S
32°42’E), 14-15 m. Collected by M. Schleyer, Dec. 1992.
Other material. Two colonies, locality details as above (Schleyer coll.).
Description
The three colonies are the same in appearance. They form thin and hard
crusts, about | mm thick, with the surface slightly but regularly raised in small
white spots caused by accumulations of spicules. A pinkish brown network is
evident between these spots. The dark holes of the regularly spaced common
cloacal apertures give the surface a leopard-skin aspect (hence the species
name). The spicules are densely packed throughout the tunic. Large, brown,
spherical cells are numerous, especially in the superficial layer of the colony,
and probably represent symbiotic unicellular organisms. Brown pigment cells
46 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 24. Spicules. A. Trididemnum cerebriforme. B. Didemnum aures sp. nov.
C. Didemnum epikelp sp. nov. D. Didemnum globiferum sp. nov.
Scale bars = 10 pm.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 47
Fig. 25. Didemnum leopardi sp. nov. A. Thorax of a mature zooid. B. Thorax of a young
zooid. C. Abdomen. D-E. Larvae.
are found throughout the tunic and especially in the zooids. The zooids are thus
brown and small, less than 1 mm long, with their thoraces perpendicular to the
colony surface and their abdomens folded under them. The cloacal channels are
restricted to the thoracic level.
The zooids have a narrow, cylindrical oral siphon with six pointed lobes
(Fig. 25A). The cloacal siphon is rather narrow in young zooids (Fig. 25B), and
has anterior and posterior lips which form a kind of beak. In more mature
zooids, the cloacal aperture is wider and these lips disappear (Fig. 25A).
The branchial sac has no anterior and posterior unperforated areas, and we
counted six stigmata on each side in the first rows. The lateral thoracic organs
are round, small, and located at the level of the third transverse vessel or fourth
row of stigmata. A large area of the basal part of the thorax is unperforated.
The retractor muscle (Fig. 25A) is at least equal in length to the thorax in
mature zooids, and originates from the oesophageal peduncle.
The gut loop is short (Fig. 25C) with a small stomach and a comparatively
large post-stomach. A spherical testis lobe protrudes from the posterior part of
the gut loop (Fig. 25C). Its external hemisphere is covered by 7-9 coils of the
sperm duct. The ovary appears and replaces the testis when it regresses.
The deeply pigmented larvae lie in the basal layer of the colony. The trunk
is 0.5 mm long and has an ocellus, an otolith, three adhesive papillae and four
pairs of anterior ampullae (Fig. 25E). In mature larvae (Fig. 25D), one of the
48 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
anterior ampullae is sometimes partially divided and a vascular process appears
on the left side of the trunk between the visceral mass and the ampullae.
The spicules (Fig. 29A) are of uniform stellate shape, the largest being
35 ym in diameter. The rays are fibrous and have blunt tips.
The leopard pigmentation of this species is characteristic, as is the kind of
beak made by the anterior and posterior rims of the cloacal siphon in youns
zooids.
The colonies are inhabited by amphipods.
Didemnum mesembrinum F. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 26, 29B
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25853, Knysna (34°04’S 23°03’E), intertidal. Collected
by C. and F. Monniot, 12 Feb. 1996.
Other material. Several colonies. As above and from Fish Hoek, intertidal
(Monniot coll.).
Fig. 26. Didemnum mesembrinum sp. nov. A. Thorax. B-C. Both sides of the abdomen.
D. Larva.
Description
The colonies are large crusts, about 1 mm thick and reaching 100 mm
across, covering all kinds of hard substrata. The colour in life is whitish or
cream. As the spicules are not very abundant, the oral apertures and the roof of
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 49
the cloacal channels merge into a darker marbled pattern. Some amphipods are
burrowed in the tunic, which also includes algae, shell debris, bryozoans,
polychaetes and sponges.
The zooids are very similar to those of Didemnum millari. The oral siphon
is cylindrical with six lobes (Fig. 26A). The cloacal aperture is narrow, closed
to a slit when the zooid is contracted. The lateral thoracic organs (Fig. 26A)
protrude in the middle of the thoracic wall at the level of the third transverse
vessel, sometimes spreading over two stigmata rows.
The long retractor muscle originates from the base of the thorax or the
proximal part of the oesophageal peduncle (Fig. 26A). The abdomen (Fig. 26B)
is larger than the thorax, and forms a narrow loop folded on itself with clearly
distinguished segments (Fig. 26B, C). The large testis follicle (Fig. 26B)
protrudes below the bottom of the gut loop, and its external pole is coiled with
6-9 turns of the sperm duct. The ovary develops between the testis and the
stomach (Fig. 26).
The larvae (Fig. 26D) have an ovoid trunk, 0.46 mm in length, three-
quarters of its perimeter encircled by the tail. The visceral mass is separated by
a constriction from the three anterior adhesive papillae, which are surrounded
by four pairs of elongated ampullae. The three rows of branchial stigmata are
already pierced (Fig. 26D) and gut differentiation has commenced, but there is
no bud. An ocellus and otolith are present.
The spicules (Fig. 29B) are small, their a maximum diameter being 25 yum.
They consist of many blunt rays of similar length but slightly different
thickness. The spicules in the tunic around the oral apertures are smaller than in
other parts of the colony.
Remarks
This species is closely allied to Didemnum stilense sensu Millar (1955) (non
D. stilense Michaelsen, 1934) for the anatomical characters of the zooids.
Nevertheless D. mesembrinum sp. nov. differs in several points: the different
appearance of the colonies, the lack of a mucous sheet at the colony surface, the
Sparser spicules and the cloacal channels that are visible from the surface. The
shape of the spicules is completely different. No pigment inclusions were found
in the basal layer of the colony, whereas they occur in the other species
collected in the same locality.
Both species, D. mesembrinum and D. millari (the new name for D. stilense
non Michaelsen, 1934; Millar, 1955, 1962), were probably combined as
a single species by Millar, who remarked that he was not satisfied that all
colonies belonged to the same species, noting that his identification was
tentative.
Didemnum millari F. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 27A-D, 29C
non Didemnum stilense Michaelsen, 1934: 146.
Didemnum stilense: Millar, 1955: 176 (part.).
?Didemnum Stilense: Millar 1962: 164 (part).
50 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25854, Woolley’s Pool, False Bay (34°08’S 18°26’E).
Collected by C. Griffiths and C. and F. Monniot, 22 May 1994.
Other material. Several colonies. Wooley’s Pool and Miller’s Point, False
Bay; Kommetjie (Griffiths and Monniot coll.). Common intertidally and
subtidally.
Description
The cream-coloured colonies are thin, soft and no more than a few
centimetres across. Numerous amphipods inhabit cavities in the colonies; their
entrances are clearly visible in the surface as slits.
Fig. 27. A-D. Didemnum millari sp. nov. A. Zooid. B, C. Both sides of the abdomen.
D. Larva. E-F. Didemnum obscurum sp. nov. E. Thorax. F. Abdomen.
The colonies encrust all kinds of material: rocks, shells, sponges, bryozoans
and algae. The colony surface is either smooth or raised in tiny spots as the oral
siphons protrude when the animal is contracted. The spicules are irregularly
distributed and sometimes give the colony surface a thinly reticulated
appearance under magnification. A very thin layer of tunic without spicules or
vacuolar cells covers the surface of the colonies, giving them a shiny
appearance. Orange inclusions are irregularly scattered within the basal part of
the tunic. The cloacal channels are restricted to the thoracic region.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 3)
The six oral lobes of the zooids are pointed (Fig. 27A). The thorax is
smaller than the abdomen, always contracted, and has a low, small cloacal
aperture without languet. There are six stigmata in each half row. The lateral
thoracic organs are circular, protruding, often large, extending above the third
row of stigmata, and located in the middle of the thorax width (Fig. 27A). The
retractor muscle separates from the oesophageal peduncle (Fig. 27A).
The gut loop (Fig. 27C) is folded back on itself. The single testis vesicle
(Fig. 27B) is covered with 6-9 coils of the sperm duct and lies on the bottom of
the gut loop, with the ovary on its side.
The larvae are small (Fig. 27D), 460 pm in trunk length, with three
diverging narrow adhesive papillae and four pairs of lateral digitiform ampullae.
They are not gemmiparous.
The spicules (Fig. 29C) are stellate with few conical pointed rays, the
largest being 30 ym in diameter.
Remarks
This description corresponds relatively well with what Millar (1955, 1962)
tentatively identified as D. stilense Michaelsen, 1934, from the same geographic
area. However, our colonies do not correspond with the original description by
Michaelsen (1934), who stated that his species had no spicules in the surface
layer of the colony but possessed large bladder cells, and spicules ‘with very
numerous short conical spines’. In addition Michaelsen gave the colony
thickness as 9 mm, this being quite different to the thin crusts of D. millari.
Didemnum molle (Herdman, 1886)
Diplosomoides molle Herdman, 1886: 310.
Didemnum molle: see Monniot, F., 1994: 316, fig. 10.
Material
Several colonies, Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 15 m (Schleyer coll.).
Distribution
This urn-shaped species is very common in all tropical areas of the Indian
and western Pacific oceans. Its presence in KwaZulu-Natal probably represents
the southernmost distribution of the species. Didemnum molle contains abundant
mucus and unicellular symbiotic algae.
Didemnum ?obscurum F. Monniot, 1969
Figs 3B, 27E, F, 29D
Didemnum obscurum Monniot, F., 1969: 453; 1994: 319. Monniot, C. & Monniot, F.,
1997: 1626.
Material
Two colonies, Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 15 m (Schleyer coll.).
52 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Description
The two colonies from different stations are encrustations, 2-4 mm thick
with a smooth surface. The common cloacal openings are stellate. The colony
surface is very smooth and olive green to gold. The narrow cloacal channels are
limited to the thoracic level. The tunic is tough. The spicules are limited to a
thin layer at the colony surface and another at the interface with the substratum.
The tunic is filled with large vacuolar cells throughout its thickness. It is brown
in formalin.
The zooids only occupy the upper layer of the colony. They are dark brown
in formalin. The oral siphon has six short sharp lobes (Fig. 27E). The cloacal
languet (Fig. 27E) is very variable in size. It is wide around the common cloacal
aperture and has two lobes and a transverse musculature. Elsewhere, the
languet is small, T-shaped or simple. It is always fragile and difficult to extract
from the tunic. The lateral thoracic organs are round and protrude at the rim of
the body wall facing the second transverse vessel (Fig. 27E). The branchial sac,
dark brown in formalin, has 8-10 stigmata per side in the first row. The
retractor muscle is attached at the anterior part of the short waist (Fig. 27E).
The gut loop is flat (Fig. 27F). The single testis vesicle is particularly large,
filling almost the whole abdomen (Fig. 27F). The sperm duct has 8-9 coils. The
ovary develops simultaneously with the testis. Only one very young embryo was
found in a single colony. |
The spicules (Fig. 29D) are rather uniform in size and consist of numerous
sharp rays.
Remarks and distribution
Didemnum obscurum Monniot, F., 1969, was described from Dakar and
also collected at Bahrain, the Seychelles Islands and New Caledonia. The
samples from KwaZulu-Natal do not contain larvae, so the identification
remains uncertain. It is based on the similarity of the spicule shape and
distribution, the dark pigment and the zooid anatomy.
Didemnum psammathodes (Sluiter, 1895)
Leptoclinum psammathodes Sluiter, 1895: 11.
Didemnum psammathodes: for synonymy see Monniot, F., 1994: 324.
Material
One colony. Thompson’s Pool, near Ballito, KwaZulu-Natal (Griffiths
coll.).
Description
A very small piece of colony was collected at low tide. The tunic is filled
with faecal pellets, mixed with sparse spicules, except around the oral aperture,
where spicules are more abundant. The zooids are similarly arranged as in
colonies from other oceans (Monniot, F. 1983).
Didemnum psammathodes is widely distributed in the Atlantic Ocean from
the Caribbean islands to Brazil (Rocha & Monniot 1995), in the western
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 53
and central Pacific Ocean and the whole tropical Indian Ocean south to
KwaZulu-Natal.
Didemnum rodriguesi Rocha & F Monniot, 1993
Figg. 3¢
Didemunum rodriguesi Rocha & Monniot, F., 1993: 261, figs 1-2. Monniot, F., 1994: 326,
pl. 5A.
Material
Several colonies. Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, intertidal to 22 m
(Schleyer coll.).
Description
Underwater, the colonies are orange with common cloacal apertures on the
top of swellings, circled with white. Under magnification, the colony surface
has the thin reticulated pattern of the spicular arrangment observed in Atlantic
and Pacific specimens. The spicules, zooids and larval anatomy are universally
identical.
The presence of Didemnum rodriguesi in KwaZulu-Natal, recorded
previously only from Brazil and New Caledonia, confirms that it has a
worldwide tropical distribution.
This species can easily be confused with Didemnum moseleyi in the absence
of larvae.
Polysyncraton ?aspiculatum Tokioka, 1949
Figs 3D, 28, 29E
Didemnum (Polysyncraton) aspiculatum Tokioka, 1949: 2, pl. 2 (figs 1-3). Kott, 1962: 301,
figs 36-38; 1975. Nishikawa, 1990: 111.
Material
Several colonies. Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 14-15 m (Schleyer coll.).
Djibouti, 5 m (Monniot coll.). Philippines, south of Maricaban Island
(13°38.39’N 120°55.86’E), 16 m (CRRF coll.).
Description
The colonies from KwaZulu-Natal are pure white, thick crusts of a soft
consistency. The spicules may be dense throughout the colonies, or limited to
the surface and basal layers. Large cloacal channels are apparent from the
surface as yellowish transparent lines delimiting irregular masses on the edges
of which the oral siphons open.
The general structure of specimens from Djibouti is similar, but with fewer
spicules and more pigment cells, giving the colonies a light brown colour. The
network of the cloacal channels is the same. The only difference in colonies
54 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
E
Fig. 28. Polysyncraton aspiculatum. A-D. Specimens from South Africa. A. Thorax.
B. Abdomen. C-D. Larvae. E-G. Specimens from Djibouti. E. Thorax. F. Abdomen.
G. Larva.
from the Philippines is their darker brown colour caused by a greater abundance
of pigment cells in the tunic and zooids, and the absence of spicules.
The zooids are similar in structure to material from all of the above regions,
as well as to the type specimen loaned from the Seto Marine Biological
Laboratory.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 55
The oral siphon is short with six lobes (Fig. 28A, E). The cloacal aperture
may be very wide in relaxed zooids, exposing a large part of the branchial sac
(Fig. 28A). The cloacal languet varies in shape according to its proximity to the
common cloacal aperture. Close to it, it is always large, with two thin, long
lobes (Fig. 28A, E), but these may be thicker and shorter elsewhere. The round
lateral thoracic organs are located over the second row of stigmata or over the
second transverse vessel. The branchial sac has ten stigmata on each side in the
three first rows.
The retractor muscle originates in the anterior from the oesophageal
peduncle (Fig. 28A, E).
The gut loop is wide open (Fig. 28B, F). The stomach is spherical and
relatively small. The testis vesicles are arranged in a rosette of 5-10 elongated
lobes, in the gut loop (Fig. 28B, F). The sperm duct is coiled in 3-5 loose
turns. The ovary lies inside the last turn of the sperm duct and the oviduct
follows the straight ascending part of the rectum.
Larvae were only present in colonies collected in KwaZulu-Natal, Djibouti
and the Philippines, not Japan. They are large (Fig. 28C, D, G), with a trunk
about 1 mm long and half encircled by the tail. Mature larvae have eight pairs
of elongated ampullae on either side of the three adhesive papillae (Fig. 28D),
resulting from the division of four pairs of ampullae in less developed tadpoles
(Fig. 28C). An ocellus and an otolith are present. One bud develops on each
side of the visceral mass.
The spicules (Fig. 29E) are about 30 um in diameter; they consist of needles
gathered in numerous rays to form balls. Their size varies according to their
density within the colonies. They are very small and located within the lateral
thoracic organs in the type colony described by Tokioka (1949). In colonies
from Djibouti, the spicules are only present in tracks at the colony surface. In
the specimens from KwaZulu-Natal, the spicules are sparse in some colonies
and more abundant in others (Fig. 29E).
Remarks and distribution
The identification of the South African colonies would have been very
speculative if the material had not been compared with samples from other
areas. The colour and the density of the spicules, being variable within the same
geographical region, do not allow us to separate the material into different
species. The type specimen and other colonies collected by Nishikawa were
examined but did not contain larvae.
Millar (1962) described Polysyncraton magnilarvum from a colony collected
in KwaZulu-Natal. He recorded it as having a greyish-pink colour, soft
consistency and few spicules. The description corresponds well with Millar’s
type specimen in the South African Museum. This confirms that Polysyncraton
magnilarvum is different from P. aspiculatum Tokioka, 1949, in having larger
spicules with fewer rays and larger larvae.
The distribution of P. aspiculatum is widespread, ranging from Japan to the
Philippines, southern Australia, Djibouti and South Africa, if the material
attributed to it consists of a single species.
56 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 29. Spicules. A. Didemnum leopardi sp. nov. B. Didemnum mesembrinum sp. nov.
C. Didemnum millari sp. nov. D. Didemnum obscurum. E. Polysyncraton aspiculatum.
F. Lissoclinum bilobatum. Scale bars = 10 um.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS ail
Polysyncraton millepore Vasseur, 1968
Fig. 3E
Polysyncraton millepore Vasseur, 1968: 917. Monniot, F. & Monniot, C., 1999: figs 7B,
8A-D, pl. 1D, E.
Material
Several colonies, Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 8-22 m (Schleyer coll.).
Description
The colonies are large, convoluted sheets, with a smooth surface irregularly
stained in tan and dark brown. The general consistency is hard, as the spicules
are very densely packed throughout the tunic thickness.
The species has been recorded from Madagascar, Mozambique, and
KwaZulu-Natal in South Africa, but not further south.
Atriolum marsupialis F. Monniot, 1989
Fig. 30C
Atriolum marsupialis Monniot, F., 1989: 674, text-fig.1, pl. 1A.
Material
Two colonies. Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 15 m, on Polycarpa (Schleyer
coll.); Ibo Island, Mozambique, 10 m (Monniot coll.).
Description
The largest colony is 25 mm across and 3 mm thick. The colour is
yellowish. The tunic is soft but resistant, containing few spicules in a single
layer at the colony surface, sometimes gathered in white trails in the surface
layer, which has small, irregular, erect papillae. Tracks of orange pigment and
dark pigment cells are present in the basal tunic. Zooids and larvae are
colourless. The cloacal channels are narrow.
The oral siphon is long compared to the zooid size, and without lobes at
its rim. It is closed by a strong basal sphincter. The cloacal siphon is located
at the postero-dorsal angle of the thorax. It has a peculiar shape: a
sphincter encircles the cylindrical tube, the free extremity of which is divided
in two unequal lips with the posterior lip being larger and curved in a kind
of spoon. Both lips are edged with a crescent of transverse muscle fibres.
The thorax is wide and almost square. Its wall has about ten longitudinal
fibres on each side that are regularly spaced and not ramified. The lateral
thoracic organs are located above the third transverse vessel in the middle of
each side.
The branchial sac has four rows of 14 stigmata per side behind an
unperforated area of one stigma length. An incubatory pouch with a narrow
peduncle arises in the posterior part of the thorax against the oesophageal
peduncle. There is no retractor muscle.
58 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The waist is narrow and the abdomen is folded under the thorax. The gut
loop is made of a narrow cylindrical oesophagus, a spherical stomach with a
smooth wall, a conical post-stomach and an oval mid-intestine separated from
the rectum by a constriction. The anus opens at the level of the third row of
stigmata.
Five to seven testis vesicles in a rosette are covered by 7-8 coils of
the sperm duct. The ovary develops against the testis. Two or three
vascular processes arise from the centre of the gut loop on the side opposite the
gonads.
The larvae (Fig. 30C) are brooded in the basal layer of the tunic, but only
young, empty brood pouches were found attached to the zooids. The trunk is
0.65 mm long and spherical with the tail encircling three-quarters of the
perimeter. The three adhesive papillae are thick, in a line, with four large,
rounded ampullae on each side. The papillae and vesicles are separated from the
visceral mass by a constriction. The larval branchial sac is already developed,
as are the different parts of the digestive tract. A vascular process is
differentiated on the right side of the larva, but there are no buds. The spicules
are stellate, with numerous sharp rays.
Remarks and distribution
The African samples correspond exactly to Atriolum marsupialis,
as described from New Caledonia. Only two other species of Atriolum have
been described: Atriolum quadratum Monniot, F. & Monniot, C., 1996,
from the western Pacific at Chuuk Island, and recently found again in
Mozambique; and Atriolum robustum Kott, 1983, from the north of Australia
but also present in New Caledonia (Monniot, F. 1990), Madagascar
(Millar 1988), Mayotte (Comoros islands) and Mauritius (Lafargue & Vasseur
1989).
Lissoclinum bilobatum Millar, 1955
Figs 29F, 30A, B
Lissoclinum bilobatum Millar, 1955: 180, fig. 11. Plante & Vasseur, 1966: 146, pl. 2
(fig. 11).
Material
Several colonies. Thompson’s Pool, near Ballito, KwaZulu-Natal (Griffiths
coll.); Port Elizabeth, intertidal (Monniot coll.).
Description
The colonies are thin and pink or white encrustations of a soft consistency.
The colony surface is smooth. The oral apertures are stellate. The cloacal
channels are very wide.
The zooids have a short oral siphon (Fig. 30A). The wide cloacal aperture
uncovers a large part of the branchial sac. A round languet is present (Fig. 30A)
but is sometimes is very small and barely visible. The round, protruding lateral
organs are located at the level of the second transverse vessel. There are eight
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 59
stigmata in the first and second half rows. The retractor muscle is absent. The
abdomen is folded under the thorax. The gut loop is very narrow and contains a
large, clear vesicle (Fig. 30B). The testis lies over the intestine and has two
longitudinal lobes (Fig. 30B). The sperm duct is straight and enlarged at its start
when the testis is fully developed.
Some larvae were present in a pink colony collected at Port Elizabeth. The
trunk is 0.65 mm long and entirely covered with large pigment cells, which are
dark brown in formalin. All larvae are immature and only have three adhesive
papillae and an indication of four pairs of lateral ampullae.
The spicules (Fig. 29F) are generally small, 20 wm in diameter, but there
are a few larger ones up to 35 pm. They are balls made of numerous rays of
parallel needles which are rather irregularly spaced.
oo
Zeew Go’ wae:
i &Q) Ow \
Bir Fe O90 ig f Neate
Neg, ©0908 fasthy :
= 2 .
Se lg
“S
°
0.3 mm
Fig. 30. A-B. Lissoclinum bilobatum. A. Thorax. B. Abdomen.
C. Atriolum marsupialis. Larva.
Remarks and distribution
It was difficult to identify this species, as Millar’s (1955) type could not be
found at the British Museum. The description corresponds well with our
specimen as well as the spicule size. Millar did not mention the cloacal languet
or retractor muscle and they are absent in his figure.
This Lissoclinum species is closely allied to the Atlantic Lissoclinum fragile
(Van Name, 1902) as described by Monniot, F. (1983). The zooids and spicules
are similar. In the absence of mature larvae in the South African colonies, we
prefer to retain Millar’s name, L. bilobatum. Further collections of colonies
with larvae would perhaps allow us to synonymize both species.
The species distribution is presently restricted to Madagascar and the east
coast of South Africa.
Lissoclinum bistratum (Sluiter, 1905)
Leptoclinum bistratum Sluiter, 1905: 18, pl. 2 (fig. 10).
For detailed synonymies see Kott, 1982: 112; Monniot, F., 1992: 566, text-fig. 1, pl. 1A.
60 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Material
Several colonies. Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 19 m (Schleyer coll.).
Distribution
This species contains abundant symbiotic unicellular algae. It is very
common in the western tropical Pacific Ocean and in all the tropical Indian
Ocean from the extreme north to KwaZulu-Natal.
Diplosoma listerianum (Milne-Edwards, 1841)
Leptoclinum listerianum Milne-Edwards, 1841: 300.
For a description and synonymy see Lafargue, 1968: 406, fig. 9; Monniot, F., 1983: 41.
Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1987: 59.
Material
Several colonies. In all harbours from Saldanha Bay to Port Elizabeth.
Remarks and distribution
This European species has invaded numerous harbours in temperate and
tropical areas in the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian oceans. It is commonly found
on ship hulls and grows in thin soft sheets or thicker pads. The colony colour
varies from white to dark grey.
Diplosoma virens (Hartmeyer, 1909)
Leptoclinum virens Hartmeyer, 1909: 1456. (nom. nov. for Diplosoma viride Herdman,
1906.)
For a detailed synonymy see Monniot, F. & Monniot, C., 1996: 170.
Material
Several colonies. Rocky Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 2 m (M. E. Aken coll.).
Remarks and distribution
The zooids and larvae are identical to western Pacific samples. All colonies
have symbiotic algae. This species is widely distributed in shallow tropical
waters in the Pacific and Indian oceans.
Family Cionidae
Ciona intestinalis (Linné, 1767)
Ciona intestinalis see Berrill, 1950: 131, figs 40-41. Hoshino & Nishikawa, 1985,
fig. LA-C, 2, 4.
Material
Several colonies. Cape Town; Hout Bay; Port Elizabeth (Griffiths and
Monniot coll.).
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 61
Remarks and distribution
Ciona intestinalis originated in the northern Atlantic Ocean, but has invaded
harbours throughout temperate and subtropical climes.
This species was recorded by Millar (1955) in Durban Harbour and by
Millar (1962) in Saldanha Bay. We collected this species in several harbours
such as Saldanha Bay, Cape Town, Hout Bay and Port Elizabeth. The
specimens from Hout Bay have short siphons circled by a thick rod of tunic that
is somewhat tuberculated. This morphology is sometimes encountered in
European harbours. On the contrary the red form of this species, which is
occasionally found in Europe, has not been recorded in South Africa.
Family Perophoridae
Ecteinascidia modesta C. Monniot sp. nov.
Fig: 311
Material
Holotype. SAM-—A25855, Knysna Estuary (34°04’S 23°03’E), collected by
C. and F. Monniot, Feb. 1996.
Other material. Several colonies. Locality details as above.
Fig. 31. Ecteinascidia modesta sp. nov. A. Left side of body. B. Dorsal area.
C. Gut and gonads.
Description
The colonies of small zooids (3 mm) are colourless and live on bryozoan
crusts. The individuals are isolated, sometimes have a short peduncle, and are
62 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
united by a network of stolons. The oral siphon is on the top, and the cloacal
siphon somewhat lateral. Both apertures are encircled by six flat lobes
indented by deep clefts. The musculature (Fig. 31A) comprises about 20 thin
oblique and regularly spaced roughly parallel ribbons. They originate from a
region on each side of the body that runs from below the oral siphon to below
the cloacal siphon and includes the intersiphonal space (Fig. 31A). About
30 oral tentacles in three orders of size do not regularly alternate in a ring at
mid-length of the oval siphon (Fig. 31B). The prepharyngeal groove has
two inequal rims, the anterior higher. The urn-shaped dorsal tubercle
opens through a round hole (Fig. 31B). The dorsal lamina consists of
languets united by a basal membrane which is half the height of a languet
(Fig. 31B).
The branchial sac has 11 rows of stigmata and 12-13 generally entire
longitudinal vessels on each side. About 25 stigmata, consequently two per
mesh, are counted in a row. We did not observe divisions of stigmata or of
rows of stigmata. The. posterior row is somewhat irregular. The oesophagus
enters the posterior side of an oval stomach (Fig. 31C). The intestine is divided
into three parts by constrictions; it has no caeca. The simple anus opens
between the fifth and sixth row of stigmata.
The ovary contains numerous poorly developed oocytes. The testis
(Fig. 31C) is ventral to the ovary and consists of elongated lobes that protrude
just beyond the external edge of the gut. The wide sperm duct opens through a
papilla adjacent to the anus. The oviduct extends to the right side of the body.
The ovary was not mature and no larvae were found.
Remarks
This species is characterized by its small number of stigmata rows (11) and
oblique musculature. It differs from FE. multistigmata (= Perophora
multistigmata Kott, 1952) from Queensland, which has fewer stigmata rows
(eight), a musculature with numerous fibres more complex in origin and a single
testis with few lobes. It is closely allied to E. bandaensis Millar, 1975, from
Indonesia, Philippines, Madagascar and Mozambique (Monniot, F. & Monniot,
C. 2001), a species with similar musculature but 16 stigmata rows, a globular
stomach and a testis made of very numerous small lobes surrounding the ovary.
In addition, E. bandaensis has an opaque tunic with a red line encircling the
siphons.
Ecteinascidia modesta superficially resembles the small northern
Atlantic species E. minuta Berrill, 1932, and E. herdmani (Lahille, 1887),
but the gut loop is narrower and the stigmata more numerous in both those
species.
The species name Ecteinascidia modesta refers to its very discrete presence,
making it difficult to notice in the field.
Ecteinascidia thurstoni Herdman, 1891
Ecteinascidia thurstoni, Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1997: 1630, fig. 4.
Ecteinascidia hedwigiae Michaelsen, 1918: 60, pl. 1 (figs 1-2).
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 63
Material
One colony, Isipingo, KwaZulu-Natal (Griffiths coll.); Knysna, young
specimens (Monniot coll.).
Distribution
This species was described from material collected in Sri Lanka and later
from specimens collected in Western Australia, the Arabian Gulf, Djibouti,
Tanzania and Mozambique. It is the only record of the family Perophoridae in
South Africa that has been previously described.
Family Corellidae
Corella eumyota Traustedt, 1882
Corella eumyota Traustedt, 1882: 17, pl. 4 (figs 2, 3), pl. 5 (figs 13, 14).
Material
Two specimens. Saldanha Bay Harbour (Monniot coll.).
Remarks and distribution
This species was recorded for the first time in Cape Town by Sluiter
(1898a) and found again by Michaelsen (1934) and Millar (1955, 1962). It
inhabits seas around Antarctica, Tasmania, South Australia, and the southern
part of South America. In the Atlantic Ocean it was recorded off Tristan da
Cunha by Millar (19676), and Namibia by Michaelsen (1915) and Turon (1988).
The adult South African specimens are small (20 mm) compared to
individuals from the Antarctic, which attain 100 mm. The branchial sac is less
developed with fewer coils of stigmata. The development of the branchial sac
and the gut in this species varies according to environmental conditions
(Monniot, C. & Monniot, F. 1983). Numerous eggs were present in the cloacal
cavity in samples from New Zealand, and Lambert et al. (1995) described
brooded larvae.
Family Ascidiidae
Ascidia canaliculata Heller, 1878, part of A. sydneiensis aut. mult.
Fig. 32
Ascidia canaliculata Heller, 1878: 84, pl. 1 (fig. 1). Sluiter, 1898a: 41, pl. 5 (figs 15-18).
Michaelsen, 1921: 5.
Phallusia canaliculata: Hartmeyer, 1911: 576, pl. 57 (figs 13-14).
Phallusia longitubis Traustedt, 1882: 283.
Material
Several specimens. Fish Hoek, False Bay (Monniot coll.).
64 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Description
Ascidia canaliculata is closely allied to A. sydneiensis Stimpson, 1855. Both
species were synonymized by Van Name (1921). They have in common large,
grooved siphons with digitate lobes and a characteristic transverse musculature
limited to the right side of the body (Fig. 32B). The musculature consists of two
ribbons of parallel fibres, one ventral and one dorsal. These ribbons are linked
by very thin fibres which become visible when stained (Fig. 32B). The gut
always has a bulbous widening of the posterior intestine filled with sediment
(Fig. 32A) even in very young individuals.
Fig. 32. Ascidia canaliculata. A. Left side of body. B. Muscles on the right side.
C. Dorsal tubercle.
Remarks and distribution
The only distinguishing characteristic of the species is the structure of the
dorsal tubercle (Fig. 32C). In all the Atlantic, South African and Mozambican
populations this has the shape of a ‘V’ that is open anteriorly and has horns
curled interiorly. It is not regular in pattern but rather undulated (Fig. 32C). In
A. sydneiensis, a Pacific Ocean species, the dorsal tubercle is pierced by several
openings. Authors who have examined both species consider them distinct
(Sluiter 1898a; Hartmeyer 1911), except for Millar (1955) who was doubtful.
Ascidia sydneiensis is somewhat variable in the Pacific. Tokioka (1953)
recognized three subspecies in Japan: A. sydneiensis sydneiensis, which has a
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 65
simple dorsal tubercle; and A. sydneiensis divisa and A. sydneiensis samea,
whose divided dorsal tubercles differ. Nishikawa (1991) examined the same
material and showed that the position of the gut is variable and that the dorsal
tubercle is simple in small specimens before becoming more complex with
growth. He thus did not recognize Tokioka’s subspecies. An undulated opening
is not mentioned in any description of A. sydneiensis, the shape usually being
described as a ‘C’ open to the left side with horns slightly curved.
Although all specimens from the Atlantic Ocean, South Africa and Mozam-
bique correspond to A. canaliculata, those from the western coast of Australia
have complex dorsal tubercles (Kott 1985) and correspond to A. sydneiensis. In
Mauritius, Vasseur (1967) described A. sydneiensis as having simple or divided
dorsal tubercles; he found Tokioka’s three variant morphologies but refused to
use the subspecies. In Sri Lanka, Herdman (1906) described small specimens
24 mm in length, and these had a simple dorsal tubercle.
Traustedt & Weltner (1894) recorded the presence of Phallusia longitubis in
the Indian Ocean without providing a description.
Taking this disparity of characters into account and noting the limits of
variability in A. sydneiensis after all, we believe that A. canaliculata and
A. sydneiensis are different (vicariant) species.
Ascidia caudata Heller, 1878
igs s333
Ascidia caudata Heller, 1878: 85, pl. 2 (fig. 2).
Material
Several specimens. False Bay, low tide (Monniot coll.).
Description
Ascidia caudata has not been recorded in South Africa in over a century.
This is rather surprising as it is a common species at 1-2 m depth and attains a
size of 25 cm. It inhabits narrow crevices and the underside of large boulders
where there is a space of some centimetres between the rock and the sediment.
The ascidians are attached to the rock on their whole left side, including the
siphons. The right side of the body and the siphons are generally covered with
large shell fragments and gravel. The long siphons diverge and they may be
15 cm apart. The colour of the tunic surface varies from yellow to brown or
almost black, according to the distance from the edge of the rock, the pigment
being light-induced. The remainder of the tunic is pale grey or yellowish.
In life the body wall is sulphur yellow, pigmented by blood cells. When
fixed these cells turn black (as in many Ascidiidae rich in vanadocytes). The
tunic is thin on the left side of the body but forms a pad that protrudes internally
between the posterior intestine and the rectum. The siphons do not show lobes.
The muscles are strong on the right side, mostly transverse with some fibres
issuing from the cloacal siphon in the anterior part of the body. The muscles are
dense over the gut, almost joined, but more diffuse posteriorly. The left side of
the body wall and the tip of the siphons are devoid of musculature.
66 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
C Il
Fig. 33. Ascidia caudata. A. Left side of body of a large specimen. B. Testis on the gut of
a small specimen. C. Dorsal tubercle.
More than a hundred oral tentacles are located on a thin high crest in large
specimens. They are 4 mm long, almost all equal in size (Fig. 33C) and form a
kind of comb that closes the oral aperture. The prepharyngeal band has two
equal rims. The dorsal tubercle (Fig. 33C) consists of two masses of tissue
pierced by numerous holes. The neural ganglion is close to the dorsal tubercle.
The low dorsal lamina has a smooth margin, which is stiffly delineated only on
the left side. The oesophagus entrance is located anteriorly to the bottom of the
branchial sac. It is large, sometimes smooth or with protruding crests. On the
right side of the branchial sac, the extremities of the transverse vessels form
hooks linked by a membrane. The branchial internal longitudinal vessels only
bear large papillae. The vessels are close to each other in small specimens
(7 cm) and the square meshes contain, on average, three small stigmata. In large
individuals, the meshes lengthen transversally and may have seven stigmata.
The transverse vessels are wide on the external side of the branchial sac; they
are linked together and form an irregular network covering at least half of the
branchial surface, even in young specimens. The fragile branchial tissue is
linked to the body wall by numerous short connections. The cloacal cavity is not
Spacious.
The gut describes a double loop (Fig. 33A, B). The exact path of the
digestive tract is difficult to follow even in small specimens, as the visceral mass
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 67
is rendered opaque by testis vesicles (Fig. 33B). The ovary is also hidden. The
anus is very small, has a plain margin and opens in the centre of the visceral
mass (Fig. 33B).
Distribution
Ascidia caudata has only been recorded from the Cape Peninsula, South
Africa.
Ascidia incrassata Heller, 1878
Fig. 34
Ascidia incrassata Heller, 1878: 88, pl. 2 (fig. 8). Michaelsen, 1934: 154.
Material
Several specimens. Miller’s Point, False Bay, 2-10 m. (Griffiths coll.);
Saldanha Bay Harbour (Monniot coll.).
Description
The largest specimens from Miller’s Point are erect, about 100 mm long and
only attached on the left posterior side. The tunic is translucent, hard, somewhat
cartilaginous, up to 20 mm thick and covered with epibionts. The siphons are
naked and protrude, the oral siphon to the anterior and the cloacal siphon
towards the anterior quarter of the body. Both siphons have 6-8 lobes that are
prolonged by a transparent tip. There is a red spot between each lobe. The
colour in life is purple or red; it disappears in formalin. The small specimens
from Saldanha Bay, 40 mm long, are deep red in life and the colour persists for
some time in formalin, but fades.
Muscles are only present in the dorsal part of the body wall. These are
symmetrically distributed on the sides of the body (Fig. 34A, B, D, E), an
exceptional characteristic among the Ascidiidae. These probably provide an
erect posture to these animals and stiffness to the tunic. In large specimens,
there are about 60 oral tentacles on a crest, in 3-4 orders of size, with an
underlying muscular ring. The prepharyngeal groove has two equal edges and is
curved slightly dorsally. The neural ganglion is anterior near the protruding
dorsal tubercle. The dorsal tubercle is C-shaped with an anterior opening and
curled horns (Fig. 34G). The dorsal lamina is doubled above the neural
ganglion and posteriorly forms a raised blade with small teeth on the rim. The
transverse thickenings do not reach the edge of the blade and have no
relationship to the teeth. The dorsal lamina encircles the oesophagus entrance;
at this level and on the right side, the transverse vessels form a dented
membrane (Fig. 340H).
The branchial tissue is undulated with 40 and 32 longitudinal vessels on the
right and left sides respectively. The main papillae are large. The elongated
branchial meshes may have up to 12 short stigmata. The branchial sac does not
extend posteriorly under the digestive tract.
The gut of the largest specimens is totally enclosed in whitish tissue that
consists of an accumulation of vesicles and testis lobes that largely conceal a
68 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 34. Ascidia incrassata. A-B. Both sides of a large specimen. C. Gut and gonads of a
large specimen. D-E. Both sides of a small specimen. F. Gut and gonads of a small
specimen. G. Dorsal tubercle of a small specimen. H. Oesophagus entrance of a small
specimen.
marked double gut loop (Fig. 34B, C). The stomach folds are not evident
externally. The intestine, which is uniform in diameter, ends in small anal
lobes. Although it is difficult to discern the shape of the different organs in large
Specimens, it is easier to observe the gut and gonads in small specimens from
Saldanha Bay (Fig. 34E, F). They are mature and have numerous eggs in the
cloacal cavity. They correspond to the descriptions of Ascidia multitentaculata
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 69
by Hartmeyer (1912) and Millar (1964). They possess a large number of oral
tentacles (more than 160) (Fig. 34G). The reduction in tentacle number during
the growth to a larger size has been described several times, particularly by
Millar (1960) for Ascidia translucida and Cnemidocarpa verrucosa. The
branchial sac of small specimens has a similar number of longitudinal vessels as
larger ones (36 on the right and 34 on the left), but the branchial meshes are
square and enclose an average of seven stigmata. We found numerous
duplications of the stigmata rows marked by intermediate papillae. The gut
makes a double loop (Fig. 34E, F). The ovary is located in the primary loop and
consists of numerous tight lobes that do not protrude beyond the gut loop. The
testis covers most of the gut on both sides (Fig. 34E, F).
Remarks and distribution
Ascidia incrassata is only known with certainty from the Western Cape
area, where it was last collected in 1931 (Michaelsen 1934). It possibly occurs
in southern Mozambique (Michaelsen 1918). Michaelsen noted that
A. multitentaculata differs from A. incrassata only in the number of oral
tentacles, and proposed that it be considered a variety of the latter. Ascidia
multitentaculata was only known from three specimens. Millar (1977: 204,
fig. 24) described from Salvador Beach (Brazil) an additional specimen of
similar size, which had very numerous tentacles and an S-shaped gut. The
Brazilian specimen differs from the South African material, having muscles
over the whole right side, more longitudinal vessels (80), no intermediate
branchial papillae and an ovary in two parts, located within the two intestinal
loops. Millar (1977) considered his identification doubtful, and this is also our
opinion.
The specimen of A. incrassata from Inhaca described by Millar (1956) has
the musculature and dorsal tubercle characteristic of A. canaliculata.
Ascidiella aspersa (Miller, 1776)
Ascidia aspersa Miller, 1776: 225.
For synonymy see Berrill, 1950: 154, fig. 47.
Material
Several specimens. Saldanha Bay Harbour; Cape Town; Hout Bay; Port
Elizabeth (Monniot coll.).
Distribution
Ascidiella aspersa is an European species whose distribution extends from
Norway (Trondheim Fjord) to the Mediterranean Sea and the Atlantic coast of
Morocco. It has been recorded in Senegal as (Ascidiella senegalensis
Michaelsen, 1915). Brewin (1946) noted its voluntary importation into the south
of New Zealand. This species has now invaded harbours and lagoons in
southern Australia. It has also been collected in Porto Nuovo Bay, Argentina
(42°53’S 64°42’W).
70 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Family Styelidae
Botryllus closionis C. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 3G, 35
Sarcobotrylloides racemosum Hartmeyer, 1912: 274, pl. 37 (fig. 5), pl. 41 (fig. 9).
non Botryllus racemosus Quoy & Gaimard, 1834: 620, pl. 92 (figs 7-8).
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25856, Sea Point, Cape Town (33°55’S 18°23’E), low
tide. Collected by C. L. Griffiths, 25 May 1994.
Other material. Several colonies, locality data as above (Griffiths and
Monniot coll.).
Description
This species has a characteristic appearance in the photograph and in
Michaelsen’s colour plate (1912, pl. 37 (fig. 5)). The red zooids form circular
systems in hollows of the upper tunic, giving the colony surface a partitioned
pattern as suggested by the species name (closis = fence). It covers both sides
of the fronds of the seaweed Epymenia. The tunic has a firm constistency.
The zooids (Fig. 35A, B) are 1.5-2 mm long and perpendicular to the
colony surface. A large cloacal languet lies above a very wide cloacal opening
which reveals a large part of the branchial sac (Fig. 35A, B). There are nine
rows of stigmata. The branchial sac is asymmetrical: the two first rows are
complete on the right side (Fig. 35B), but the second row does not reach the
dorsal lamina on the left side (Fig. 35A). There are 12-15 stigmata in a half-
row and 2-3 stigmata between the longitudinal vessels.
The oval stomach wall has about ten protruding folds that are slightly
enlarged anteriorly.
The caecum is long, curved, and has a small dilation at the tip (Fig. 35A).
The gut loop is short. The pyloric gland is not well developed. The anus opens
at the level of the seventh stigmata row at the base of the exposed part of the
branchial sac and has a smooth edge (Fig. 35A, B).
Each zooid is linked to the vascular network of the colony by several
sinuses.
In the colony studied, the nourishing zooids only have rudimentary testes
(Fig. 35A, B). The first-order buds have mulberry-shaped testes that are more
developed than in the adult zooids. Several oocytes are present in the second-
order buds.
Remarks
The description of Botryllus racemosus by Quoy & Gaimard (1834) from
Australia is short and could apply to any Botryllus with circular systems. The
drawings (pl. 92 (figs 7-8)) clearly show systems of zooids at the tunic surface,
thus depicting material that does not belong to this species.
Sarcobotrylloides racemosum Hartmeyer, 1912, was synonymized with
Botryllus leachi by Hartmeyer & Michaelsen (1928), with B. magnicoecus by
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 71
0.5 mm
Fig. 35. Botryllus closionis sp. nov. A-B. Both sides of a zooid.
Tokioka (1967), and with B. schlosseri with some doubt by Kott (1985).
Botryllus schlosseri sensu Kott, from Australia, is a different species from the
European B. schlosseri and belongs to B. aster Monniot, C., 1991. None of the
above synonymies are valid. The partitioned appearance of the colonies and its
circular systems separate it from all other species of the genus.
Botryllus elegans (Quoy & Gaimard, 1834)
Figs 3H, 36
Distomus elegans Quoy & Gaimard, 1834: 623, pl. 42 (figs 11-13).
Synstyela monocarpa Sluiter, 1898a: 55, pl. 1 (figs 12), pl. 7 (figs 5-8).
Chorizocarpa elegans: Hartmeyer, 1912: 266. Michaelsen, 1915: 413, pl. 18 (fig. 37).
Botryllus anomalus Millar, 1962: 175, fig. 28. Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1976a: 359.
Material
Several colonies. Table Bay, Sea Point on Epymenia fronds (Griffiths and
Monniot coll.).
Description
The colonies were thin encrustations on sea-weed fronds. The common tunic
is transparent, often bluish with yellow circulatory ampullae of the tunic’s blood
system. The ampullae do not form a ring around the edge of the colony as is
often the case in the genus. The zooids are spherical and regularly distributed.
W2 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 36. Botryllus elegans. A. Dorsal side of a zooid. B. Ventral side of a zooid.
C. Bud with gonads.
There are no systems; the cloacal siphons of the zooids open independently. The
zooids are generally similarly orientated in the colony. There are white pigment
spots that vary in number on the edge of the siphons.
The body wall is often yellow, except where it is red around the siphons and
dorsally. All colour disappears after fixation.
We counted eight short oral tentacles. Three branchial longitudinal vessels
on each side cross eight rows of oval stigmata. The gut (Fig. 36B) forms a
closed loop. The globular stomach bears anterior grooves. The caecum has the
shape of a pedunculate vesicle (Fig. 36B). The pyloric gland is small and does
not encircle the intestine. The anus has a plain margin. The gonads are well
developed. On each side there is a massive lobed testis ventrally (Fig. 36B) and
a large egg dorsally (Fig. 36A). In some zooids the egg is segmented in four
blastomeres.
We rarely observed even slightly developed buds in our material, but the
few we found possessed Botryllus characteristics, i.e. gonads differentiated at
the beginning of branchial development (Fig. 36C). No larvae were brooded in
the zooids. Some were found in the common tunic enclosed in a membrane
linked to the colony vascular system. Holes at the colony surface provided some
evidence of degenerated zooids, and the larvae in their envelopes seemed to
occupy the spaces vacated by zooids. Only one larva lies in each of these
locations when the zooids produce two eggs. The larvae were not fully
developed and had no vascular ampullae, only the beginning of a tail and one
sensory organ.
Our specimens correspond well with the type material (MNHN BOT. B 14).
Remarks and distribution
We consider this a species of the genus Botryllus, as did Millar (1962), in
view of its parietal budding with early development of the gonad, a
characteristic only encountered in this genus.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS B
In térms of its other characteristics, this species could belong to two other
genera having three longitudinal branchial vessels on each side. In Chorizocarpa
the testis is on the left side, the ovary on the right side, and the budding is
vascular (Monniot, C. 1988). In Botryllocarpa the hermaphroditic gonads are
placed on each side of the body, but the testis is deeply divided into two lobes as
in the genus Symplegma.
Botryllus elegans has unique features for the genus: the absence of systems,
and larvae brooded in the common tunic rather than the zooids. The mode of
development of the larvae also seems different from that described by Zaniolo et
al. (1998) for Botryllus violaceus. The life cycle of this species thus merits
further studies.
The description of Distomus elegans Quoy & Gaimard, 1834, is extremely
short and only provides its external characteristics, but the coloured illustrations
leave no doubt about the species’ identification. The siphons are depicted as
having six lobes, which is not the case in our specimens and this is probably an
error in the illustrations.
Sluiter (1898qa) did not recognize Distomus elegans and created a new
species, Synstyela monocarpa. Hartmeyer (1912) ignored Sluiter’s species and
created yet another species, Chorizocarpa elegans.
Michaelsen (1924), on re-examining Sluiter’s samples, noticed labelling
errors between specimens from South Africa and colonies collected in the north
of Australia that Sluiter (1900) had described under the name Synstyela
michaelseni.
Moreover, other specimens labelled from South Africa were labelled as
Symplegma species. Michaelsen concluded that there were two species in South
Africa: one with four longitudinal vessels that he identified as Symplegma
Fig. 37. Botryllus gregalis. A-B. Both sides of a zooid. C-D. Details of the gut.
74 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
elegans (Quoy & Gaimard, 1834), and another with three longitudinal vessels
identified as Chorizocarpa monocarpa (Sluiter, 1898a). This last species might
have been confused with Chorizocarpa michaelseni (Sluiter, 1900) from
northern Australia, in view of Sluiter’s labelling errors, and Michaelsen was
surprised by the synonymy considering the distance between the populations. He
suggested that further collections were necessary. He overlooked the fact that,
in 1915, he combined as synonyms Distomus elegans and Synstyela monocarpa.
He thus considered Distomus elegans to be the commonest species of the
genus Symplegma, partly because six oral lobes were figured by Quoy &
Gaimard, and because specimens of Symplegma were mixed with Sluiter’s
specimens.
We similarly found errors in the synonymies of Symplegma brakenhielmi
and Chorizocarpa michaelseni. The synonymies listed above only correspond to
descriptions of specimens and does not take into account more or less erroneous
citations.
Botryllus elegans is known from Namibia to southern Mozambique.
Botryllus gregalis (Sluiter, 1898a)
Figs 4A, 37
Botrylloides gregalis Sluiter, 1898a: 46, pl. 2 (figs 6-9).
Botrylloides nigrum non Herdman, 1886. Hartmeyer, 1912: 270, pl. 41 (fig.10).
Part Botrylloides leachi non Savigny, 1816. Hartmeyer & Michaelsen, 1928: 342.
?Botrylloides leachi: Michaelsen, 1934: 154.
?Botrylloides leachi: Millar, 1962: 177.
Botryllus gregalis: Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1997: 1633, text-figs 5-6, pl. 1C, D.
Material
Several specimens. Saldanha Bay, on kelp; False Bay, 8-12 m; Cape Town,
10 m; Isipingo, KwaZulu-Natal (Griffiths coll.); Knysna and Port Elizabeth
(Monniot coll.); Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal (Schleyer coll.).
Description
The colonies are 2-3 mm thick in this species. The colour varies and the
oral siphons and cloacal languets are generally opaque. The zooids are
distributed along an anastomosed network of cloacal cavities that have few
common cloacal openings.
The zooids have 12-13 rows of stigmata, the second row being dorsally
incomplete on both sides (Fig. 37A, B). The cloacal aperture extends one-third
of the branchial height, under a large cloacal languet. The anterior end of the
stomach (Fig. 37C, D) is wide and has about ten folds, which flare anteriorly
and attenuate posteriorly. The caecum is always small but sometimes enlarged
at the tip (Fig. 37C). A well-developed pyloric gland of joined vesicles
surrounds the intestine like a sleeve (Fig. 37C, D). The rectum is wide and
opens at the eighth or ninth row of stigmata without narrowing.
None of the colonies studied had eggs or embryos. The nourishing zooids
have degenerated testes located posteriorly against the gut (Fig. 37A, B). The
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS I
first-order buds have well-developed testes. The ovaries have few oocytes and
develop on the second-order buds.
Remarks and distribution
It is possible that the specimen named Botrylloides leachi by Michaelsen
(1934) belongs to this species, together with the specimens that Millar (1962)
considered doubtful. The specimen described by Hartmeyer (1912) as
Botrylloides nigrum from the Cape Peninsula has exactly the same stomach as
the specimens in our collection, and Michaelsen (1934) expressed doubt as to its
identification.
This polymorphic species has a continuous distribution along the west coast
of South Africa, and extending to the Arabian Gulf.
Botryllus maeandrius (Sluiter, 1898a)
Figs 4B, 38
Botrylloides maeandrium Sluiter, 1898a: 48, pl. 2 (fig. 7), non pl. 6 (fig. 10).
?Botrylloides translucidum Hartmeyer, 1912: 272, pl. 37 (fig. 3), pl. 41 (figs 8-12).
Material
Several colonies; one of them adult, on a Mytilus shell, represents a
neotype, SAM-A25862. Sea Point, intertidal (Griffiths and Monniot coll.).
Description
The colonies are thin and encrusting. The zooids are distributed in double
rows on each side of large, branched cloacal channels. Some zooids are found
in circular systems, but are facing by their ventral part. There are only a few
common cloacal apertures that do not protrude and are hardly visible. The
colonies often have a branched pattern with rows of zooids radiating in all
directions from the colony centre. The edge of the colony is marked with an
accumulation of vascular ampullae. The colour is a uniform pink to reddish-
pink. The pigment cells are more dense around the oral siphons and in the
vascular ampullae. The tunic matrix is colourless. After fixation the pigment
fades and the zooids become brownish.
The zooids have a wide rectangular cloacal languet above a large cloacal
opening that reveals a large part of the branchial sac (Fig. 38A, D). There are
9-10 rows of a dozen stigmata per side and the second row does not reach the
dorsal line (Fig. 38E).
The conical stomach (Fig. 38B) is asymmetrical and dilated with a dozen
anterior folds that are mere protrusions on the left side but become
progressively longer and form folds on the right side (Fig. 38D). The caecum is
a small pedunculate ball (Fig. 38B). The intestine is constricted by a voluminous
pyloric gland that encircles it. The gut loop is well defined. The anus opens in
front of the fifth or sixth row of stigmata and has a curled rim.
Most colonies have no gonads at all. The colonies collected in February
were male or hermaphroditic. In male colonies the testes appear on first-order
buds. In hermaphroditic colonies (Fig. 38A) the zooids have bulky testes with
76 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 38. Botryllus maeandrius. A. Zooid. B. Gut. C. Hermaphroditic gonad.
D-E. Two additional zooids.
less than ten lobes. These protrude slightly to the exterior and are located
almost at the same level in the posterior and ventral part of the body. An ovary
located dorsal to the testis in a pedunculate pouch (Fig. 38A) contains one or
two degenerated eggs.
Remarks
We have re-examined the type of B. maeandrium Sluiter, 1898a (ZMA TU
297). It is not well enough preserved to be redescribed, but does not correspond
either to Sluiter’s description or pl. 6 (fig. 10) of the species. It has no systems
and may either be Botryllus elegans or a species of Symplegma. However,
Sluiter’s (1898a, pl. 2 (fig. 7)) colour drawing corresponds well to the species
described here. His pl. 6 (fig. 10) is surprising; it depicts a zooid with five
longitudinal vessels, a small cloacal aperture, a gut with the structure of a
Botryllus, and gonads with a non-protruding ovary in the position in which it is
found in B. elegans. His zooid description corresponds to this figure. The
labelling of Sluiter’s specimens is often erroneous, as Michaelsen (1924) has
already noted, and it is not rare to find several-species from different families in
one of his type samples. His descriptions sometimes appear to be fanciful if not
totally imaginary.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS HW
We propose to use the name Botryllus maeandrius (Sluiter, 1898a) for
this species to simplify the synonymy, as the original description has no
value and the type specimen has been lost. We have made an adult colony
collected at Sluiter’s type locality, Sea Point (Cape Peninsula), a neotype for the
species.
The description of Botrylloides translucidum Hartmeyer, 1912, corresponds
to this species in some respects, as it describes an ascidian with the same gut
shape, and an elongated stomach with short posterior protruding rods.
However, Hartmeyer’s colonies are 9-mm-thick cushions, with zooids with
12 rows of stigmata and no pyloric caecum. These attributes are characteristic
of Botryllus translucidus, leading us to conclude that it is closely allied to if not
identical with B. gregalis.
Botryllus maeandrius has been recorded only from the Cape Peninsula,
South Africa.
Botryllus magnicoecus (Hartmeyer, 1912)
Figs 4C, 39
Botrylloides nigrum magnicoecum Hartmeyer, 1912: 271, pl. 41 (fig. 11); 1913: 135.
Botryllus magnicoecus: Michaelsen, 1921: 6, pl. 1 (figs 1-4); 1934: 154. Millar, 1955: 195,
hig 22 11962: 175.
Material
Several colonies. Table Bay, 9 m; False Bay, 0-10 m (Griffiths coll.);
Saldanha Bay, Hout Bay Harbour, and Kommetjie intertidal (Monniot coll.).
Description
The flat fleshy crusts of this species may be lobed or hang in double-sided
sheets in harbours. In Hout Bay Harbour, the suspended colonies reach several
decimetres. The oral apertures in almost all colonies are circled with white
pigment, which contrasts with their pink colour. One colony from Miller’s Point
had reddish zooids in a yellow tunic. The zooids are arranged along a network
of cloacal channels. There are only a few common cloacal apertures; they do
not protrude at the colony surface.
The zooids have a cloacal languet of variable size, sometimes very short.
The transverse cloacal opening may reveal half the length of the branchial sac.
There are 12-15 rows of stigmata of which the second does not reach the dorsal
lamina on either side of the body (Fig. 39A). The short oval stomach (Fig. 39B)
bears 8-10 rods without anterior swellings and is well defined at the pyloric
extremity. The caecum is long, cylindrical and often curved in a hook
(Fig. 39B). The pyloric gland is small. The anus when contracted appears
bilobed.
None of our specimens had ovaries or larvae. The nourishing zooids only
had a multi-lobed testis on each side, the right one adjacent to the stomach
(Fig. 39A, C) and the left one more anterior at the level of the intestine. The
first-order buds (Fig. 39C) have testes as large as those of the nourishing
zooids. Ovaries with 1-3 oocytes only appear in buds of the second order.
78 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 39. Botryllus magnicoecus. A. Zooid. B. Gut. C. Buds of first and second orders.
Remarks and distribution
When fixed, the pigments fade and B. magnicoecus becomes similar in
appearance to B. gregalis. The number of stigmata rows and the body shape are
similar. The species only differ in the shape of their stomach and the caecum.
This is probably why Hartmeyer (1912) considered this a variety of his
Botrylloides nigrum, which, in our opinion, is Botryllus gregalis (see p. 74).
The name B. magnicoecus has been used worldwide for all species having a
large caecum. Michaelsen (1923b) recorded this species in Portugal, the Red
Sea, and Hong Kong. Hartmeyer & Michaelsen (1928) increased the confusion
when they included the Australian B. anceps as a synonym.
The geographic distribution of B. magnicoecus in South Africa seems to be
limited to the coast from Namibia to KwaZulu-Natal. All specimens recorded
from other parts of the world, viz. the Mediterranean Sea, Portugal, Caraibes,
Australia and Japan, belong to other species.
Botryllus mortenseni Millar, 1964
Figs 4D, 40
Botryllus mortenseni Millar, 1964: 176, fig. 13.
Material
One large colony and several small ones attached to other ascidians.
Isipingo, KwaZulu-Natal, rock pools (Griffiths coll.).
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 12
COG a
A mM.
Fig. 40. Ata eee eee urishing zooid of the largest c SOR ac ela of first
and second o es of the sai cree eyes agar ng zooid of a small colon ny.
De Gut of z oid C. E. Zoo Stee eta ot yet open area thinratic e gonads, in
other Saisie
80 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Description
The largest colony is a cushion 5-6 mm thick, embedded with sand. Its
black colour fades in formalin. The zooids are perpendicular to the colony
surface and organized in circular systems around numerous common cloacal
openings. The zooids are large, 3 mm in length, with a slit-shaped cloacal
aperture and a long anterior conical languet and a posterior lip almost as long as
the languet (Fig. 36A, C). The branchial sac has 12 rows of stigmata, all
reaching the dorsal line (Fig. 36A). On the right side, some perforations
represent a thirteenth row. The stigmata are numerous and there is an average
of three between each internal longitudinal vessel. The stomach is oval, with a
dozen folds that protrude slightly at the anterior end but flatten out at the
posterior. The caecum is long, narrow and cylindrical (Fig. 36D). The
secondary loop of the intestine is not accentuated and the rectum extends along
4-5 rows of stigmata, opening at the level of the eighth row. In the large
colony, the nourishing zooids sometimes have a rudimentary testis. Ovaries
with numerous oocytes appear in second-order buds and are also present in first-
order buds (Fig. 36B).
Small colonies consisting of a single system were found on other ascidians
at the same station. The smaller zooids (Fig. 36C), less than 2 mm long, have
a cloacal aperture shaped like a whistle. There are only 11 complete rows
of stigmata and a beginning of a twelfth row on the right (Fig. 36C).
The nourishing zooids are hermaphroditic with a testis made of elongated
fan-shaped lobes and 1-2 eggs anterior to the testes on each side (Fig. 36C).
We observed a trace of segmentation in these eggs, which do not protrude
outside the body wall. There are 2-3 eggs on each side in first-order buds
(Fig. 36E).
Remarks and distribution
The type specimen of this species was collected 22 miles south-west of Cape
Point at 55 m depth, and it is a little different to the specimens from Isipingo.
The colony is thicker (15 mm) and the zooids are longer (4-5 mm). The scale
included in Millar (1964, fig. 13) is probably erroneous and may correspond to
1 mm. The oral siphon is tubular. There are 16-18 rows of stigmata. Both of
Millar’s other specimens were dredged from Mossel Bay at 16 m depth, and
have shorter and wider cloacal siphons than in our specimens.
We consider that the colonies collected at low tide at Isipingo belong to this
species in spite of these differences. Botryllus species are relatively variable
according to colony thickness. In Europe, we have observed that the zooids of
B. leachi and B. schlosseri are larger and have more rows of stigmata in
spherical colonies than in encrusting colonies. This was the reason that the now
abandoned genera Polycyclus and Sarcobotrylloides were created for thick
colonies. The length of the cloacal siphons is related to the distance between the
zooid and the common cloacal aperture, and thus the age of the system and the
position of the bud.
The small colonies at Isipingo were sexually mature whereas the larger ones
were not. This phenomenon may be linked to ecological difficulties encountered
by the small colonies, which react by maturing gonads.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 81
Three other species of Botryllus impregnated with sand are known from
elsewhere. They are closely allied and have in common a thick tunic, circular
systems, zooids perpendicular to the colony surface, a whistle-shaped cloacal
siphon placed anteriorly and sometimes in a tube, a branchial sac with an entire
second stigmata row, and an ovary anterior to the testis with several eggs.
Botryllus stewartensis Brewin, 1958, from the south of New Zealand and
Australia (Kott 1985) has small pedunculate lobes, distantly spaced, consisting
of 1-3 systems. The stomach is oval with a long caecum. The testis is
fan-shaped.
Botryllus arenaceus Monniot, C., 1988, from New Caledonia has lobes with
a single system, a wide stomach with protruding folds at its anterior part, a
caecum with an ampullae at the tip, and a mulberry-shaped testis.
Botryllus okai Monniot, C., 1988 (new name for the preoccupied
Psammobotrus purpureus Oka, 1932), from Japan, has massive colonies with
numerous systems. The stomach is similar to that of B. mortenseni, but has an
ampullar caecum and an anus with a curled margin. The gonads have not been
described and were only present in buds in specimens that we examined. The
testis has elongated lobes.
Botryllus schlosseri (Palas, 1766)
Alcyonium schlosseri Pallas, 1766: 355.
Remarks
We have only collected this species in harbours, in Saldanha Bay and Hout
Bay. The colonies are small, thin and encrusting. The zooids form circular
systems. Live specimens are a green-brown colour. None of these colonies had
gonads. This species has been previously recorded in South Africa, from
Durban Harbour (Millar 1955).
Symplegma ?bahraini Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1997
Fig. 4E
Symplegma bahraini Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1997: 1638, text-fig. 7, pl. 1E, F.
2Symplegma viride: Millar, 1955: 196, fig. 24.
Material
Three colonies. Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 30-33 m (Schleyer coll.);
Isipingo, KwaZulu-Natal, rock pool under overhang (Griffiths coll.).
Description
None of our three colonies has gonads, so the identification could not be
made with certainty. An important characteristic of the species is the
simultaneous presence of functional male and female gonads.
The uniform red colour of the colony from Isipingo was the same as in the
type colony (Monniot, C. & Monniot, F. 1997, pl. 1E). The colonies from
Sodwana Bay were pink-brown, with yellow individuals. Another colony from
82 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Bahrain also was yellow in colour. Yellow samples were also collected in the
Mozambique Channel, at Juan de Nova Island and in the north of Mozambique.
The samples from South Africa have a short gut and a branchial sac with
11 stigmata rows, as in the Bahrain specimens.
Remarks and distribution
Millar (1955) recorded the presence of S. viride in the Durban Harbour
entrance but did not describe it. Millar referred to Van Name’s (1945)
description, which in reality represents §. brakenhielmi (Michaelsen, 1904b).
The latter has been found in many harbours in the Atlantic Ocean, Australia,
and the Pacific Ocean (often under the name S. oceania). Symplegma
brakenhielmi does possibly occur in Durban Harbour. That species differs from
S. bahraini in that its pigmentation is limited to the branchial vessels. When
fixed all colour disappears, which is what Millar saw.
Metandrocarpa asymmetra C. Monniot sp. nov.
Fig. 41
Material ,
Holotype. SAM-A25857, Oudekraal, Cape Peninsula (33°59’S 18°21’E),
10 m depth on Styela angularis. Collected by C. L. Griffiths, 18 Aug. 1994.
Unique.
Description
The colony consists of zooids at different developmental stages, all having
female gonads. The zooids form small pink spheres, 4 mm in diameter, linked
by very thin stolons, with closely spaced siphons. The tunic is thin. The
translucent body wall contains weak musculature.
Twenty to 24 short thick oral tentacles in 3-4 orders of size are mounted on
a crest (Fig. 41A, B). The prepharyngeal band has only one protruding edge
which is not dorsally indented (Fig. 41A, B). The dorsal tubercle protrudes and
has an elongated opening next to the neural ganglion. The dorsal lamina has a
smooth edge that is displaced on the left side and turns around the oesophagus
entrance.
The branchial sac is asymmetrical, hence the species name. It has seven
longitudinal vessels on the right but only four on the left side. The 11 stigmata
rows are each crossed by a thin parastigmatic vessel, except for the most
posterior row. The stigmata are regularly spaced. Their number is indicated in
the formula:
R.E.8v4vov4v4v4v4v4tolISDL5sv8v7v9VI2ZELL.
In the anterior part of the branchial sac, the number of stigmata is the same
on both sides. The first vessel deviates from the dorsal lamina and we found up
to 15 stigmata at the level of the oesophagus.
The oesophagus is long and cylindrical, the stomach is wider than it is long
(Fig. 41A, B) with 14 folds that are sometimes interrupted. The caecum forms a
thin hook (Fig. 41C). The pyloric gland opens through a duct just before the
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 83
Fig. 41. Metandrocarpa asymmetra. A. Young zooid with ovaries on both body sides.
B. Aged zooid with gonads on one side only. C. Stomach. D. Detail of the gonads.
E. Larva.
caecum (Fig. 41A, B). The intestine ends in a slightly narrowed rectum. When
contracted the anus is square, but it lacks angles when relaxed.
Ten to eleven ovaries lie in a line on the right side of the body (Fig. 41B),
and one, two or three ovaries are found on the left side of the body, anterior to
84 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
the gut loop (Fig. 41A). Each ovary is made of a few oocytes and a large papilla
(Fig. 41D). The papilla is narrow at first but becomes thick with a fleshy rim
when the eggs are laid (Fig. 41D). The larvae (Fig. 41E) are brooded in a cup
formed from the external egg follicle; this structure remains behind when the
larvae are released. There are some endocarps on the body wall. A ring of
small tentacles encircles the base of the cloacal siphon (Fig. 41A, B). Both
siphons possess a velum.
Remarks
The genus Metandrocarpa is characterized by separate male and female
gonads and the absence of branchial folds. Kott (1985) modified the diagnosis to
include M. agitata Kott, 1985, which possesses true branchial folds. We do not
agree with this modification, as it suppresses the difference between the genera
Amphicarpa and Metandrocarpa. Metandrocarpa agitata is in fact an
Amphicarpa. Generally the Metandrocarpa species have male and female
gonads in the same colony. Metandrocarpa sterreri Monniot, C., 1972, from
Bermuda and the Caribbean islands, also has dioecious colonies.
Metandrocarpa asymmetra is also original in the asymmetry of the branchial
sac. Millar (1962) described M. fascicularis from Mossel Bay. That resembles
M. asymmetra superficially, but the species are distinct. Metandrocarpa
fascicularis has 7-9 longitudinal vessels on each side depending on its age, an
elongated stomach, anterior ovaries and posterior testes.
Distomus antiborealis C. Monniot sp. nov.
Fig. 42
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25858, Saldanha Bay (33°03’S 18°02’E), 1-2 m depth.
Collected by C. and F. Monniot, Feb. 1996. Unique.
Description
The zooids are in the shape of small spheres, 10 mm in diameter and
covered with sand. The siphons are close together. The tunic is tough. The body
wall is thin but opaque with a regularly distributed musculature. Sixteen wide
and thick oral tentacles form a crown at the base of the siphon. Some smaller
tentacles are irregularly intercalated between them. The prepharyngeal! band has
only one high rim and it forms a short dorsal indentation. The dorsal tubercle is
protruding and opens through an antero-posterior slit. The dorsal lamina is high,
with a smooth edge; it ends mid-length along the oesophagus entrance. The
endostyle is not fully attached to the body wall but only connected to it by thin
trabeculae.
The reduced branchial sac has one fold on the right and two on the left side.
The first fold on the left side is reduced and limited to the anterior part of the
branchial sac. We counted ten vessels anteriorly on each side, arranged
according to the formula:
R. E.5 (4) 1D.L. (3) 2 G)2E. L.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 85
Fig. 42. Distomus antiborealis sp. nov. A. Zooid with reversed gut. B. Gut.
C. Young ovaries. D. Young testes.
The most dorsal vessel on the right fold and the three vessels of the first left
fold disappear in the median part of the branchial sac. There is a large space
between the dorsal lamina and the first vessel, containing up to 16 stigmata on
the right side. There are 7-9 stigmata in a mesh between the folds and two on
the folds. The 14 rows of long stigmata are crossed by parastigmatic vessels
only in the ventral part.
The oval stomach has a hook-like caecum and about 20 oblique grooves,
most of them ending at the ventral axis of the stomach (Fig. 42A, B). The
intestine is short. The rectum ends in a smooth-edged anus far from the cloacal
aperture.
86 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The zooids are not mature, but the gonads are developed enough to
characterize the genus. Eight ovaries with several oocytes (Fig. 42C) lie ina
line on the right side (Fig. 42A) alongside the trabeculae between the endostyle
and the body wall. The oviducts are directed toward the dorsal side. The testes
(Fig. 42D) are functional, in small flask-shaped ampullae. They are irregularly
distributed on the left side along a line curving posteriorly (Fig. 42A). Some
testes are located under the gut.
Numerous endocarps of varied sizes are present on the body wall. The
cloacal tentacles are short, thin and numerous.
Remarks and distribution
Distomus antiborealis is the first species of Distomus recorded in southern
Africa. The genus is more frequently encountered along the Atlantic coast from
Senegal to the North Sea and in the Mediterranean Sea. One species inhabits
deep submarine mounts in the south of New Caledonia.
The genus Distomus is related to the genera Amphicarpa and Stolonica. It is
only characterized by female gonads on the right side of the body and male
gonads on the left side of the body. In other species of the genus the testes are
less numerous and larger. Their presentation here is reminiscent of the genus
Amphicarpa.
Stolonica multitestis C. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 4F, 43
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25859, Isipingo, KwaZulu-Natal (30°00’S 30°57’E), in
rock pools. Collected by C. L. Griffiths, 10 July 1994. Unique.
Description
The zooids are joined only in the basal region by stolons and form sheets
10 mm thick. The oral siphon is terminal, the smaller cloacal siphon more
lateral. The thin tunic includes some sediment. In life the tunic is orange-red
with, between the siphons, two symmetrical white patches separated by an
unpigmented area corresponding to the neural ganglion.
The body wall is transparent with a thin musculature. We counted about
30 stout oral tentacles joined at their wide bases, in several orders, but not very
different in length. There are some others between them, variable in size but
much smaller. The tentacles lie on a muscular ring. The prepharyngeal band has
two high closely spaced membranes drawing a small dorsal curve. The dorsal
tubercle protrudes slightly and is transversely elongated near the neural
ganglion. The dorsal lamina is long, thin, low, and encircles the oesophagus
entrance. The branchial sac has three folds on the right side and two folds on
the left side. In the anterior part we counted:
R.E. 3(4) 2(5) 3(5) 3 D.L. 0(6) 3(6) 8 E.L.
The only folds to reach the oesophagus entrance are the first fold on the
right and the second fold on the left. The most dorsal vessels disappear in the
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 87
Fig. 43. Stolonica multitestis sp. nov. A. Ventral side of a zooid. B. Internal side of a
zooid. C. Gastric caecum and pyloric duct. D. Right gonads. E. First stage of left gonads.
F. Right gonad at the same stage as E, same scale.
posterior part of the branchial sac. On the left side, the first fold is parallel to
the dorsal lamina.
On the right side, the first three longitudinal vessels are parallel to the dorsal
lamina and three additional vessels appear successively between vessel
number 3 and the base of the first fold. There are thus six vessels between the
dorsal lamina and the first fold in the posterior part of the branchial sac. In
some zooids there is a rudiment of a third fold on the anterior left side due to
two incomplete vessels arising dorsal to the third vessel from the endostyle.
Of the 16 rows of stigmata, the most anterior 14 are regularly cut by a
parastigmatic vessel, the fifteenth is incompletely divided, and the last one is
irregular. There are 6-7 long stigmata within a mesh and three under the folds.
The stomach (Fig. 43B, C) widens at the pyloric end. There are about
35 regular parallel grooves and a small finger-like caecum. The duct of the
pyloric gland is conspicuous and enters the caecum (Fig. 43C). The long rectum
ends in a gaping anus.
The gonads lie in a row on each side of the ventral line (Fig. 43A). A row
of flasked-shaped testes, of variable size (Fig. 43B), is not always well aligned
88 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
on the left side. On the right, there are testes in the anterior, hermaphroditic
gonads at the level of the gut, and some testes in the extreme posterior
(Fig. 43B). The number of hermaphroditic gonads varies between zooids. The
colonies are not fully mature, and are not brooding larvae. In young specimens,
the progressive gonadal development can be observed (Fig. 43D-F) on both
sides of the body, each gonad lobe consisting of two vesicles with a single
aperture (Fig. 43E, F). The posterior vesicle regresses rapidly on the left side,
while it develops into the ovary on the right side (Fig. 43F). We did not observe
oviduct formation.
There are few endocarps and no cloacal tentacles.
Remarks and distribution
Stolonica as a genus sensu stricto forms an homogeneous group. Stolonica
multitestis sp. nov. is the first species of the genus collected in South Africa.
The South African species is characterized by unlobed testes, a stomach slightly
elongated, and a large number of testes on the left side with short ducts.
Gynandrocarpa placenta (Herdman, 1886)
Figs 4G, 44
Goodsiria placenta Herdman, 1886: 328, pl. 43 (figs 1-10), pl. 44 (figs 4, 8-10).
Goodsiria placenta fusca Herdman, 1886: 326, pl. 44 (figs 5-7).
Gynandrocarpa placenta unilateralis Michaelsen, 1900: 29.
Gynandrocarpa placenta fusca: Michaelsen, 1900: 29.
Gynandrocarpa domuncula Michaelsen, 1902 (nomen nudum); 1904a: 247, pl. 11 (fig. 14),
pl. 13 (fig. 58).
Gynandrocarpa unilateralis: Millar, 1962: 178, fig. 27; 1964: 166.
non Polyandrocarpa placenta: Millar, 1955: 199, fig. 26 (= Polyandrocarpa sp.)
Material
Two colonies, Miller’s Point, False Bay, 15 m depth; Oudekraal, 6 m depth
(Griffiths coll.).
Description
This abundant species has the characteristic shape of an ‘elephant ear’. It
has a double layer of zooids held erect on a short peduncle of massive tunic
tissue. Among colonial styelid species, pedunculate ones are the less common.
The zooids are pink in life and three-quarters of their length is enclosed in a
thick fibrous tunic. The zooids (Fig. 44A, B, C) are 6-8 mm long and enclosed
in a tunic capsule. The siphons are close together. The body wall is thin with
muscles regularly distributed over the entire body. Pigment flecks are found
everywhere. There are 20-40 stout, curved oral tentacles arranged irregularly
in 3-4 orders. The prepharyngeal band has two parallel rims and forms a low
dorsal ‘V’. The dorsal tubercle is button-shaped and opens in a simple hole. The
dorsal lamina is high but rather short. The endostyle does not extend beyond the
postero-ventral side of the body and turns into a long retropharyngeal band
where most of the longitudinal vessels end. The oesophagus entrance is two-
thirds of the way down the branchial sac.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 89
Fig. 44. Gynandrocarpa placenta. A. Left side of a zooid. B. Right side of a zooid.
C. Zooid opened along the ventral line. D. Stomach. E. Gonad with the oviduct leading
into the incubatory pouch.
The branchial sac has three folds on each side. The third fold on the left side
is always smaller than the others, variable between the individuals, and does not
reach the posterior part of the branchial sac. The branchial formula is:
Ree (4).31©) 6:6) 1 DEL. 2 (6) 3 6) 3.2) 2 E..L:
The first vessel on the left side remains parallel with the dorsal lamina down
to the oesophagus entrance. The stigmata are short and without parastigmatic
vessels. There are, on average, five stigmata in a mesh between the folds and
2-3 on the folds.
The gut (Fig. 44C, D) is linked to the body wall only by trabeculae. The
ovoid stomach has about 20 longitudinal grooves. The caecum (Fig. 44D) is
hook-shaped and arises at a point two-thirds down the stomach. The secondary
intestinal curve is not accentuated. The rectum is long; the anus has four lobes
or a plain edge.
90 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The gonad (Fig. 44E) is characteristic of the genus. It lies at the bottom of
the cloacal cavity on the left side of the body (Fig. 44B) and is partially
enclosed in the body wall. The ovary is centrally placed between two long testis
masses. The sperm ducts join to form a very long papilla ending in an ampulla
(Fig. 44).
The oviduct opens against a peculiar structure of the branchial tissue
forming an incubatory pouch (Fig. 44E). This pouch is hemispherical and opens
between two longitudinal vessels. No larvae are present in the colonies. The
body wall bears large endocarps. About 15 cloacal tentacles are particularly
long.
Remarks
Sometimes a dromiid crab digs its hole in the peduncle of the colony and
then carries it on its carapace like a ‘cloak’. It would be interesting to know at
which stage of development this association begins, and whether the crab
removes a piece from a mature colony or a young colony from the substratum to
clothe itself.
The nomenclature for this species is complex. We have examined the type
specimen from the British Museum. Herdman (1886) described the species from
Simon’s Bay. The single gonad is precisely figured in his cross-section figure
(pl. 44 (figs 4, 8, 9)) but in the text Herdman used the plural when referring to
the gonads and this has caused numerous confusions. He did not mention that
the gonad lies on the right side of the body. Herdman also described the variety
G. placenta fusca in the same publication. It only differs in the shape of the
colony, which is less elongated and wider than in the type specimen.
Michaelsen (1900) redescribed the type and created the genus Gynandro-
carpa based on the gonad disposition. He recognized Herdman’s variety
G. placenta fusca and designated Gynandrocarpa placenta unilateralis as the
type of the species.
Stebbing (1902: 26) found colonies associated with Dromiidae and correctly
identified them as Goodsiria placenta.
Michaelsen (1902), in a publication about symbiosis, cited Stebbing’s
specimens under the name Gynandrocarpa domuncula, nomen nudum, a name
that he formally created later (1904a: 247, pl. 10 (fig. 14), pl. 13 (fig. 58)). He
recorded this species from the Agulhas Bank at 100 m depth and from Dar es
Salaam at 400 m. The same year, Michaelsen (19045) described Gynandrocarpa
placenta and Gynandrocarpa domuncula, differing in colony shape only, one of
them being free-living on the bottom, the other settling on a crab. He abandoned
the distinction between G. placenta fusca and G. placenta unilateralis. In an
appendix to the same paper (p. 114) he noted the presence of this species in
KwaZulu-Natal.
Herdman (1912) recorded Goodsiria (Gynandrocarpa) placenta from the
Falkland Islands without giving further details.
Millar (1955) upset everything by describing a true Polyandrocarpa that he
named Polyandrocarpa placenta. In 1962, having found the ‘elephant ear’, he
referred it to Gynandrocarpa unilateralis Michaelsen, 1900, and compiled the
correct description of Herdman’s species.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 91
Kott (1969) assigned the name Polyandrocarpa placenta sensu Millar (1955)
to Herdman’s specimens from the Falkland Islands without seeing the
specimens.
We have not been able to find Millar’s specimens (1955) in museums;
apparently they correspond to a new species.
Remarks on the genus Dextrocarpa Millar, 1955
In 1955, Millar described the genus Dextrocarpa, which has a gonad
similar to that of Gynandrocarpa. He considered (p. 203) that the genus
Dextrocarpa issued from the genus Gynandrocarpa by the ‘loss of budding
power and may be regarded as one of the most specialized genera of the
Polyzoinae’ :
Later (1962, 1988) he found aggregated zooids and assumed that they were
budding.
Another species of the genus, always solitary, was recorded at Kerguelen
(Monniot, C. 1978). More recent data about the budding of colonial Styelidae
and the possible existence of budding in the genus Polycarpa, are persuasive
evidence that Dextrocarpa is a synonym of Gynandrocarpa.
Polyandrocarpa griffithsi C. Monniot sp. nov.
Fig. 45
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25860, Isipingo, KwaZulu-Natal (30°00’S 30°57’E),
from rock pools. Collected by C. L. Griffiths, 10 July 1996. Unique.
Description
Live specimens are reddish and entirely covered with sand, making compact
blocks to which many other ascidians, such as Polyclinum, Molgula and
Botryllus gregalis are attached. The tunic is embedded with sand and thus stiff
and brittle. It is possible to separate the individuals almost to their base. They
vary in size within a block. The reflex tunic within the long protruding siphons
is not coloured.
The body wall is thin, translucent (Fig. 45A, B) and easily torn.
Musculature is limited to the siphons. Both siphons have a large velum. About
60 short and flat oral tentacles, in three orders, arise from a protruding crest.
There is a large space between the tentacles and the prepharyngeal band. The
latter has only one high rim, with a slight dorsal curve. The protruding dorsal
tubercle varies in shape, forming either a ‘C’ that opens to the anterior or a slit
with a variable opening (Fig. 45D). The dorsal lamina is shorter than the
endostyle, and rises progressively higher to end abruptly adjacent to the first
branchial fold on the left at the oesophageal entrance.
The thin branchial sac has four folds on each side. Anteriorly we counted:
R. E. 6 (10) 5 (10) 4 (12) 3 10) 2 D. L. 2 10) 3 12) 410) 5 QO) 1 E. L.
O72 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 45. Polyandrocarpa griffithsi sp. nov. A-B. Both sides of a zooid. C. Zooid opened
along the ventral line. D. Dorsal tubercle. E. Internal side of a mature gonad. F. External
side of a gonad. G. Young gonad with a large central gland.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 93
The first fold on the right moves away posteriorly from the dorsal lamina.
The first longitudinal vessel on the right side runs parallel to the dorsal lamina;
in the posterior part 3-4 intercalated vessels arise between the first vessel and
the first fold. The folds are sharply cut at the oesophagus entrance. There are
4-5 elongated stigmata in a mesh between the folds, and 2-3 on the folds. They
are regularly crossed by parastigmatic vessels.
The digestive tract is short and has no secondary curve (Fig. 45B, C). The
oval stomach has about 20 grooves, many of them ending at the ventral midline
of the stomach. The anus has a plain edge or four low lobes.
The gonads, arranged in a row on each side of the endostyle (Fig. 45A-C),
have a peculiar structure. They are enclosed in hollows in the body wall. In
each polycarp the ovary lies over the testis lobes (Fig. 45E, F). The oocytes
have a thick layer of clear follicular cells. The oviduct is short and wide. The
ducts of the testis follicles join to form a protruding papilla (Fig. 45E). There is
a round mass of clear tissue above each polycarp that is not related to the gonad
ducts (Fig. 45C, E, G). Its role is unknown. A similar structure has only been
found in Polyandrocarpa glandulosa Monniot, C., 1987, from New Caledonia.
This tissue appears as soon as the gonads deveiop (Fig. 45G).
There are no endocarps. The cloacal tentacles are arranged in a ring at the
base of the siphon.
Remarks
This species could possibly be confused with Polycarpa anguinea or
Polyandrocarpa anguinea (Sluiter, 1898a), recorded from Knysna but not found
during this collection. In both cases, the agglomerated zooids are covered with
sand and their tunics are fused. The siphons are long and the body wall is thin
without endocarps. The gut has an oval stomach and forms an open loop. The
gonads alone are different.
We have examined the type specimen of Polycarpa anguinea in which the
gonads are poorly developed. They are elongated polycarps that protrude into
the cloacal cavity without any evidence of a central vesicle. Samples of
Polycarpa anguinea according to Millar (1955) and of Polyandrocarpa
anguinea according to Millar (1962) probably belong to Sluiter’s species, as
Millar’s illustrations suggest.
Polycarpa insulsa (Sluiter, 1898)
Figs 4H, 46
Styela (Polycarpa) insulsa Sluiter, 1898b: 14, pl. 3 (fig. 43).
Synonymy and distribution see Monniot, C., 1987: 296, fig. 9.
Material
One specimen. Isipingo, in rock pools (Griffiths coll.).
Description
This species is covered with algae and sponges. Some sand is embedded in
the tunic. Live specimens have eight white bands in the interior of both siphons
94 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
which disappear after preservation. When fixed the cloacal siphon becomes
reddish with eight black external bands that do not exist on the oral siphon. The
tunic is hard and about 1 mm thick.
Fig. 46. Polycarpa insulsa. Internal anatomy.
The body wall is thick and opaque. About 50 oral tentacles are arranged
in no clear order and with some smaller ones between them. The prepharyngeal
band has two rims and a pronounced dorsal indentation. It is prolonged by a
small groove (Fig. 46). The dorsal tubercle is large, protruberant, and opens as
a ‘U’ with the sides curved to the exterior (Fig. 46). The dorsal lamina is long
and low.
The branchial sac has four low folds on each side that do not cover each
other. The branchial formula is:
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 95
Rae. 2(10).3 (14) 3:3) 2 @0)2 D. Lb. 1:14) 4 01) 43) 3 (8) 2 E..L.
The exterior of the branchial sac is lined with fibrous tissue. The first vessel
on the right side runs parallel to the dorsal lamina. The vessels are tightly
compressed on to the folds.
The gut begins in the posterior part of the branchial sac. The enlarged
stomach is long and has no obvious grooves. There is no caecum. The long
rectum has a large diameter and ends with an anus that has two slightly
undulated lobes.
The body wall is lined with a layer of fibrous and resistant tissue in which
the protruding polycarps are wrapped. The polycarps are so close to each other
that they seem attached to each other (Fig. 46). The genital ducts are short.
There are numerous endocarps covering the whole surface of the body wall
(Fig. 46). They are thin and brittle and not covered by the fibrous layer that
they cross through small openings. There are very few, rather stout, cloacal
tentacles arranged in a circle.
Remarks and distribution
Polycarpa insulsa is often characterized by black stripes on the exterior side
of the siphons, but its most peculiar feature is the presence of a layer of
extremely resistant, whitish, fibrous tissue that covers the internal body wall and
extends slightly on to the exterior of the branchial sac. The specimen from
Isipingo is very similar to samples from Martinique and New Caledonia. Small
differences, such as the greater length of the intestine, may be due to the
disposition of the animal on the substratum.
Polycarpa insulsa is widely distributed, extending from the western tropical
Atlantic Ocean to KwaZulu-Natal, and New Caledonia.
Polycarpa mytiligera (Savigny, 1816)
Fig. 47A
Cynthia mytiligera Savigny, 1816: 98, pl. 8 (fig. 2).
For synonymy and distribution see Polycarpa mytiligera: Monniot, F. & Monniot, C., 1999:
29, text-fig. 17, pl. 3F. Additional synonymy: Polycarpa seychellensis: Monniot, C. &
Monniot, F., 1976: 373, fig. 3A.
Material
Three specimens. Sodwana Bay, 15-35 m (Schleyer coll.).
Description
This large species may reach 100 mm across. It is characterized by a dorsal
tubercle with numerous openings, at least in older specimens. There are four
branchial folds on each side and the first on the right side runs parallel to the
dorsal lamina. The gut occupies the posterior third of the body (Fig. 47A). The
stomach is oval, has internal folds, and lacks a caecum. The wide anus has a
Slightly dented margin. About 100 gonads are irregularly distributed on the
body wall (Fig. 47A). This species is rarely found with active gonads and, even
when these are functional, they never protrude but remain hidden in the body
96 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
wall. The cloacal siphon is encircled by fleshy crests and a row of very small
cloacal tentacles.
Remarks and distribution
This species is abundant along the coasts of the Red Sea, Tanzania and
Mozambique. It has affinities with a large group of tropical species that have
gonads embedded in the body wall and bear endocarps only in the digestive
loop.
Polycarpa rubida (Sluiter, 1898a)
Fig. 47B
Styela (Polycarpa) rubida Sluiter, 1898a: 53, pl. 7 (figs 1-4).
Polycarpa rubida: Millar, 1961: 11; 1988: 836. Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1976: 376,
fig. 4.
Material
Several specimens, Sodwana Bay, KwaZulu-Natal, 15-21 an (Schleyer
coll.).
Description
This species is colloquially named ‘the bloody tunicate’ as it grows in
irregular red masses. One finds among them individuals of all sizes from young
buds to mature adults and pieces of wrinkled, hard tunic, the sole remnants of
old specimens that have entirely regressed. The tunic is common to the whole
mass. The zooids are either totally enclosed, with only the siphons protruding,
or they are merely joined at their base, forming a small peduncle above a tunic
mass. All levels of attachment may be observed in a single sample. The tunic is
thick and leathery.
The body wall is opaque and has evenly distributed musculature. Both
siphons possess a large velum. About 50 long, thin oral tentacles are arranged
in 4-5 orders, and occasionally there are smaller ones between them. The
prepharyngeal band has two rims forming a pronounced dorsal curve. The
dorsal tubercle protrudes and occupies the whole dorsal curve. Its opening is
variable in shape but usually S-shaped. The long dorsal lamina ends at the
middle of the entrance to the oesophagus.
The branchial sac has four folds on each side:
R.E. 2 (11) 3 i6) 3 (15).7 G6) DL. 1 (12):3 15) 3 ds) 32
The first longitudinal vessel lies parallel to the dorsal lamina. There are 6-8
elongated stigmata in a mesh between the folds and 2-4 on the folds. They are
often cut by parastigmatic vessels.
The digestive tract has a secondary curve that is only slightly pronounced
(Fig. 47B). The stomach is spindle-shaped and has a thin wall with grooves,
which are sometimes more pronounced at the anterior. There is no caecum. The
intestine ends in a petal-edged anus.
There is one row of gonads in a semi-circle around the cloacal siphon
(Fig. 47B). Each gonad is slightly elongated and protrudes into the cloacal
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS O7
Fig. 47. A. Polycarpa mytiligera. B. Polycarpa rubida. C. Cnemidocarpa humilis.
cavity, but remains attached to the body wall along much of its length. The
gonads were inactive in specimens collected in January and May.
Numerous endocarps are distributed over the entire body wall and between
the two limbs of the gut (Fig. 47B). The cloacal tentacles arise from the velum.
There is a compact mass of undifferentiated tissue behind the gut that is used
for regeneration and budding.
Remarks and distribution
It is with much hesitation that we ascribe this species to the genus
Polycarpa, in spite of its colonial aspect. This species is mainly known from
solitary individuals. It belongs to a species group that manifests regeneration
and budding: Polycarpa captiosa (Sluiter, 1885), P. papillata (Sluiter, 1885),
P. olitoria (Sluiter, 1890), and P. madagascariensis Michaelsen, 1912.
98 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
These species are characterized by closely spaced siphons, elongated gonads
in a single row within the middle of the body wall, numerous endocarps, and a
gut loosely attached to the body wall with a clearly striated stomach. All the
species have the ability to shed and regenerate the branchial sac and gut. This
phenomenon is more or less pronounced according to the species, from an
accidental to obligatory evisceration. Generally, these species are only able to
develop gonads after evisceration. After a zooid releases its genital products, it
regenerates either into a new zooid or into several more or less separate cloned
zooids, as in P. papillata, or an aggregation of cloned zooids, as in P. rubida.
No specimens with mature gonads were recorded in P. rubida and few in
other species of the same group.
Polycarpa rubida has been recorded from Mozambique to KwaZulu-Natal.
Cnemidocarpa humilis (Heller, 1878)
Fig. 47C
Styela humilis Heller, 1878: 26.
For synonymy and distribution see Asterocarpa humilis in Kott, 1985: 141, fig. 65.
Material
Several specimens. Hout Bay Harbour, on ropes (Monniot coll.).
Description
The specimens are globular and attached to the substratum on their posterior
left side. The siphons are slightly protruding and circled by papillae. When
contracted, the siphons retract deeper than the papillae. The tunic is thin, soft
but resistant. The largest individuals (60 mm) are covered with various
epibionts, including even mussels.
Young specimens are slightly translucent and pink. Internal muscles are
visible through their body wall and so is the diffuse circular musculature issuing
in radial ribbons from both siphons. About 40 irregularly developed oral
tentacles are distributed in four orders on a muscular rod. In one specimen,
parasitic ciliates caused a ramification of the tentacles. Only a few of these
ramifications have ciliates on their tips. The prepharyngeal band has two rims,
the anterior one being irregular and the posterior more developed. There is a
deep dorsal indentation without scalloping at the level of the branchial folds
(Fig. 47C). The dorsal tubercle is a protruding button, open at the anterior in a
simple ‘C’ in young individuals but having a double spiral rolled to the exterior
side in old specimens. A plain dorsal lamina progressively tapers and ends at
the oesophagus entrance. The endostyle is attached to the body wall by a raised
and thin membrane or long trabeculae.
The thin branchial sac has four low folds per side. It is linked to the body
wall by particularly numerous dermato-branchial bridges. We counted:
R.E. 4 (7) 3 (8) 3 (8) 3 (8) 0 D.L. 0 (9) 3 (8) 3 (6) 3 (5) E.L.
There is no sinus between the dorsal lamina and the first folds. There are
15-20 stigmata in a mesh between the folds and 3-10 on the folds. The stigmata
are small and often intersected by parastigmatic vessels.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 99
The stomach is dilated and soft with some internal grooves. There is no
caecum. The intestinal wall is transparent and has a well-marked typhlosole.
The horseshoe-shaped anus has a curled rim. The gut is surrounded by
endocarps (Fig. 47C).
In young individuals the gonads are well separated with 4-6 on the right
side and two on the left side. The gonads become ramified during growth and
join to form a single mass (Fig. 47C) crossing the line of the endostyle. The
number of sperm ducts increases as the gonads develop, opening through large
papillae scattered over the gonads. The oviducts are less numerous and hardly
visible.
Remarks and distribution
Kott (1985) illustrated Australian specimens as having ramified gonads that
remained independent from each other. The samples from the Magellanic region
have united gonads, as in the present collection. All other characteristics, the
branchial sac, the gut, and the endocarp disposition, are identical. This species
is Common in natural habitats in New Zealand, southern Australia and the
southern end of South America. It is surprising that a species of such large size
has only been collected in harbours in South Africa. It may have been
introduced.
Styela angularis (Stimpson, 1855)
Fig. 48
Cynthia angularis Stimpson, 1855: 387.
Tethyum costatum Hartmeyer, 1911: 564, pl. 47 (fig. 8), pl. 57 (figs 11-12).
Styela costata: Hartmeyer, 1913: 133. Michaelsen, 1915: 379. Millar, 1955: 204, fig. 29.
Styela angularis: Hartmeyer, 1927: 189. Millar, 1962: 190; 1964: 175.
Material
Several specimens, Oudekraal, Cape Peninsula, 10 m (Griffiths coll.).
Description
This pedunculate species has a characteristic hexagonal cross-section; it can
exceed 100 mm in height. The cloacal siphon is terminal and the oral siphon
opens a short distance to the ventro-posterior. Both have four lobes. The stiff
tunic is often covered with epibionts, among them ascidians. The body without
the tunic is cylindrical. The body wall is opaque and contains a strong
musculature. A bunch of vascular processes emerges at the body extremity and
enters the peduncle (Fig. 48). The body wall is not prolonged into the peduncle.
There are about 60 oral tentacles that alternate in four orders of size, those of
the fourth order being of variable size. The tentacles are triangular in cross-
section and have sharp edges.
The prepharyngeal band has two raised blades that are close to each other;
it describes curves with no relation to the branchial folds. There is no dorsal
‘V’. The dorsal tubercle is large, protruberant and opens in a ‘C’. The
100 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 48. Styela angularis.
dorsal lamina is long and has a smooth margin; its height is clearly greater than
that of the branchial folds. We counted on the right side:
R.En7 OV 127) visGas)el2 (2a) Dule:
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 101
The longitudinal vessels are closely spaced on the folds and almost joined at
the top of the branchial sac. The branchial meshes are square or longitudinally
extended. They contain 4-5 long stigmata near the endostyle and 2-3 between
the folds.
It is impossible to see stigmata on the folds. Parastigmatic vessels are only
apparent when a row is dividing and on the sides of the folds.
The oesophagus entrance is before the bottom of the branchial sac. The wide
stomach has internal parallel ridges (Fig. 48). Half the length of the oesophagus
and the stomach are located below the bottom of the branchial sac. There is no
caecum, but a bridge of tissue unites the stomach and the intestine and contains
the pyloric ducts. The intestine curves after the stomach and follows the dorsal
lamina for a considerable distance towards the cloacal siphon (Fig. 48). The
narrow rectum is not attached to the body wall, and ends in a funnel-like anus
with a fringed margin.
There are two long, straight gonads on each side of the body (Fig. 48). The
ovaries are cylindrical and attached to the body wall, with the minutely divided
testis lobes located on either side. The sperm ducts run down the internal side of
each ovary. The oviducts are deeper, lying next to the body wall.
Some testis lobes may be far from the extremity of the ovary in the posterior
of the body. The protruding female genital papillae open near the cloacal siphon
behind the anus.
The voluminous heart is adjacent to the endostyle. There are some
endocarps between the gonads, numerous near the oral siphon and even much
more numerous in the posterior extremity of the body, where they become
elongated (Fig. 48). The cloacal siphon has a ring of small tentacles.
Distribution
This species extends from Lideritzbucht, Namibia, to the Eastern Cape.
Styela canopus (Savigny, 1816)
Fig. 49A
Styela canopus Savigny, 1816: 45, 154.
Styela partita (Stimpson, 1852) aut. mult.
Styela canopus: Kott, 1985: 112, fig. 48, and distribution.
Styela pupa Heller, 1878: 107, pl. 2 (fig. 13). Millar, 1955: 204, fig. 30.
Tethyum pupa: Hartmeyer, 1911: 569, pl. 5 (figs 1-7).
Tethyum canopus malgalhaense: Hartmeyer, 1911: 522, pl. 57 (figs 18-20).
Styela marquesana: Millar, 1955: 207, fig. 32.
Styela stephensoni Michaelsen, 1934: 157, figs 4-7. Millar, 1964: 175, fig. 12.
?Styela aequatorialis: Millar, 1955: 201, fig. 33.
Material
Several specimens. False Bay; Kommetjie; Port Elizabeth (Monniot coll.).
Description
Ascidiologists have, for about 20 years, remarked on the great environment-
dependent variability of this species. Large specimens, 20-30 mm in size, live
102 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
in sheltered environments such as mangrove swamps in the same geographic
area aS smaller specimens that live on rocky shores and have a tunic with ridges
and tubercles. Very small individuals less than 10 mm in size and covered with
sand inhabit sandy bottoms. All intermediates are found in the same area. The
three principal variants were described by Millar (1955) under three different
names. |
All samples have in common a cylindrical elongated stomach with well-
formed folds (Fig. 49A), a small caecum, a large intestine that is always
curved, and two gonads on each side (Fig. 49A). One of the gonads may be
missing on the left side in small specimens, and large specimens may have three
gonads on the right side. Each gonad normally consists of a sinuous ovary with
testis lobes adjacent but not adhering to it. In small specimens, there are often
only a few testis lobes, whereas in larger animals they become numerous. The
endocarps are rare in small specimens that are covered with sand.
Distribution
Styela canopus has a wide distribution, and occurs in natural habitats in
shallow coastal regions, as well as extending into harbours and on to wrecks.
Styela materna Monniot & Monniot, 1983
Fig. 49B, C
Styela materna Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1983: 81, fig.17 c, d.
Material
Three specimens. Miller’s Point, False Bay, 2 m (Monniot coll.).
Description
Three specimens (less than 10 mm across) were collected in a cavity in a
calcareous seaweed. The tunic is wrinkled on the dorsal side and has some
brown-ochre scales. The tunic is lighter and contains some sand on the ventral
side. The siphons are close to each other and do not protrude. This species is
very similar in external appearance to Styela canopus.
The muscles are strong but not gathered in bundles. There are about
20 stocky tightly-packed oral tentacles that do not alternate precisely. The
prepharyngeal band is thin and consists of a single crest. It is only slightly
indented dorsally. The dorsal tubercle protrudes and is urn-shaped. The dorsal
lamina is thick, low and rather long. The branchial sac has four folds per side.
We counted on the right side:
R.E. 0 (5) 1 (6) 1 (6) 2 (8) 2 DLL.
The longitudinal vessels on the right of the dorsal lamina run parallel with
it. We counted 5-6 stigmata per mesh between the folds and 2-3 on the folds.
The stigmata are rows regularly cut by a strong parastigmatic vessel. The
digestive tract (Fig. 49B) is long. The cylindrical oesophagus opens into a wide
and elongated stomach that has a thin wall with about 15 well-marked grooves.
No caecum was found. The intestine ends in a narrow anus with small lobes.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 103
Fig. 49. A. Styela canopus. B. Styela materna. C. Tadpole of Styela materna.
There are two short, protruding ovaries on each side (Fig. 49B). The
oocytes are compacted and have a polygonal shape. Some round testis lobes are
loosely associated to each ovary (Fig. 49B). The sperm ducts are very thin and
short and difficult to see even after staining. The genital ducts are very short.
There are numerous endocarps on the body wall (Fig. 49B). The cloacal
siphon has a short velum and a dense circle of cloacal tentacles on a wide ring.
This ring extends anteriorly as a dense tentacular field to reach the
prepharyngeal band (Fig. 49B).
Styela materna has the rare attribute in the genus of brooding its eggs.
Larvae (Fig. 49C) are numerous in the cloacal cavity. Their trunks measure
370 um in length and 19 pm in width; the notochord is 760 um long and only
rarely is a membrane found around it. The larvae have three anterior adhesive
papillae and one sensory organ.
104 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Remarks and distribution
This species was previously recorded from South Georgia at 66-180 m
depth. The type specimens are larger than the South African material, 12 mm
instead of 6-7 mm, and thus have male gonads more developed. The testis lobes
in those specimens are tightly compressed and clearly have genital ducts. The
branchial sac in the South Georgian specimens have up to 20 vessels in a fold.
These differences are insufficient to erect separate species.
On the other hand, the similarities with Styela canopus are disturbing and
include the gut shape, gonads and branchial sac. Larval brooding in S. materna
is the only characteristic that allows the separation of the species from the
multiple forms of S. canopus. Brooding remains an exceptional feature in the
genus Styela.
Family Pyuridae
Microcosmus oligophyllus Heller, 1878
Figs 50A, 51A
Microcosmus oligophyllus Heller, 1878: 101, pl. 3 (fig. 21). Hartmeyer, 1912: 247, pl. 41
(figs 1-3). Millar, 1955: 211, fig. 36; 1962: 196, fig538:
Microcosmus oligophyllus wahlbergi Michaelsen, 1921: 2, pl. 1 (figs 8-9). Michaelsen,
1934: 161.
Material
Two specimens. Miller’s Point, False Bay, and Gerickespunt (Sedgefield),
low tide (Monniot coll.).
Description
The specimens are 10-30 mm across and have a thick, hard tunic with a
dark red, wrinkled surface partially covered with epibionts. The siphons
protrude slightly and are close to each other. The body is often irregular in
shape as the tunic penetrates rock crevices. The tunic, 1-2 mm thick, has a
white interior surface. The siphon spines (Fig. 51A) are spaced far apart.
They are sharply pointed and have enlarged bases. The musculature is strong,
made of ribbons in an almost continuous layer except above the endostyle and
under the gut. The siphon sphincters are particularly strong, and are up to 2 mm
thick. Both siphons have an internal velum consisting of two layers, the outer
one stiff and the inner one thin and bearing thin filaments. The internal velum
forms four pockets in the oral siphon. There are 24 stout oral tentacles in three
orders of size, with two sets of ramifications. The prepharyngeal area has raised
papillae (Fig. 50A). The prepharyngeal band has two crests and curves in
a dorsal ‘U’. The dorsal tubercle is large, slightly protruding, with horns
internally rolled. The dorsal lamina is long and low, encircling the oesophagus
entrance.
The branchial sac has five high folds on each side. We counted:
R.E. 0:9) 3 15) 3 18) 3 (17) 3 @2) D-L: 2 22) 3°07) 3: 9)3" eae
|B)
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 105
Fig. 50. A. Microcosmus oligophyllus. B. Microcosmus psammophilus.
C-D. Microcosmus squamiger.
Most ventral folds do not reach the posterior of the branchial sac. The
dorsal lamina has a wide unperforated band on the right side that is crossed by
wide transverse vessels. On average there are seven longitudinal vessels in a
mesh between the folds and 3-4 on the folds. They are sometimes intersected by
parastigmatic vessels. The stigmata are short.
The gut and the gonads are wrapped in a loose tissue that obscures their
outline. The stomach is wide and covered with two lobes of an hepatic gland
(Fig. 50A). The one closest to the oesophagus is the largest, and it is also
enclosed in the loose tissue. The hepatic lobes are wrinkled and lack protruding
papillae. The intestine forms a loop in which the two limbs are closely apposed
(Fig. SOA). The smooth anus is located at the oesophagus entrance.
The gonads were not fully developed and consisted of poorly defined masses
inside the body wall. The gonad on the right side is in an anterior position; the
one on the left side does not cross the gut (Fig. 50A) as in other Microcosmus
species, as there is no room for it. The sperm ducts are directed towards the
106 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
cloacal siphon as is usual. The oviducts are curved along the ventral side of the
ovary and reach the anterior part of the body, a unique arrangement in the
family Pyuridae. In all specimens, a large brown inclusion was observed in the
heart.
Microcosmus oligophyllus is characterized by its five branchial folds and
gonad morphology. The subspecies described by Michaelsen (1921) was only
based on a different number of longitudinal branchial vessels, and he later
hesitated about its validity (Michaelsen 1934).
Distribution
Microcosmus oligophyllus has only been recorded from South Africa.
Microcosmus psammiferus C. Monniot sp. nov.
Figs 50B, 51B, C
Material
Holotype. SAM-A25861, from wreck on Mossel Bay beach (34°12’S
22°08’E), collected by C. and F. Monniot, Feb 1996.
Other material. Two specimens, locality data as above (Monniot coll.).
Description
The three aggregated specimens are entirely covered with sand. They may
have been slightly attached to the substratum or were free-living in sand. On the
contracted animals, the siphons reveal themselves only by reddish tunical
papillae. The siphons have a purple exterior tunic and an internal lining with
eight alternating red and yellow bands. The siphon spines (Fig. 51B, C) are of
two types. Those at the edge of the siphon are sharp, 25 pm long and tightly
packed (Fig. 51B). Those more internal are pedunculate, urn-shaped and 35 ym
long (Fig. 51C). Both kinds of spines are usually separated (Fig. 51B) but may
be intermixed where they meet. Over the body, the tunic is whitish, thin, and
the outer layer is encrusted with sand and bears short rhizoids 0.5 mm long.
Most of the digestive tract and the gonads are located on the ventral side
(Fig. 50B). There are 16 large oral tentacles in three orders, with numerous
ramifications.
The prepharyngeal band has a single crest and is dorsally indented. The
dorsal tubercle is large and protruding, with an anterior aperture and internally
rolled horns. The dorsal lamina is anteriorly low with a smooth edge, and
posteriorly higher with an irregularly dented rim. It joins a smooth annular crest
that encircles the oesophagus entrance.
Fig. 51 (see facing page). A. Siphonal spinules of Microcosmus oligophyllus. Scale bar =
20 um. B-C. Siphonal spinules of Microcosmus psammophorus. A. Limit between the
sharp distal spines of the siphons and the most internal urns. Scale = 50 wpm. C. Detail of
the urns. Scale = 20 pm. D-E. Microcosmus squamiger. Scales, D = 50 um, E = 10 pm.
E. Pyura stolonifera. Scale bar = 20 um.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS
Be)
18
IE
108 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The branchial sac is small relative to the body. The endostyle is obscured
from the ventral side by the intestine and the right gonad that are close to each
other, and only separated by a voluminous heart. The endostyle adheres to the
stomach and the intestine.
The branchial sac has six folds. We counted:
R.E. 1 (12) 3 (18) 1 (18) 2 C15) 2 (12) 2 (18) 0 D.L. 0 (19) 2 (10) 1 (19) 1 19)
Or) 27D) eee
The branchial formula is rather iepeeulor as the number of longitudinal
vessels between the folds varies, some of them appearing irregularly. The
stigmata are obviously coiled at the top of the branchial folds. A single coiled
stigma occupies the area between the axial longitudinal vessel of the fold and the
first or second vessel on the side of the fold. The stigmata are only cut at the
level of the transverse vessels, from the third longitudinal vessel on the sides of
each fold.
The gut loop is narrow with parallel limbs. The oesophagus is short. The
large hepatic gland is not erect and consists of whitish tissue with low ridges.
The rectum is short and the anus has a smooth edge and opens at the wel of the
oesophagus entrance.
There is one gonad on each side (Fig. SOB) with an unusual morphology for
the genus Microcosmus. The cylindrical ovary is surrounded by a mass of testis
lobes. Very numerous sperm ducts join a common sperm duct that lies against
the ovary and almost conceals it at its terminal end. The left gonad crosses the
intestine, and the testis internally covers a large part of the intestine, and the
hepatic gland, in a thin layer.
There are no endocarps and no cloacal tentacles. The velum is higher
dorsally.
Remarks
This species belongs to a group that is actually intermediate between
the genera Microcosmus and Hartmeyeria. The genus Hartmeyeria Ritter,
1913, has few species: H. triangularis, the type species of the genus from
Alaska; two Japanese species H. orientalis Oka, 1929, and H. chinensis
Tokioka, 1967; the Atlantic H. hupferi (Hartmeyer, 1909); and H. bouilloni
Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1976a, from Mozambique. The specimen
described by Millar (1962) under the name Microcosmus pedunculatus Pérés,
1951, probably corresponds to H. bouilloni. These five species have in
common: spiral stigmata at the top of the folds, the second fold being reduced to
one vessel; muscles with a peculiar distribution; and a naked peduncle arising
from the ventral side of the body wall through a ‘button-hole’. This group is
very homogeneous.
Hartmeyeria monarchica Hartmeyer, 1922, from Aden, is insufficiently
known; it has a similar branchial sac.
Cynthia formosa Herdman, 1882 (and its synonym Microcosmus spinifera
(Herdman, 1899)) does not belong to the genus Hartmeyeria as Kott (1985)
suggested, but is closer to Microcosmus psammiferus sp. nov. Millar (1966),
who had encountered the genus Hartmeyeria in western and southern Africa,
considered this species to be a Microcosmus.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 109
The two species M. formosa and M. psammiferus differ in their appearance,
but have coiled stigmata at the top of the branchial folds, a second branchial
fold that is not reduced to a single vessel, no characteristic peduncle, and the
tunic is not embedded with sand, as it is in the true Hartmeyeria species. We
consider that both species have somewhat peculiar characteristics for the genus
Microcosmus, but our knowledge is not yet sufficient to justify their transfer to a
new genus.
Microcosmus squamiger Hartmeyer & Michaelsen, 1928
Figs 50C, D, 51D, E
Microcosmus claudicans ssp. squamifer Hartmeyer & Michaelsen, 1928: 405.
see Microcosmus squamiger Kott, 1985: 356, figs 175e-f, 178. |
Microcosmus exasperatus non Heller, 1878. Monniot, C. 1981: 59, fig. 1.
?Microcosmus exasperatus: Millar, 1955, fig. 35; 1962: 197.
Microcosmus squamiger: Lambert & Lambert, 1998.
Material
Two specimens. Knysna, on buoys (Monniot coll.).
Description
The specimens measure 30 x 20 mm and are attached on the left-posterior
side. The siphons are closely spaced and protrude slightly. The colour is reddish
brown. The tunic is leathery, often covered with epibionts, and nacreous on the
interior. The siphonal spines (Fig. 51D, E), are 25 wm long and have the
characteristic ‘roof tile’ shape of the species. They have spiny rims (Fig. 51E).
The body wall is brownish and opaque. The musculature consists of ribbons in a
layer that is continuous except under the gut.
There are 24 stout, very ramified oral tentacles distributed in four orders.
The prepharyngeal area is narrow and covered with small papillae. The
prepharyngeal band has two thick crests. It forms a dorsal ‘U’ entirely occupied
by the large protruding dorsal tubercle, the opening of which forms two
opposing spirals (Fig. 50C). The dorsal lamina is long and rises in height near
the oesophagus entrance. It is not linked to any branchial fold. Its rim has small
lobes. The sides of the endostyle are covered with small papillae.
The branchial sac has a different number of folds on each side. Thus, there
may be eight complete and two incomplete folds on the right side, and six
complete and two incomplete folds on the left side. There are generally
15-20 vessels on the complete folds and a single vessel between the folds. The
vessel between the folds belongs to the dorsal part of the next fold. The number
of stigmata varies in different parts of the branchial sac. Generally there are
parastigmatic vessels. The transverse vessels do not bear papillae.
The stomach is covered by a large hepatic gland divided into several
uniform lobes (Fig. 50C). The lobes consist of parallel lamellae, the rims of
which are covered with small papillae. The rear intestine curves to join the
middle part of the intestine forming a secondary loop (Fig. 50D) far less
110 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
accentuated than in Microcosmus exasperatus. The rectum is attached to the
body wall and the branchial tissue. The anus has a smooth edge.
There is a gonad on each side more or less distinctly divided into three lobes
(Fig. 50C). The right gonad is located far to the anterior, leaving a large empty
area behind it (Fig. 50C). The ovary is central and the testes are placed around
it. The gonoducts are very short and sometimes hidden under the testis mass.
In this species the endocarps are very reduced, surrounding the gonads and
the posterior intestine in a kind of envelope. There are no independent
endocarps. Both siphons have large velums. A ring of tentacles lies at the base
of the cloacal siphon.
Remarks and distribution
This species has been confused with M. exasperatus. It differs from it in
spinule shape (Fig. 50C, D) and the secondary bend of the gut. It is possible
that the specimen named M. exasperatus by Millar belongs to this species; the
description could correspond to either species.
The synonymy given by Kott (1985) is probably incomplete, as some
descriptions of M. exasperatus not cited by Kott mention a gut without a
pronounced secondary loop.
Microcosmus squamiger is a species of Australian origin, where it is
encountered in natural habitats. It colonizes harbours and was recorded in the
Mediterranean Sea from Italy and Tunisia in 1981. Lambert & Lambert (1998)
reported its arrival in California. Since then it has become cosmopolitan. The
South African populations were probably also imported.
Pyura capensis Hartmeyer, 1911
Fig. 52
Pyura capensis Hartmeyer, 1911: 561, pl. 47 (fig. 10), pl. 57 (fig. 8). Millar, 1962: 195,
fig. 37.
Material
One specimen. False Bay (Griffiths coll.).
Description
The specimen was attached by the posterior part of the left side. The body
(SO x 30 mm) is cylindrical. The siphons are terminal and protruding, 10 mm
apart, with four lobes. The tunic is hard and covered with tubercles. The whole
tunic is covered with brown, sclerified plates on a paler ground. We have not
seen siphonal spines either in light microscopy or scanning electron microscopy.
In formalin the colour turns ochre with a thin pink ring around the siphons.
The musculature is strong, continuous on the whole opaque body except
below the gut. There are about 20 large oral tentacles and 10 smaller ones,
irregularly distributed. All of them bear three orders of branchings, regularly
arranged. The prepharyngeal band lies between two equal crests, draws a dorsal
‘V’, and is prolonged under the dorsal tubercle by a small groove. The dorsal
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 111
Fig. 52. Pyura capensis. A. Specimen opened along the ventral line, endocarps not figured.
B. Dorsal tubercle. C. Pedunculate gonad lobe covered by endocarps.
tubercle is protruding with a characteristic shape (Fig. 52B) and a ramified
aperture, already mentioned by previous authors.
The dorsal tubercle is hidden under the oral tentacles. The dorsal lamina
forms short pointed languets on an unperforated band where the transverse
vessels disappear. Consequently the dorsal languets do not correspond to the
vessels and may be displaced on the right and chiefly on the left side. The dorsal
lamina finishes at the anterior part of the protruding roll encircling the
oesophagus entrance.
Seven branchial folds recover each other on each side. We counted on the
right side:
Rens 1) 3 (12)'5°(16) 4 (17)5'149) 3:6) 3:5) 3 D.L.
The seven folds extend the whole length of the branchial sac. They converge
and are abruptly cut at the oesophagus entrance, the longitudinal vessels ending
in a sharp papilla. In addition, in the very posterior part, there is one fold on the
right side and two on the left side. They are formed by 2-5 vessels and do not
reach the oesophagus. The first vessel on the right of the dorsal lamina parts
from it posteriorly. The space left is irregularly perforated.
The branchial vessels are high. The branchial meshes are transversely
lengthened. We counted 8-12 oval stigmata in a mesh between the folds and 5-8
on the folds. At the top of the folds, indications of the generative spirals persist.
There are parastigmatic vessels in some places.
112 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 53. Pyura stolonifera. A. Young specimen. B. Dorsal tubercle of the same.
The gut forms a closed loop in the posterior part of the body (Fig. 52A). A
curved oesophagus enters a slightly enlarged stomach. The hepatic gland forms
three swollen lobes (Fig. 52A). The long rectum ends in an anus with two
scalloped lobes.
The gonads are also located in the posterior part of the body (Fig. 52A).
The gonadal ducts constitute an axis with few ramifications, and around these
branches are clusters of hermaphroditic lobules, often without any contact with
the body wall. The genital ducts end in two wide papillae with dented rims,
opening a short distance behind the anus (Fig. 52A). Each gonad lobule is
covered on its cloacal side by about ten endocarps (Fig. 52C). The remainder of
the body wall and the gut is covered with long, tight endocarps, more than a
hundred per square centimetre. It was impossible to draw them. The cloacal
siphon is internally encircled, mostly in the posterior part, by a line of elongated
papillae, resembling endocarps but longer and with small ramifications that
correspond to cloacal tentacles (Fig. 52A).
ata —
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 113
Distribution
Pyura capensis is geographically limited to the Western Cape Province.
Species of the Pyura stolonifera-group
Amongst material attributed to Pyura stolonifera several distinct species
were described, two from South Africa and one from Australia. The Australian
species has also been recorded on the Pacific coast of South America and along
the west coast of Africa from Dakar to the Gibraltar Strait. Specimens from
these locations were compared with South African samples and studied by
Monniot & Bitar (1983). The most important difference concerns the
arrangment of the right gonad lobes: in one line in P. stolonifera and in two
lines in the Australian specimens. We now identify the Australian population as
Pyura praeputialis (Heller, 1878) sensu lato. In that species, Kott (1985)
pointed out differences, also noted by Dalby (1994) in his Ph.D. dissertation. In
subsequent publications Dalby (1995, 1996) stated that both morphologies found
in the Australian population are genetically controlled, and consequently
represent two species, but no taxonomic decision has been published.
In South Africa, a similar case occurs as two forms can be recognized in the
field. The internal differences are less obvious but nevertheless exist. They
already appear in young specimens and they are described here from these
specimens. They correspond to the two species Pyura stolonifera (Heller, 1878)
and Pyura herdmani (Drasche, 1884). Both species may reach more than 10 cm
- in length when adult. The large specimens have a complex morphology difficult
to interpret, so the drawings were made from small juvenile specimens, where
the characteristics already appear.
Pyura lignosa Michaelsen, 1908 sensu stricto (Monniot, C. 1994), from the
west coast of Panama is allied to this species group.
Pyura stolonifera (Heller, 1878)
Figs 51F, 53
Cynthia stolonifera Heller, 1878: 92, pl. 2 (fig. 10).
Microcosmus coalitus Sluiter, 1898a: 57, pl. 2 (fig. 8), pl. 7 (figs 9-10).
Halocynthia vanhoffeni Michaelsen, 1904: 197, pl. 10 (fig. 13), pl. 12 (fig. 44).
Cynthiopsis coalitus: Michaelsen, 1904: 210.
Pyura (Halocynthia) stolonifera: Hartmeyer, 1912: 246 (part.).
Pyura Stolonifera: Millar, 1962: 193, fig. 36C (part.).
Material
Several specimens. False Bay, 0-2 m (Griffiths and Monniot coll.).
Description
From very shallow water, this species forms soft spheres, generally covered
with epibionts. Both its siphons are large, close together, and most often with
tubercles. The siphonal spines are 25-30 pm long (Fig. 51F), and are stout and
originate from a slightly protruding base. They are cone-like with a blunt tip.
114 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Out of the tunic the lobes of the siphons are toothed. The large tentacles are
very ramified to make an efficient filter at the branchial sac entrance. The dorsal
tubercle protrudes in two spiral cones. Its opening follows a curved line, even in
small specimens; the opening has characteristic undulations (Fig. 53B). The
dorsal lamina is very short, made of languets and connected to a wide circular
area encircling the oesophagus entrance. The endostyle is very long, more than
ten times that of the dorsal lamina. 7
The branchial sac has six folds in arcs. All the folds end at the oesophagus
entrance by a series of papillae that correspond to the longitudinal vessels.
As the siphons are close together, the oesophagus is long. The stomach is
not dilated and is covered by a voluminous hepatic gland with lobes in the shape
of cauliflower (Fig. 53A). The anterior lobe (figured here cut in two parts)
overflows on to the right of the body side. The intestine describes a marked
loop, but its way is hidden by endocarps. The rectum is short. The anus has a
smooth or slightly lobed rim.
There is one gonad on each side made of few lobes in only one line
(Fig. 53A). These lobes are covered with large irregular endocarps. The
gonadal ducts open near the cloacal siphon in a papilla uniting the oviduct and
sperm duct. The figured specimen (Fig. 53A) is not adult and the endocarps
covering the lobes may give the appearance of two rows of lobes. In large adult
specimens the gonad lobes appear clearly in one row visible as such from the
external side of the body once it has been removed from the tunic.
Distribution
This species occurs from Namibia, along the west coast of South Africa,
and extends eastwards as far as Durban.
Pyura herdmani (Drasche, 1884)
Figs 54, 55A, B
Microcosmus herdmani Drasche, 1884: 370, pl. 2 (figs 3-7).
Cynthiopsis herdmani: Michaelsen, 1904a: 208, pl. 12 (figs 41-43).
Cynthiopsis valdiviae Michaelsen, 1904a: 201, pl. 12 (figs 35-40).
Pyura (Halocynthia) stolonifera: Hartmeyer, 1912: 246 (part.).
?Pyura stolonifera: Millar, 1955: 210, fig. 34.
Pyura stolonifera: Millar, 1962: 193, fig. 36D (part.).
Material
Several specimens. Miller’s Point, False Bay, 2 m; Namibia, Langstrand,
Swakopmund (Griffiths coll.)
Description
Pyura herdmani differs from P. stolonifera in its external appearance.
Young specimens are orange in colour and have large pointed papillae of hard
and naked tunic that make a collar around the siphons. When the animals grow,
the tunic increases in thickness, becomes stiffer and includes sediment. The
papillae around the siphons are less and less visible. The tunic is totally covered
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 115
Fig. 54. Pyura herdmani. A-B. Two young specimens. C. Dorsal tubercle of a
small specimen.
with epibionts and the toothed rims of the siphons disappear. The rare siphonal
spines (Fig. 55A, B) only occur in places, separated by large irregular areas
(Fig. 55A). They are stout, in shorter cones than in Pyura stolonifera,
appearing in buttons. In other places on the internal side of the siphon the tunic
is densely covered with digitiform papillae in the fashion of a velvet cloth
(Fig. 55B). The role and nature of this structure remains unknown.
116 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The oral tentacles are identical to those of P. stolonifera. The dorsal
tubercle is very different, sponge-like in adult and even in young specimens. In
very young specimens of only 20 mm, smaller than those shown in Figure 54A,
B, a structure suggesting two spirals remains visible (Fig. 54C), but the opening
is already cut in pieces and becomes irregular. Supplementary coils and
supplementary independent perforations exist. In older but not yet adult
specimens as figured (Fig. 54A), the dorsal tubercle has a spongy appearance.
The dorsal lamina and the branchial sac are similar in P. stolonifera and
P. herdmani. In adult specimens the endocarps cover the whole surface of the
digestive tract and of the gonads (Fig. 54A, B).
The distribution of this species extends from Namibia to KwaZulu-Natal.
Halocynthia spinosa Sluiter, 1905
Figs 55C-F, 56
Halocynthia spinosa Sluiter, 1905: 16, pl. 2 (fig. 8).
Halocynthia spinosa defectiva Millar, 1962: 201.
Halocynthia defectiva: Millar, 1964: 178, fig. 14.
Halocynthia spinosa Monniot, C., 1973: 60, fig. 4c.
Material
Several specimens. False Bay, 6 m (Griffiths coll.); Ibo Island, Mozambique
(Monniot coll.)
Description
The largest specimen is 50 mm long. It was attached by the posterior part of
the ventral side. Both siphons are long (10 and 15 mm) and close. In life the
colour is pink, paler and yellowish on the siphons. The tunic is tough but
flexible, entirely covered with small tubercles with a central spine or a branched
spine circled by 4-6 smaller ones (Fig. 55D). Near the siphons the tubercles are
more protruding, with lateral spines almost as long as the central one
(Fig. 55C). Inside the siphons, in the deeper part, the siphonal spines are made
of a central sharp point flanked by very small spines (Fig. 55F). More distally,
the short spines surrounding the central one lengthen and reach a large size
(Fig. 55E). The final structure results in a body that resembles a spiny ball with
a crown of long points at the top. The spines on the siphons are not longer than
those on the sides of the body.
The body wall is made opaque by a well-developed musculature. Twenty-
five oral tentacles in 3-4 orders of size are laterally flattened and anteriorly
curved, like sickle blades. The posterior sides of the tentacles bears two rows of
Fig. 55 (see facing page). A-B. Pyura herdmani. A. Siphonal spines. Scale bar = 20 um.
B. Internal siphonal papillae. Scale bar = 10 ym. C-F. Halocynthia defectiva. C. Spines of
the siphonal rim. Scale bar = 200 um. D. Spines of the external side of the siphons. Scale
bar = 200 um. E. Spines of the internal distal part of the siphons. Scale bar = 100 um.
F. Spines of the deep internal part of the siphons. Scale bar = 100 pm.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS
Fig. 55
118 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
digitiform branches themselves divided two times again. The branches are
perpendicular to the primary tentacle. The prepharyngeal band has two equal
crests. It makes undulations around the branchial folds and traces a dorsal ‘V’
(Fig. 56A). The dorsal tubercle is very protruding with two curled horns
(Fig. 56B). The dorsal lamina is made of long languets corresponding to the
right transverse vessels. The transverse vessels on the left also end in smaller
papillae, and this gives the aspect of a doubled dorsal lamina. The dorsal lamina
is interrupted before the oesophagus entrance.
The branchial sac is made of ten complete folds on each side, to which
are added one ventral fold on the left and two on the right in the very anterior
part. The folds are high, recovering each other. We counted 20-30 vessels on a
fold and 2-4 between the folds. The meshes are tranversally elongated each
with 10-14 stigmata between the folds and 4-6 on the folds. The stigmata
are rather short, often cut by parastigmatic vessels. At the oesophagus
entrance, the folds are suddenly interrupted and the longitudinal vessels end in
papillae.
The gut forms a wide loop (Fig. 56A). The long oesophagus enters a wide
stomach. The anterior part of the hepatic gland shows internal ridges in its
longitudinal axis; the posterior part is raised in many papillae (Fig. 56A, C).
The rectum is not attached to the body wall; it ends in a widely opened anus.
The two gonads are located on the intestine. The most anterior one lies
entirely over the intestine, the posterior one crosses the intestine and extends
into the space between the two limbs of the gut (Fig. 56D). The ovary is
central, not protruding. The testis lobes extend on each side of the ovary in a
thin layer covering the whole free intestinal surface (Fig. 56A). The gonads
open by two papillae on the intestine. The disposition of the gonads is totally
masked in aged specimens and can only be deciphered in young individuals
(Fig. 56D).
The right side of the body is covered with endocarps (Fig. 56A). Some of
them also lie inside the gut loop, but none above the intestine.
Both siphons have a short velum, the cloacal one with round lobes at the
base.
Remarks and distribution
Halocynthia defectiva is closely allied to H. spinosa Sluiter, 1905. Both
species have in common the presence of only two gonads, located on the left
side, above the intestinal loop. Halocynthia spinosa, living in the Red Sea, has
large siphons with, on their edge, 2-mm long ramified spines, slightly ramified
tentacles, a low dorsal tubercle, 7-9 complete branchial folds and only one
supplementary fold on the right side, and both gonads located over the
descending limb of the intestine.
The sample from Bahrain described by Millar (1975) under the name
Halocynthia arabica defectiva corresponds, in our opinion, to a true H. spinosa
with large ramified spines, poorly ramified tentacles and gonads crossing the
intestine.
Halocynthia spinosa has been recorded from the Red Sea and Arabian Gulf
and its distribution extends to False Bay, South Africa.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS We)
Fig. 56. Halocynthia defectiva. A. Large specimen. B. Dorsal tubercle. C. Detail
of the hepatic gland of a young specimen. D. Gonads of a young specimen.
Family Molgulidae
Molgula conchata Sluiter, 1898a
Fig. 57
Molgula conchata, Sluiter, 1898a: 58, pl. 7 (figs 11,14). Millar, 1955: 214, fig. 38; 1962:
203, fig. 43.
Ctenicella conchata: Hartmeyer, 1914: 14, fig. 6.
Ctenicella natalensis Michaelsen, 1918: 2, figs 9-11.
Molgula natalensis Vasseur, 1967: 121, pl. 7 (figs 63-68).
non Molgula conchata: Monniot, C., 1969: 651, fig. 111.
120 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Material
Several specimens. Port Elizabeth, intertidal; Knysna (Monniot coll.).
Description
This Molgula species has a large size, up to 40 mm. It was found on rocks
in the littoral zone. The tunic is embedded with sediment throughout its
thickness. The body is often covered with epibionts, mostly with hair-like
bryozoans. The siphons are close together, in hollows and encircled by a ring of
hard and thick tunic. A thickening of the body wall corresponds to this ring of
tunic. The siphonal lobes are deeply cut. The musculature is only developed on
the dorsal side of the body. It is made of short ribbons around each siphon and
in the area between the siphons. The muscle arrangment exactly follows the
pattern of the hollows of the tunic. The remainder of the thin body wall is
devoid of muscular bundles. The oral tentacles are not numerous, only 16, in
two orders of size, and some very small ones. The tentacles are thick with
numerous regular branches in four orders. The tentacular ring closes the siphon
aperture. The prepharyngeal band draws marked curves at the level of the
branchial folds and has a deep dorsal ‘V’. It is made of two irregular rims, the
posterior higher.
The dorsal tubercle is protruding, its opening in the shape of a transverse
‘S’ (Fig. 57C). The dorsal lamina is short as the siphons are closely placed.
The branchial sac has seven folds on each side. On the right side we
counted:
R.E. 0 (8) 0 (9) 0 10) 0 11) 0011)011) 011) 0 DLL.
The folds are very asymmetrical and the most dorsal vessels, in variable
number, are very thin. The longitudinal vessels of the folds fuse into a
continuous band at the oesophagus entrance. The branchial sac has a uniform
structure in all parts with longitudinal stigmata between the folds and
infundibula under the folds.
The gut follows a double closed loop (Fig. 57B, C). The oesophagus is
short, largely covered by the hepatic gland. There is no stomach dilatation. The
anus, with a smooth rim, is attached to the side of the oesophagus entrance.
The gonads are made of a massive and protruding ovary, partly covered by
the testis. The latter forms a crown around the blind extremity of the ovary. The
oviduct and sperm duct are independent. The arc-shaped kidney is full of
concretions. The cloacal siphon has a wide muscular velum, as does the oral
siphon.
Remarks and distribution
Millar (1962: 204, figs 42, 43c) described Moiguia cryptica trom Faise Bay,
a species very closely allied to M. conchata. Both species have the same kind of
gonads, gut and siphons. These species differ by the tissues consistency, the
length of the siphons, and the number of branchial vessels. The intestine of
M. cryptica draws a less-closed loop and the gonad is applied on the bottom of
the loop. In addition, Molgula cryptica is a brooding species. Millar (1962) has
compared his species to the Antarctic M. pulchra. Monniot, C. (1969) described
a population of M. conchata from Dakar. This synonymy is erroneous. The
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 121
specimens from Dakar have the same gut shape but the ducts of the gonad are
different.
Molgula conchata is recorded from Mauritius and South Africa.
Fig. 57. Molgula conchata. A-B. Right and left sides of a specimen. C. Specimen opened
along the ventral line.
Molgula falsensis Millar, 1955
Figs 58, 59
Molgula falsensis Millar, 1955: 217, fig. 40; 1960: 129, fig. 55; 1962: 203, fig. 43A; 1964:
179.
Material
One large specimen: Miller’s Point, False Bay, 6 m (Griffiths coll.). Several
small specimens: Saldanha Bay Harbour and Port Elizabeth Harbour (Monniot
coll.).
122 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Description
Brooding specimens with a soft tunic
The population is made of agglomerated spheres. The tunic is covered with
short rhizoids that accumulate sediment particles and debris. The tunic is thin
and soft. The slightly protruding siphons have sharp lobes on their rims. The
muscles form about 30 short and thick bundles on each siphon; they are absent
in the middle of the dorsal side between the siphons. Some short muscles lie
along the ventral side. About 30 oral tentacles are distributed in three orders.
They are long with three sets of finger-like ramifications.
The prepharyngeal band has two thick rims; it draws a low dorsal ‘U’. The
dorsal tubercle is large and protruding. Its opening is a ‘U’ with sides slightly
inwardly curled. The dorsal lamina is short. The branchial wall has seven folds
on each side; the branchial formula is:
R.E. 0 (2) 0 (4) 0 (5) 0 (6) 0 ) 0 (5) 0 (3) O DLL. 0 (3) 0 G) 0 G) 0 () 0 ©)
0 (4)0@G)0E.L.
The longitudinal vessels are high and thin. On the ventral side of the folds
they can recover each other. The six primary infundibula are cut up into
Fig. 58. Molgula falsensis. Brooding specimen. A-B. Right and left sides.
C. Internal structure.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 123
3-4 secondary infundibula along the fold axis. At this level, the branchial
perforations are irregular with numerous exoinfundibula. Between the folds, the
stigmata are longitudinal. They are short, cut in pieces, and sometimes make
exoinfundibula. At the level of the oesophagus entrance the longitudinal vessels
fuse to constitute a continuous membrane.
The gut (Fig. 58B, C) has a slightly curved secondary loop. The hepatic
gland covers the whole anterior part of the gut. It is massive, made of
irregularly distributed lamellae. The rectum is short with a smooth rim around
the anus. The kidney is widely spread but only slightly protruding.
The gonads (Fig. 58A, B, C) have a central ovary circled by a ring of testis
lobes that partially cover the ovary. The arrangement of the testis lobes on the
Ovary varies. among the individuals. There is a single sperm duct in the middle
of the gonad. The oviduct opens through a large papilla close to the cloacal
siphon.
All the collected specimens contained a large number of segmented eggs,
reaching the morula stage.
Specimen with hard tunic
The body forms a slightly flattened ball 30 x 25 x 21 mm. The oral siphon
is terminal, the cloacal siphon is 13 mm away. The conical siphons have six and
four sharp lobes at their top. The tunic is 1 mm in thickness, stiff and whitish.
The anterior part of the body is naked or with few epibionts, the posterior part
bears finger-like rhizoids accumulating debris and sediment.
The body wall is fleshy but translucent. The muscles are made of about
30 bundles radiating from each siphon, except between the siphons where they
are absent. The muscular bundles are short and on both sides are interrupted
before the level of the gonads and gut. The most dorsal muscles of each side
join but do not fuse.
There are 12 oral tentacles arising from a protruding ring. They have large
first-order ramifications covered with numerous ramifications of second and
third orders. The prepharyngeal band is thick, undulated at the level of the
branchial folds (Fig. 59C). It draws a pronounced dorsal ‘V’. The dorsal
tubercle protrudes with the two horns of the right-hand opening slightly curled.
The branchial sac has seven folds. The right-side formula is:
ROE” 0-12) 1:2) 1 4) 1. G6) 1 G6)-1 G6) 1 G3) 1 D.L.
The vessel located between the folds represents the most dorsal vessel of the
next fold. The vessels are thicker on the ventral side than on the dorsal side of
the folds. At the level of the oesophagus entrance, the folds are interrupted,
the vessels fuse to make a kind of protruding wide-mouthed funnel to the
oesophagus. The six primary infundibula are cut out into 4-6 secondary bispiral
infundibula. Between the folds, over the primary infundibula the longi-
tudinal vessels are cut in short pieces. There are no exoinfundibula between the
folds.
The intestine draws a slight secondary loop (Fig. 59B, C). After a very
short oesophagus, the stomach is covered with a large hepatic gland made of
irregular lamellae. The intestine is covered with a diffuse part of the hepatic
gland that hides its shape. The rectum is short, the anus has a plain rim.
124 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 59. Molgula falsensis. Specimen with a hard tunic. A-B. Right and left sides.
C. Internal structure.
The gonads lack a definite outline (Fig. 59A, C). They are made of the
central ovary covered by a mass of testis lobes. On the right side the testis lobes
partly encircle the kidney. On the left side they spread on a large part of the gut
(Fig. 55C). Each testis opens by a single papilla in the middle of the gonad. The
female papilla is round and protruding. No segmented eggs were present in the
cloacal cavity of this specimen.
The kidney is voluminous. The cloacal siphon is encircled by a short velum.
Remarks and distribution
Between 1955 and 1964, Millar described three forms of Molgula falsensis.
In all three cases, the species are small, 15 mm maximum, with a thin tunic
covered with hair. None of his descriptions mentions brooding.
In our collection we have identified two forms. One of them has a large size
(30 mm), with a largely tunic, smooth, thick and rigid. The other is smaller
(15 mm) with a soft tunic covered with hairs and sediment, and it is brooding.
The large specimen was collected at False Bay in a natural site, the small
specimens in harbours at Saldanha Bay and Port Elizabeth. Both forms are
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 125
closely allied and only differ by the larval brooding and the tunic structure. In
the largest specimen the branchial structure is simpler than in smaller animals.
A similar case occurs in Europe and distinguishes Molgula occulta from
Molgula oculata.
Molgula falsensis is a South African species.
Molgula scutata Millar, 1955
Fig. 60
Molgula scutata Millar, 1955: 215, fig. 39; 1962: 202, fig. 34B. Monniot, C. & Monniot,
F., 1976b: 672. Turon, 1988: 282, fig. 8.
Material
Large-size specimens. Sea Point, intertidal (Monniot coll.); Namibia
(Gibbons coll.).
Small-size specimens (less than 10 mm). Isipingo, intertidal (Griffiths coll.);
False Bay, Gerikespunt, Knysna, 1-2 m (Monniot coll.).
Description
This species was encountered in two different forms, one of a large size
(20-40 mm), the other smaller (5-15 mm) and brooding.
Large form
The specimens from 20-40 mm are weakly attached to rocks. Their tunic,
rather stiff, is covered with sediment, mostly in the siphonal area. The sediment
particles adhere to the body surface, but are not included into the tunic as in
Molgula conchata. Even in contracted animals, the siphons, close to each other,
remain protruding. Their rim is not dentate, but slightly irregular.
The body wall has some strong muscles on the siphons (Fig. 60A, B). They
are interrupted on the side of the body. These bundles are more or less
elongated in varied samples, or they may be very short constituting a ring
around the siphons. There are also some areas with transverse muscles
(Fig. 60A, B). About 12 large oral tentacles in 2-3 orders have elongated
branches of at least three orders. Some very small tentacles are irregularly
intercalated. The prepharyngeal band has two unequal rims, the anterior more
developed. The dorsal indentation is not well marked. The dorsal tubercle is
protruding, of variable shape from a simple slit (Fig. 60C) to a double spiral.
The dorsal lamina is short.
The branchial sac has a characteristic structure. The folds carry two vessels,
both of them lying on the ventral side on the fold. The longitudinal vessels are
wide and high as those observed in the Molgulidae, which have only one vessel
per fold. The stigmata are short, most of them longitudinal. The digestive tract
(Fig. 60B, C) describes a deep secondary curve. The stomach is not enlarged.
The hepatic gland is voluminous. The intestine has a uniform diameter with a
short rectum ending in a smooth-rimmed anus.
On the left side the gonad (Fig. 60C) occupies the whole space between the
two curves of the gut. The ovary, obscure in outline is partly covered by
126 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 60. Molgula scutata. Large specimen. A-B. Right and left sides. C. Internal
structure, brooding specimen. D. Internal structure. E. Detail of the gonad and gut.
F. Larva.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 127
numerous and very small testis lobes. The gonads do not protrude into the
cloacal cavity. Each opens by elongated sperm duct and oviduct, close to each
other. The cloacal siphon has a muscular velum in a sphincter.
The specimens collected in deep waters off Namibia have a less strong
musculature and a thinner branchial sac, a case often observed in deep habitats.
Small form
The small specimens (Fig. 60D) have the same kind of musculature as the
large ones, but the bundles are thinner and never joined. The 12 tentacles are
short with only ramifications of the first and second order. The dorsal tubercle
has a single curve slightly concave to the right side. The branchial sac is even
with curved stigmata and infundibula under the folds. The shape of the gut is the
same as in a large specimen.
The main differences between these two forms concern the gonads. The
sperm duct opens by a very short papilla far from the oviduct (Fig. 60D, E).
The oviduct is attached to the body wall and opens in a flat papilla instead of an
erect extremity. The small specimens are brooding. The small larvae (Fig. 60F)
have a trunk 170 pum long and a notochord 420 pm long inside the tail.
Millar (1962) indicated that one of his specimens was brooding without
providing further details.
Remarks
In South Africa the genus Molgula is represented by six different forms,
which can be grouped in pairs: Molgula conchata and M. cryptica; two forms of
'M. falsensis; and two forms of M. scutata.
Each pair possesses an incubatory form. We do not have a large enough
sample to estimate the variability within the different species, and the
morphological characters are insufficient to solve the problem. Further
biological studies of the brooding conditions, and molecular systematics are
required to resolve the taxonomy of these forms.
OTHERS ASCIDIANS RECORDED IN SOUTH AFRICA BUT NOT
PRESENT IN THIS COLEECTION
Family Polyclinidae
Aplidium agulhaense (Hartmeyer, 1912). Amaroucium agulhaense Hartmeyer,
1912 (p. 356, pl. 38 (fig. 4), pl. 44 (fig. 11)), from the Agulhas Bank
(102 m depth) is pedunculate with only five rows of stigmata.
Aplidium claviforme (Hartmeyer, 1912). Amaroucium claviforme Hartmeyer,
1912: 348, pl. 39 (fig. 5), from Algoa Bay has club-shaped colonies,
impregnated with sand, with very long zooids. It is insufficiently described.
Aplidium colelloides (Herdman, 1886). Amaroucium colelloides Herdman, 1886
(p. 233, pl. 27 (figs 9-12)), collected off the Cape of Good Hope at 250 m
depth has stalked colonies with zooids in double rows in the head, having
nine rows of stigmata and 12-13 stomach folds. Redescribed by Millar
128 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
(1962: 125, fig. 4) from the same location, it was also recorded in Namibia
by Turon (1988: 276, fig. 2).
Aplidium exiguum (Herdman, 1886). Psammaplidium exiguum Herdman, 1886
(p. 245, pl. 31 (fig. 11)). This species was also collected at 170 m and at
318 m depth (Hartmeyer 1912: 338, pl. 39 (fig. 1), pl. 44 (fig. 7)) off the
Cape of Good Hope. This species is lobed, embedded with sand. The zooids
have 14 stigmata rows and 20 stomach folds, but are immature.
Aplidium galeritum (Hartmeyer, 1912). Amaroucium galeritum Hartmeyer,
1912 (p. 344, pl. 39 (fig. 4), pl. 44 (fig. 10)), from St Francis Bay, recorded
again in False Bay (Millar 1962: 130; 1964: 172, fig. 10—Cape Province),
has light grey pillar-like lobes, 9-12 stigmata rows and 12-14 stomach
folds. The larvae are distinctive with a dense anterior fringe of small
vesicles.
Aplidium lubricum (Sluiter, 1898a). Amaroucium lubricum Sluiter, 1898a
(p. 31, pl. 1 (fig. 8), pl. 5 (fig. 1)). We have re-examined the type colony,
ZMA TU 185 from Durban, which corresponds well to other records from
Durban, Mozambique and Madagascar (Millar 1956: 915, fig. 2; Vasseur
1968; Monniot, C. & Monniot, F. 1976a: 362, fig. 1C-D). This species
with nine stigmata rows, 15-20 stomach folds, long zooids and a larva with
an anterior fringe of numerous vesicles, is restricted to the tropics.
Aplidium pantherium (Sluiter, 1898a). Psammaplidium pantherinum Sluiter,
1898a (p. 26, pl. 2 (fig. 3), pl. 4 (figs 8-9)). Amaroucium unilarviferum
Millar, 1955 (p. 172, fig. 4; 1962: 123, fig. 3). Millar re-examined the type
from Isipingo and a new collection from Cape Province, pointing out that
the original description was erroneous. The zooids have only five stomach
folds and a larva with an anterior fringe of round vesicles. The species was
also recorded by Millar (1964: 172).
Aplidium retiforme (Herdman, 1886). The type specimen, Psammaplidium
retiforme Herdman, 1886 (p. 248, pl. 32 (figs 8-10)), from Kerguelen, has
been revised (Monniot, F. & Gaill 1978: 149, fig. 6C-F) with additional
collections made in the same area. Millar (1962: 127, fig. 5) recorded this
characteristic species from False Bay, with small slender lobes covered with
sand.
Aplidium sarasinorum (Fielder, 1889). Heterotrema sarasinorum Fiedler, 1889
(p. 859, pl. 25 (figs 1-4)) from Ceylon was recorded again from False Bay
and Mozambique (Millar 1962: 128, fig. 6). The zooids, with an average of
ten stigmata rows and eight stomach folds, have a very short post-abdomen
with a cluster of testis vesicles and a larva with a fringe of numerous
anterior vesicles.
Aplidium schultzei Hartmeyer, 1913 (p. 141), from False Bay, was insufficiently
described to be recognized.
Polyclinum constellatum Savigny, 1816 (p. 189, pl. 4 (fig. 2), pl. 18 (fig. 1)), is
a widely distributed fouling species that was recorded by Millar (1955: 176,
fig. 7) from Durban.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 129
Polyclinum arenosum Sluiter, 1898a (p. 20, pl. 4 (fig. 12)), from Isipingo, was
later recorded by Millar (1955: 174, fig. 5; 1962: 136, fig. 11) from Cape
Province and Natal. It has a sandy colony divided in narrow lobes made of a
single system each.
Polyclinum neptunium Hartmeyer, 1912 (p. 331, pl. 38 (fig. 9), pl. 44
(figs 2-4)), is very similar to Polyclinum isipengense, but the larva has
different anterior ampullae. This species, described from the Cape of Good
Hope in 106-318 m, was also recorded from equivalent depths in South
Africa by Millar (1962: 136, fig. 11), 248-341 m depth. It is also present in
Southern Australia (Kott 1963, 1972).
Synoicum australe Millar, 1962 (p. 133, fig. 8), from Mossel Bay
(SAM-A25609), not recorded elsewhere.
Synoicum capense Millar, 1962 (p. 131, fig. 7), from False Bay (SAM-
A25608), has not been recorded again.
Family Polycitoridae
Eudistoma mobiusi (Hartmeyer, 1905). Colella mobiusi Hartmeyer, 1905
(p. 396). Polycitor mobiusi: Hartmeyer, 1912 (p. 305), Cape Province and
Madagascar. Eudistoma mobiusi: Millar, 1962 (p. 162), Cape Province. The
species has a large larva 2-mm long but no other distinctive characters. It is
also recorded from Mauritius and Mayotte (Comoros islands), but the
identifications need to be revised.
Eudistoma renieri described as Polycitor renieri Hartmeyer, 1912 (p. 309),
described from St Francis Bay, was recorded by Millar (1962: 160, fig. 23)
from Durban. It has a twisted loop of the lower part of the rectum.
Eudistoma rhodopyge (Sluiter, 1898a). Distoma rhodopyge Sluiter, 1898a
(p. 12, pl. 1 (fig. 2), pl. 3 (figs 5-6)); Michaelsen 1934 (p. 141, and
synonymy). The colonies comprise several lobes arising from a common
base. Without any distinctive character of the zooids, this species has been
recorded from Cape Province to Durban, and from Madagascar, Mauritius
and Mozambique.
Polycitor cuneatus Millar, 1964 (p. 160, fig. 1), has pedunculate colonies raised
above ramified roots. It was only recorded once at 411-450 m depth, off
Durban.
Polycitor nitidus (Sluiter, 1898a). Distoma nitidum Sluiter, 1898a (p. 17). This
species from Durban is not sufficiently described and remains doubtful. It
has not been recollected and Sluiter’s descriptions are often erroneous.
Polycitor psammophorus Hartmeyer, 1912 (p. 300, pl. 38 (fig. 1), pl. 43
(figs 2-3)), off the Agulhas Bank, was described from immature colonies
and was not recorded again. It has a doubtful generic position.
Cystodytes morifer Michaelsen, 1919 (p. 76, fig. 34), from Durban.
Cystodytes roseolus Hartmeyer, 1912 (p. 310, pl. 43 (figs 7-14)), Algoa Bay;
Millar, 1962 (p. 141, fig. 13), Cape Province. The species, distributed from
130 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Dakar to the Cape Province and the Seychelles, is characterized by the
peculiar shape of the spicules.
Distaplia capensis Michaelsen, 1934 (p. 141), from the Cape Province, and
found again by Millar (1962: 149, fig. 17; 1964: 168), has a folded stomach
wall and gonads included in the gut loop. The colonies are purplish
gelatinous lobes.
Distaplia durbanensis Millar, 1964 (p. 167, fig. 6), is only known from the type
colony dredged at 411 m depth off Durban. The colony is stalked. The
stomach wall has 40-50 narrow folds or lines of papillae.
Sigillina vasta Millar, 1962 (p. 153, fig. 19), from Cape Province, was dredged
between 62 and 77 m depth.
Family Clavelinidae
Clavelina enormis Herdman, 1880 (p. 725), was described from a single
specimen collected from Simon’s Bay. Herdman’s description is very short
and could apply to any species of the genus. In this colony of only four
zooids, two of them were united by their thoracic tunic, a feature that
Herdman (1882) considered an ‘abnormality’. Later, this same specimen
was named Stereoclavella enormis by Herdman (1891) and Chondrostachys
enormis by Hartmeyer (1909-1911). Some specimens of Clavelina enormis
were described by Hartmeyer (1905) from Mauritius and Zanzibar, and by
Millar (1956), and Monniot, C. & Monniot, F. (1976a) from Mozambique
(Inhaca). Hartmeyer (1912) also described Chondrostachys enormis from
Diego Garcia. All these references probably correspond to the tropical Indo-
Pacific species Clavelina moluccensis (Sluiter, 1904) after Monniot, C.
(1997: 208). A synonymy of Clavelina steenbrasensis Millar, 1955, and
C. enormis remains possible.
Clavelina roseola Millar, 1955 (p. 183, fig. 13), is a species that now belongs to
the genus Stomozoa.
Clavelina steenbrasensis Millar, 1955 (p. 185, fig. 14), known from False Bay
and Mossel Bay, is a species with a colony made of lobes, each consisting
of several zooids included in a common tunic.
Family Didemnidae
Trididemnum natalense Michaelsen, 1920a (p. 3). In the description of the
single colony of this species, the larva is not mentioned. It seems difficult to
distinguish this colony from T. cerebriforme without additional details.
Didemnum karlae Michaelsen, 1920a: 37. This species has never been recorded
again since its collection in an aquarium at Isipingo. The larvae were not
described and the zooids, which were not figured, have no distinctive
character, so the species is hardly recognizable.
Didemnum speciosum asperum Herdman, 1886, is an Atlantic species. Sluiter
(1898a) doubtfully assigned colonies from Durban to this species without
any description. This identification cannot be retained.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 131
Didemnum stilense Michaelsen, 1934 (p. 146), from Cape Province, was
described as a cartilaginous species, thick and filled with spicules and
bladder cells. The larvae were not described. Millar (1955: 176; 1962: 164)
assigned to the same species didemnids from the same region that were
rather different in shape with variable spicules, zooids and larva. He
mentioned the possible confusion of several different species.
Didemnum velans Michaelsen, 1920a (p. 41). Described from Zanzibar, it was
later recorded in Still Bay (Michaelsen 1934) without additional description.
The species has thin colonies. The larva was not described.
Polysyncraton chuni Hartmeyer, 1912 (p. 326, pl. 43 (figs 22-23)), and
Polysyncraton spongioides Hartmeyer, 1912 (p. 323, pl. 43 (figs 19-21)),
were both collected at 318 m depth off the Cape of Good Hope and not
recorded since.
Leptoclinides capensis Michaelsen, 1934 (p. 151), from Still Bay, was later
recorded in the Cape Province by Millar (1962: 167) and Monniot, F.
(1978) at Kerguelen. The main character of the species is the single testis
vesicle.
Diplosomoides capense Hartmeyer, 1912 (p. 329, pl. 37 (fig. 4), pl. 43
(figs 15-18)), from 318 m depth off the Cape of Good Hope, may be a
Lissoclinum species. As described it has two testis vesicles and a straight
sperm duct, but the funnel-like cloacal siphon directed backwards is
surprising. The species has not since been collected.
Lissoclinum cavum Millar, 1962: 168, fig. 26, from the Cape Province, was
recorded with doubt from Namibia (Turon 1988) and from Madagascar
(Monniot pers. obs.). This species has a rosette of testis lobes.
Family Ascidiidae
Ascidia arenosa Hartmeyer, 1909 (nom. nov. for A. sabulosa Sluiter, 1898a:
45, pl. 5 (figs 2-5)), was described from Durban from a single specimen.
This species, covered with sand, was found again by Millar (1956) at
Inhaca, Mozambique.
Ascidia compta Sluiter, 1898a (p. 43, pl. 5 (figs 19-21), pl. 6 (fig. 1)) was
described from Knysna, from a single young specimen of 10 mm.
Ascidia krechi Michaelsen, 1904a (p. 253, pl. 10 (fig. 8), pl. 13 (figs 59-61)).
A single specimen was dredged off Cape Town (34°33.3’S 18°21.2’E,
318 m).
Ascidia pygmaea sensu Millar, 1955 (p. 189, fig. 17) was recorded from
Knysna. A small animal 1.5 mm long, not described. The figured digestive
tract does not look like that of the type species figured by Michaelsen (1918:
56, fig. 9) from Mauritius. This identification seems doubtful.
Ascidia stenodes Millar, 1962 (p. 172, fig. 27) was recorded from False Bay.
This species has an uncommon shape with a gut in a single loop.
132 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Family Agneziidae
Agnezia capensis Millar, 1955 (p. 191, fig. 19) is known from a single
specimen collected in False Bay.
Agnezia glaciata Millar, 1960 (p. 92, fig. 30B), is known from a single
specimen from Table Bay. This small species (11 mm) lives free on sandy
bottoms. Millar (1960), redescribing Agnezia glaciata Michaelsen, 1898,
from Patagonia, considered Agnezia capensis and A. glaciata as synonyms.
Monniot, C. & Monniot, F. (1976b) again recorded specimens of this
species at Inhaca. The distinctions between the different Agnezia species
have been detailed in Monniot, C. & Monniot, F. (1983).
Family Styelidae
Botrylloides nigrum giganteum (Pérés, 1949) was recorded by Millar (1955,
1962) from Durban Harbour, Knysna and Mozambique. Botryllus giganteus
is distinct from B. niger and is known from Senegal and Brazil (Rio de
Janeiro and San Sebastian harbours). This species, probably introduced into
South Africa, is not present in this collection. It differs from all others by its
numerous rows of stigmata (15-19), and a funnel-like stomach with a very
small caecum. Unfortunately, its most original character, the position of the
stomach in a prolongation of the branchial sac, was not indicated.
Alloeocarpa capensis Hartmeyer, 1912 (p. 261, pl. 38 (fig. 2), pl. 41
(figs 16-18)) was described from St Francis Bay (34°05’S 17°52’E, 267 m),
and recorded by Millar (1962: 182, fig. 31) from Algoa Bay at 31 m, and
off Lion’s Head, Cape Peninsula at 248 m. This species is characterized by
gonads on the right side only, and the ovary situated posterior to the testis.
Polyzoa falclandica Michaelsen, 1900. Hartmeyer (1912: 258, pl. 41 (figs 13-
15) recorded this species from St Francis Bay. This species is considered a
synonym of Polyzoa opuntia Lesson, 1830. Hartmeyer’s description of the
single specimen does not correspond to the definition of the genus. A con-
fusion with Alloeocarpa capensis from the same station remains possible.
Metandrocarpa fascicularis Millar, 1962 (p. 183, fig. 32) described this species
from 8 miles off Cape St. Blaize at 72 m. The characteristics of this species
are discussed with regard to M. asymmetra.
Metandrocarpa tritonis Michaelsen, 19046 (p. 240, pl. 10 (fig. 2), pl. 13
(figs 55-57)) was described from Plettenberg Bay at 100 m. The only zooid
collected is nevertheless like that of a colonial styelid genus. It is
characterized by the presence of branchial folds and gonads made of a single
testis covered by an ovary. All other species of the genus are tropical.
Oligocarpa skoogi Michaelsen, 1923b (p. 3, figs 1, 2). The species is known
only by two specimens attached together. The external aspect is very similar
to Styela canopus. The genus Oligocarpa is characterized by a single gonad
on the left side; it is sometimes considered colonial but generally solitary
individuals are found. Two species are known: one from South Africa, the
other from Kerguelen.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 133
Polyandrocarpa durbanensis Millar, 1952 (p. 197, fig. 25) was described from
Durban. Plante & Vasseur (1966: 150, pl. 4 (figs 31-32)) recorded it from
Madagascar, Tulear Harbour. The zooids are small, 6 mm, naked, and
united by stolons. They have three well-formed branchial folds and a
rudimentary fourth fold. Three to six gonads are aligned on the left side and
4-7 on the right side. A single endocarp lies in the gut loop.
Polyandrocarpa placenta (non Herdman) Millar, 1955 (p. 199, fig. 26) was
recorded from False Bay in 28 m. In the single colony, the salmon-pink
zooids are agglomerated in a common tunic. There are four branchial folds
and 6-8 gonads in a line on each side.
Polycarpa (Sluiter, 1898a). Styela (Polycarpa) anguinea: Sluiter, 1898a (p. 52
pl. 6 (figs 15-19)) was recorded from Knysna; and Polycarpa anguinea:
Millar, 1952 (p. 203, fig. 28) from False Bay and Knysna.
Polyandrocarpa anguinea: Millar, 1962 (p. 186) was recorded from Mossel
Bay, Algoa Bay, and Mozambique. This species is said to be present in all
warm seas worldwide. Generally it has aggregated individuals with an
extremely brittle body wall, without endocarps. The gonads in a line on each
side are suspended between the body wall and the branchial sac.
Styela (Polycarpa) natalensis Sluiter, 1898a (p. 50, pl. 6 (figs 11-14)) was
described from Isipingo. Polycarpa natalensis has also been recorded by
Millar (1961: 14, fig. 2) from Mozambique, and by Monniot, C. &
Monniot, F. (1976a: 374, fig. 3B) from Inhaca, Mozambique. This small
species, 5-15 mm across, differs from other South African species of
Polycarpa by numerous endocarps distributed on the entire internal surface
of the body wall.
Cnemidocarpa psammophora Millar, 1962 (p. 188, fig. 34) was described from
Algoa Bay, 25-39 m. This small species is covered with sand, with tunic
hairs anchoring it on the sandy bottom. It has 5-8 gonads on the left and
10-11 on the right side.
Cnemidocarpa radicata (Millar, 1962). Styela radicata Millar, 1962 (p. 191,
fig. 35) was described from Mozambique, 2 m, and also recorded by Millar
(1964: 174) from the same region. As Cnemidocarpa radicata, the species
was also recorded by Monniot, C. & Monniot, F. (1976a: 368, fig. 2A)
from Inhaca Island, Mozambique. The holotype is the only specimen of this
species recorded in southern Africa. It has a single small endocarp on the
left side of the body. The type specimen is a juvenile and the proximity of
male and female gonads, which is a characteristic of the genus
Family Pyuridae
Boltenia africana Millar, 1962 (p. 198, fig. 40) is known from Mossel Bay and
Algoa Bay in 9-22 m. This species is easy to identify, with its transverse
stigmata. It is the only shallow-water species of the genus in the Southern
Hemisphere.
134 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Hartmeyeria bouilloni Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1976a (p. 390, text-fig. SB,
D, pl. 6) was described from Mozambique. This species was erroneously
identified as Microcosmus pedunculatus Pérés, 1951, by Millar (1962: 197,
fig. 39) from Mossel Bay (12 m) and Mozambique (2 m). This sandy species
has a peculiar aspect with the body slightly laterally flattened, and encircled
by a tunic crest extending along the dorsal and ventral line. There is a long
naked peduncle arising from the middle of the ventral side.
Microcosmus albidus Michaelsen, 1904a (p. 213, pl. 10 (fig. 4), pl. 11 (figs 25,
26)). This species is known by a single specimen 11 x 8 mm across from
100 m depth off St Francis Bay. The gut and gonads are not figured. This
species has six branchial folds.
Microcosmus trigonimus Millar, 1955 (p. 212, fig. 37). This species with eight
branchial folds was only recorded from Durban; the number of specimens
was not stated. The main characteristic is the presence of two gonads on the
left side of the body side, one of them exterior to the intestinal loop.
Family Molgulidae
Eugyrioides myodes (Millar, 1962). Eugyra myodes Millar, 1962 (p. 206,
fig. 44) was described from two specimens from Algoa Bay, in 17-18 m.
This species, 11 mm in diameter, is covered with sand, has seven longi-
tudinal branchial vessels on each side, a secondary gut loop not well
marked, and obvious transverse muscles. In the genus Eugyrioides there is a
gonad on the left side that is absent in the genus Eugyra.
Pareugyrioides macrentera (Millar, 1962). Eugyra macrentera Millar, 1962
(p. 209, fig. 45) was described from a single specimen from Algoa Bay, in
8-10 m. Pareugyrioides macrentera Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1976a
(p. 387, figs 6B, 8) was also recorded from Inhaca Island, Mozambique.
This species, covered with sand, is characterized by a long digestive tract
deeply curved on itself, enclosing the left gonad. According to Millar
(1962), the holotype is a juvenile with a non-fully developed branchial sac,
but the larger specimen from Mozambique has the same structure, which
distinguishes the species as belonging to the genus Pareugyrioides.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We are indebted to the following museums for making some type specimens
available: the British Museum, the Zoologisch Museum in Amsterdam, the
Museum ftir Naturkunde der Humboldt Universitat zu Berlin, the Senckenberg
Institut in Frankfurt, the Smithsonian Institution, the Seto Marine Biological
Laboratory, the National Science Museum in Tsukuka, Japan, and the South
African Museum. C. Monniot’s travel to South Africa was funded by the
Museum national d’Histoire naturelle. Financial support and the cost of
the colour plates were met by a National Research Foundation grant to
C. L. Griffiths. We wish to thank Madeleine Martin for her help in the
preparation of the manuscript. We are very indebted to Prof. Todd Newberry
for his remarks and careful reading of the manuscript.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 135
REFERENCES
BERRILL, N. J. 1932. Ascidians from Bermuda. Biological Bulletin 62: 77-88.
BERRILL, N. 1950. The Tunicata with an account of the British species. London: Ray
Society.
BREWIN, B. I. 1946. Ascidians in the vicinity of the Portobello Marine Biological Station,
Otago Harbour. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand 76 (2): 87-131.
BREWIN, B. I. 1956. Ascidians from the Chatham Islands and the Chatham Rise.
Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand 84 (1): 121-137.
BREWIN, B. I. 1958. Ascidians of New Zealand. Part XI. Ascidians of the Steward Island
region. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand 85 (3): 439-453.
BRUNETTI, R. 1987. Species of Clavelina in the Mediterranean Sea. Annales de |’Institut
Océanographique Paris 63 (2): 101-118.
DALBY, J. E. yR. 1994. Ecology of Pyura stolonifera (Urochordata, Ascidiacea) on the
central coast of Victoria, Australia: morphologic and genetic variation, endosymbiont
specificity and intraspecific competition. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Melbourne.
DALBY, J. E. jR. 1995. Consequences of aggregated living in the ascidian Pyura stolonifera:
evidence for non-contact intraspecific competition. Marine and Freshwater Research 46:
1195-1199.
DALBy, J. E. JR. 1996. Nemertean, copepod and amphipod symbionts of the dimorphic
ascidian Pyura stolonifera near Melbourne, Australia: specificities to host morphs, and
factors affecting prevalences. Marine Biology 126: 231-243.
DELLA VALLE, A. 1877. Contribuzioni alla storia naturale delle ascidie compositae del
golfo di Napoli con la descrizione di alcune species e varieta nuove e di altre poco note.
Napoli: 1-48.
DRASCHE, R. VON. 1884. Ueber einige neue und weniger gekannte aussereuropaische
einfache ascidien. Denkschrifien der Kaiserlichen Akademic der wissenschaften in Wien
48: 369-386.
FIEDLER, K. 1889. Heterotrema sarasinorum, eine neue Synascidien Gattung aus der
Familie der Distomidae. Zoologischen Jahrbucher. Abtheilung fur Systematik, Okologie
und Geographie der Tiere 4: 859-878.
HARTMEYER, R. 1905. Ascidien von Mauritius. Abdruk aus den Zoologischen Jahrbucher
suppl. VIII: 383-406.
HARTMEYER, R. 1909-1911. Tunicata (Manteltiere). Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des
Tier-Reichs, Leipzig 3 (suppl.): 1281-1773.
HARTMEYER, R. 1911. Die Ascidien der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903.
Deutsche Stidpolar Expedition 12 (zool 4): 407-606.
HARTMEYER, R. 1912. Die Ascidien der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Deutschen Tiefsee
Expedition 7: 223-392.
HARTMEYER, R. 1913. Tunicata. Zoologishe und Anthropologishe Ergebnisse einer
Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Stidafrica. Jena: 125-144.
HARTMEYER, R. 1914. Diagnosen einiger neuer Molgulidae aus der Sammlung des Berliner
Museums nebst Bemerkungen tiber die Systematik und Nomenklatur dieser Familie.
Sitzungsbericht der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 13: 1-27.
HARTMEYER, R. 1922. Miscellanea Ascidiologica. Mitteilungen aus dem zoologischen
Museum in Berlin 10 (2): 299-323.
HARTMEYER, R. 1927. Zur kenntnis phlebobranchiater und diktyobranchiater Ascidien.
Mitteilungen aus dem zoologischen Museum in Berlin 13: 157-196.
HARTMEYER, R. & MICHAELSEN, W. 1928. Ascidiae Dictyobranchiae und Ptycho-
branchiae. Fauna sudwestaustraliens 5 (6): 251-460.
HELLER, C. 1878. Beitrage zu nahern kenntnis der Tunicaten. Denkschriften der
Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften Wien 37 (1): 241-275.
HERDMAN, W. A. 1880. Preliminary report on the Tunicata of the ‘Challenger’ expedition.
Part II. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 10: 714-726.
HERDMAN, W. A. 1882. Report on the Tunicata collected during the voyage of H.M.S.
‘Challenger’ during the years 1873-76. Part I: Ascidiae simplices. Report of the
eae Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76 6 (17):
1-296.
136 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
HERDMAN, W. A. 1886. Report on the Tunicata collected during the voyage of H.M.S.
‘Challenger’ during the years 1873-76. Part II: Ascidiae compositae. Report of the
Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76 14 (38):
1-399,
HERDMAN, W. A. 1891. A revised classification of the Tunicata with definitions of the
orders, suborders, families and genera, and analytical keys to the species. Journal of the
Linnean Society, Zoology, London 23: 558-652.
HERDMAN, W. A. 1899. Descriptive catalogue of the Tunicata in the Australian Museum.
Australian Museum Sydney catalogue 17: 1-139.
HERDMAN, W. A. 1906. Report on the Tunicata. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries
Supplementary Report 39: 295-348.
HERDMAN, W. A. 1912. The Tunicata of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition.
Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 48 (2): 305-320.
HosHINo, Z. & NISHIKAWA, T. 1985. Taxonomic studies of Ciona intestinalis (L.) and its
allies. Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory 30 (1-3): 61-79.
Kott, P. 1952. The ascidians of Australia. I. Stolidobranchiata Lahille and
Phlebobranchiata Lahille. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 3 (3):
205-334.
KoTt, P. 1962. The ascidians of Australia. III. Aplousobranchiata Lahille: Didemnidae
Giard. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 12 (3): 263-334.
KotTT, P. 1963. The ascidians of Australia. IV. Aplousobranchiata Lahille: Poly-
clinidae Verrill (continued). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 14:
70-118.
KotTt, P. 1969. Antarctic Ascidiacea. Antarctic Research Series 13: 1-239.
KoTtT, P. 1972. The ascidians of South Australia. II. Eastern sector of the Great Australian
Bight and Investigator Strait. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 96
(4): 165-196.
KotTtT, P. 1982. Didemnid-algal symbioses: host species in the western Pacific with notes on
the symbiosis. Micronesica 18: 85-127.
KotT, P. 1983. Two new genera of didemnid ascidians from tropical Australian waters.
Beagle 1 (2): 13-19.
KotT, P. 1985. The Australian Ascidiacea. Part 1: Phlebobranchia and Stolidobranchia.
Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 23: 1-440.
KotTT, P. 1990. The Australian Ascidiacea. Part 2: Aplousobranchia (1). Memoirs of the
Queensland Museum 29: 1-266.
KottT, P. 1992. The Australian Ascidiacea. Part 3: Aplousobranchia (2). Memoirs of the
Queensland Museum 32: 375-620.
LAFARGUE, F. 1968. Peuplements sessiles de l’archipel de Glénan. II. Didemnidae
(Ascidies). Vie et Milieu 19 (2): 353-446.
LAFARGUE, F. 1974. Description d’un neotype de Didemnum candidum Savigny, 1816,
espeéce type de Mer Rouge (ascidie composée). Vie et Milieu (A) 24 (2): 341-356.
LAFARGUE, F. & VASSEUR, P. 1989. Ascidies des récifs coralliens du N.E. du canal de
Mozambique (Campagne Benthedi du ‘Suroit’, 17 mars-14 avril 1977). Mesogée 49:
59-66.
LAHILLE, F. 1887. Faune ascidiologique de Banyuls sur Mer. Comptes Rendus de la
Société d’Histoire Naturelle Toulouse 21: 57-59.
LAMBERT, C. C. & LAMBERT, G. 1998. Non-indigenous ascidians in southern California
harbors and marinas. Marine Biology 130 (4): 675-688.
LAMBERT, C. C., LAMBERT, I. M., LAMBERT, G. 1995. Brooding strategies in solitary
ascidians: Corella species from north and south temperate waters. Canadian Journal of
Zoology 73: 1666-1671.
Lesson, R. P. 1830. Zoologie. In: Duperrey, voyage autour du monde sur la corvette ‘La
coquille’ 1822-1825. Paris 2 (1): 256-279; 433-440.
LINNE, C. 1767. Systema Naturae. Holmiae 12th edition, 1 (Insecta, Vermes).
MICHAELSEN, W. 1898. Vorlaufige Mitteilung tiber einige Tunicaten aus dem
magalhaensischen Gebeit sowie von Siid Georgien. Zoologische Anzeiger 21: 363-372.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS (By
MICHAELSEN, W. 1900. Die holosomen Ascidien des magalahaensisch, Siidgeorgischen
Gebeites. Zoologica, Stuttgart 12 (31): 1-148.
MICHAELSEN, W. A. 1902. In: SCHWARZE. Beitrage zur kenntnis der Symbiose im
Tierreiche. Schuljahr, realgymnasium d. Johanneums zu Hamburg. S. 35.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1904a. Die stolidobranchiaten der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition.
Deutschen Tiefsee Expedition ‘Valdivia’ 7: 181-260.
MICHAELSEN, W. 19045. Revision des kompositen Styeliden oder Polyzoinen. Mitteilungen
aus dem naturhistorischen Museum in Hamburg 21: 1-124.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1908. Die Pyuriden (Halocynthiiden) des Naturhistorischen Museums zu
Hamburg. Mitteilungen aus dem naturhistorischen Museum in Hamburg 25 (2):
227-287.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1912. Die Tethyiden (Styeliden) des naturhistorischen Museums zu
Hamburg nebst Nachtrag und Anhang, einige andere Familien betreffend. Mitteilungen
aus dem naturhistorischen Museum in Hamburg 28: 109-186.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1915. Tunicata. Beitrdge zur kenntnis der Meeresfauna Westafrikas
1 (3): 322-518.
MICHAELSEN, W. A. 1918. Die Ptychobranchien and Diktyobranchien Ascidien des
Westlichen Indischen Ozeans. Mitteilungen aus dem naturhistorischen Museum in
Hamburg 35: 1-68.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1919. Die Krikobranchien Ascidien des westlichen Indischen Ozeans:
Claveliniden und Synoiciden. Jahrbuch der Hamburgischen Wissenschaftlichen
Anstalten 36: 71-104.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1920a. Die krikobranchien Ascidien des westlichen Indischen
Ozeans: Didemniden. Mitteilungen der naturhistorischen Museum in Hamburg 37:
1-74.
MICHAELSEN, W. A. 1920b. Ascidiae krikobranchiae des Roten Meeres: Clavelinidae und
Synoicidae. /n: Expedition ‘Pola’ Rote Meer. XXXIII. Denkschriften der Akademie
der wissenschafiten Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Klasse 97: 1-39.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1921. Ascidien vom westlichen Indischen Ozean aus dem Reichsmuseum
zu Stockholm. Arkiv for Zoologi 13: 1-18.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1923a. Sitidafrikanische Ascidien. Meddelanden fran Goéteborgs Musei
Zoologiska avdelning 24: 3-23.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1923b. Neue und altbekannte Ascidien aus dem Reichmuseum zu
Stockholm. Mitteilungen aus der naturhistorischen den Museum in Hamburg 39: 1-57.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1924. Ascidae krikobranchiae von Neuseeland, den Chatham und den
Auckland Inseln. Videnskabelige meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening 77:
263-434.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1930. Ascidiae Krikobranchiae. Fauna Stidwest Australiens 5 (7):
463-568.
MICHAELSEN, W. 1934. The ascidians of the Cape Province of South Africa. Transactions
of the Royal Society of South Africa 22: 126-163.
MILLAR, R. H. 1953. Ona collection of ascidians from the Gold Coast. Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London 123: 277-325.
MILLAR, R. H. 1954. Pseudodistoma africanum sp. n. a new compound ascidian from
South Africa. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (12) 7: 128-132.
MILLAR, R. H. 1955. On a collection of ascidians from South Africa. Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London 125 (1): 169-221.
MILLAR, R. H. 1956. Ascidians from Mozambique, East Africa. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History (12) 9: 913-932.
MILLAR, R. H. 1960. Ascidiacea. Discovery Report 30: 1660.
MILLAR, R. H. 1961. Ascidians from Mozambique. Annals and Magazine of Natural
History (13) 4: 11-16.
MILLAR, R. H. 1962. Further descriptions of South African ascidians. Annals of the South
African Museum 46 (7): 113-221.
MILLAR, R. H. 1963. Australian ascidians in the British Museum (Natural History).
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 141 (4): 689-746.
138 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
MILLAR, R. H. 1964. South African ascidians collected by Th. Mortensen with some
additional material. Videnskabelige meddelelsen fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening 127:
159-180.
MILLAR, R. H. 1966. Ascidiacea. Jn: Port Phillip Survey 1957-1963. Memoirs of the
National Museum, Melbourne 27: 357-384.
MILLAR, R. H. 1975. Ascidians from the Indo-west-Pacific region in the Zoological
Museum, Copenhagen (Tunicata, Ascidiacea). Steenstrupia 3: 205-336.
MILLAR, R. H. 1977. Ascidians (Tunicata: Ascidiacea) from the northern and north-eastern
Brazilian shelf. Journal of Natural History 11 (2): 169-223.
MILLAR, R. H. 1978. Ascidians from the Guyana shelf. Netherlands Journal of Sea
Research 12 (1): 99-106.
MILLAR, R. H. 1982. The marine fauna of New Zealand: Ascidiacea. New Zealand
Oceanographic Institute Memoir 85: 1-117.
MILLAR, R. H. 1988. Ascidians collected during the International Indian Ocean
Expedition. Journal of Natural History 22: 823-848.
MILLAR, R. H. & Goopsopy, I. 1974. New species of ascidians from the West Indies.
Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands 45: 142-161.
MILNE EDWARDS, H. 1841. Observations sur les ascidies composées des cotes de la
Manche. Mémoires de l’Académie Royale des Sciences Morales et Politiques de I’ Institut
de France 18: 217-326.
MonnlioT, C. 1969. Sur une collection d’ascidies de Dakar (Phebobranches et
Stolidobranches). Bulletin du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (2) 41 (3):
622-654.
MonnioT, C. 1972. Ascidies stolidobranches des Bermudes. Bulletin du Muséum National
d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (3) 57 (zool. 43): 617-643.
MonnioT, C. 1973. Redescription de six ascidies du golfe d’Elat récoltées par
H. Schuhmacher. J/srael Journal of Zoology 22: 51-62.
MOonnlioT, C. 1978. Ascidies phlébobranches et stolidobranches du sud de 1’Océan Indien.
Annales de I’Institut Océanographique, Paris 54 (2): 171-224.
MonnioTt, C. 1981. Apparition de l’ascidie Microcosmus exasperatus dans les ports
méditerranéens. Tethys 10 (1): 59-62.
MonnioT, C. 1987. Ascidies de Nouvelle Calédonie. IJ. Les genres Polycarpa et
Polyandrocarpa. Bulletin du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (4) 9A (2):
275-310.
MonnioT, C. 1988. Ascidies de Nouvelle Calédonie. IV. Styelidae (suite). Bulletin du
Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (4) 10A (2): 163-196.
MonnioT, C. 1991. Ascidies de Nouvelle Calédonie. X. Stolidobranches (suite). Bulletin
du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (4) 13 (1-2): 3-37.
MonnioT, C. 1994. Pyura lignosa (s.s.) a Pacific ascidian from Central America, with
descriptions of species confused under this name. Zoological Journal of the Linnean
Society 110: 41-51.
MonnioT, C. 1997. Les genres Archidistoma et Clavelina (Ascidiacea, Clavelinidae) dans
le canal du Mozambique. Zoosystema 19 (2-3): 193-209.
MonnlioT, C. & BITAR, G. 1983. Sur la présence de Pyura stolonifera (Tunicata,
Ascidiacea) a Ras Achaccar (cote nord atlantique marocaine). Comparaison anatomique
distinctive avec Pyura praeputialis. Bulletin de I’Institut scientifique Rabat 7: 83-91.
MonnlioT, C. & MonnioT, F. 1976a. Ascidies de la céte du Mozambique. Revue de
Zoologie Africaine 90: 357-392.
MonnioT, C. & MONNIoT, F. 1976b. Quelques ascidies bathyales et abyssales du sud-est
pam: Bulletin du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (3) Zoologie 269:
71-680.
MOonnioT, C. & MonnioT, F. 1983. Ascidies antarctiques et subantarctiques: morphologie
et biogéographie. Mémoires du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (A) 125:
168 pp., 7 Pl.
MonnioT, C. & MonnioT, F. 1987. Les Ascidies de Polynésie francaise. Mémoires du
Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (A) 136: 1-155.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 139
MonnlioT, C. & MoNNIOT, F. 1991. Tunicata: peuplements d’ascidies profondes en
Nouvelle-Calédonie. Diversité des stratégies adaptatives. In: CROSNIER, A. ed. Résultats
des campagnes MUSORSTOM 8. Mémoires du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle,
Paris (A) 151: 357-448.
MonnioT, C. & MOonnNiIoT, F. 1997. Records of Ascidians from Bahrain, Arabian Gulf with
three new species. Journal of Natural History 31: 1623-1643.
MonnioT, F. 1969. Sur une collection d’ascidies composées de Dakar. Bulletin du Muséum
National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (2) 41: 426-457.
MonnioT, F. 1978. Quelques Didemnidae et Polycitoridae (Ascidiacea) de Kerguelen.
Annales de |’Institut Océanographique, Paris 54 (2): 163-170.
MonnioT, F. 1983. Ascidies littorales de Guadeloupe. I. Didemnidae. Bulletin du Muséum
National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (4) 5A (1): 5-49.
MonnioT, F. 1987. Ascidies de Nouvelle-Calédonie. III. Polyclinidae du lagon. Bulletin
du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (4) 9A (3): 499-535.
MonnioT, F.’ 1989. Ascidies de Nouvelle-Calédonie VII. Les genres Atriolum et
Leptoclinides dans le lagon sud. Bulletin du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle,
Paris (4) 11A (4): 673-691.
MonnioT, F. 1990. Ascidies de Nouvelle-Calédonie. VIII. Le genre Trididemnum. Bulletin
du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (4) 12A (3-4): 517-529.
MonnioT, F. 1992. Ascidies de Nouvelle-Calédonie. XII. Le genre Lissoclinum
(Didemnidae) dans le lagon sud. Bulletin du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle,
Paris (4) 14A (3-4): 565-589.
MonnioT, F. 1994. Ascidies de Nouvelle Calédonie. XV. Le genre Didemnum
(Didemnidae). Bulletin du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris (4) 16A (2-4):
299-344.
MonnioT, F. 1998. An enigmatic filiform organism in the epicardium cavity of an ascidian
(Polycitoridae). Zoosystema 20 (3): 429-438.
MonnioT, F. & GAILL, F. 1978. Polyclinidae (Ascidiacea) du sud-ouest de l’ocean Indien.
Annales de |’Institut Océanographique, Paris 54 (2): 139-162.
MonnioT, F. & MonnioT, C. 1996. New collections of ascidians from the Western Pacific
and Southeastern Asia. Micronesica 2: 133-279.
MOoNnNnIoT, F. & MoNNiIoT, C. 1999. Ascidians collected in Tanzania. Journal of East
African Natural History 86: 1-35.
MonnioT, F. & MonniotT, C. 2001. Ascidians from the tropical western Pacific Ocean.
Zoosystema 23 (2): 201-383.
MULLER, O. F. 1776. Zoologiae Danicae Prodromus. Havniae: 224-226.
NISHIKAWA, T. 1990. The ascidians of the Japan Sea. I. Publications of the Seto Marine
Biological Laboratory 34: 73-148.
NISHIKAWA, T. 1991. The ascidians of the Japan sea. II. Publications of the Seto Marine
Biological Laboratory 35 (1-3): 25-170.
Oxa, A. 1929. Uber eine neue Hartmeyeria aus Japan. Proceedings of the Imperial
Academy, Japan 5: 351-353.
OKA, A. 1932. Ueber Psammobotrus purpureus n.g., n.sp., eine mit sand bedeckte
Botryllidae. Proceedings of the Imperial Academy, Japan 8: 102-104.
PALLAS, P. S. 1766. Elenchus zoophytorum: 352-357. Hagae comitum.
PERES, J. M. 1949. Contribution a l’étude des ascidies de la cote occidentale d’ Afrique.
Bulletin de l’Institut Fondamental d’Afrique Noire (A) 11 (1-2): 159-207.
PERES, J. M. 1951. Nouvelle contribution a l’étude des ascidies de la céte occidentale
d’Afrique Noire. Bulletin de l'Institut Francais d’Afrique Noire 13 (4): 1051-1071.
PLANTE, R. & VASSEUR, P. 1966. Sur une collection d’ascidies de la région de Tuléar (c6te
Sud-Ouest de Madagascar). Annales de l’Université de Madagascar 4: 143-152.
Quoy, J. & GAIMARD, J. P. 1834. Voyage de découvertes de ‘l’Astrolabe’. Zoologie, Paris,
1830-1834, 3: 559-626.
RHO, B. J. 1971. A study on the classification and distribution of the Korean ascidians.
Journal of Korean Research Institute for Better Living 6: 103-166.
RHO, B. J. & Hun, M.-K. 1984. A systematic study on the ascidians in Korea. Journal of
Korean Research Institute for Better Living 33: 99-136.
140 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
RHo, B. J. & LEE, J.-E. 1989. A systematic study on the ascidians from Cheju Island,
Korea. Korean Journal of Systematic Zoology 5: 59-76.
RITTER, W. E. 1901. Papers from Haniman Alaska expedition. XXIII. The ascidians.
Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sciences, 3: 225-266.
RITTER, W. E. 1903. The structure and affinities of Herdmania claviformis, the type of a
new genus and family of ascidians from the coast of California. Mark Anniversary
Volume 12: 237-262.
RITTER, W. E. 1913. The simple ascidians from the northeastern Pacific in the collection of
the United States National Museum. Proceedings of the United States National Museum
45: 427-505.
RocHA, R. M. & MonnioT, F. 1993. Didemnum rodriguesi sp. nov., a new didemnid
tunicate common to southern Brazil and New-Caledonia. Annales de 1’Institut
Océanographique 69 (2): 261-265.
RocHA, R. M. & MonnioT, F. 1995. Taxonomic and ecological notes on some Didemnum
species (Ascidiacea, Didemnidae) from Sao Sebastiao channel, south-eastern Brazil.
Revista Brasilieira de Biologia 55 (4): 639-649.
SAVIGNY, J. C. 1816. Mémoires sur les Animaux Sans Vertébres. Paris: 1-239.
SLUITER, C. P. 1885. Uber einige einfachen Ascidien von der Insel Billiton. Naturkunding
Tijdschrift Nederlandsch-Indie 45: 160-232.
SLUITER, C. P. 1890. Die Evertebraten aus der Sammlung des Koniglichen Naturwissen-
schattlichen Veriens in Nierderlandish Indien in Batavia. Zugleich eine Skizze der Fauna
des Java-Meeres mit Beschreibung der neuen Arten. Ascidiae simplices. Naturkunding
Tijdschrift Nederlandsch-Indie 50: 329-348.
SLUITER, C. P. 1895. Tunicaten. Jn: SEMON, R. Zoologische Forschungsreisen in
Australien und den malagischen Archipel. Denkschriften der medecinischnatur-
wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft zu Jena 8: 163-186. |
SLUITER, C. P. 1898a. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Fauna von Sidafrica. II. Tunicaten.
Zoologische Jahrbticher. (Systematik) 11: 1-64.
SLUITER, C. P. 18985. Tuniciers recueillis en 1896 par la ‘Chazalie’ dans la mer des
Antilles. Mémoires de la société zoologique de France 11: 5-34.
SLUITER, C. P. 1900. Berichtigung tber eine Synstyela-Art (S. michaelseni n. sp.).
Zoologische Anzeiger 23: 110.
SLUITER, C. P. 1904. Die Tunicaten der Siboga-Expedition I. Die socialen und holosomen
Ascidien. Siboga Expedition 56A: 1-139.
SLUITER, C. P. 1905. Tuniciers recueillis en 1904 par M. Ch. Gravier dans le golfe de
Tadjourah (Somalie francaise). Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France 18: 5-21.
SLUITER, C. P. 1906. Tuniciers. In: Expedition Antarctique Francaise 6: 1-48.
SLUITER, C. P. 1909. Die Tunicaten der Siboga-Expedition. II. Die merosomen Ascidien.
Siboga Expeditie 56A: 1-112.
STEBBING, T. T. R. 1902. South African Crustacea. Marine Investigations in South Africa,
Cape Town 1: 14-66.
STIMPSON, W. 1852. Several new ascidians from the coast of the United States.
Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 4: 228-232.
STIMPSON, W. 1855. Tunicata. Jn: Descriptions of some new marine Invertebrata.
Proceeding of the Academy of Natural Sciences Philadelphia 7: 385-394.
TOKIOKA, T. 1949. Contributions to the Japanese ascidian fauna. I. Ascidians collected by
Prof. Miyadi and Mr. Masui during the bottom survey 1939-40. Publications of the
Seto Marine Biological Laboratory 1 (1): 1-17.
TOKIOKA, T. 1953. Ascidians of Sagami Bay. Tokyo: Iwanami Shoten: 1-313.
TOKIOKA, T. 1954. Invertebrate fauna of the intertidal zone of the Tokara Islands. VII.
Ascidians. Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory 3 (2): 239-264.
TOKIOKA, T. 1958. Contridutions to Japanese ascidian fauna. XII. Sporadic memoranda
(3). Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory 6 (3): 313-325.
TOKIOKA, T. 1967. Pacific Tunicata of the United States National Museum. Bulletin of the
United States National Museum 251: 1-242.
TRAUSTEDT, M. P. A. 1882. Vestinduke Ascidiae simplices I abt; Phallusiadae.
Videnskabelige meddelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening: 1-32.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS 141
TRAUSTEDT, M. P. A. & WELTNER, W. 1894. Bericht tber von Hern Dr. Sande
zesemmelten Tunicaten. Archiv fur naturgeschichte Berlin 60 (1): 10-14.
TuRON, X. 1988. Some ascidians from Namibia (SW Africa). Monografia de Zoologia
Marina 3: 267-291.
VAN Name, W. G. 1902. The ascidians of the Bermuda Islands. Transactions of the
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences 11: 325-412.
VAN NAME, W. G. 1921. Ascidians of the West Indian region and southeastern United
States. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 44: 283-494.
VAN NAME, W. G. 1945. The north and south American ascidians. Bulletin of the American
Museum of Natural History New York 84: 1-476.
VASSEUR, P. 1967. Contribution a 1’étude des ascidies de l’ile Maurice (archipel des
Mascareignes, océan Indien). Recueil des Travaux de la Station marine d’Endoume
suppl. 6: 101-139.
VASSEUR, P. 1968. Deuxieme contribution a l’étude des ascidies de Madagascar région de
Tulear. Bulletin du Muséum National d Histoire Naturelle Paris (2) 40 (5): 912-923.
ZANIOLO, G., MANNI, L., BRUNETTI, R. & BURIGHEL, P. 1998. Brood pouch differentiation
in Botrylloides violaceus, a viviparous ascidian (Tunicata). Jnvertebrate Reproduction
and Development 33 (1): 11-23.
t
an
rrge)
}
Lie
6. SYSTEMATIC papers must conform to the /nternational code of zoological nomenclature
(particularly Articles 22 and 51).
Names of new taxa, combinations, synonyms, etc., when used for the first time, must be followed
by the appropriate Latin (not English) abbreviation, e.g. gen. nov., sp. nov., comb. nov., syn. nov.,
etc. The name of the taxon should be followed, without intervening punctuation, by the author’s name
(not abbreviated) and the year of publication; a comma must separate author’s name and year. The
author’s name and date must be placed in parentheses if a species or subspecies is transferred from its
original genus. The name of a subsequent user of a scientific name must be separated from the
scientific name by a colon.
Synonymy arrangement should be either according to chronology of names, i.e. all published
scientific names by which the species previously has been designated are listed in chronological order,
with all references to that name following in chronological order (see example 1), or according to
chronology of bibliographic references, whereby the year is placed in front of each entry, and the
synonym repeated in full for each entry (see example 2). The author should adopt one style or the
other throughout a paper.
Family Nuculanidae
Nuculana (Lembulus) bicuspidata (Gould, 1845)
Figs 14-15A
Example 1
Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, 1845: 37.
Leda plicifera A. Adams, 1856: 50.
Laeda bicuspidata (Gould) Hanley, 1859: 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73). Sowerby, 1871, pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
Nucula largillierti Philippi, 1861: 87.
Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Nicklés, 1950: 163, fig. 301; 1955: 110. Barnard, 1964: 234, figs 8-9.
Note punctuation in the above example: comma separates author’s name and year; semicolon separates more than
one reference by the same author; full stop separates references by different authors; figures of plates are enclosed in
parentheses to distinguish them from text-figures; dash, not comma, separates consecutive numbers.
Example 2
1845 Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, p. 37.
1856 Leda plicifera A. Adams, p. 50.
1859 Laeda bicuspidata (Gould) Hanley, p. 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73).
1861 Nucula largillierti Philippi, p. 87.
1871 Laeda bicuspidata (Gould): Sowerby, pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
1950 Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Nickleés, p. 163, fig. 301.
1955 Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Nicklés, p. 110.
1964 Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Barnard, p. 234, figs 8-9.
In describing new species, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other specimens
mentioned in the original description are to be designated allotype (if applicable) and/or paratypes;
additional material not regarded as paratypes should be listed separately. The complete data
(registration number, depository, description of specimen, locality, collector, date) of the holotype
and paratypes must be recorded, e.g.:
Holotype. SAM-A13535 in the South African Museum, Cape Town. Adult female from mid-tide region, King’s
Beach, Port Elizabeth (33°51’S 25°39’E), collected by A. Smith, 15 January 1973.
Note standard form of writing South African Museum registration numbers and date.
7. SPECIAL HOUSE RULES
Capital initial letters
(a) The Figures, Maps and Tables of the paper when referred to in the text, e.g. ‘. . . the Figure depicting
C. namacolus ...’, or ‘. . . in C. namacolus (Fig. 10). . .’
(b) The prefixes of prefixed surnames in all languages, when used in the text, if not preceded by initials or full
names: e.g. Du Toit, but A. L. du Toit; Von Huene, but F. von Huene
(c) Scientific names, but not their vernacular derivatives e.g. Therocephalia, but therocephalian
Punctuation should be loose, omitting all not strictly necessary. Reference to the author should
preferably be expressed in the third person. Roman numerals should be converted to arabic, except
when forming part of the title of a book or article, e.g. ‘Revision of the Crustacea. Part VIII.
Amphipoda.’. A specific name must not stand alone, but be preceded by the generic name or its
abbreviation to initial capital letter (except at the beginning of a sentence or paragraph), provided the
same generic name is used consecutively. The name of new genus or species should not be included
in the title; it should be included in the abstract, counter to Recommendation 23 of the Code, to meet
the requirements of Biological Abstracts.
8. GENERAL. Once referees’ reports have been received by the editor, these will be discussed by the
editorial committee. If the paper is considered acceptable after minor or major revision, the reports
will be forwarded to the author who must then thoroughly revise in accordance with the referees’
suggestions. Final acceptance of the revised manuscript will be considered by the editorial committee.
In the case of major revision being necessary, the committee reserves the right to consult one or more
referees regarding the revised manuscript.
TT,
3 9088 01206 7237 |
CLAUDE MONNIOT, FRANCOISE MONNIOT
CHARLES L. GRIFFITHS
&
MICHAEL SCHLEYER
SOUTH AFRICAN ASCIDIANS
E SOUTH AFRICAN
a MUSEUM
CAPE ‘TOWN
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
1. MATERIAL should be original and not published elsewhere, in whole or in part.
2. LAYOUT should be as follows:
(a) Centred masthead to consist of: title: informative but concise, without abbreviations and not including the names of
new genera or species; Author’s(s’) name(s); address(es) of author(s) (institution where work was carried out);
number of illustrations and tables
(b) Abstract of not more than 200 words, intelligible to the reader without reference to the text
(c) Table of contents giving hierarchy of headings and subheadings
(d) Introduction
(e) Subject matter of the paper, divided into sections to correspond with those given in table of contents
(f) Summary (if paper is lengthy)
(g) Acknowledgments
(h) References
(i) Abbreviations, where these are numerous.
3. MANUSCRIPT should be typed, double spaced with adequate margins. Four copies should be
provided. First lines of paragraphs should be indented. Tables and a list of figure captions should be
typed separately, their positions indicated in the text. All pages should be numbered consecutively.
Major headings of the paper are centred capitals; first subheadings are centred small capitals;
second subheadings are shouldered small capitals; third subheadings are shouldered italics; fourth sub-
headings are indented, shouldered italics. Further subdivisions should be avoided, as also enumeration
(never roman numerals) of headings and abbreviations. Footnotes should be avoided unless they are
short and essential. All generic and specific names should be underlined or italicized.
4, ILLUSTRATIONS should be reducible to a size not exceeding 12.5 x 18.5 cm (19.5 cm including
caption); the reduction or enlargement required should be indicated in pencil on the reverse of the
figure; originals larger than 36 x 48 cm should not be submitted; photographs should be rectangular
in shape and final size. The size of illustrated objects may be indicated by a metric scale on the figure
(if appropriate), or the enlargement or reduction should be given in the caption; if the latter, then the
final reduction or enlargement should be taken into consideration.
All illustrations, whether line drawings or photographs, should be termed figures (plates are not
printed; half-tones will appear in their proper place in the text) and numbered in a single series. Items
of composite figures should be designated by capital letters; labelling on all figures should be non-serif
lettering (e.g. Helvetica, Univers) of uniform style, in lower-case whenever possible, and of appropri-
ate size taking into account the final size. The number of the figure should be lightly marked in pencil
on the back of each illustration, together with an indication of the desired reduction or enlargement.
5. REFERENCES cited in text and synonymies should all be included in the list at the end of the
paper, using the Harvard System (ibid., idem, loc. cit., op. cit. are not acceptable):
(a) Author’s name and year of publication given in text, e.g.:
‘Smith (1969) described. . .’
‘Smith (1969: 36, fig. 16) described...’
‘As described (Smith 1969a, 1969b; Jones 1971)’
‘As described (Haughton & Broom 1927)...’
‘As described (Haughton ef al. 1927)...’
Note: no comma separating name and year; pagination indicated by colon, not p. (except in synonymies, see
example 2); names of joint authors connected by ampersand; ef al. in text for more than two joint authors, but names
of all authors given in list of references.
(b)Full references at the end of the paper, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologically within
each name, with suffixes a, b, etc., to the year for more than one paper by the same author in
that year, e.g. Smith (1969a, 1969b) and not Smith (1969, 1969a).
For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.
For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (according to the World list of scientific periodicals.
4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses, volume number, part number in parentheses (if pagination
discontinuous), pagination (first and last pages of article).
Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)
BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.
FISCHER, P. H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de la vitalité des mollusques. Journal de conchyliologie 88:
100-140.
FISCHER, P. H., DUVAL, M. & RAFFY, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines.
Archives de zoologie expérimentale et générale 74: 627-634.
KOHN, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region of Ceylon.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History (13) 2: 309-320.
KOHN, A. J. 1960b. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the Indian Ocean.
Bulletin of the Bingham Oceanographic Collection, Yale University 17 (4): 1-51.
THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca. B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. In; SCHULTZE, L. Zoologische
und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungreise im westlichen und zentralen Siid Afrika ausgefihrt in den
Jahren 1903-1905 4 (15). Denkschriften der medizinisch-naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft zu Jena 16:
269-270.
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Volume 108 Band
December 2001 Desember
Part Zz Deel
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE
WINTER RAINFALL AREA
OF SOUTH AFRICA
(MELITTIDAE, REDIVIVA)
By
V. B. WHITEHEAD
&
K. E. STEINER
The South African Museum forms part of Iziko Museums of Cape Town
The Annals of the South African Museum publishes original research articles,
revisions and review articles in anthropology, archaeology, palaeontology,
geology, entomology, herpetology, ornithology, and marine and freshwater
biology.
In order to be considered for publication, manuscripts should deal, at least in —
part, with material from the collections of the South African Museum. Other
contributions are also considered provided at least one of the authors is a staff
member of the Museum. In the case of descriptions of new species not already
part of the Museum's collections, the holotype and, if possible, part of the
paratype series must be deposited in the South African Museum. Authors whose
contributions do not meet with these criteria should contact the Editorial*
Committee prior to final preparation and submission of their manuscript.
All articles are refereed by three referees of international standing. Each paper
accepted is published as a separate part at irregular intervals as material becomes
available; parts are priced individually.
Editorial committee
Dr P. A. Hulley (Chairman) Dr H. C. Klinger Elizabeth Louw (Editor)
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Publisher: South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town 8000 South Africa
Please direct enquiries (including copyright) and manuscripts to the Editor.
Please direct orders and subscriptions to the Publications Office.
BACK COPIES
Orders for back copies of the journal are welcome. For a full list of papers published
since 1898, please write to the above address or visit our web-site:
http://nv1.samuseum.ac.za/collect/infosci/pub/prclist.htm
OUT OF PRINT
1, 201-3, 5-9), 30122, 4=5, 728) t.-p.it), 4), 5-5, 7-9), 62a emma
71-4), 8, 9(1-2, 7), 10(1-3), 11(1-2, 5, 7, t.-p.i.), 14(1-4), 15(4-5),
24(2-3, 5), 27, 30(5), 31(1-3), 32(5), 33, 36(2), 43(1), 44(7), 45(1), 49,
67(5, 11), 77(7), 84(2), 93(3), 100(1)
ISBN 0 86813 181 4
Printed and bound by Mills Litho, Maitland, Cape Town
@)
Fig. 1. Female oil-collecting bees of the winter rainfall area of southern Africa. Body length
in brackets. A. Rediviva albifasciata (10.2 mm). B. Rediviva aurata sp. nov. (11.2 mm).
C. Rediviva parva (12.8 mm). D. Rediviva ruficornis sp. nov. (11.1 mm). E. Rediviva bicava sp.
nov. (10.0 mm). F. Rediviva intermixta (11.2 mm). G. Rediviva intermedia sp. nov. (12.1 mm).
H. Rediviva alonsoae (10.9 mm).
@)
Fig. 2. Female oil-collecting bees of the winter rainfall area of southern Africa. Body length
in brackets. A. Rediviva nitida sp. nov. (12.1 mm). B. Rediviva micheneri sp. nov. (11.2 mm).
C. Rediviva peringueyi (12.0). D. Rediviva macgregori sp. nov. (12.0 mm). E. Rediviva
longimanus (13.9 mm). F. Rediviva emdeorum (13.5 mm). G. Rediviva gigas (dark-haired form)
(16.2 mm). H. Rediviva gigas (light-haired form) (15.0 mm).
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
OF SOUTH AFRICA (MELITTIDAE, REDIVIVA)
By
V.B. WHITEHEAD
Life Sciences Division, South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town
&
K. E. STEINER
Compton Herbarium, National Botanic Institute, Kirstenbosch, Claremont*
(With 64 figures and 1 table)
[MS accepted 7 September 2000]
ABSTRACT
The species of Rediviva (Apoidea, Melittidae) occurring in the winter rainfall region of
South Africa are reviewed. Fifteen species are recognized, with nine described as new. The
new species include R. bicava, R. intermedia, R. macgregori, R. micheneri, R. ruficornis,
R. aurata, R. parva, R. alonsoae and R. nitida. The six known species, R. gigas Whitehead
& Steiner, R. albifasciata Whitehead & Steiner, R. intermixta (Cockerell), R. emdeorum
Vogel & Michener, R. Jongimanus Michener and R. peringueyi (Friese), are redescribed.
Distribution and host plants are given for all species and a key to males and females is
presented. Mouth-parts, wings and male terminalia as well as front and hind legs of females
are illustrated. Location of types is given and a lectotype for R. peringueyi, type species of
the genus, is designated.
CONTENTS
PAGE
WUECCUGED 5c cesuasy Sede e eee aoe See ae Once ate eae oe en ee ee ee 144
LLELUTTLE sococtddodec SOOO oN RBEE CBO DSUECS On OBC DOS SEC UES Cece ne aan nena emer nates ee 146
LE ID SUSSIE® cone anSecdoctelgeeng tel sen Me aes eri GAe tis one ear nian ce on an nea a 148
eA TES PPE cies eos cen Fe we case Gee se See ede weve adsby Usados descawsbcvceheessvesulass 151
ECU EVAR OLCOS NV NICH CAC TGCISLCINED a2). 5. oaets 02 oacc52a052.50 2 Ries Soe echacosecn sacs tecssen es 151
CAVE CUIECAV ORS ENON EC oe Pen Cane aon nee) eo shee ect ona dels Seok chen ea gdek toes end heats 159
RR COUVIV REIT CITB COILS ON arr aaaeee RARE aaa = Hota aha ook shimanedne.ceanle denlons saehis doanveseee dhe 167
mCAR IVA aIDIGSClata Whitehead’ S& StCIMED dose. ccecessode obese voces sdee cess veessesacccanns 73
CONTIG OTL LD (COO SCI) San ones eaie ean ee 179
CHIVIV AG CINACORUTIN OPC) GEANTICHENEE: «fas. cass vee se ehh wete dole es Slee sai und Rhee 188
EAI OS) ON OLIN CUS SNITCH Cex 2a< SE as 48 Ise Saalek oko he seo? hada Saoae «0 tele nad cebaue'se 196
EID HDC RI OROUE SOS WON Te CRBC De O RCo eR COURT SORE nee a eee 203
Nae EULA CHICTLCT IES | MUON Ege fe 8 cheer taisars ana cet chats ws Scien Pacelehing ba ke ea loess mash exesiae’s PIP
[DEIN INI! PUG DIATIIS SUNOS ARES A ea Beene ee ge eS 219
EG OSANID CLITLD. SDS WO sri CSB SAE OS SE OO RSEE STE ee 224
CAM ION CHIN OUCY Ia (eiteSe al ON) is Pence scree ees oe jd 8 sec lence seeks ane enteseeese:s 251
i BEEN IIE, [OIA © Din TO ee Se see aN ea ere ee Zs)
eA VAR OMSOUCIS YA MOV tg see Sone otk Peeiae es ease wes abso ohs oh als heeds Sek Shade ahs Sede sees 247
ECORV EY ILTIOCESD MON ets 2 earn SA AE aoe os BoE sna SRA PA hs LS 254
* Present address: California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
143
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 108 (2), 2001: 143-277, 64 figs, 1 table, appendix.
144 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Acknowledgements: <.scae. sock. dus viteun 6 cnaes be Ramu pieein da oats reed eee docs cries ee eee ee eee 263
REPETENCES: <..... Sass gee tances oiias «winged Sa Pie wiawicielnnee Cemem nmeaiieme ties nee meen ote ee eee 264
Appendix 1. Oil, nectar and pollen host plants of Rediviva species of the winter rainfall
AVOA § oaias j couiswccsiors erhine coisas haldie sia fast ocne:dselg ba, we bye siege dlsiee-es or ous eRe REE Re a 267
INTRODUCTION
It has long been known that solitary bees visit flowers to collect pollen and
nectar to use as a food source for their developing larvae. However, it was only
relatively recently discovered that some solitary bees collected non-volatile
floral oils as an additional food source for the nest (Vogel 1969, 1971).
Although it has been suggested that these oils can serve both a nutritive and
non-nutritive function (i.e. nest cell construction) (Cane et al. 1983), it seems
likely that their role as an energy-rich food supplement is far more important
than their role as construction material precursors for the nest cell lining
(Simpson & Neff 1989, 1983; Vinson et al. 1997).
It was originally thought that oil collection occurred only among New World
members of the former Anthophoridae (i.e. eight genera in the tribes Centridini,
Examalopsini and Tertapedini) (Vogel 1974), but subsequent studies have
revealed that oil collection occurs in two additional groups of bees, the
Ctenoplectrini (formerly Ctenoplectridae) and Melittidae (Vogel 1976, 1981,
1984, 1990; Whitehead er al. 1984). Ctenoplectra, an Old World genus
formerly placed in its own family and considered to be the sister group to all
long-tongued bees, is now placed in a tribe nested within the Apinae, is more
closely related to the New World oil-collecting bees (Roig-Alsina & Michener
1993). The Melittidae are more distantly related, being basal to all long-tongued
bees (Roig-Alsina & Michener 1993). This indicates that oil-collection in the
Melittidae must have evolved independently of oil-collection in the Apinae. Oil-
collection in the Melittidae is known from two genera, the Holarctic Macropis
and the southern African Rediviva. Relationships within the Melittidae are not
well known, but the similarities that suggest a close relationship between
Rediviva and Macropis are probably the result of convergent adaptation to oil-
collecting rather than any true phylogenetic affinity (Michener 1981). If this is
the case then oil collection has evolved twice within the Melittidae.
The genus Rediviva consists of approximately 24 species restricted to South
Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland, although, based on the distribution of oil-
secreting host plants, it probably extends east to Mocambique and possibly as
far north as Tanzania (Steiner & Whitehead, unpubl.). In southern Africa, there
are two centres of diversity, a summer rainfall, mostly Drakensberg centre and
a winter rainfall western Cape centre. The greatest number of species and
morphological diversity occurs in the winter rainfall zone. When we began our
studies there were four recognized Rediviva species in this area: R. intermixta
(Cockerell), R. peringueyi (Friese), R. longimanus Michener and R. emdeorum
Vogel & Michener. We subsequently described two additional species,
R. albifasciata and R. gigas (Whitehead & Steiner 1993, 1994). The purpose of
this paper is to describe the remaining nine new species and to redescribe the
remaining six species, four of which were described from one sex only,
R. longimanus (female only), R. emdeorum (female only), R. peringueyi (female
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 145
only) and R. intermixta (male only). We also provide the first comprehensive
information on their host plants and geographical distribution.
History of Rediviva
In 1911, Friese described Andrena (Rediviva) peringueyi from the Cape
Colony, South Africa, but had some doubts about its placement; in a footnote he
mentioned that it might fit better in Melitta or Dasypoda. Cockerell (1931)
raised Rediviva to generic level and included two species, R. peringueyi and
R. neliana. However, he still considered Rediviva to belong in the family
Andrenidae. It was 50 years later that Michener (1981) moved Rediviva to the
family Melittidae, subfamily Melittinae, together with Macropis, Dolichochile,
Redivivoides and Melitta. Macropis is separated by having two submarginal
cells in the front wing, males with yellow face-markings, a conspicuous
pygideal plate and S8 that is not broadened distally. Dolichochile has reduced
maxillary palps and flat blade-like mandibles in females. Melitta has a well-
defined propodeal triangle with a granulate surface, a second submarginal cell
that is wider than long and the male with the seventh metasomal sternum as a
large plate with reduced lobes. Rediviva and Redivivoides have a small, less
well-defined propodeal triangle with shallow punctures and a shiny surface and
a second submarginal cell that is longer than wide. Rediviva differs in that the
hind legs of females have both tibia and basitarsus broad, with fine scopal hairs
on the outer surface and foretarsus with dense short vestiture. The hind tibia
and basitarsus of Redivivoides are slender and the scopal hairs on the outer
surface consist of simple bristles; the anterior tarsus is ordinary.
Oil-secreting plants and oil-collecting bees in southern Africa
Stefan Vogel (1969, 1974) was the first to discover the relationship
between oil-secreting flowers and oil-collecting bees. Although most of the
information he presented pertained to plants and bees from South America, he
realized that at least two South African genera, Diascia and Bowkeria, also
secreted oil. He was unable, however, to verify that these genera were
pollinated by oil-collecting bees and was unaware of which bees might be
involved in the interaction. Working independently on the taxonomy of melittid
bees, Michener (1981) noticed that bees in the genus Rediviva had modified
hairs on the forelegs similar to those of Macropis, a known oil-collector from
northern temperate regions of Europe and North America (Vogel 1976; Cane er
al. 1983; Simpson et al. 1983). He suggested that the unusually elongated
forelegs of Rediviva longimanus, a bee from the Western Cape Province, might
represent an adaptation to the collection of oil from some specific flower. He
was apparently unaware that Diascia, with its long, paired, oil-containing spurs
was a likely potential host for this bee. It was left to Whitehead ef al. (1984) to
demonstrate the association between Rediviva longimanus and a new long-
spurred species of Diascia (incorrectly identified as D. longicornis (Thunb.)
Druce (Steiner, unpubl.)). In the same period, Vogel (1984), Vogel & Michener
(1985), described a new long-legged Rediviva, R. emdeorum, from
Namaqualand that was collected on a long-spurred Diascia tanyceras E. Mey ex
Benth. (incorrectly identified as D. longicornis (Steiner, unpubl.)). Also in
146 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
1984, Hilliard & Burtt reported the association of a Rediviva species with
Diascia anastrepta in the Natal Drakensberg. Manning & Brothers (1986)
discovered that Bowkeria verticillata was also pollinated by a Rediviva species,
R. rufocincta and discussed the association of R. politissima with several
Diascia species and nectar plants. A more complete analysis of the relationship
between Diascia species from the Drakensberg mountains was provided by
Steiner & Whitehead (1988). They determined that the co-occurring and
synchronously flowering Diascia species often used the same Rediviva without
incurring reproductive interference by placing pollen on different parts of the
bee’s body. Steiner (1990) presented evidence to show that the yellow
translucent region at the base of the upper lip of the Diascia corolla functioned
as an orientation cue for its Rediviva pollinators, while the strong correlation
between Rediviva foreleg length and Diascia spur length was detailed for R.
neliana and R. pallidula at about the same time (Steiner & Whitehead 1990,
1991). A major advance in knowledge about oil-secreting plants and their
pollinators resulted when it was discovered that several orchid genera in South
Africa secrete oil and are pollinated by Rediviva bees (Steiner 1987, 1989,
1993). More recently, we have explored the reproductive consequences for
plants dependent on oil-collecting bees for potinduion (Steiner 1993; Steiner &
Whitehead 1996).
METHODS
Measurements
Measurements were made with a calibrated eye-piece graticule, using a
dissecting microscope. Where more than one specimen was measured, means
are given with the range in brackets.
Forelegs were removed from dried specimens and mounted on card.
Segments were measured individually except for the tarsus where
tarsomeres 2-5 were considered as a single unit separate from the basitarsus.
Leg length is expressed as the sum of the individual segments (Steiner &
Whitehead 1990). Foreleg length is a good diagnostic character for winter
rainfall bees but is difficult to measure on pinned specimens. However the sum
of the lengths of foretibia and forebasitarsus of females, strongly correlates with
overall leg length and is easier to measure. Both measurements are given in
descriptions and in the key to the species.
Body length was considered to be the distance from the anterior ocellus to
the tip of the metasoma. This measurement was shown to correlate well with
body mass (Steiner & Whitehead 1990). Forewings were measured from the
outer edge of the tegula to the wing tip.
Dissection
Male genitalia and associated sterna are more easily removed from fresh
specimens, but when these were not available dried material was relaxed for at
least two days before removal. The desired parts were extracted with the bent
tip of a fine needle and placed overnight in cold 10 per cent KOH after which
they were rinsed in acidified water then pure water and dehydrated in 80 per
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 147
cent ethyl alcohol. The dissected parts were viewed and drawn in glycerol and
stored in the same material in microvials attached to the relevant pinned
specimen.
The shape of the terminal expanded part of S8 of males (apical plate) is
diagnostic and may be distorted by KOH treatment and subsequent storage in
glycerol. It is best restored by placing in 80 per cent ethyl alcohol for
15 minutes to remove the glycerol and dried under a desk lamp for the same
period. In freshly killed or relaxed specimens S7 and S8 can be partially
extracted so that the apical plate of S8 remains visible on the pinned specimen.
Terms used for the various structures are those of Michener (1944, 1981),
Winston (1979), Michener & Greenberg (1980) and Roberts & Brooks (1987)
with the exception that we have numbered the foretarsomeres (basitarsus plus 2,
3, 4, 5) to be able to distinguish those adapted for oil collection. The distal,
expanded portion of S8 of males is termed the apical plate. Where both dorsal
and ventral aspects are illustrated in the same composite figure, the dorsal view
is placed on the left.
Type material
Holotype, allotype and other paratypes of new species are deposited in the
Entomology collection of the Life Sciences Division of the South African
Museum, Cape Town. Holotype and allotype have specific accession numbers;
paratypes have collection batch numbers with an alphabetical suffix to indicate
individuals.
The primary types of the previously known species were examined and their
place of deposition noted.
Abbreviations and descriptive terms used for surface structure
The letters S or T with a numerical suffix indicate respectively a specific
sternum or tergum of the metasoma. L: W is the length to width ratio of the
malar space and FL: B is the foreleg to body ratio. The sum of the foretibia and
forebasitarsus is abbreviated to Ft+bt. The designation of the various sclerites
at the base of the labium are: c for cardo, f for fragmentum of the prementum, |
for lorum, m for mentum, p for prementum and s for stipes.
Descriptive terms for surface sculpturing follow those of Harris (1979) and
are as follows:
coriaceous—leather-like in texture, with minute cracks like the human skin
costulate—with fine longitudinal ridges or lines.
crenulate—margin finely notched with small rounded teeth.
strigate—having narrow transverse lines
Geographic locations
Collection localities have been given using a degree reference system that is
a modification of the latitude-longitude system used for many years by
zoologists and cartographers in South Africa (Edwards & Leistner 1971). The
basic unit is a one-degree square of latitude and longitude which is sub-divided
into half-degree squares labelled A, B, C and D from left to right and top to
bottom. Each half-degree square is further divided into quarter-degree squares
148 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
and again numbered A, B, C and D. The locality is designated by the degree of
latitude and longitude in the north-west or top left-hand corner and by a town or
other feature of importance in the square and by the appropriate letter in the
half- and quarter-degree squares.
Names of collectors
Most of the material examined was collected by the authors and Mrs M.
Cochrane (née MacPherson), collections manager of the insect collection at the
South African Museum. The collectors name has been given in full for
holotypes and allotypes but for other material has been abbreviated: VBW for
V.B. Whitehead, KES for K. E. Steiner and MM for Margie MacPherson. The
names of occasional collectors have been given in full.
KEY TO THE OIL-COLLECTING BEES (MELITTIDAE: REDIVIVA)
OF THE WINTER RAINFALL REGION
1A. Antenna with 10 flagellar segments (females) .................... uae je
IB: Antenna with I! flagellar segments (males)... 0.00.) t.) 22s eee 16
2Aw Mandible tridentate: ....casod seamen = een oe R. gigas Whitehead & Steiner
2B. Mandible bidentates.2...20.00. 40 idles. ds cade (ba ee 3
3A. Hind basitarsus with small shiny scale-like projection on distal dorsal
ANGIE ol see ccccweseccec ease seeesctensdccceaeedeeec tens sinetcess st tte eas 4
3B. Hind basitarsus with no scale-like projection on distal dorsal angle ...... af
4A. - Front coxa with apical hairy spine ..22.....0.........0.0.002-0 eee eee eee 3)
4B. Front coxa without apical hairy spine ..........:. 0222. 4.--:008e ee eee 6
5A. lLabrum reddish-brown with shallow depression either side of midline,
apicalomanrcimpanSulate weer eeceeee eee aeee eee R. bicava sp. nov.
5B. Labrum black shiny with median depression, apical margin straight .......
soalbibasuaxs Ropsveps stirs 2 ca Gee tas ope ca ere neta alec Arla acre TSE RON ae R. intermedia sp. nov.
6A. Metasoma with white apical hair bands on T1 to T4, fimbriae of T5
brown. Scale on distal dorsal angle of hind basitarsus small and not
always readily discernible. Front basitarsus straight in side view ...........
DORN Ee RAAT RER Sea sn AN tics cor R. albifasciata Whitehead & Steiner
6B. Metasoma with straw-coloured to light brown diffuse apical hair bands on
T2 to T4, fimbriae of TS of similar colour. Scale on distal dorsal angle of
hind basitarsus large and conspicuous. Front basitarsus curved in side
VICW op nid vecctiehds co oaene SAeeee ee ge eee eee R. intermixta Cockerell
7A. Forelegs attenuate, length of foretibia plus forebasitarsus greater than
5 mm (total length of foreleg greater than 14 mm) .........................5. os
7B. Forelegs short, length of front tibia plus basitarsus less than 5 mm (total
length of foreleg less than 13 mm) \<.0..-22-2.42--¢ oaqe-m 2cs> eee 11
8A.
8B.
9A.
OB.
10A.
10B.
11A.
11B.
12A.
12B.
13A.
13B.
14A.
14B.
LSA:
ISB.
16A.
16B.
17A.
17B.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 149
Metasomal terga with variable areas of black and light brown integument
ete ats Sea Me sik srstererdllsiaiare apoio 7 ores, R. emdeorum Vogel & Michener
Metasomalitenza withyentirely black integument 2. .:22.2)..222.22.0s.t55.----- 9
Body pubescence piceous to black, wings dusky, hairs on front, mid and
hind tibia and tarsus and on fimbriae of T6 brown ......................000008:
~coclvoolntld CBRE RL ON RREL Heo Toms Sart Mean far 2 ar ae R. longimanus Michener
Bubescence straw-coloured to light DrOWM +25.....-....--.2-.-++-s-e- oe ee 10
Metasomal terga T2-T4, with distinct apical hair bands ..................: ve
» 00D COLES SEEE ee ene eee Boe oee tee ities ee ake MUACETECLOIT Sp: NOV.
Metasomal terga without definite hair bands ....... R. micheneri sp. nov.
rant coxaswith hairy apicalispine: ~).2.2..22secees Pade eae hie na eee cass. 12
ERONUCOXa LACKINEeApICAl SPINE ...... 25520 -sacoise sretaiece oder sects chee ek sek eens 13
BNE SCONCE DIAC Kar tert cree. saris sacedacscclears Semone R. ruficornis sp. nov.
Pubescence pale straw-coloured, golden brown on clypeus and
SUPA DC AIAN CAs tase Wane sis once Se-rs me osreinn ee name smasiecras R. aurata sp. nov.
Scutum with surface between punctures on disc granular, dull ..............
OO ERE s ee ANSON. Fic de DAS i Wan view dade laanacte R. peringueyi (Friese)
Scutum with surface between punctures on disc shiny, smooth ......... 14
Tarsomeres 2-4 of front leg and 2-3 of middle leg with dense p!lumose
MMC COM CCUM MAITS 9.06 02 o5s 2 2s.c2 e080 co aoa sis oe'e'se nace eelss'es R. parva sp. nov.
Tarsi of front legs only with dense plumose oil-collecting hairs ........ LS
Front legs with dense oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2-4 only.
Metasoma with distinct straw-coloured apical hair bands on T2 to T4,
short suberect straw-coloured hairs on basal two-thirds of T2-T3, T4
with some black hairs on basal two-thirds. Fimbriae of TS black basally,
brown apically, of 16 dark brown ...............5:..4- R. alonsoae sp. nov.
Front legs with oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2-5. Metasoma black
and shiny, no distinct apical hair bands. T2-T3 covered with sparse light
brown pile, some black hairs basally on T4. Fimbriae of T5-T6 light
[SAORWID, och 86de tee SCOCco COE aaa ee eA Par R. nitida sp. nov.
Distal expanded part of S8 (apical plate) with apical margin straight,
slightly concave or at most with shallow emarginations (Figs 63A-F,
EO ENE ees 1S eas Rei AUD JanUN a vb aandlok sean cmete dod eiade ss ty
Apical plate of S8 with distal margin evenly rounded (Figs 63G-H,
64A-B, D) or with deep median emargination on distal margin, dorsal
Surface concave oMmat(is. O4E-G) 6... Ace RR... jap
Distal margin of apical plate of S8 entire, straight or slightly concave
(CET (CSAC) WAR Sy aR een eee tere ens ene ene reer ee 18
Distal margin of apical plate of S8 with one to three shallow
emarsinations (rigs 6SB=E.i64C) 2025.00 I8 i EA Re ie 19
150
18A.
18B.
19A.
19B.
20A.
20B.
21A.
Ze
22A.
22B.
23A.
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
T2-T5 of metasoma with white ducumbent apical hair bands, fimbriae of
T6 light brown to white, some black hairs basally, fimbriae of T7 light
brown, hind tibia light brown, darker central spot on anterior surface.
Small bees, body less than 9 mm. S6-S8 and genitalia (Figs 17A—-G, 63A)
Ree One Ce ORE Cae ee CIoOr R. albifasciata Whitehead & Steiner
T2-T5S of metasoma with white to light brown sub-erect hairs, erect black
hairs on basal half of T5. Fimbriae of S6 and S7 black to dark brown,
hind tibia black. Larger bees, body longer than 10 mm. S6-S8 and
genitalia (Figs 5SF-G, 57A-E, 63F) .................. R. alonsoae sp. nov.
Metasoma with integument of T1-T3 having varying amounts of light
brown and black. T2-T5 with short erect white apical hair bands,
fimbriae of T6 black basally, white apically. Fimbriae of S7 dark brown
to black. Hind tibia brown. Large bees, body longer than 10 mm. S6-S8
and genitalia (Figs 25A-G, 63B) ........ R. emdeorum Vogel & Michener
Metasoma with integument of T1-T4 black, apical hair bands on T2-T5
white to brown, diffuse and suberect or compact and decumbent. Hind
CIDIA DFOWM,.. ...csc.ne cone cation te nomeee neon escieeeseececees sees e eRe Ree eee 20
Metasoma with integument of apical third of T3-T4 translucent. Basal
segments of front legs mostly black but tarsus and extremities of tibia
brown. Pubescence of T1-T3 white to straw-coloured, fimbriae of T6
light brown. Small pygideal plate medially on apical margin of T7. S6-S8
and genitalia (Figs 44A—H, 63C=D)).. .........5c0604..0000800000000 eRe eeR Eee eee
Ae TE AND. arent CDN a ren sR R. aurata, R. ruficornis spp. nov.
Metasoma with integument of T3-T4 entirely black. Tarsus of front leg
brown, rest of leg dark brown to black. T1-T3 with hairs of basal half
light straw-coloured or black. Fimbriae of T6 light brown to black.
Pygideal plate absent ..2 2.2002. ...5.0ibe. doce. en gcesccaeest ooee eee eee js)\
Small bees, body 8-10 mm. Apical plate of S8 subtriangular, lateral
margins diverging distally, apical margin shallowly crenulate or shallowly
concave if worn (Fig. 63E). Distinct white apical hair bands on T2-T4,
basal two-thirds of T3-T4 with short, black decumbent hair. Integument
of hind tibia and basitarsus brown. S6-S8 and genitalia (Fig. 52A-G) ....
RES oan Taaen eR tr RT ENS AS aa cae SR URE 38 ao oc R. parva sp. nov.
Larger bees 10-12 mm. Apical plate ovate, distal margin shallowly
crenulate (Fig. 64C). Diffuse apical hairbands on T2-T4, basal half of
T3-T4 with pale straw-coloured sub-erect hairs. Integument of hind tibia
and basitarsus black. S6-S8 and genitalia (Figs 32A-E, 33D-E) ...........
une tclads don BUN Salsee yen NORE OER Sen cane R. macgregori sp. nov.
Distal margin of apical plate of S8 with deep median emargination
(Fig: O4E=-G) | aiscsscuintenesavanedesscoesaanc ates ecube See a5: ce ee eee 23
Distal margin of apical plate of S8 evenly rounded (Fivs 63G-H, 64A-B,
DPD) visas sna komeshdocsive sedlaoebottiaan emnec tart os Sere cone eace meets eee ee eae YS)
S8 expanded apically in the form of a fish tail, deeply cleft medially,
(Figs 5A-G, 64G). Large bees, body greater than 13 mm. Pubescence
23B.
24A.
24B.
25A.
25B.
26A.
26B.
27A.
27B.
28A.
28B.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 151
light to reddish-brown, apical hair bands with pale tips on T2-T5 ........
46 ce tei Ge SE sn me R. gigas Whitehead & Steiner
Apical plate of S8 ovoid to sub-circular with median emargination on
SUIS bea liomna ATM Ce OST — Is ecto | oi ayharcictd eitedie’ae die:nsalecd « asiole-d ala owiele #0,044.0 d0.0i0,0% ox 24
Apical plate of S8 ovoid, deep median emargination on distal margin
(Fig. 64E). Small bees, body less than 9 mm. White apical hair bands on
T2-T4, brown on TS, fimbriae on T6 and T7 light brown ...................
50 20¢068SOC HE ec COE IS ICE Ln er ane, oe area Ee R. bicava sp. nov.
Apical plate of S8 sub-circular, longer than wide with deep median
emargination on distal margin (Fig. 64F). Medium-sized bees 8-11 mm.
Erect straw-coloured hairs on metasoma, fimbriae of T6 light brown .....
15590200056 0002085 oI ea ene oe a R. intermixta Cockerell
Apical plate of S8 concave, elongate, width less than half of length
a MEO GPO ANE es ccncchec doles lc etaadedoandarencne Soneed ogcewressscenaeherenias 26
Apical plate of S8 concave, ovoid, width at least two-thirds of length
LPG, O48), 1D) cca dee ane ncne tee Onan er ann Sees siar Tene emt ee eae 28
Scutum with surface between punctures granulate. Small median pygideal
plate on apical margin of T7. Apical area of S6 concave without tuft of
erect black hairs on proximal margin of concavity. Hind tibia lacking
distal black patch of hair on outer surface ....... R. longimanus Michener
Scutum with surface between punctures on disc smooth and shiny. T7
without median pygideal plate on apical margin. Apical area of S6
concave with or without tuft of erect black hairs on proximal margin of
concavity. Hind tibia with or without distal black patch of hair on outer
TINAGS cccosdWdbsobecseubosepisel/ oe anne ae Aer te Ser ine ner n Eaten ie aaa nEn Zs]
Pubescence of T5 black. Hind tibia with distal patch of black hairs on
URS TESUTMACE Wet eke Shon h Saed. side te Gatye soe Shad Sok R. nitida sp. nov.
Pubescence of T5 black with apical fringe of white to silvery hair. No
distal patch of dark hair on outer surface of hind tibia ........................
Ne cs SIR ce MONON Sa oh od Nehoinie SERN R. micheneri sp. nov.
59000003000 00S aU SEN CLES NCCC ee IE Er mann etn anne eee R. peringueyi (Friese)
Scutum with surface between punctures smooth and shiny ...................
300 SR CUS SUAOGO SS OL ORS GHC IEE: enn een R. intermedia sp. nov.
DESCRIPTIONS
Rediviva gigas Whitehead & Steiner, 1993
Figs 2G-H, 3-6, 64G
Rediviva gigas Whitehead & Steiner, 1993: 159.
152 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Diagnosis
Females. Large, 15-17 mm long, integument black, wings dusky, vestiture
on head and mesosoma varies from pale straw-coloured to reddish-brown.
Apical hair bands on metasomal terga not prominent, white on disc becoming
black laterally, fimbriae black. Malar space short, mandible tridentate. Foreleg
not attenuate, three-quarters length of body, oil-collecting hairs on distal part of
front basitarsus. Scopal hairs on hind tibia and basitarsus black.
Males. Body 13-15 mm, integument black, wings dusky, hairs on head,
mesosoma and epipleurae pale straw-coloured to reddish-brown. Apical
hairbands on T1-T5 light brown basally, white apically, fimbriae on T6 light
brown, on T7 black. Mandible bidentate, malar space short. S7 without lateral
lobes, apex of S8 expanded, distal margin with deep median cleft.
Etymology
From Latin, gigas, a giant, referring to the large size of members of this
species.
Material examined :
Type material. Holotype: SAM-HYM-BO000005, female, Western Cape
Province, Franschhoek Pass, 560 m, 3119CC, K. E. Steiner, 30 Nov. 1990.
Allotype: SAM-HYM-B000006, male, Western Cape Province, Franschhoek
Pass, 3319CC, K. E. Steiner, 10 Dec. 1991. Paratypes: (14 22, 1 5)—Western
Cape Province: 1 6, Bain’s Kloof, 3119CA, KES, 11 Nov. 1986; 1 92, Bot
River, farm Huisrivier, 3419AA, VBW, 11 Nov. 1990; 2 22, Franschhoek
Pass, 560 m, 3319CC, KES, 18 Dec. 1989; 1 2, Franschhoek Pass, 3319CC,
KES, 6 Dec. 1981; 5 92, Franschhoek Pass, 5 km north of Dutoit’s River
bridge, 3319CC, VBW, 13 Dec. 1989; 4 °°, Franschhoek Pass, 5 km north of
Dutoit’s River bridge, 3319CC, VBW, 14 Dec. 1989; 1 2, Franschhoek Pass,
560 m, 3319CC, VBW, 6 Dec. 1991. Other material (10 22, 9 dd): 4 22,
Betty’s Bay, 3418BD, VBW, 4 Nov. 1993; 2 °°, Betty’s Bay, 3418BD, VBW,
4 Nov. 1998; 1 @, Porterville, farm Grootfontein, 3219CC, KES, 19 Oct. 1994;
2 36, Porterville, farm Grootfontein, 3219CC, VBW, 19 Oct. 1994; 6 de,
Porterville, farm Grootfontein, 3219CC, VBW, 17 Oct. 1995; 1 2, Porterville,
farm Grootfontein, 3219CC, VBW, 23 Oct. 1995; 2 22, 1 6, Porterville, farm
Grootfontein, 3219CC, VBW, 11 Nov. 1996.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 16.8 mm, forewing 13.3 mm. Other
material (n = 10). Measurements and ranges: body 16.4 mm (15.3-17.2 mm),
foreleg 12.9 mm (12.5-13.3' mm), Ft+bt 4.9 mm (4.5-5.1 mm), forewing
13.1 mm (12.2-13.8 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.79 (0.50-0.82), malar space L: W
0.14 (0.12-0.15).
Integumental colour. Black, tip of mandible, apical margins of T2-T4, distal
part of front femur, outer margin of tegula piceous; tarsomeres 2-4, claws, —
tibial spurs and costal vein dark brown. Underside of flagellum dark brown,
colour sometimes extending to upper surface.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 153
\ 1mm
CS
1mm
Fig. 3. Rediviva gigas Whitehead & Steiner, 1993. Female. A. Posterior view of labium.
B. Anterior view of distal part of labium. C. Comb on inner side of galea. D. Basistipital
process. E. Outer view of maxilla. F. Posterior view of hind tibia and basitarsus
(pile removed).
154 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
0.5 mm
Fig. 4. Rediviva gigas Whitehead & Steiner, 1993. Female. A. Left front and hind wings.
B. Anterior view of head. C. Labrum and distal region of clypeus. D. Side view of head.
E. Dorsal view of tarsomeres 2-5 of front leg. F. Lanceolate-tipped plumose hairs of
forebasitarsus. G. Anterior view of forebasitarsus (pile partially removed).
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 155
Structure. Head: ocelli well below horizon of vertex (Fig. 4B), clypeus
coarsely and densely punctured, some smaller punctures interspersed among
larger, surface between punctures shiny. Mouth-parts: glossa short, triangular,
one-third length of prementum, paraglossa longer than suspensorium, reaching
middle of glossa, labial palps extending beyond tip of glossa, ligular arms
occupying basal two-thirds of prementum (Fig. 3A-B); cardo and stipes equal
length, stipes three times as long as wide, posterior margin with long hairs,
galea rounded at apex, stout hairs along apical and posterior margins (Fig. 3E);
galeal comb of 12 teeth (Fig. 3C) (incorrectly referred to as stipital comb in
Whitehead & Steiner 1993); mandible broad apically, tridentate (Fig. 4B);
labrum three times as broad as long. Mesosoma: foreleg not attenuate, four-
fifths length of body; hind tibia nearly as wide as basitarsus (9 : 10), basitarsus
nearly half as wide as long (20 : 44), evenly rounded distally, without scale-like
projection on distal dorsal angle (Fig. 3F); wings fuscous, jugal lobe of hind
wing slightly longer than half vannal lobe (16 : 30) (Fig. 4A); scutellum with
shallow median longitudinal depression; propodeal triangle small, ill defined,
width at base one-fifth to one-sixth distance between metanotal pits.
Sculpture. Head: area between anterior margin and preapical ridge of
clypeus finely roughened, rest of clypeus coarsely and densely punctured,
punctures sometimes coalescing, surface between punctures shiny except on
apical margin and paraocular areas adjacent to antennal sockets where surface is
faintly coriaceous. Mesosoma: disc of scutum shiny, finely punctured, rest of
scutal punctures more coarse and dense.
Vestiture. Head: labrum with stout unbranched dark brown to black hairs,
longer and light brown distally; stout dark brown plumose hairs along clypeal
lateral margins, rest of clypeus and supraclypeal area sparsely covered with
dark brown unbranched pubescence; genal area with mixture of branched and
unbranched hairs, longer and more dense towards mandible. Mesosoma: erect
black branched hairs on margin of scutum, shorter towards disc which is bare;
scutellum and metanotum with white pubescence on margins, black shorter hairs
towards center, disc of scutum and scutellum bare; episternum with long black
vestiture, shorter and less dense towards sternal midline; hairs on legs black
except anterior brush of strong dark brown hair on basitarsus and tibia of
foreleg; front leg with stout curved blade-like hairs on lateral margins of
tarsomeres 2-4, some slender straight hairs with lanceolate tip and fine basal
branching on tarsomere 2; apical third of forebasitarsus with long slender
branched lanceolate tipped hairs (Fig. 4E-G); scopal hairs on tibia and
basitarsus of hind leg black. Metasoma: white to pale brown sparse apical
hairbands on T1-T4, often worn on dorsal midline, fimbriae of T5-T6 black.
Male
Measurements and ranges (n = 10). Body 14.0 mm (12.0-15.2 mm),
foreleg 10.4 mm (8.8-10.8 mm), forewing 11.1 mm (10.7-11.5 mm), Ft+bt
3.5 mm (2.9-3.8 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.75 (0.68-0.80), malar space L: W 0.09
(0.08-0.11).
Integumental colour. Body black, legs black except hind tibia which is dark
brown on dorsal and ventral margins, tarsi light brown; antennae black,
Junctions of flagellomeres 1 and 2 brown on dorsal surface, colour sometimes
156 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 5. Rediviva gigas Whitehead & Steiner, 1993. Male. Genitalia and associated sterna.
A. S6, ventral view. B. S7, dorsal view left, ventral right. C. S7, lateral view. D. S8,
dorsal view left, ventral right. E. S8, lateral view. F. Genitalia, dorsal view left, ventral
view right. G. Genital capsule, lateral view.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 157
extending to whole of two on underside, underside of terminal flagellomeres
reddish-brown to black.
Structure. Head: wider than long, mandible bidentate. Mesosoma: foreleg
not attenuate, three-quarters length of body, hind tibia wider than basitarsus
(26 : 15), wing venation as in female. Metasoma: S3-S5 with apical margin
biconcave forming a median point, S6 apical margin raised (Fig. 5A),
emarginate, forming small median lobes, lateral lobes poorly developed; S7
(Fig. 5B-C) deeply emarginate apically, large rounded median lobes directed
dorsally, stout bristle-like hairs on outer surface, smooth and shiny on.inner
surface, lateral lobes absent; S8 (Fig. S5D-E) expanded apically, apical margin
deeply cleft (Fig. 64G); genital capsule (Fig. 5F—G) with gonoforceps slightly
shorter than penis valve, former having stout finely branched apical hairs.
Sculpture. Head: base of labrum impunctate, shiny; anterior clypeal margin
with large irregular punctures, rest of clypeus, supraclypeal and paraocular area
coarsely punctate, surface between punctures smooth, shiny. Mesosoma: scutum
densely punctured, distance between punctures less than diameter, surface
between punctures shiny, smooth.
Vestiture. Head: dense unbranched pale brown hairs on labrum, pale straw-
coloured plumose hairs on clypeus, paraocular and supraclypeal areas; short
sparse hairs on vertex, tufts between lateral ocelli. Mesosoma: scutum,
scutellum and metanotum covered with pale plumose pubescence, sparser on
disc of scutum and scutellum, longer and sparse on propodeum, propodeal
triangle bare; coxa, trochanter and femur with long straw-coloured hairs,
shorter on tibia and tarsus. Metasoma: dense pale yellow apical hair bands on
T1-T5, fimbriae on T6 and T7 black. S1-S5 with sparse light brown apical
bands, dark brown to black tufts on lateral apical angles of S5, emargination on
apical margin of S6 with dense plumose hairs.
Colour variations
Pubescence on mesosoma of females varies from pale straw-coloured to
reddish-brown to black. Males have predominantly pale straw-coloured
pubescence but reddish-brown specimens also occur.
Host flower records
Initially females were found to collect oil only from three terrestrial orchid
species, namely Pterygodium acutifolium, Ceratandra atrata and C. bicolor
(Whitehead & Steiner 1993). More recently a fourth orchid, Satyrium
rhynchanthum at Betty’s Bay, and Ixianthes retzioides (Scrophulariaceae), a rare
shrub in the Porterville area, were found to be visited for oil (Steiner &
Whitehead 1996).
Pollen is deposited passively on the scutum of females when they visit
I. retzioides for oil collection and also obtain pollen from Wachendorfia
paniculata, Watsonia marginata and Moraea ramosissima in the process of
collecting nectar. At two localities we have observed females actively collecting
pollen from Watsonia borbonica and W. marginata by scrubbing the anthers
with their legs. Males take nectar from Wachendorfia paniculata, Watsonia
marginata and M. ramosissima.
158 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
YY Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
[|] Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100 km
ere Cae Ee
Fig. 6. Known distribution of Rediviva gigas.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 159
Distribution (Fig. 6)
Rediviva gigas is known from a limited area in the mountainous south-
western Cape Province, from Porterville in the north, southwards to Bain’s
Kloof and Franschhoek passes, and the coastal areas at Botrivier and Betty’s
Bay.
Rediviva bicava sp. nov.
Figs 1E, 7-10, 64E
Diagnosis
Female. Small dark brown to black bees 8-11 mm long, pubescence white
to straw-coloured, apical hair bands on terga of metasoma. Labrum reddish-
brown, shallow concavities either side of the midline. Conspicuous scale on
distal dorsal angle of hind basitarsus, distal margin of hind basitarsus truncate,
not extending beyond insertion of tarsomere 2.
Male. Small, 8-9 mm long, apical hair bands on metasoma not as distinct as
in females, vestiture white. Labrum impunctate, black, shiny. Scutum with
surface between punctures roughened. S6 reddish-brown, median lobes of S7
narrow, lateral lobes small, translucent.
Etymology
From Latin bi and cavus, concave or hollow, referring to two shallow
depressions, one either side of the midline of the labrum of females.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: SAM—-HYM-B008066, female, Northern Cape
Province, Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC, K. E. Steiner,
28 Aug. 1984. Allotype: SAM-HYM-B000068, male, Northern Cape Province,
Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC, V. B. Whitehead, 2 Aug. 1984.
Paratypes: (40 22, 8 ¢3)—Northern Cape Province: 3 2°, 1 5, Kamiesberg,
farm Bakleikraal, 3018AA, KES, 19 Aug. 1988; 2 63, Kamieskroon, 4 km
north on Gamoep road, 3018AA, MM & VBW, 28 Aug. 1985; 1 2,
Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC, KES, 28 Aug. 1984; 1 ¢, same
locality, MM & VBW, 28 Aug. 1985; 1 3, same locality, VBW, 2 Aug. 1984;
1 3, same locality, VBW, 19 Aug. 1986; 1 2, Richtersveld National Park,
Hellskloof Pass, 2817AC, VBW, 27 Aug. 1986; 1 °, Sutherland, 4 km south,
3220BC, KES, 27 Sept. 1984; 2 °°, Sutherland, farm Rooikloof, 3220BC,
KES, 1 Oct. 1986. Western Cape Province; 3 °°, Amalienstein,
Seweweekspoort, 3321AD, KES, 10 Sept. 1985; 1 2, Bitterfontein, 3118AB,
KES, 26 Aug. 1986; 3 22, 1 do, same locality, VBW, 26 Aug. 1986; 1 2,
Calitzdorp, Rooiberg Pass, 3221DA, KES, 15 Aug. 1985; 2 °°, same locality,
VBW, 2 Aug. 1987; 4 22, Cape Town, Tygerberg Hills, 3318DC, KES,
26 Sept. 1987; 2 22, Clanwilliam 7 km south, 3218BB, MM, 3 Sept. 1986;
1 2, Clanwilliam, Ramskop Camp Ground, 3218BB, VBW, 20 Aug. 1985; 1 2,
Darling, farm Oudebos, 3318AD, KES, 8 Sept. 1989; 2 9°, Darling, farm
Rondeberg, 3318AC, KES, 2 Sept. 1988; 3 22, De Doorns, farm Appaskop,
160 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
3319BC, VBW, 24 Sept. 1992; 3 22, Worcester, Karoo Gardens, 3319CD,
KES, 18 Aug. 1989; 4 °°, Montagu, farm Rietvlei No. 1, 3320CC, VBW,
28 Aug. 1987; 1 2, Moorreesburg, farm Neulfonteinskop, 3318BA, VBW,
7 July 1985; 1 2, same locality, 23 Aug. 1988; 1 2, Nuwerus, 3118AB, KES,
8 Aug. 1985; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 8 Aug. 1985; 1 2, Oudtshoorn, 7 km
south, 3322CA, VBW, 2 Sept. 1992; 1 2, Oudtshoorn, Schoemanspoort,
3322AD, KES, 11 Sept. 1985; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 11 Sept. 1985; 2 99,
Swellendam, Bontebok National Park, 3420AC, VBW, 30 Sept. 1987; 3 99,
Yzerfontien, 12 km south-east, 3318AD, VBW, 22 Sept. 1988. Other
material—Northern Cape Province (64 °°): 2 2°, Gargams, 7.7 km north-east,
3321DA, KES, 15 Aug. 1985; 1 2, Garies, Wallekraal, 3017BA, VBW, 3 Aug.
1988; 4 2°, Kamiesberg, farm Bakleikraal, 3018AA, KES, 19 Aug. 1988;
3 22, same locality, VBW, 19 Aug. 1988; 1 2, Kamiesberg, farm
Dassiefontein, 3017BB, KES, 8 Sept. 1986; 2 22, Kamieskroon, 4 km north on
Gamoep road, 3018AA, MM & VBW, 24 Aug. 1985; 2 22, same locality, MM
& VBW, 28 Aug. 1985; 1 2, Karkams, 3017BD, VBW, 8 Aug. 1985; 2 29,
Karkams, 6 km east, 3017BD, VBW, 28 July 1985; 1 2°, Karkams, 8 km east,
3017BD, 28 July, 1985; 1 2°, Karkams, 3017BD, MM & VBW, 22 Aug. 1985;
1 2, Middelpos, 35 km north-west, 3119DD, VBW, 25 Sept. 1984; 1 2,
Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC, KES, 27 Aug. 1984; 5 29,
same locality, KES, 28 Aug. 1984; 2 2°, same locality, KES, 11 Sept. 1984;
3 2¢, same locality, KES, 31 July 1985; 6 °°, same locality, KES, 27 Aug.
1985; 6 2°, same locality, KES, 28 Aug. 1985; 4 2°, same locality, KES,
9 Sept. 1986; 1 2, same locality, MM & VBW, 28 Aug. 1985; 2 92,
Springbok, 20 km south, 2917DB, VBW, 10 Aug. 1985; 1 ¢°, Springbok,
Goegab Reserve, 2918DB, KES, 13 Aug. 1993; 1 2°, same locality, VBW,
24 Aug. 1993; 1 °, Springbok, Hester Malan Reserve, 2917DB, M. Struck,
13 Sept. 1987; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 23 Aug. 1990; 1 2°, Springbok,
Spektakel Pass, 2917DA, VBW, 9 Aug. 1985; 1 °, Sutherland, Kanolfontein,
3220AD, KES, 22 Sept. 1985; 7 22, Sutherland, Ouberg Pass road, 3220AA,
VBW, 1 Oct. 1986. Western Cape Province (229 22): 8 22, Amalienstein,
Seweweekspoort, 3321AD, KES, 10 Sept. 1985; 4 2°, same locality, VBW,
10 Sept. 1985; 6 22, Calitzdorp, Rooiberg Pass, 3321DA, KES, 15 Aug. 1985;
4 292, same locality, VBW, 15 Aug. 1985; 2 °°, same locality, VBW, 2 Aug.
1987; 1 ¢, Bitterfontein, 3118AB, KES, 26 Aug. 1986; 1 2°, same locality,
VBW, 26 Aug. 1986; 8 22, Cape Town, Tygerberg Hills, 3318DC, KES,
26 Sept. 1989; 2 22, same locality, KES, 14 Sept. 1990; 1 2, same locality,
KES, 1 Oct. 1990; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 1 Oct. 1990; 1 2, Clanwilliam,
farm Klawervlei, 3218DD, VBW, 20 Aug. 1984; 2 22, Clanwilliam, Pakhuis
Pass, 3219AA, KES, 22 Sept. 1990; 2 22, De Doorns, farm Appaskop,
3319BC, VBW, 24 Sept. 1992; 2 22, Hex River Pass, 3319BD, KES, 1 Oct.
1985; 2 22, Hex River Pass, 3319BD, VBW, 1 Oct. 1985; 3 22, same locality,
VBW, 18 Oct. 1989; 1 2, same locality, KES, 18 Oct. 1989; 2 2°, Klawer,
7 km north-east, 3118DA, VBW, 11 Aug. 1989; 1 ?, Klawer, farm
Zypherfontein, 3118DC, KES, 11 Aug. 1989; 2 °°, same locality, KES,
12 Aug. 1989; 3 29, same locality, KES, 22 Aug. 1989; 1 2°, Ladismith,
junction R626 and R323, 3321CA, KES, ]6 Aug. 1995; 1 ?, Langebaan,
3318AA, VBW, 20, Aug. 1986; 1 2, Middelpos, farm Hartbeestfontein,
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 161
3220CC, VBW, 25 Sept. 1984; 1 °, Montagu, 40 km north-east, 3320DA,
VBW, 15 Sept. 1992; 1 2, Montagu, Kogmanskloof, 3320CC, VBW, 1 Sept.
1992; 2 29, Montagu Nature Reserve, 3320CC, KES, 9 Aug. 1990; 11 22,
Montagu, farm Rietvlei No. 1, 3320CC, VBW, 26 Aug. 1987; 1 ¢, Nuwerus,
3118AB, KES, 8 Aug. 1985; 2 22, same locality, VBW, 8 Aug. 1985; 1 2,
Nuwerus, Meerhofkasteel road, 3118AA, VBW, 21 Aug. 1991; 4 29,
Oudtshoorn, 7 km south, 3322CA, VBW, 2 Sept. 1992; 3 22, Oudtshoorn,
Schoemanspoort, 3322AD, KES, 11 Sept. 1985; 2 22, same locality, VBW, 11
Sept. 1985; 1 2, Riebeek-Kasteel, Bothmaskloof Pass, 3318BD, KES, 17 Sept.
1987; 1 2, Riebeek-Kasteel, Bothmaskloof Pass, 3318BD, VBW, 17 Sept.
1987; 2 22, Stellenbosch, Bothmaskop, 3318DD, VBW, 6 Oct. 1985; 1 2,
same locality, VBW, 4 Oct. 1987; 1 ¢?, Stellenbosch, farm Joostenbergkloof,
3318DD, KES, 16 Sept. 1987; 2 22, same locality, VBW, 16, Aug. 1988; 1 2,
Swellendam, Bontebok National Park, 3420AC,KES, 29 Sept. 1987; 1 2, same
locality, VBW, 29 Sept. 1987; 1 ?, Vanrhyns Pass, 3118AC, KES, 7 Aug.
1986; 1 2, Vanrhynsdorp, Wiedows River, 3318DA, VBW, 11 Aug. 1985; 1 2,
same locality, VBW, 13 Aug. 1986; 1 2, West Coast National Park, 3318DA,
VBW, 17 Sept. 1985; 1 2, same locality, KES, 5 Sept. 1990; 5 2°, Worcester,
Karoo Gardens, 3319CD, VBW, 9 Sept. 1985; 13 22, same locality, KES, 18
Aug. 1989; 3 292, same locality, KES, 3 Oct. 1989; 2 9°, Yzterfontein, 12 km
south-east, 3318AD, VBW, 29 Sept. 1988.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 9.8 mm, forewing 7.5 mm, malar space
L: W 0.35. Other material (n = 50)—Measurements and ranges: body 9.9 mm
(8.8-11.0 mm), foreleg 8.8 mm (8.1-9.8 mm), Ft+bt 2.9 mm (2.8-3.0 mm),
forewing 7.8 mm (7.2- 8.2 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.90 (0.77-1.03), malar space
(n = 10) L: W 0.34 (0.30-0.38).
Integumental colour. Head: labrum, anterior margin of clypeus, flagellum
reddish-brown, rest of head black. Mesosoma: black, legs, tegulae, veins
brown, except R which is black; wings dusky. Metasoma black.
Structure. Head: wider than long (114: 80), (Fig. 8A); malar space
relatively long, one-third width. Mouth-parts (Fig. 7A-G): labrum (Fig. 8B)
triangular, twice as wide as long (44: 20), shallow concave depression either
side of midline; glossa one-third length of prementum, not extending beyond
labial palps; paraglossae small, half length of suspensorium; ligular arms
occupying basal two-thirds of prementum (Fig. 7A-D); cardo slightly shorter
than stipes, three and a half times as long as wide (Fig. 7E) ; galeal comb of 15
teeth (Fig. 7G). Mesosoma: front coxa with stout inner apical spine (Fig. 8E);
hind tibia (Fig. 8C) as wide as basitarsus; basitarsus twice as long as wide,
truncated, not extending beyond insertion of tarsomere 2, conspicuous scale on
distal dorsal angle.
Sculpture. Head: basal two-thirds of labrum impunctate, shiny; clypeus with
apical margin impunctate, rest of clypeus with contiguous coarse punctures,
irregularly shaped median impunctate area, surface between punctures lightly
roughened. Mesosoma: scutum with scattered large punctures among finer
162 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 7. Rediviva bicava sp. nov. Female. A. Labium, anterior view. B. Posterior aspect of
base of prementum. C. Lateral aspect of apex of labium. D. Lateral view of base of
prementum, mentum, lorum and associated sclerites. E. Left maxilla. F. Right mandible.
G. Inner view of galea to show comb.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 163
2mm
ee
1mm
Fig. 8. Rediviva bicava sp. nov. Female. A. Front view of head. B. Labrum. C. Hind
tibia and basitarsus. D. Right wings. E. Right front coxa. F. Basal vein and first abscissa
of Rs of front wing. G. Second submarginal cell of right front wing.
164 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
1mm
Fig. 9. Rediviva bicava sp. nov. Male. A. S6, ventral aspect. B. S8, dorsal and ventral
view. C. S8, lateral view. D. S7, dorsal and ventral view. E. S7, lateral aspect.
F. Genital capsule, lateral view. G. Genitalia, dorsal and ventral aspects.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 165
punctation, finer on disc, punctures approximately diameter apart, area between
smooth, shiny. Propodeal triangle small, well defined, surface wrinkled, rest of
propodeum coriaceous.
Vestiture. Head: labrum with fringe of long brown hair on apical margin;
clypeus having mixture of long dark sparsely branched and short white plumose
hairs; similar but more dense on paraocular areas, frons and vertex. Mesosoma:
scutum with short light brown pubescence, some black branched hairs on
margin, longer on scutellum and metanotum, dark hairs absent from
propodeum; coxa, trochanter and femur of all legs with white plumose hairs,
light brown shorter hairs on tibia and tarsus; oil-collecting hairs on
tarsomeres 2, 3 and 4 of front and middle legs. Metasoma: white apical hair
bands on T2-T4, black sub-erect hairs on base of T4, fimbriae of TS brown
basally, white laterally, fimbriae of T6 brown.
Male
Measurements. Allotype: male, body 8.3 mm, forewing 7.7 mm, malar
space L: W 0.36. Other material (n = 2)—Measurements and ranges: body
8.7 mm (8.5-8.8 mm), forewing 7.8 mm (7.7-8.0 mm), foreleg 7.8 mm
(7.6-8.0 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.9 (8.6-9.4), malar space L: W 0.43
(0.42-0.43).
Integumental colour. Head: antennae black, except flagellum which is dark
brown underneath, mouth-parts piceous. Mesosoma: black, coxa, trochanter and
femur brown. Metasoma: black except S6 which is brown.
Structure. Head: anterior margin of labrum evenly convex. Mesosoma: hind
tibia wider than basitarsus (4: 3). Metasoma: S6 (Fig. 9A) with median and
lateral lobes poorly developed, S7 (Fig. 9D-E) short narrow median lobes,
short hairs on apical quarter, lateral lobes small, translucent, ventral surface of
disc coriaceous; apical plate of S8 sub-circular, distal margin with median
emargination (Fig. 64E); genital capsule (Fig. 9F-G) gonostylus truncate
apically, short unbranched hairs on apical half.
Sculpture. Head: labrum shiny, impunctate except on apical margin at base
of hairs; clypeus apical quarter impunctate, rest of clypeus densely punctate,
surface between punctures shiny, smooth. Mesosoma: scutum and scutellum
with shallow punctures, surface granulate; propodeal triangular small,
granulate, rest of propodeum coriaceous.
Vestiture. Head: long pale brown hairs on apical margin of labrum; long
white plumose hairs on lateral margin of clypeus, paraocular areas and frons.
Mesosoma: pubescence short and sparse on disc of scutum, mixture of black
and pale straw-coloured hairs on scutellum and metanotum; hair on legs white
to pale straw-coloured. Metasoma: white apical hair bands on T2-T4, brown on
T5, fimbriae on T6-T7 light brown.
Host flower records
A sample of 212 females was collected on oil-producing flowers, the
majority (60.8%) were on Hemimeris racemosa, 21.7 per cent on Diascia
parviflora and the rest on D. patens (7.1%), D. veronicoides (6.6%), Hemimeris
gracilis (2.8%) and D. macrophylla (0.9%).
166 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
GZ Over 1500 m
f=] 900 - 1500 m
[=] 300 - 900 m
[__] Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100km
a a
Fig. 10. Known distribution of Rediviva bicava sp. nov.
Only 28 females were collected on nectar plants, the majority on
Cysticapnos vesicaria (42.9%), Oxalis pes-caprae (14.3%) and a prostrate
yellow legume (10.7%). Single females were taken on eight other plant genera,
Lachenalia, Bulbine, Polygala, Senecio, Nemesia, Moraea, Hermannia and
Stachys.
Of the nine males collected, the majority were taking nectar from
Cysticapnos versicaria and the rest on Lotononis hirsuta, Oxalis pes-caprae and
a Senecio sp.
Distribution (Fig. 10)
Rediviva bicava is the most widely distributed of all the winter rainfall oil-
bees, being collected from the Richtersveld in the north to Ladismith in the
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 167
south. This species has been found on the sandy coastal plains at sea level, the
mountainous areas of the Richtersveld, the granite koppies of Namaqualand and
moister gullies in the dry plains of the Little Karoo.
Rediviva intermedia sp. nov.
Figs 1G, 11-14, 64D
Diagnosis
Female. Medium-sized, 11-14 mm, black bodied, white to straw-coloured
apical hair bands on T2-T4, black hairs on base of T5, fimbriae on T6 light
brown. Basal half of labrum shiny, impunctate with shallow median grove.
Foreleg three-quarters length of body, oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2-5.
Small scale on distal dorsal angle of hind basitarsus.
Male. Medium-sized, 10-12 mm, black bodied with pale straw-coloured to
reddish-brown pubescence. Labrum as in female except median groove less
conspicuous. Middle basitarsus sinuate in shape. Diffuse apical hair bands on
T2-T4. Pubescence on T5 black, on T6 black basally, light brown apically. S6
ventrally with lateral vertical ridge fringed by short stiff hairs, S7 with median
lobes covered in a mass of long hairs, lateral lobes translucent with fine
spicules.
Etymology
From Latin inter and medius, referring to the size of this bee which is larger
than Rediviva intermixta and smaller than R. macgregori, two superficially
similar species that occur with it on the Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: SAM-HYM-B007569, female, Nieuwoudtville
Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC, V. B. Whitehead, 5 Sept. 1995. Allotype:
SAM-HYM-B007570, male, Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC,
V. B. Whitehead, 5 Sept. 1995. Paratypes (89 22, 10 66)—WNorthern Cape
Province: 2 22, Calvinia, 14.2 km west on R27, 3119BC, KES, 2 Sept. 1989;
17 22, Calvinia, farm Vanrhynshoek, 3119BD, KES, 14 Oct. 1989; 8 29,
Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC, KES, 28 Aug. 1984; 2 36,
same locality, VBW, 21 July 1988; 1 3, same locality, VBW, 27 July 1986;
1 5, same locality, VBW, 7 Aug. 1986; 1 3, same locality, VBW, 4 Aug.
1988; 2 3d, same locality, VBW, 24 Aug. 1988; 1 2, same locality, VBW,
27 Aug. 1994; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 29 Aug. 1995; 15 22, 1 3, same
locality, VBW, 6 Sept. 1995; 4 22, same locality, VBW & MM, 26 Aug. 1984;
23 22, VBW & MM, 28 Aug. 1984; 7 22, Sutherland, 4 km south, farm
Rooikloof, 3220BC, KES, 27 Sept. 1984; 1 2, same locality, KES, 1 Oct.
1986; 1 2, same locality, KES, 16 Sept. 1993; 7 2°, Sutherland, same locality,
VBW, 27 Sept. 1984; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 28 Sept. 1984; 1 2, same
locality, VBW, 1 Oct. 1984; 1 2, Sutherland, 16 km west, farm Kanolfontein,
3220AD, KES, 22 Sept. 1985; 1 2°, same locality, VBW, 27 Sept. 1984.
Western Cape Province: 1 3, Botterkloof Pass, farm Piet se Hoek, 3119CD,
168 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
KES, 15 Sept. 1989; 1 2, De Doorns, Hex River Pass, 3319BD, KES, 3 Oct.
1989.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 11.2 mm, forewing 10.3 mm, malar space
L:W 0.06. Other material (n = 20)—Measurements and ranges: body
12.6 mm (11.0-13.7 mm), forewing 9.8 mm (9.0-10.3 mm), foreleg 11.0 mm
(10.3-11.3 mm), Ft+bt 3.6 mm (3.5-3.7 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.87 (0.79-0.96),
malar space L: W 0.10 (0.06-0.12).
Integumental colour. Head: black, mandibles black, antenna black except
underside of flagellum which is light brown. Mesosoma: black, coxa,
trochanter, femur and tibia black, tarsi brown. Metasoma black.
Structure. Mouth-parts: labrum two and a half times wider than long
(54:21), sub-quadrangular, apical margin straight with median shallow
depression (Fig. 11E); glossa (Fig. 11A) one-third length of prementum, not
extending beyond labial palps, paraglossae reaching to half length of glossa;
ligular arms occupying basal two-thirds of prementum; cardo as long as stipes,
stipes four times as long as wide (Fig. 11D); galeal comb of 18 teeth
(Fig. 11C); mandible with small rounded subapical tooth (Fig. 12F). Mesosoma:
front coxa with strong inner apical spine (Fig. 12E), hind tibia (at widest point)
wider than basitarsus, trapezoidal in shape, three times longer than wide
(60 : 22), small scale on distal dorsal angle (Fig. 12D).
Sculpture. Basal half of labrum impunctate, shiny, anterior half heavily
punctured at bases of stiff unbranched hairs. Scattered punctures on anterior
margin of clypeus, more heavily punctured on disc, punctures approximately
one diameter apart, becoming finer towards base, areas between punctures
shiny. Punctation on disc of scutum fine, widely spaced, two to three diameters
apart, surface between punctures smooth, shiny. Propodeal triangle smooth,
shiny, rest of propodeum shiny, finely wrinkled.
Vestiture. Head: long unbranched light brown hairs on apical half of
labrum; clypeus and supraclypeal area with long plumose, white to pale
straw-coloured hairs, some black hairs on paraocular area and vertex.
Mesosoma: scutum with straw-coloured pubescence mixed with black on disc;
long white plumose hairs on scutellum, metanotum, propodeum and epi-
sternal areas. Front and middle coxae with light brown plumose hairs, shorter
and paler on trochanter and femur; tarsus of front leg, tibia and basitarsus of
middle and hind leg with light brown vestiture. Foretarsus with dense oil-
collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2-5 (Fig. 12B), middle tarsus with similar hairs
on tarsomeres 2-4. Metasoma: apical hair bands on T2-T4, short black sub-
erect hairs on basal half of T4, fimbriae on TS black basally, light brown
apically, fimbriae on T6 light brown. Long plumose light brown hairs on apical
margin of S2-S6.
Male
Measurements. Allotype: male, body 11.7 mm, forewing 9.2 mm, malar
space L: W 0.11. Other material (n = 9)—Measurements and ranges: body
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 169
H
1mm
Fig. 11. Rediviva intermedia sp. nov. A-E. Female. A. Labium, anterior aspect. B. Base
of prementum, mentum and lorum. C. Inner view of maxilla to show galeal comb. D. Left
maxilla. E. Labrum. F-H. Male. F. Sinuate midbasitarsus. G. Dorsal and ventral view of
genitalia. H. Lateral aspect of genital capsule.
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
170
[ {
WH
N Ys
N74),
\ 5 Y
A - ae
i 2
Nee
EN mee
for"
« |B
NY Zz
\ Z
cy ee
SVS a
Og?
‘ S So Za
BZ
7 g
rs
1mm
1 mm
Fig. 12. Rediviva intermedia sp. nov. Female. A. Left wings. B. Tip of basitarsus plus
tarsomeres 2-5 of foreleg. C. Anterior aspect of head. D. Tibia and basitarsus of hind leg.
E. Front coxa. F. Right mandible.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA WW
Ni
Wh
a
\\ be
NW 2
EN
: ONY,
Wi AY
Ay (
edn peee wa
XX
.
Fig. 13. Rediviva intermedia sp. nov. Male. A. Ventral view of S6. B. Dorsal and
ventral view of S7. C. Lateral view of S7. D. Lateral aspect of $8. E. Dorsal and
ventral view of S8.
11.6 mm (10.5-12.3 mm), foreleg 9.0 mm (8.8-9.2 mm), forewing 9.9 mm
(9.5-10.5 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.78 (0.72-0.85).
Integumental colour. Head: black, flagellum black above, brown below,
brown more extensive apically. Mesosoma: legs black except front tarsus,
middle and hind tibia and tarsus light brown.
172
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
[__] Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100 km
eH
|
We
Fig. 14. Known distribution of Rediviva intermedia sp. nov.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA ge
Structure. Head: labrum as in female but median groove shallower and less
discernible. Mesosoma: foreleg three-quarters length of body; middle basitarsus
shallowly sinuate (Fig. 11F). Metasoma: S6 with poorly developed median
lobes, lateral lobes in form of shallow vertical ridge fringed with short stiff
branched hairs (Fig. 13A), S7 (Fig. 13B-C) with large circular median lobes
covered in mass of long plumose vestiture both on dorsal and ventral surfaces,
tuft of strong unbranched hairs at base, lateral lobes long and translucent with
fine spicules. S8 (Fig. 13D-E, 64D) apical plate subcircular, slightly longer
than wide, concave, distal margin entire (Fig. 64D). Penis valves slightly longer
than gonostylus; apex of gonoforceps pointed with short stout spines on apical
half (Fig. 11G—H).
Sculpture. As in female.
Vestiture. Head: long straw-coloured plumose hairs covering clypeus,
supraclypeal, paraocular areas and frons; shorter black pubescence on vertex.
Mesosoma: light brown pubescence covering scutum, shorter and sparser black
hairs on disc; scutellum, metanotum and propodeum similarly clothed except
absence of black hairs on propodeum; hairs on legs pale straw-coloured
becoming light brown on tibia and tarsus, extremely long on dorsal surface of
basitarsus of middle legs. Metasoma: T2-T4 with pubescence pale straw-
coloured to reddish-brown; black on T5; fimbriae on T6 black basally light
brown apically; diffuse apical hair bands on T2-T4.
There is some variation of pubescence colour of males, those collected early
in the season, July to early August, are a rich reddish-brown in contrast to the
pale straw-colour of bees caught later.
Host flower records
Eight species of oil-producing plants were visited by females. The greatest
number was collected visiting Diascia cardiosepala (46.2%), followed by
-Hemimeris centrodes (18.7%), D. macrophylla (12.1%) and D. floribunda’
(10.9%). The remaining 12.1 per cent were taken on Alonsoa unilabiata,
Diascia nana and Hemimeris racemosa. The only nectar plant visited was
Arctotheca calendula.
The small sample (n = 10) of males was collected mainly taking nectar
from A. calendula and an Othonna species, with a single specimen on
Heliophila. One male was collected patrolling the oil plant Diascia
cardiosepala.
Distribution (Fig. 14)
Rediviva intermedia has been found only at five sites, namely,
Nieuwoudtville, Calvinia, Sutherland, the Hex River Pass near De Doorns, and
the Botterkloof Pass south of Nieuwoudtville. These localities are all situated on
the western rim of the Karoo escarpment.
Rediviva albifasciata Whitehead & Steiner, 1994
Figs 1A, 15-18, 63A
Rediviva albifasciata Whitehead & Steiner, 1994: 2.
174 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Diagnosis
Female. Small, 8-10 mm, body black to dark brown. Forelegs not attenuate,
three-quarters length of body. Tarsi of fore- and middle legs with flattened
scrapers on anterior and posterior surfaces; shiny scale-like projection on dorsal
distal angle on hind basitarsus. Apical margins of metasomal terga 1-4 with
white hairbands.
Male. Small, 7-9 mm, body black. Legs black except tarsus of middle leg
and tibia and tarsus of hind legs light brown. White hairbands on apical margins
of T1-TS, fimbriae of T6 light brown. Gonostylus of male with apical ‘half
flattened. Apical margin of S8 entire.
Etymology
The name refers to the prominent white hair bands on the apical margin of
the metasomal terga.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: SAM-HYM-B000384, female, Northern Cape
Province, 23 km south of Springbok, farm Mesklip, 2917DD, K. E. Steiner,
10 Aug. 1985. Allotype: SAM-HYM-B000385, male, Northern Cape Province,
Goegab (Hester Malan) Nature Reserve, 2917DB, M. Struck, 30 July 1986.
Paratypes (64 22, 14 36) collected from Springbok to south of Nieuwoudtville
and Clanwilliam from July to September.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 8.8 mm, forewing 7.7 mm, malar space
L:W 0.29. Other material (n = 30)—Measurements and ratios: body 9.0 mm
(8.2-10.3 mm), foreleg 6.9 mm (6.5-7.3 mm), forewing 7.6 mm (7.2-8.0 mm).
Ratios: FL: B 0.77 (0.66-0.83), malar space L: W 0.28 (0.24-0.32).
Integumental colour. Body black to dark brown, tegula, tibiae, tarsi and
flagellum on underside, light brown.
Structure. Mouth-parts (Fig. 15 A-G): glossa one-third length of prementum,
labial palp extending beyond tip of glossa, paraglossa reaching a little beyond
half length of glossa; apex of galea rounded, galeal comb with 20 teeth; labrum
sub-triangular, wider than long (7: 4). Mesosoma: median mesoscutal line
extending three-quarters length of segment, lying in slight depression; front legs
not attenuate, three-quarters length of body; hind tibia as wide as basitarsus;
hind basitarsus length 2.4 times width, with small scale-like projection on distal
dorsal angle, distal margin oblique (Fig. 16D).
Sculpture. Head: clypeus coarsely punctate, punctures sparser apically, area
between punctures shiny; supraclypeal area coarsely punctate, surface between |
punctures roughened. Mesosoma: scutum finely and densely punctate, punctures
less dense in median longitudinal depression where surface between punctures
more shiny.
Vestiture. Pubescence on underside of head, mesonotum and metanotum as
well as coxa, trochanter and femur pale straw-coloured; hairs on tibia and tarsus
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 175
1mm
Fig. 15. Rediviva albifasciata Whitehead & Steiner, 1994. Female. A. Labium, posterior
view. B. Base of prementum with mentum and lorum, posterior aspect. C. Inner view of
galea to show galeal comb. D. Left maxilla. E. Labrum. F. Anterior aspect of head.
G. Right mandible.
176 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 16. Rediviva albifasciata Whitehead & Steiner, 1994. Female. A. Foreleg, dorsal
view. B. Foreleg, lateral view. C. Left fore- and hind wings. D. Hind tibia and basitarsus.
of all legs, scutum, scutellum and metanotum, light brown with some black
hairs; prominent white apical hair bands on T1-T4; short decumbent black hairs
on basal two-thirds of T2-T5, fimbriae of TS brown dorsally, white laterally;
front and middle legs with finely branched oil-collecting hairs on basitarsus and
oil-collecting hairs and curved flattened scrapers on anterior and posterior
surfaces of tarsomeres 2-4 (Fig. 16A-B).
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 177
Fig. 17. Rediviva albifasciata Whitehead & Steiner, 1994. A-G. Male. A. S6, ventral
view. B. S7, dorsal and ventral view. C. S7, lateral aspect. D. $8, dorsal and ventral
view. E. S8, lateral view. F. Dorsal and ventral aspect of genitalia. G. Genital capsule,
lateral view. H-I. Female. H. Second submarginal cell of right forewing. I. Basal vein
plus first abscissa of Rs of right forewing.
178 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
33°
HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
[| Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100 km
(It
Fig. 18. Known distribution of Rediviva albifasciata.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 179
Male
Measurements. Allotype: body 7.8 mm, forewing 6.8 mm. Other material
(n = 6)—Measurements and ranges: body 8.2 mm (6.9-8.5 mm), foreleg
6.3 mm (5.9-6.6 mm), Ft+bt 2.4 mm (2.3-2.4 mm), forewing 7.1
(6.9-7.4 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.77 (0.67-0.90), malar space L: W 0.38
(0.32-0.42).
Integumental colour. Body black, ventral surface of antennae, tarsi of front
and middle legs light brown, tibiae and tarsi of hind legs darker brown.
Structure. Foreleg three-quarters length of body, mean FL: B as in female,
hind tibia slightly wider than basitarsus; S6 (Fig. 17A) with median and lateral
lobes poorly developed, translucent area on disc; S7 (Fig. 17B-C) with deeply
emarginate apical margin, conspicuous median lobes, large oval translucent
lateral lobes, papillate on basal third; S8 (Fig. 17D-E, 63A) with apical margin
entire. Genitalia (Fig. 17F-G): gonostylus extending a little beyond apex of
penis valve, apical half dorsally flattened.
Sculpture. Clypeus, paraocular and supraclypeal areas coarsely punctured,
surface between punctures shiny; scutum finely punctate, more coarsely
punctured on scutellum and metanotum.
Vestiture. Head: light brown unbranched hair on labrum, rest of head
covered in long silky white pubescence, black hairs along inner margin of eye,
epistomal suture and vertex. Mesosoma: covered in pale brown plumose hairs,
some black hairs on disc of scutellum. Metasoma: white apical hair bands on
T1-T6, S6 having branched pale straw-coloured hairs and tuft of short black
hairs on lateral lobe, S7 with strong recurved branched hairs on outer surface of
median lobe.
Host flower records
Females collect oil from Colpias mollis and Hemimeris racemosa and nectar
from Oxalis pes-caprae, Oxalis sp. and Cysticapnos versicaria. Males take
nectar from Othonna arbuscula, Oxalis pes-caprae and O. comosa. Males also
patrol the two oil-producing plants presumably in search of receptive females.
Distribution (Fig. 18)
Rediviva albifasciata occurs mainly in the mountainous region of northern
Namaqualand, but also has disjunct populations 300 km south in the
Nieuwoudtville and Clanwilliam areas.
Rediviva intermixta (Cockerell, 1934)
Figs 1F, 19-22, 64F
Notomelitta intermixta Cockerell, 1934: 450.
Rediviva intermixta (Cockerell) Michener, 1981: 47.
Diagnosis
Female. Medium-sized, black-bodied bees, 10-12 mm long. Front legs four-
fifths length of body, hind basitarsus light brown with large shiny brown scale
180 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
on distal dorsal angle. Finely divided oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2-4 of
front and middle legs. Light straw-coloured apical hair bands on T2-T4,
pubescence on T5-T6 light brown.
Male. Length 9-10 mm, integument black, covered in long white to straw-
coloured pubescence. Apical hair bands less distinct than in females but visible
on T2-T5, pubescence on T6 light brown, black erect hairs at bases of T4-TS.
Hind tibia and basitarsus light brown. S5 having latero-apical tubercles with
stout apical hairs, S6 with narrow, shallowly emarginate apex, distinctive
median and lateral lobes on S7.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: B. M. Type Hym. 17a 1831, male, Worcester.
Cape Province. R. E. Turner, 17-31 Aug. 1928. Natural History Museum,
London.
Other material (657 22, 221 63)—Northern Cape Province: 4 2°,
Botterkloof Pass, 3119CD, KES, 15 Sept. 1989; 1 2, Bowesdorp, 3012BB,
VBW, 28 Aug. 1980; 1 3, Calvinia, farm Toren, 3119BC, KES, 26 Aug. 1985;
1 2, 4 3d, same locality, VBW & MM, 25 Aug. 1985; 4 22, 8 dd, same
locality, VBW & MM, 26 Aug. 1985; 2 36, Garagams, 3017BD, VBW,
28 July 1985; 2 636, Kamieskroon, farm Bakleikraal, 3018AA, KES, 19 Aug.
1988; 1 2, Kamieskroon, farm Dassiefontein, 3017DB, MM, 4 Sept. 1986;
3 dd, same locality, VBW, 4 Sept. 1986; 2 od, same locality, VBW, 7 Sept.
1986; 1 5, VBW, 8 Sept. 1986; 2 °°, Karkams, 3017BD, KES, 10 Aug. 1985;
8 22, same locality, KES, 23 Aug. 1985; 1 6, same locality, KES, 4 Sept.
1986; 3 2°, same locality, KES, 6 Sept. 1986; 3 22, 13 dd, same locality,
KES, 18 Aug. 1988; 1 3, same locality, KES, 19 Aug. 1988; 1 3d, same
locality, VBW, 8 Aug. 1985; 2 od, same locality, VBW, 10 Aug. 1985; 13 29,
10 3d, same locality, VBW, 28 Aug. 1985; 4 2°, 3 dd, same locality, VBW,
18 Aug. 1988; 2 2°, Middelpos, farm Blomfontein, 3219BB, KES, 23 Sept.
1985; 3 22, 16 dd, same locality, KES, 3 Oct. 1985; 8 2°, Middelpos, farm
Blomfontein, 3220CC, KES, 1 Oct. 1992; 10 9°, Middelpos, farm
Blomfontein, 3219BB, VBW, 28 Aug. 1984; 2 22, same locality, VBW,
24 Sept. 1985; 29 22, same locality, VBW, 3 Oct. 1985; 11 ¢3, Middelpos,
farm Hartbeestfontein, 3120CC, KES, 27 Aug. 1990; 2 22, 5 d6¢, same
locality, VBW, 2 Oct. 1986; 3 22, 7 dd, same locality, VBW, 27 Aug. 1990;
2 22, same locality, VBW, 16 Sept. 1993; 6 2°, Nieuwoudtville, 3119AC,
KES, 26 Aug. 1984; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 20 Aug. 1990; 3 29,
Nieuwoudtville, 5 km south, 3119AC, KES, 24 Sept. 1986; 1 2, same locality,
KES, 2 Sept. 1989; 1 2, same locality, KES, 25 Sept. 1989; 1 2, same locality,
KES, 28 Sept. 1989; 2 °°, 1 3, same locality, VBW & MM, 31 Aug. 1985;
3 22, same locality, VBW, 11 Sept. 1987; 2 22, same locality, VBW, 25 Aug.
1988; 1 ¢, Nieuwoudtville, Botterkloof road, 3119CD, VBW, 6 Sept. 1994;
68 22, Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC, KES, 28 Aug. 1984;
1 2, same locality, KES, 11 Sept. 1984; 26 °°, same locality, KES, 27 Aug.
1985; 6 3d, same locality, KES, 8 Aug. 1986; 4 dd, same locality, KES,
28 Aug. 1986; 16 22, same locality,KES, 6 Sept. 1986; 32 °2, same locality,
KES, 9 Sept. 1986; 3 2°, same locality, KES, 25 Sept. 1986; 1 ¢, same
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 181
locality, 3119AC, KES, 29 Sept. 1986; 14 °°, same locality, MM, 9 Sept.
1986; 3 dd, same locality, MM, 31 Aug. 1987; 19 22, 9 dd, same locality,
VBW & MM, 26 Aug. 1984; 3 22, 5 dd, same locality, VBW & MM,
27 Aug. 1984; 49 22, 9 3d, same locality, VBW & MM, 28 Aug. 1984; 7 29,
10 dd, same locality, VBW & MM, 29 Aug. 1984; 2 292, 2 dd, same locality,
VBW & MM, 10 Sept. 1984; 23 22, 2 dd, same locality, VBW & MM,
11 Sept. 1984; 6 2°, same locality, VBW & MM, 23 Aug. 1985; 31 °°, same
locality, VBW & MM, 27 Aug. 1895; 3 od, same locality, VBW, & MM,
28 Aug. 1985; 1 2, 19 dd, same locality, VBW, 2 Aug. 1984; 4 2°, same
locality, VBW, 8 Aug. 1986; 9 2°, 1 3, same locality, VBW, 14 Aug. 1986;
2 22, 1 3, same locality, VBW, 25 Aug. 1986; 5 dd, same locality, VBW,
4 Aug. 1988; 3 °°, same locality, VBW, 27 Aug. 1994; 3 °°, same locality,
VBW, 29 Aug. 1994; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 6 Sept. 1994; 3 99,
Nieuwoudtville, farm Glenlyon, 3119AC, 24 Aug. 1990; 6 22, same locality,
VBW & MM, 29 Aug. 1985; 23 22, same locality, VBW, 10 Sept. 1986; 1 9,
same locality, VBW, 11 Sept. 1987; 6 22, Nieuwoudtville, Grasberg road,
3219AC, KES, 10 .Sept. 1986; 2 66, Nieuwoudtville, farm Lokenberg,
3119CA, VBW, 26 Sept. 1986; 3 22, Nieuwoudtville, Oorlogskloof road,
3119AC, VBW, 24 Sept. 1986; 1 2, 1 5, same locality; VBW, 28 Aug. 1994;
1 2,5 63, Nieuwoudtville, farm Willemsrivier, 3119AA, VBW, 28 Aug. 1994;
5 2¢, Sutherland, 4 km south, 3220BC, KES, 27 Sept. 1984; 6 2°, Sutherland,
farm Tweeriviere, 3220AD, KES, 1 Oct. 1986; 1 2, same locality, KES,
29 Aug. 1994; 3 2°, same locality, VBW, 1 Sept. 1986. Western Cape
Province: 2 22, Clanwilliam, Bidouw Valley, 3219AA, VBW, 30 Aug. 1990;
2 22, 2 od, Clanwilliam, 0.6 km south, 3218BB, VBW, 5 Aug. 1989; 2 2°,
8 od, same locality, VBW, 11 Aug. 1989; 2 22, Clanwilliam 17.5 km south,
3218BD, KES, 24 Aug. 1984; 3 22, same locality, KES, 29 July 1984; 7 29,
1 dg, same locality, VBW, 24 Aug. 1983; 8 2°, same locality, VBW, 8 Aug.
1984; 2 22, same locality, VBW, 24 Aug. 1984; 1 2°, same locality, VBW,
11 Sept. 1991; 3 22, Clanwilliam, 7 km south, 3218BB, VBW & MM, 30 Aug.
1985; 2 2°, same locality, MM, 3 Sept. 1986; 4 2°, same locality, 3 Sept.
1986; 2 22, 9 3d, Clanwilliam, farm Koeglmanskloof, 3218BB, KES, 6 Aug.
1989; 1 °, Clanwilliam, Ramskop Camp, 3218BB, KES, 22 Aug. 1984; 1 9,
same locality, MM, 23 Aug. 1984; 3 °°, same locality, VBW, 24 Aug. 1984;
4,22, De Doorns, farm Appaskop, 3319BC, KES, 18 Sept. 1992; 1 2, same
locality, KES, 29 Sept. 1992; 5 2°, same locality, VBW, 24 Sept. 1992; 2 29,
Elandsbaai, farm Skerpheuwel, 3218AD, VBW, 27 Aug. 1987; 8 °°, 12 dé,
Gouda, Voélvlei Dam, 3319AC, KES, 7 Sept. 1988; 3 2°, 8 dd, same locality,
VBW, 6 Sept. 1988; 7 2°, same locality, VBW, 8 Sept. 1988; 2 63, Het Kruis,
3218DB, KES, 22 Aug. 1991; 1 6, Het Kruis, farm Groenrivier, 3218DB,
VBW, 22 Aug. 1988; 1 2, Klawer, 4 km north on N7, 3118DA, VBW, 5 Aug.
1989; 3 29, Klawer, farm Zypherfontein, 3118DC, 22 Aug. 1989; 1 9,
Malmesbury, road to old dump site, 3318BC, KES, 16 Sept. 1987; 2 2°, same
locality, KES, 14 Sept. 1994; 11 2°, same locality, VBW, 14 Sept. 1994; 1 9,
same locality, VBW, 20 Sept. 1944; 1 °, same locality, VBW, 14 Sept. 1995;
1 2, same locality, VBW, 24 Sept. 1995; 1 2, Moorreesburg, farm Neulfontein,
3318BA, VBW, 23 Aug. 1988; 4 °°, same locality, VBW, 7 Sept. 1988; 1 9,
Nuwerus, Meerhofkasteel road, 3018AD, VBW, 31 Aug. 1991; 1 2, Parow,
182 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Tygerberg Hills, 3318DC, VBW, 1 Oct. 1990; 1 2°, Piketberg, farm Spitskop,
3318BB, VBW, 22 Sept. 1995; 2 °°, Piketberg, farm Dezehoek, 3218AC,
5 Sept. 1987; 1 ¢, Piketberg, farm Rondegat, 3219DB, KES, 16 Sept. 1989;
4 36, Porterville, Halfmanshof, 3318BB, VBW, 23 Aug. 1988; 4 2°, Riebeek-
Kasteel, Bothmaskloof Pass, 3318BD, KES, 17 Sept. 1987; 2 2°, same
locality, VBW, 25 Sept. 1987; 1 °, Sandberg Station, farm Droogerivier,
3218BC, KES, 8 Aug. 1987; 3 22, Stellenbosch, farm Joostenbergkloof,
3318DD, KES, 16 Sept. 1987; 4 2°, same locality, VBW, 16 Sept. 1987;
5 22, same locality, VBW, 25 Sept. 1987; 2 22, 3 dd, same locality, VBW,
4 Aug. 1988; 9 22, Worcester, Karoo Gardens, 3119CB, KES, 18 Aug. 1989;
2 22, Wupperthal, 3219AA, VBW, 29 Aug. 1990.
Description
Female
Measurements and ranges (n = 15). Body 10.7 mm, (10.0-12.2 mm),
foreleg 9.4 mm (9.1-9.8 mm), Ft+bt 3.2 mm (3.1-3.5 mm), forewing 8.9 mm
(8.2-9.3 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.88 (0.77-0.94), malar space (n = 10) L: W
0.30 (0.28-0.33).
Integumental colour. Head: scape, funicle and first flagellar segment black,
rest of flagellum black to dark brown, light brown underneath. Mesosoma:
black, tegulae dark brown; coxa, trochanter and femur of legs black, tibia of
front and middle legs dark brown to black, tibia of hind legs light brown, tarsi
of all legs dark brown. Metasoma: dark brown to black.
Structure. Mouth-parts (Fig. 19A-G): glossa one-third length of prementum,
labial palp not extended beyond tip of glossa, paraglossa short reaching basal
third of glossa (Fig. 19A-B); cardo slightly shorter than length of stipes, apex
of galea narrowly rounded (Fig. 19E), galeal comb of 16 teeth (Fig. 19D);
mandible with small rounded subapical tooth (Fig. 19F); labrum with apical
margin evenly convex, two and a half times as wide as long (Fig. 19G).
Mesosoma: mesoscutal line depressed reaching middle of scutum; front legs not
attenuate, four-fifths length of body, foretibia curved, hind tibia (at its greatest
width) as wide as basitarsus, basitarsus width three-fifths its length, distal
margin truncate, not extending beyond insertion of tarsomere 2, large scale on
distal dorsal angle, length of scale three-quarters width of basitarsus (Fig. 20B);
wing venation (Fig. 20A).
Sculpture. Head: labrum impunctate basally, coarsely punctured apically;
clypeus and supraclypeal area coarsely punctured on disc, becoming finer
laterally, surface between punctures roughened. Mesosoma: fine dense
punctation on disc of scutum, area between punctures smooth, shiny; propodeal
triangle small ill defined, finely strigate, rest of propodeum shiny with scattered
wrinkles.
Vestiture. Head: labrum with stiff, unbranched light brown hairs at middle
of apical margin, shorter branched hairs laterally; long black and pale straw-
coloured hairs intermixed on paraocular areas; black hairs on vertex.
Mesosoma: scutum, scutellum and metanotum with mixture of black and pale
straw-coloured hairs, propodeum with pale straw-coloured hairs only; tibia and
tarsus of all legs with light brown pubescence, dense oil-collecting hairs on
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 183
Fig. 19. Rediviva intermixta (Cockerell, 1934). Female. A. Labium, anterior view.
B. Distal part of labium, ventral aspect. C. Base of prementum with mentum and lorum,
posterior view. D. Inner view of right maxilla to show galeal comb. E. Left maxilla, outer
view. F. Left mandible. G. Labrum. H. Second submarginal cell of right forewing.
I. Basal vein and first abscissa of Rs of front right wing.
184 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
1mm
Fig. 20. Rediviva intermixta (Cockerell, 1934). A-D, F. Female. A. Wings. B. Hind
tibia and basitarsus. C. Tarsomeres 2-4 of front leg. D. Tarsomeres 2-4 of middle leg.
E. Male. Projection on anteriolateral area of S5. F. Head, anterior aspect.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 185
\
=
SSS
SS MCN
SSS |
SS~
G SS \
1mm
Fig. 21. Rediviva intermixta (Cockerell, 1934). Male. A. S6, ventral view. B. Dorsal and
ventral view of S7. C. Lateral aspect of S7. D. Lateral aspect of S8. E. Dorsal and ventral
view of S8. F. Dorsal and ventral view of genitalia. G. Lateral view of genital capsule.
186 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
distal quarter of basitarsus and tarsomeres 2, 3 and 4 of foreleg (Fig. 20C) and
tarsomeres 2, 3 and 4 of middle leg (Fig. 20D). Metasoma: T1-T4 with long
pale straw-coloured pubescence, forming hair bands on apical two-thirds of
T2-T4, basal third of T3-T4 with short erect hairs sometimes intermixed with
short black hairs on T4, T5 with light brown vestiture, fimbriae on T6 slightly
darker brown.
Male
Measurements and ranges (n = 10): body 9.5 mm (8.5-10.8 mm), forewing
8.5 mm (7.8-10.0 mm), foreleg 7.9 mm (7.2-8.6 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.84
(7.4-9.2), malar space L: W 0.33 (0.27-0.40).
Integumental colour. Head and antennae black. Mesosoma: scutum,
scutellum, metanotum and propodeum black, tegulae dark brown, legs black
except tarsus of middle legs and tibia and basitarsus of hind legs which are
reddish brown. Metasoma black with narrow apical margin of terga and sterna
dark brown.
Structure. Mesosoma: foreleg approximately three-quarters length of body,
hind tibia one and a half times width of basitarsus. Metasoma: distal lateral
angle of SS with raised projection bearing tuft of stout unbranched hairs
(Fig. 20E), S6 with median and lateral lobes poorly developed, median lobes
forming narrow emarginate projection (Fig. 21A), S7 having narrow lanceolate
median lobes with strong stout hairs on outer apical margin, lateral lobes broad,
translucent, not strigate (Fig. 21B-C), S8 apical plate ovate, median emargin-
ation apically (Fig. 21D-E, 64F); gonoforceps slightly shorter than penis
valves, strong unbranched hairs on apical half not reaching apex (Fig. 21F-G).
Sculpture. As in female.
Vestiture. Head: long white silky hairs on clypeus, supraclypeal and para-
ocular areas, strong black branched hairs on inner ocular margin. Mesosoma:
scutum, scutellum, metanotum and propodeum with long straw-coloured hairs,
scattered black hairs laterally on propodeum. Sternum, episternum, coxae,
trochanters and femora with long white pubescence. Metasoma: T1-T5 with
erect straw-coloured hairs, diffuse apical hair bands on T4-T5, some erect black
hairs basally on latter terga, fimbriae on T6 light brown.
Cockerell (1934) described this species from a male collected by Turner in
1928 at Worcester; this is on the eastern edge of its distribution. For description
of the female and re-description of the male we have used material from the
Wild Flower Reserve at Nieuwoudtville which is more central in its range.
Host flower records
We have recorded females of this species collecting oil from 14 different oil-
producing plants, two species of Hemimeris, 11 species of Diascia and one
species of Alonsoa. The bulk of our material was collected on Hemimeris
racemosa (55.1%) and H. centrodes (21.1%), with most of the remainder on
Diascia cardiosepala (9.1%), D. veronicoides (6.4%) and D. macrophylla
(2.6%). A small number (4.9%) were collected on Alonsoa unilabiata, Diascia
‘arenicola’, D. ‘bicornuta’, D. ‘whiteheadii’, D. ‘floribunda’, D. lewisiae,
D. longicornis, D. parviflora and D. tanyceras.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 187
rr - -
30°
3° ae a aa
HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
|] Under 300 m
—-___»>-_.
20 0 20 40 60 go 100 km
| | | | I i
18° 49° 20°
Fig. 22. Known distribution of Rediviva intermixta.
188 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Nectar plants are visited by both males and females, the former not only for
energy requirements but also to seek receptive females. The most commonly
visited nectar plants by females were two Moraea species, namely M. bifida and
M. miniata (39.2%). Other flowers commonly visited were Oxalis pes-caprae,
O. obscura (22.3%) and Arctotheca calendula (16.1%). Visits of the remaining
. 22.4 per cent of females were divided among the following plants: Bulbinella
floribunda, Erodium circutarium, Geissorhiza aspera, Griellum humifusum,
Nemesia cheiranthus, N. leipoldtii, Polycarena sp., Polygala sp., Raphanus
raphanistrum, Romulea sp., Senecio arenarius, S. littoreus, Wachendorfia sp.,
and a Zygophyllum sp.
The plant most visited by males was Arctotheca calendula (32.0%) followed
by Moraea bifida and M. miniata (26.6%). Oxalis pes-caprae and O. obtusa
accounted for 19.7 per cent of the visits and Senecio arenarius and S. littoreus
for 12.2 per cent. The remaining males were collected on Cysticapnos
vesicaria, Lotononis hirsuta, and on an Othonna sp.
Distribution (Fig. 22)
Rediviva intermixta is restricted to the western part of the Western Cape and
Northern Cape provinces (Fig. 20). The most northerly collections have been
made at Kamieskroon, the limits of the eastern distribution are at Sutherland,
and the most southerly populations are found at Stellenbosch and the Tygerberg
hills north of Bellville.
Rediviva emdeorum Vogel & Michener, 1984
Figs 2F, 23-26, 63B |
Rediviva emdeorum Vogel & Michener, 1984, in Vogel, 1984: 515.
Rediviva emdeorum Vogel & Michener, 1985: 362.
Diagnosis
Female. Large bodied (13-16 mm) bees with extremely long (19-26 mm)
forelegs. Head and mesosoma black, metasoma largely light brown with
variable black areas on T1-T4, T5-T6 black. White to straw-coloured apical
hair bands on T1-T4, fimbriae of T5 black, small area of white laterally,
fimbriae of T6 black.
Male. Smaller (10-13 mm), legs nine-tenths of body length, white apical
hair bands on T2-T5. Median lobes of S6 short, sub-truncate apically with long
branched hairs, terminal hairs longer than lobe, lateral lobes well developed,
strigate, translucent.
Etymology
Named for the Miiller-Doblies family of Berlin whose son Uwe collected the
holotype.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: female, farm Grootvlei, west of Kamieskroon,
3017BB, U. Miiller-Doblies, 15 Aug. 1979. Deposited in the Natural History
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 189
Museum, London. Other material (86 ??, 7 363)—Northern Cape Province:
1 2, Calvinia, farm Toren, 3119BC, KES, 26 Aug. 1985; 1 2, Calvinia, farm
Witputs, 3119DB, VBW, 28 Aug. 1990; 1 ¢, Garagams, 6.1 km east, 3017BD,
KES, 28 Aug. 1985; 1 2°, Garies, farm Doringkraal, 3018CA, VBW, 3 Sept.
1988; 2 29, 1 3, Garies, farm Skuinskraal, 3017DB, KES, 25 Aug. 1990;
2 22, Garies, farm Skuinskraal, 3017DB, VBW, 25 Aug. 1990; 3 2°, Kamies-
kroon, farm Bakleikraal, 3018AA, MM, 8 Sept. 1986; 8 2°, same locality,
KES, 8 Sept. 1986; 11 °°, same locality, VBW, 8 Sept. 1986; 3 22, Kamies-
kroon, farm Grootvlei, 3017BB, KES, 24 Aug. 1990; 6 °°, 1 3d, same locality,
VBW, 24 Aug. 1990; 1 2, Kamieskroon, farm Outuin, 3017AA, KES, 7 Sept.
1986; 1 2, Kamieskroon, Leliefontein road, 3018AA, KES, 8 Sept. 1986; 1 2,
same locality, MM, 8 Sept. 1986; 7 °°, 2 dd, Karkams, 3017BD, VBW &
MM, 23 Aug. 1985; 1 2, same locality, MM, 4 Sept. 1986; 1 2, same locality,
MM: 6 Sept. 1986; 2 2°, 1 6, same locality, VBW, 18 Aug. 1988; 1 9,
Karkams, 2 km north-east, 3017BD, MM, 7 Sept. 1986; 4 22, same locality,
VBW, 4 Sept. 1986; 1 °, Karkams, 6 km north-east, 3017BD, KES, 18 Aug.
1988; 1 3, same locality, VBW, 18 Aug. 1988; 2 2°, Karkams, 6.2 km north-
east, KES, 4 Sept. 1986; 5 22, same locality, KES, 6 Sept. 1986; 1 2°, Loeries-
fontein, farm Koopmanskloof, 3019AB, KES, 13 Sept. 1989; 1 2, Nieuwoudt-
ville, farm Glenlyon, 3119AC, VBW, 29 Aug. 1985; 1 2, same locality, KES,
26 Aug. 1990; 1 2, Nieuwoudtville, Grasberg road, 3119AC, KES, 10 Sept.
1986; 2 22, Springbok, Goegab Reserve, 2917CA, KES, 10 Aug. 1993; 2 29,
Springbok, Hester Malan Reserve (=Goegab Reserve), 2917DB, KES, 25 Aug.
1989. Western Cape Province: 1 2, 3 22, Nuwerus, 15 km on Meerhofkasteel
road, 3118AB, VBW, 22 Aug. 1993; 2 22, Nuwerus, 2.3 km west, 3118AB,
KES, 21 Aug. 1990; 1 2, same locality, KES, 25 Aug. 1990; 1 2°, Nuwerus,
farm Middelputs, 3118AB, KES, 22 Aug. 1989; 2 2°, Nuwerus, Meer-
hofkasteel road, 3118AB, VBW, 21 Aug. 1990; 3 2°, same locality, VBW, 25
Aug. 1990; 3 2°, Vanrhyn’s Pass, foot, 3119AC, VBW, 23 Aug. 1995.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 15 mm, foreleg 19 mm, forewing 10.5 mm
(Vogel, 1984; Vogel & Michener, 1985). Other material (n =
39)— Measurements and ranges: body 13.7 mm (12.5-15.5 mm), foreleg
23.4 mm (19.3-26.3 mm), Ft+bt 8.0 mm (7.2-8.7 mm), forewing 10.3 mm
(9.7-11, mm). Ratios: FL: B (n = 40) 1.7 (1.5-1.9), malar space (n = 20)
L:W 0.20 (0.16-0.24).
Integumental colour. Head: mouth-parts, scape, pedicel and basal three-
quarters of first flagellomere black, rest of flagellum dark brown. Mesosoma:
black, wings dusky, veins dark brown to black, legs dark brown, basal third of
front tibia light brown. Metasoma: terga with variable areas of black and light
brown, T1 anterior surface with two lateral dark spots to all black, T2 black
median spot on basal margin, sometimes absent, T3 dark brown to black on
basal half of segment, sometimes entirely light brown, T4 entirely black to basal
half black, T5 black. Basal sterna light brown becoming darker brown to black
at apex of metasoma.
190 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
NN Wiis
f= a
Fig. 23. Rediviva emdeorum Vogel & Michener, 1984. Female. A. Labium, anterior view.
B. Base of prementum, mentum and lorum, posterior view. C. Left maxilla. D. Inner view
of right galea to show galeal comb. E. Labrum. F. Right mandible. G. Second sub-
marginal cell of right front wing. H. Basal vein and first abscissa of Rs of right front wing.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 191
=
SS
=
y
y
Fig. 24. Rediviva emdeorum Vogel & Michener, 1984. Female. A. Right wings. B. Head,
anterior view. C. Foreleg, distal part of basitarsus plus tarsomere 2. D. Foreleg, tarsomeres
3-5. E. Hind tibia and basitarsus.
192 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 25. Rediviva emdeorum Vogel & Michener, 1984. Male. A. Ventral aspect of S6.
B. Dorsal and ventral view of S7. C. Lateral view of S7. D. S8, dorsal and ventral view.
E. Lateral view of S8. F. Dorsal and ventral view of genitalia. G. Lateral view of genital
capsule.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 193
Structure. Head: wider than long (Fig. 24B); mouth-parts (Fig. 23A-F),
glossa short, one-third length of prementum, paraglossae short, half length of
suspensorium, reaching to basal third of glossa; labial palps extending to tip
of glossa; ligular arms occupying basal half of prementum; cardo (Fig. 23C)
as long as stipes, latter with fringe of long branched hairs on lower margin,
apex of galea fringed with stout hairs becoming progressively shorter
posteriorly, galeal comb of 14 teeth (Fig. 23D); labrum (Fig. 23E) subtriangular
twice as wide as long; malar space narrow, length one-fifth of width.
Mesosoma: front legs extremely long (19-26 mm), one and three-quarters
length of body; hind tibia two and a half times as long as wide, as wide as
basitarsus; basitarsus slightly longer than wide, rounded distally and projecting
beyond attachment of segment two, distal dorsal scale-like projection absent
(Fig. 24E); propodeal triangle well defined but area devoid of hairs, extremely
small.
Sculpture. Head: basal third of labrum and distal margin of clypeus
impunctate, shiny, rest of clypeus with large punctures, greater than their
diameter apart, surface between punctures smooth, shiny. Mesosoma: disc of
scutum finely punctured, punctures greater than diameter apart, area between
punctures smooth, shiny; propodeal triangle faintly coriaceous rest of
propodeum costulate, shiny.
Vestiture. Head: clypeus, supraclypeal, paraocular and genal areas, frons
and scape covered in white plumose hairs, black hairs on inner eye margins and
vertex. Mesosoma: shorter straw-coloured pubescence mixed with black hairs
on scutum and scutellum, vestiture longer on metanotum and propodeum,
similar pubescence on episternal areas; coxa, trochanter and femur of all legs
covered in short pale straw-coloured hairs, becoming light brown on tibia and
tarsus; oil-collecting hairs on apical quarter of tarsomere 2 (Fig. 24C), most of
tarsomere 3 and all of tarsomeres 4-5 (Fig. 24D) of foreleg, no oil-collecting
hairs on middle leg. Metasoma: apical hairbands present on T1-T4, white on
T1, straw-coloured on T2-T4, T5 fimbriae mostly black, white laterally, T6
fimbriae black.
Male
Measurements and ranges (n = 7): body 11.8 mm (10.3-12.8 mm), foreleg
10.5 mm (10.2-10.9 mm), forewing 9.1 mm (8.8-9.7 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.89
(0.80-1.0), malar space L: W 0.21 (0.18-0.25).
Integumental colour. Head, scape and pedicellus black, distal half of first
flagellar segment and underside of rest of flagellum dark brown. Mesosoma:
black, wings clear, veins dark brown; coxa and trochanter of all legs black,
femur mostly black, brown at extremities, tibia of hind leg and tarsus of front
and middle leg, light brown. Metasoma: variable areas of dark brown to black
on tergum; T1 dark brown with small black area at junction with propodeum, to
entirely black; T2 median black spot basally, to basal band of black; T3 basal
two-thirds black rest of tergum brown, to completely black with lateral brown
area; T4-TS basal half black with lateral area brown, to all black with narrow
strip of brown at junction of terga; T6-T7 black.
Structure. Forelegs not attenuate, nine-tenths of body length; S6 (Fig. 25A)
with median and lateral lobes poorly developed, large translucent area on apical
194 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
third; S7 (Fig. 25B-C) median lobes short, sub-truncate apically, adorned with
long branched hairs, terminal hairs longer than lobes; well-developed
translucent strigate lateral lobes; S8 (Figs 25D-E, 63B) terminating in spade-
shaped apical plate with crenulate apical margin. Genital capsule (Fig. 25F—G)
with gonoforceps extending a little beyond penis valves, strong unbranched
hairs on apical half, not reaching apex; volcellae conspicuous. Vestigial
pygideal plate a narrow raised reddish-brown to black bare median area on
apical margin of T7.
Sculpture. Head: labrum finely punctate except for narrow basal strip
without punctures, coarse punctures on clypeus approximately one diameter
apart, surface between punctures smooth, shiny. Mesosoma: punctation on disc
of scutum fine, several punctures apart, surface between punctures shiny;
propodeum with scattered fine punctures, surface costulate.
Vestiture. Head: silky white hairs on base and sides of clypeus, paraocular
areas and anterior of scape, black hairs on inner eye margins, frons and vertex.
Mesosoma: scutum and scutellum with pale straw-coloured hairs and some
black hairs on disc; longer pale straw-coloured hairs on metanotum and
propodeum; white pubescence on epipleural areas; patch of dark hairs
sometimes present on apex of hind tibia and basitarsus. Metasoma: white apical
hair bands on T2-TS. |
Colour variations
The extent of black on the reddish-brown background of metasomal terga
varies somewhat in females, with the loss of black maculation on the disc of T2
and reduction on the base of T3 in lighter specimens. There is also colour
variation in males where the tendency is to be more melanic and the only brown
markings on the metasomal terga are apico-lateral triangles on T2 and an apical
hime onl
Host flower records
The main oil-host plant of R. emdeorum is the long-spurred Diascia
tanyceras. The majority (80.3%) of females collected were visiting it for their
oil requirements. The remaining females were on six other species of Diascia,
namely, D. ‘whiteheadii’, D. namaquensis, D. ‘tenuis’, D. insignis,
D. macrophylla and D. ‘floribunda’. Only 20 females were captured on nectar
plants, the majority being taken on Arctotheca calendula, Trachyandra sp. and
Moraea sp. Single females were found taking nectar from Oxalis sp. and
Lachenalia sp.
Of the seven males in our collection, six were taking nectar from Arctotheca
calendula and one from Moraea.
Distribution (Fig. 26)
Rediviva emdeorum is restricted to the western parts of the Western Cape
and Northern Cape provinces and is the only oil-collecting bee on long-spurred
Diascia on the coastal plain in the vicinity of Garies and Kamieskroon.
Specimens were also collected north of this area at Springbok, and south at
Nuwerus. Isolated females have been found on long- and medium-spurred
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
[__] Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100 km
ee ee
Fig. 26. Known distribution of Rediviva emdeorum.
195
196 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Diascia outside the above areas, at Loeriesfontein, Nieuwoudtville, the foot of
Vanrhyn’s Pass and Calvinia.
Rediviva longimanus Michener, 1981
Figs 2E, 27-30, 64A
Rediviva longimanus Michener, 1981: 123.
Rediviva longimanus: Whitehead et al., 1984: 286.
Diagnosis
Female. Large (12-16 mm) with black integument and vestiture, forelegs
long (18-22 mm), 1.5 times body length, wings dusky. Hair bands not readily
discernible on metasoma.
Males. Large (9-14 mm), black bodied, forelegs short, three-quarters
length of body. Vestiture on T1-TS5 black basally, white apically; basal area of
black increasing progressively to T4 which is half black; TS black with narrow
apical white fringe, T6-T7 dark brown to black. Males of R. longimanus,
R. micheneri and R. nitida are difficult to separate but R. longimanus can be
recognized by the granular surface between punctures on the scutum.
R. longimanus males lack the tuft of strong upright bristles on the proximal edge
of the apical concavity on S6 and have a small vestigial pygideal plate on T7.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: SAM-HYM-B002172, female, 5 miles (8 km)
north of Nieuwoudtville, S.A.M., 9: 1961. (South African Museum collection.)
Other material (186 22, 38 66)—Northern Cape Province: 3 22,
Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC, KES, 29 Aug. 1985; 2 99,
same locality, MM & VBW, 27 Aug. 1984; 1 °, same locality, MM & VBW,
28 Aug. 1984; 1 2, same locality, MM & VBW, 10 Sept. 1984; 5 22, same
locality, MM & VBW, 27 Aug. 1985; 1 2, 4 3d, same locality, MM & VBW,
28 Aug. 1985; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 19 Aug. 1986; 1 °, same locality,
VBW, 5 Sept. 1986; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 24 Sept. 1986; 3 2°, same
locality, VBW, 28 Aug. 1995; 1 °, same locality, VBW, 20 Sept. 1996; 7 29,
same locality, VBW, 10 Sept. 1996; 1 2, Nieuwoudtville, farm Glenlyon,
3119AC, KES, 26 Aug. 1990; 3 2°, same locality, MM & VBW, 29 Aug.
1985; 4 22, same locality, MM, 10 Sept. 1986; 1 2°, same locality, VBW,
17 Aug. 1986; 1 2, 1 3, same locality, VBW, 11 Sept. 1987; 7 22, same
locality, VBW, 26 Aug. 1990; 7 2, 1 gd, Nieuwoudtville, Grasberg road,
3119AC, KES, 10 Sept. 1986; 1 2, Nieuwoudtville, farm Lokenberg, 3119CA,
KES, 25 Sept. 1986; 1 °, Nieuwoudtville, farm Teunisdrif, 3119AC, VBW,
25 Aug. 1988; 1 6, Nieuwoudtville, farm Willemsrivier, 3119AC, KES,
28 Aug. 1994; 11 36, same locality, VBW, 28 Aug. 1994; 1 ¢, Sutherland,
farm Kanolfontein, 3220AD, VBW, 22 Sept. 1985. Western Cape Province:
1 2, 1 6, Bidouw Valley, 5 km south, 3219AA, KES, 28 Aug. 1990; 3 °°,
same locality, KES, 30 Aug. 1990; 1 2, Bidouw Valley, Uitkyk Pass, 3219AA,
MM, 25 Aug. 1984; 1 ?, same locality, VBW, 4 Sept. 1983; 1 2, same
locality, VBW, 8 Sept. 1983; 2 22, same locality, VBW, 25 Aug. 1984; 2 @°,
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 197
same locality, VBW, 30 Aug, 1990; 2 ¢¢, Botterkloof Pass, farm Piet se Hoek,
3119CD, KES, 30 Aug. 1985; 10 2°, same locality, KES, 15 Sept. 1989; 1 9,
same locality, VBW, 24 Aug. 1983; 7 292, Clanwilliam, 3218BB, VBW,
24 Aug. 1983; 3 22, Clanwilliam, 0.5 km south, 3218BB, VBW, 17 Aug.
1988; 1 2, 3 od, Clanwilliam, 0.6 km north, 3218BB, 11 Aug. 1989; 1 9,
Clanwilliam, 1 km north, 3218BB, VBW, 12 Aug. 1994; 4 29, 1 4,
Clanwilliam, 3 km south, 3218BB, VBW, 18 Aug. 1983; 10 2°, Clanwilliam,
0.5 km north, 3218BB, VBW, 28 Aug,1985: 1 9, ft 3, Clanwilliam 3 km
south, 3218BB, VBW, 30 Aug. 1993-3 9?" Clanwilliam, 6.2 km south,
3218BB, VBW, 10 Sept. 1984; 1 9, Clanwilliam, 6.3 km south, 3218BB, KES,
20 Aug. 1985; 1 2 Clanwilliam, 7 km south, 3218BB, KES, 3 Sept. 1986: 1 Q)
same locality, MM, 3 Sept. 1986; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 3 Sept. 1986; 1 d,
Clanwilliam, farm Holfontein, 3218BD, VBW, 11 Aug. 1981; 10 29, 4 dd,
same locality, VBW, 24 Aug. 1983; 1 22, same locality, VBW, 3 Sept. 1991;
12 22, same locality, VBW, 11 Sept. 1991; 1 2, Clanwilliam, farm Klawervlei,
3218BD, VBW, 20 Aug. 1984; 1 2, Clanwilliam, Pakhuis, 3219AA, MM,
25 Aug. 1984; 2 22, Clanwilliam, Ramskop Camp Ground, 3218BB, KES,
23 Aug. 1984; 1 2, 2 6, same locality, MM & VBW, 21 Aug. 1984; 2 64,
same locality, MM & VBW, 22 Aug. 1984; 33 22, same locality, MM &
VBW, 23 Aug. 1984; 2 29, same locality, VBW, 8 Aug. 1984; 1 9,
Clanwilliam, farm Rondegat, 3218BD, KES, 24 Sept. 1989; 1 2, Sutherland,
64 km south-west, farm Thyskraal, 3220CC, VBW, 26 Sept. 1984; 3 29, 2 3d,
Vanrhyns Pass, 3119AC, VBW, 18 Aug. 1993; 1 2, Vanrhyns Pass, 3119AC,
VBW, 16 Aug. 1994; 1 2, 1 5, Wupperthal, 3219AA, VBW, 29 Aug. 1990;
4 2°, same locality, VBW, 30 Aug. 1990.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 13.5 mm, forewing 10.3 mm (wing tips
frayed), malar space L: W 0.21. Other material (n = 59)—Measurements and
ranges: body 13.5 mm, (11.5-16.3 mm), forewing 10.7 mm, (9.7-11.7 mm),
foreleg 20.7 mm (17.7-22.2 mm), Ft+bt 7.1 mm (6.8-7.5 mm). Ratios: FL: B
1.54, (1.36-1.75), malar space (n = 10) L: W 0.20 (0.19-0.23).
Integumental colour. Head, mandibles, scape, pedicellus and first flagellar
segment black, rest of flagellum piceous to dark brown. Mesosoma black, legs
and wing veins black to dark brown, wings dusky. Metasoma black.
Structure. Mouth-parts (Fig. 27A-F): glossa approximately one-fifth length
of prementum, labial palps extending a little beyond tip of glossa, paraglossae
reaching to half length of glossa, ligular processes occupying basal half of
prementum (Fig. 27A); cardo equal length of stipes, apex of galea rounded
(Fig. 27E), galeal comb of 16 teeth (Fig. 27B); labrum 2.5 times as wide as
long, apical margin evenly rounded (Fig. 27D). Mesosoma: front legs attenuate
1.5 times length of body, hind tibia as wide as hind basitarsus (38 : 41), length
of hind basitarsus 2.25 times width, no scale-like projection on distal dorsal
angle (Fig. 28D).
Sculpture. Head: clypeus with apical margin largely impunctate, rest of
clypeus coarsely punctured, diameter of punctures slightly less than distance
198 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
RSS
=
SS
Fig. 27. Rediviva longimanus Michener, 1981. Female. A. Labium, anterior view.
B. Inner view of galea to show comb. C. Base of prementum with mentum and lorum,
posterior view. D. Labrum. E. Left maxilla. F. Left mandible.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 199
Fig. 28. Rediviva longimanus Michener, 1981. Female. A. Right wings. B. Head, anterior
view. C. Distal part of basitarsus and tarsomeres 2-5 of front leg. D. Hind tibia and
basitarsus.
200 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 29. Rediviva longimanus Michener, 1981. Male. A. S6, ventral view. B. S7, dorsal
and ventral aspects. C. S7, lateral view. D. S8, dorsal and ventral view. E. S8, lateral
view. F. Dorsal and ventral view of genitalia. G. Lateral view of genital capsule.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 201
between them, surface between punctures roughened. Mesosoma: finely and
densely punctured on disc, surface between punctures roughened, distance
between punctures greater than their diameters; propodeal triangle small,
distinct, surface shiny but wrinkled, rest of propodeum shiny with sparse fine
punctation, punctures 3.5 times their diameters apart.
Vestiture. Head: pubescence black except on apical margin of labrum and
mandibles where it is dark brown to piceous. Mesosoma: hairs black except
tibia and tarsus of legs which are brown, oil-collecting hairs on apex of basi-
tarsus and on tarsomeres 2-5 of front legs (Fig. 28C). Metasoma: short sub-
erect black hairs on disc of T2-T4, longer laterally, on T5-T6 longer and more
dense, fimbriae dark brown to black, light brown medially in some specimens.
Male
Measurements (n = 20). Body 12.5 mm (9.1-14.2 mm), forewing 9.4 mm
(8.7-9.8 mm), foreleg 9.7 mm (8.9-10.6 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.78 (0.74-0.84),
malar space L: W 0.22 (0.19-0.25).
Integumental colour. Head black, scape and first flagellar segment black,
rest of flagellum dark brown above black below. Mesosoma black, legs black,
wings clear with veins dark brown. Metasoma black, terga with apical margins
piceous.
Structure. Forelegs not attenuate, three-quarters to four-fifths length of
body; S6 (Fig. 29A) with median lobes poorly developed, lateral lobes indicated
by tuft of stiff short bristles; apical third of S6 concave, shiny with slightly
raised median area without tuft of erect hairs on proximal part of ridge. S7
(Fig. 29B-C) with long spatulate median lobes, apical third adorned with long
branched hairs, hairs at apex half length of lobe; large strigate translucent
lateral lobes. S8 (Fig. 29D-E) with apical plate elongate oval, length twice
width, evenly rounded distally (Fig. 64A). Genitalia (Fig. 29F-G): apex of
gonoforceps not extending beyond ends of penis valves, stout unbranched
bristles dorsally on apical third, not reaching apical margin. Vestigial pygideal
plate a median narrow shiny raised area on apical margin of T7.
Sculpture. Head: labrum shiny, impunctate basally; strong dense punctures
on clypeus, distance between punctures less than their diameter, surface
between punctures smooth shiny. Mesosoma: scutum with fine punctures,
approximately diameter apart, area between punctures dull, granulate;
propodeal triangle shiny, faintly strigate.
Vestiture. Head: long silky white pubescence on clypeus, paraocular areas
and scape. Mesosoma: pale straw-coloured hairs on most of scutum, scutellum
and metanotum, some black hairs on disc of scutum and scutellum; similar hairs
on propodeum with scattered black hairs on anterior margin; pubescence on legs
shorter, pale straw-coloured to light brown, small patch of brown to black hairs
on distal tip of basitarsus. Metasoma: T1-T5 covered in long erect, relatively
Sparse pubescence, black basally white apically, basal bands of black hairs on
T1-T3 narrow and sometimes difficult to see, becoming progressively broader
with half of T4 black and T5 with nearly all pubescence black on disc. Fringe of
white hairs on whole of apical margin or sometimes only laterally, fimbriae on
T6-T7 dark brown to black.
202 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Remarks
Males of R. longimanus, R. micheneri and R. nitida have similar banding
patterns on the terga of the metasoma and superficially similar appearance of
S6, which make it difficult to separate them. The characters given in Table 1
will help to distinguish males of the three species.
TABLE 1
Distinguishing characters of the males of Rediviva longimanus,
R. micheneri and R. nitida.
Character R. longimanus R. micheneri R. nitida
White fringe on apical Present Present Absent
margin of T5
Surface between Granulate Smooth, shiny Smooth, shiny
punctures on scutum
Apical concavity on S6 Absent Present Present
with tuft of erect hairs
on proximal margin
Apical patch of dark Absent Absent Present
hair on hind tibia
Host flower records
Of the 134 females collected on oil-producing plants, the majority were on
Diascia ‘whiteheadii’ (85.1%) and D. floribunda’ (12.7%). Single females
were collected on D. insignis, D. “bicornuta’ and D. parviflora. Most of the
58 females taken on nectar plants were on several species of Moraea—65.5%
on M. miniata, 12.1% on M. bifida, 12.1% on M. fragrans, 10.3% on
M. tripetala, which is common in the area, as well as on an unidentified species
of Moraea.
Males were mostly taken in flight while patrolling nectar plants for receptive
females but 25.0% and 11.1% respectively were collected while taking nectar
from M. miniata and M. bifida. Males were also found to visit Cysticapnos
vesicaria (8.3%) and M. tripetala (2.7%) for nectar. Two males were collected
on the Van Rhyn’s Pass with pollinaria of Holothrix aspera attached,
presumably while collecting nectar.
Distribution (Fig. 30)
Rediviva longimanus is concentrated around Clanwilliam in the Olifants
River valley but extends eastward over the Pakhuis Pass into the Bidouw valley
and northwards to the Nieuwoudtville area. Isolated specimens have also been
found to the west and south of Sutherland. The type locality, 8 km north of
Nieuwoudtville, is on the northern boundary of its range.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 203
HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
WIA Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
[| Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100km
Lee eS ee
Fig. 30. Known distribution of Rediviva longimanus.
204 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Rediviva macgregori sp. nov.
Figs 2D, 31-34, 64C
Diagnosis
Female. Black-bodied medium-sized, 12.5 to 13.5 mm, with front leg equal
to or up to one and a quarter times length of body. Malar space narrow, length
one sixth of width. Surface between punctures on disc of scutum shiny.
Pubescence pale straw-coloured to light brown with diffuse hair bands on apical
argin of T1-T4. Fimbriae of T5 and T6 white laterally, light brown medially.
Gileeoileeine hairs on tarsomeres 2-5 of front legs, absent on middle legs. No
scale on dorsal distal angle of hind basitarsus.
Male. Black-bodied, 10-12.5 mm in length, malar space as in female.
Diffuse straw-coloured apical hair bands on T1-T5, fimbriae of T6 black, of T7
brown. Sub-erect hairs on basal two-thirds of T3-T4 straw-coloured, on T5
with addition of black hairs, on T6-T7 dark brown to black. S6 with poorly
developed median and lateral lobes, S7 with short spatulate median lobes
densely covered with short plumose hairs, lateral lobes large, strigate and
translucent. Short stout unbranched hairs on apical half of gonoforceps, penis
valves heavily sclerotized and expanded apically.
Etymology
Named for Neil Macgregor of the farm Glenlyon at Nieuwoudtville, who
introduced us to the Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve, allowed us access to
his property and on many occasions provided us with accommodation.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: SAM-HYM-B008048 female, Nieuwoudtville,
farm Glenlyon, 3119AC, K. E: Steiner, 29 Aug: 19853 Allomiag
SAM-HYM-B008049, male, Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC,
V. B. Whitehead, 24 Aug. 1988. Paratypes (51 22, 38 ¢36)—Northern Cape
Province: 4 22, Calvinia, farm Toren, 3119BC, KES, 26 Aug. 1985; 5 29,
same locality, VBW & MM, 26 Aug. 1985; 5 22, Kamieskroon, farm
Bakleikraal, 3018AA, KES, 8 Sept. 1986; 1 °, 1 ¢, Kamieskroon, Leliefontein
road, 36 km south-east of Gamoep turn off, 3018AA, VBW, 8 Sept. 1986;
2 22, Middelpos, farm Hartbeestfontein, 3220CC, KES, 28 Sept. 1984; 2 29,
Nieuwoudtville, farm Glenlyon, 3119AC, KES, 29 Aug. 1985; 2 3d, same
locality, VBW, 25 Aug. 1988; 1 °, same locality, VBW, 26 Aug. 1990; 5 29,
same locality, VBW & MM, 29 Aug. 1985; 3 22, Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower
Reserve, KES, 26 Aug. 1984; 2 22, same locality, VBW, 24 Sept. 1986; 2 3d,
same locality, VBW, 4 Aug. 1988; 16 dd, same locality, VBW, 28 Aug. 1988;
2 66, same locality, VBW, 20 Aug. 1990; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 28 Aug.
1990; 3 22,4 5d, same locality, VBW, 21 Aug. 1996; 3 29, 1 3, same
locality, VBW & MM, 26 Aug. 1984; 2 66, same locality, VBW & MM,
27 Aug. 1984; 4 22, same locality, VBW & MM, 28 Aug. 1984; 3 22, same
locality, VBW & MM, 27 Aug. 1985; 5 3d, same locality, VBW & MM,
7 Aug. 1986; 4 22, Sutherland, 4 km ‘south, farm Rooikloof, 3220BC, KES,
27 Sept. 1984; 1 2, 1 6, same locality, VBW, 27 Sept. 1984; 1 d, same
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 205
locality, KES, 1 Oct. 1986; 1 ¢, Sutherland, farm Fransplaas, 3220AB, VBW,
4 Oct. 1996. Other material (502 22, 63 63)—Northern Cape Province: 8 22,
Calvinia, farm Toren, 3119BC, KES, 26 Aug. 1985; 2 2°, 3 dd, same locality,
MM, 26 Aug. 1985; 13 °°, same locality, VBW & MM, 26 Aug. 1985; 1 °,
same locality, VBW, 26 Aug. 1985; Calvinia, farm Vanrhynshoek, 3019BD,
KES, 14 Aug. 1989; Garies, farm Welkom, 3018CA, KES, 8 Sept. 1986; 1 °,
same locality, VBW, 30 Sept. 1988; 7 2°, Kamieskroon, farm Bakleikraal,
3018AA, KES, 8 Sept. 1986; 3 22, same locality, MM, 8 Sept. 1986; 9 29,
same locality, VBW, 7 Sept. 1986; 2 2°, Kamieskroon, farm Dassiefontein,
3018AA, KES, 7 Sept. 1986; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 7 Sept. 1986; 1 °,
Kamieskroon, farm Die Tuin, 3018AA, VBW, 7 Sept. 1986; 1 2°,
Kamieskroon, farm Koringlandkloof, 3018AC, VBW, 30 Sept. 1988; 3 2, 1 4,
Kamieskroon, Leliefontein road, 36 km south-east of Gamoep turn off,
3018AA, VBW, 8 Sept. 1986; 2 2°, Kamieskroon, farm Outuin, 3018AA,
KES)? Sept. 1986; 2 92, same locality, VBW, 7 Sept. 1986; 3 99,
Kamieskroon, farm Bakleikraal, 3018AA, MM, 8 Sept. 1986; 1 °, Middelpos,
19.6 km north-east, 3120CC, KES, 28 Sept. 1986; 1 2, Middelpos, 23 km
west, 3120CC, VBW, 28 Sept. 1984; 3 22, Middelpos, 35 km north-west,
3120CC, VBW, 28 Sept. 1984; 1 2, Middelpos, 52 km south, VBW, 27 Aug.
1988; 2 22, Middelpos, farm Blomfontein, 3120CC, KES, 3 Oct. 1985; 7 29,
same locality, KES, 1 Oct. 1992; 5 9°, same locality, VBW, 3 Sept. 1985;
3 22, Middelpos, farm Hartbeestfontein, 3120CC, KES, 28 Sept. 1984; 2 dd,
same locality, VBW, 27 Aug. 1990; 1 °, same locality, VBW, 16 Sept. 1993;
1 2, Nieuwoudtville, 5 km south, 3119AC, KES, 11 Sept. 1987; 2 °°, same
locality, VBW, 11 Sept. 1987; 7 22, same locality, VBW, 25 Aug. 1988; 5 2°,
same locality, VBW, 27 Sept. 1988; 7 92, 2 63, Nieuwoudtville, farm
_ Glenlyon, 3119AC, KES, 29 Aug. 1985; 2 2, same locality, KES, 11 Sept.
1987; 9 22, 2 dd, same locality, VBW & MM, 29 Aug. 1985; 1 °, same
locality, VBW & MM, 9 Sept. 1987; 3 2, 2 dd, same locality, VBW, 11 Sept.
1987; 5 22, 4 od, same locality, VBW, 25 Aug. 1988; 8 22, same locality,
VBW, 26 Aug. 1990; 1 2, 1 d, same locality, VBW, 2 Oct. 1996; 9 2°, same
locality, VBW, 3 Oct. 1996; 4 22, Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve,
3119AC, KES, 26 Aug. 1984; 1 2, same locality, KES, 27 Aug. 1984; 9 29,
same locality, KES, 28 Aug. 1984; 1 3, same locality, KES, 27 Aug. 1985;
2 66, same locality, KES, 19 Aug. 1986; 1 2, 3 dd, same locality, KES,
20 Aug. 1986; 1 3, same locality, KES, 23 Sept. 1996; 3 °¢, same locality,
MM, 9 Sept. 1986; 5 ?¢, same locality, VBW & MM, 24 Aug. 1984; 12 2°,
same locality, VBW & MM, 26 Aug. 1984; 4 3d, same locality, VBW & MM,
27 Aug. 1984; 119 22, 4 3d, same locality, VBW & MM, 27 Aug. 1984;
3 22, same locality, VBW & MM, 29 Aug. 1984; 2 2°, 4 dd, same locality,
VBW & MM, 10 Sept. 1984; 2 2°, same locality, VBW & MM, 11 Sept.
1984; 73 22, same locality, VBW & MM, 27 Aug. 1995; 9 °°, same locality,
VBW & MM, 28 Aug. 1985; 5 3d, same locality, VBW, 2 Aug. 1984; 9 29,
same locality, VBW, 28 Aug. 1984; 5 dd, same locality, VBW, 7 Aug. 1986;
1 2, 1 3, same locality, VBW, 19 Aug. 1986; 2 2, same locality, VBW, 9 Sept.
1986; 9 22, same locality, VBW, 24 Sept. 1986; 5 ¢, same locality, VBW,
24 Aug. 1988; 3 22, 4 dd, same locality, VBW, 20 Aug. 1990; 3 22, 2 dd,
same locality, VBW, 24 Aug. 1994; 10 22, 2 dd, same locality, VBW,
206 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
29 Aug. 1995; 10 22, same locality, VBW, 31 Aug. 1995; 18 22, same
locality, VBW, 5 Sept. 1995; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 6 Sept. 1995; 2 2°,
same locality, VBW, 28 Sept. 1995; 3 6d, same locality, VBW, 30 Aug. 1996;
1 2, 2 dd, same locality, VBW, 10 Sept. 1996; 1 3, same locality, VBW,
20 Sept. 1996; 1 3, same locality, VBW, 16 Oct. 1996; 1 2, Nieuwoudtville,
farm Soetwater, on R27, 8.2 km east of R364 junction, 3119AD, KES, 15 Sept.
1989; 2 2°, Sutherland, 4 km south, 3220BC, KES, 27 Sept. 1984; 1 2, same
locality, VBW, 26 Sept. 1984; 11 °°, same locality, VBW, 27 Sept. 1984; 3 92,
Sutherland, 27 km west, 3220BA, VBW, 3 Sept. 1985; 5 22, Sutherland,
29.7 km north-west, 3220AD, VBW, 22 Sept. 1985; 1 2°, Sutherland, farm
Brandwacht, 3220BC, VBW, 14 Sept. 1993; 2 22, Sutherland, farm
Kanolfontein, 3220AD, KES, 22 Sept. 1985; 3 22, same locality, KES, 1 Oct.
1986; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 27 Sept. 1984; 4 °°, Sutherland, farm
Kentucky, 3220DC, KES, 17 Sept. 1993; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 16 Sept.
1993; 1 2, 3 od, same locality, VBW, 17 Sept. 1993; 1 2, Sutherland, farm
Rheeboksfontein, 3220DC, KES, 15 Sept. 1993; 1 6, Sutherland, farm
Rooikloof, 3220BC, KES, 1 Oct. 1986; 2 22, same locality, KES, 16 Sept.
1993; 2 22, same locality, KES, 19 Sept. 1993; 9 °°, same locality, VBW,
20 Sept. 1986; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 16 Sept. 1993; 2 2°, Sutherland,
Ouberg Pass road, farm Tweeriviere, 3220AD, KES, 1 Oct. 1986. Western
Cape Province: 1 2, 1 3, Laingsberg, 30 km west, farm Matjiesfontein,
3320BA, VBW, 15 Sept. 1993; 1 2, Sutherland, 82 km south, farm Fortuin,
3220DC, VBW, 21 Sept. 1985; 1 2, 1 ¢, Sutherland, farm Thyskraal, 3220CC,
VBW, 26 Sept. 1984.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 13.5 mm, forewing 10.2 mm, malar space
L: W 0.2. Other material (n = 15)—Measurements and ranges: body 12.8 mm
(11.8-13.3 mm), forewing 10.3 mm (9.2-12.0 mm), foreleg 14.7 mm
(13.0-15.1 mm), Ft+bt 5.5 mm (4.6-5.9 mm). Ratios: FL: B 1.14 (1.06-1.24),
malar space L: W 0.17 (0.15-0.20).
Integumental colour. Head black, antennae, legs and body dark brown to
black.
Structure. Mouth-parts (Fig. 31A-F): glossa short, one-third length of
prementum, labial palps extending little beyond tip of glossa, ligular arms
occupying basal half of prementum (Fig. 31A); maxilla (Fig. 31E) with stipes
slightly longer than cardo, having long hairs on lower margin, basal segment of
maxillary palp with long stout hairs; galea as long as stipes with short hairs on
apical margin, galeal comb of 16 teeth (Fig. 31C); labrum (Fig. 31D) three
times as broad as long (58: 20), anterior margin shallowly convex with long
unbranched hairs on apical third. Mesosoma: front legs longer than body, hind
tibia (Fig. 31G) slightly narrower than basitarsus (3.3 : 3.4), hind basitarsus
trapezoidal, a little more than twice as long as wide (7.5: 3.5), no scale on
distal dorsal angle.
Sculpture. Head: labrum with apical two-thirds punctate; clypeus and
supraclypeal area coarsely punctate, distance between punctures less than their
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 207
Fig. 31. Rediviva macgregori sp. nov. Female. A. Labium, posterior view. B. Base of
labium, anterior view. C. Inner view of galea to show comb. D. Labrum. E. Left maxilla.
F. Right mandible. G. Hind tibia and basitarsus.
208 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
1mm
Fig. 32. Rediviva macgregori sp. nov. Male. A. S6, ventral view. B. Dorsal and ventral
view of S7. C. Lateral view of $7. D. Dorsal and ventral aspects of S8. E. Lateral aspect
of S8.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 209
Fig. 33. Rediviva macgregori sp. nov. A-C. Female. A. Right wings. B. Anterior view of
head. C. Distal part of front basitarsus plus tarsomeres 2-5. D-E. Male genitalia.
D. Dorsal and ventral view of genitalia. E. Genital capsule, lateral view.
210 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
diameter, surface between punctures smooth, shiny. Mesosoma: punctation on
disc of scutum finer than on clypeus and more widely spaced, distance between
punctures greater than their diameters, surface between punctures shiny;
propodeal triangle small, poorly defined, impunctate, shiny.
Vestiture. Head: long light brown unbranched hairs mixed with shorter
plumose hairs on apical two-thirds of labrum, white to pale straw-coloured
branched hairs on paraocular and supraclypeal area, shorter and less dense on
clypeus; erect black branched hairs along ocular carinae. Mesosoma:
pubescence on scutum, scutellum and metanotum light brown, longer and paler
on propodeum and episternum; legs with similar vestiture, but hairs on tibiae
and tarsi light brown; oil-collecting hairs on distal tip of basitarsus and on
tarsomeres 2-5 of foreleg (Fig. 31C); no oil-collecting hairs on tarsus of middle
legs. Metasoma: diffuse straw-coloured hair bands on apical margin of T1-T4,
shorter pubescence of similar colour on basal two-thirds; fimbriae on TS and T6
white laterally, light brown medially.
Male
Measurements. Allotype: body 11.8 mm, forewing 8.7 mm, malar space
L: W 0.16. Other material (n = 10)—Measurements and ranges: body
11.4 mm (10.0-12.3 mm), forewing 9.1 mm (8.5-9.8 mm), foreleg 9.1 mm
(8.7-9.7 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.80 (0.76-0.86), malar space L: W 0.19
(0.17-0.22).
Structure. Front legs not attenuate, four-fifths length of body. S6 (Fig. 32A)
with median and lateral lobes poorly developed, disc shallowly concave. S7
(Fig. 32B-C) having short apically rounded median lobes densely covered in
short branched hairs; large translucent strigate lateral lobes. S8 (Fig. 32D-E,
64C) with broadly oval apical plate, distal margin shallowly crenulate. Genitalia
(Fig. 33D-E): gonoforceps extending slightly beyond penis valves with short
stout unbranched hairs on apical half; penis valves heavily sclerotized, apices
slightly expanded.
Sculpture. As in female.
Vestiture. Head: long white plumose hairs on paraocular and supraocular
areas, shorter and less dense on clypeus; light brown unbranched hairs on apical
third of labrum. Mesosoma: scutum, scutellum, metanotum, propodeum and
epipleural areas clothed in pale straw-coloured branched hairs (darker hairs on
scutellum of more melanic individuals); legs with similar pubescence except
being straw-coloured to light brown at extremities. Metasoma: T1-TS5S with
diffuse straw-coloured to light brown hair bands on apical margin, fimbriae of
T6 black, of T7 brown; sub-erect hairs on basal two-thirds of disc on T3 and T4
straw-coloured, on T5 mixture of straw-coloured and black, on T6 black, on T7
dark brown to black.
Colour and banding of males of R. macgregori
The apical hair bands on the metasomal terga of males are not as distinct as
on females. On the basal two-thirds of the disc of T2-T5 hair is erect whereas
on the apical margin it is sub-erect forming a diffuse band. On T6 and T7 the
pubescence is decumbent.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
33°
HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
|_|] Under 300 m
20 O0 20 40 60 80 100 km
(eT SS ee ee
Fig. 34. Known distribution of Rediviva macgregori sp. nov.
211
212 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The colour of the pubescence, particularly on the terminal segments, can be
diagnostic. In this species hairs on the disc of T1-T4 are of the general body
colour, pale straw-coloured, or a light reddish-brown in individuals that emerge
early in the season. T5 has mostly pale straw-coloured hairs but there is a
varying amount of black mixed in, whereas on T6 hairs are black and on T7
they are light brown.
Host flower records
Females of R. macgregori collect oil from a wide range of oil-producing
plants including 10 Diascia, three Hemimeris, one Alonsoa and three terrestrial
orchid species. The greatest number of bees collected were visiting Diascia
‘floribunda’ (35.6%), D. macrophylla (15.5%), Hemimeris centrodes
(14.8%), D. cardiosepala (9.7%) and D. tanyceras (9.5%). The remaining
11% of bees were collected taking oil from Alonsoa unilabiata, Diascia
veronicoides, D. dissimulans, D. lewisiae, D. parviflora, D. insignis, D.
‘whiteheadii’, Hemimeris racemosa and H. sabulosa. Only 4 per cent visited
three terrestrial orchids, Pterygodium hallii, Corycium deflexum and Disperis
purpurata.
Moraea bifida and M. tripetala were the main nectar plants visited by
females but several specimens were also collected on Bulbinella nutans,
Arctotheca calendula and Nemesia leipoldtii. Spiraxis elegans and Hesperantha
cucullata were also visited occasionally by females but probably more for pollen
than nectar.
Males were found to visit mainly Arctotheca calendula, Moraea bifida and
Senecio littoreus for nectar, but several were collected on Dimorphotheca
pluvialis, Lotononis hirsuta, Moraea tripetala, Gynandriris pritzeliana, Felicia
and Othonna sp.
Distribution (Fig. 34)
Rediviva macgregori is restricted mainly to the western edge of the Karoo
erosion escarpment, from the high lying areas of the Kamiesberg through
Nieuwoudtville, Calvinia and south-east to Sutherland. Only two collections
have been made off the escarpment, at the farm Thyskraal south-west south of
Sutherland, and at Matjiesfontein.
Rediviva micheneri sp. nov.
Figs 2B, 35-38, 63H
Diagnosis
Females. Black-bodied, large, 10-14 mm, forelegs long, 15-18 mm, 1.4
times length of body, oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2-5 of forelegs only.
Malar space relatively long, one-third of width. Hairs on metasomal terga
straw-coloured, short, decumbent, no apical hair bands.
Males. Black-bodied, large, 11-12 mm, malar space relatively long, one-
third width. White erect hairs on anterior two-thirds of T1-T4, black on T5-T6.
S6 with anterior third concave, median cluster of erect black hairs on proximal
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 213
edge of concavity. S7 with well-developed spatulate anterior lobes, apical hairs
about two-thirds length of lobe.
Etymology
Named for Dr C. D. Michener, Professor Emeritus in Entomology and
Systematics at the University of Kansas, for his contribution to the
understanding of South African bees and in particular for his revision of the
Melittidae. He recognized a single female of this species in the collection of the
South African Museum as a new species, possibly related to R. longimanus.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: SAM-HYM-BO008050, female, Western Cape,
Sauer, farm Suurfontein, 3218DC, V. B. Whitehead, 9 Sept. 1994. Allotype:
SAM-HYM-B008051, male, Western Cape, Sauer, farm Suurfontein, 3218DC,
V. B. Whitehead, 1 Sept. 1994. Paratypes (121 22, 7 ¢6)—Western Cape
Province: 3 2°, Citrusdal 13.4 km north, 3218BD, KES, 10 Sept. 1984; 1 9,
Citrusdal 13.5 km north, 3218BD, VBW, 10 Sept. 1984; 1 °, Citrusdal, farm
Korhaanshoogte, 3218BD, MM & VBW, 21 Aug. 1985; 1 2, Clanwilliam,
0.5 km north, 3218BB, VBW, 17 Aug. 1988; 1 2, Clanwilliam, 6.2 km south,
3218BB, KES, 30 Aug. 1986; 2 2°, Clanwilliam, 7.0 km south, 3218BB, MM
& VBW, 3 Sept. 1986; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 3 Sept. 1986; 2 °?2, Clan-
william, Grey’s Pass, 3218DB, KES, 9 Sept. 1989; 1 2°, Clanwilliam, farm
Holfontein, 3218DB, KES, 11 Sept. 1991; 1 2, Clanwilliam, Ramskop Camp-
ground, 3218BB, MM & VBW, 30 Aug. 1985; 1 2, Gouda, Voélvlei, water
purification works, 3319AC, VBW, 6 Sept. 1988; 1 2, Het Kruis, Eendekuil
road, 3218DB, KES, 8 Sept. 1987; 7 9°, Hetkruis, farm Groenfontein,
3218DC, KES, 10 Sept. 1990; 12 2°, same locality, VBW, 30 Aug. 1986; 1 2,
Hetkruis, farm Groenfontein, 3218DB, VBW, 30 Aug. 1987; 1 2, same
locality, VBW, 8 Sept. 1987; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 22 Aug. 1988; 1 °,
1 5, same locality, VBW, 8 Sept. 1987; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 7 Sept.
1988; 4 dd, same locality, VBW, 23 Aug. 1991; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 28
Aug. 1991; 3 2°, Hetkruis, farm Kromrivier, 3218DB, KES, 22 Aug. 1991;
2 2°, Hopefield, farm Jantjiesfontein, 3218CD, VBW, 12 Sept. 1991; 1 °,
Malmesbury, road to dump, 3318BC, KES, 16 Sept. 1987; 1 °, same locality,
KES, 20 Sept. 1994; 3 29, same locality, VBW, 16 Sept. 1992; 8 2°, same
locality, VBW, 14 Sept. 1994; 7 2°, same locality, VBW, 20 Sept. 1994; 1 9,
same locality, VBW, 14 Sept. 1995; 3 2°, same locality, VBW, 22 Sept. 1995;
6 22, Piketberg, farm Dezehoek, 3218DC, VBW, 15 Sept. 1994; 1 2, same
locality, KES, 13 Sept. 1994; 2 2°, same locality, KES, 13 Sept. 1994; 1 9,
Piketberg, Kromrivier, 3218DB, KES, 30 Aug. 1986; 1 °, Piketberg, Versveld
Pass, 3218DD, VBW, 15 Sept. 11 °°, Sauer, farm Groenfontein, 3218DC,
VBW, 10 Sept. 1990; 5 22, Sauer, farm Hartebeestrivier, 3218DC, KES, 10
Sept. 1990; 3 22, same locality, VBW, 10 Sept. 1990; 2 2°, same locality,
VBW, 23 Aug. 1991; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 20 Sept. 1991; 1 2, same
locality, VBW, 10 Sept. 1992; 4 °°, Sauer, farm Suurfontein, 3218DC, KES,
20 Sept. 1991; 2 22, same locality, KES, 25 Sept. 1994; 1 2°, same locality,
VBW, 25 Aug. 1994; 1 2, 1 3d, same locality, VBW, 1 Sept. 1994; 6 2°, same
locality, VBW, 9 Sept. 1994.
214 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 35. Rediviva micheneri sp. nov. Female. A. Labium, anterior aspect. B. Base of
prementum, mentum and lorum, posterior view. C. Maxilla. D. Inner aspect of galea to
show comb. E. Labrum. F. Right mandible. G. Second submarginal cell of right wing.
H. Basal vein and first abscissa of Rs of front right wing.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 13.0 mm, forewing 10.0 mm, malar space
L:W 0.32. Other material (n = 30)—Measurements and ranges: body
12.2 mm, (10.5-13.0 mm), forewing 10.1 mm, (9.3-10.7 mm), foreleg
16.7 mm (15.5-17.9 mm), Ft+bt 6.0 mm (5.6-6.3 mm). Ratios: FL: B 1.4,
(1.4-1.5), malar space L: W 0.32 (0.29-0.38).
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 74) \)
Fig. 36. Rediviva micheneri sp. nov. Female. A. Right wings. B. Hind tibia and
basitarsus. C. Anterior view of head. D. Distal part of front basitarsus and tarsomeres 2-5.
Integumental colour. Head, antennae, mesosoma, legs and metasoma black,
tegulae piceous.
Structure. Mouth-parts (Fig. 35A—-F): glossa short one-quarter length of
prementum, labial palps reaching tip of glossa, ligular arms occupying basal
216 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANS
V, Na
A \Y
Fig. 37. Rediviva micheneri sp. nov. Male. A. Ventral aspect of S6. B. Dorsal and ventral
view of S7. C. Lateral view of $7. D. Dorsal and ventral aspects of S8. E. Lateral view of
S8. F. Dorsal and ventral view of genitalia. G. Genital capsule, lateral view.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA PAG)
half of prementum (Fig. 35A); maxilla with stipes slightly longer than cardo,
galea with short fringe of hairs on apical third, galeal comb of 20 teeth
(Fig. 35C-D); labrum broadly pointed 2.5 times as wide as long (55 : 22)
(Fig. 35E); mandible with rounded subapical tooth (Fig. 33F). Mesosoma:
median scutellar line narrow, not reaching middle of segment; front legs 1.3 to
1.5 times length of body, hind tibia narrower than basitarsus (26 : 30), basitarsus
twice as long as wide (65: 30), distal margin rounded, distal dorsal angle
without scale (Fig. 36B).
Sculpture. Head: labrum with apical margin impunctate, disc coarsely
punctured, less dense laterally, surface between punctures shiny, faintly
coriaceous. Mesosoma: dense punctation on disc of scutum, distance between
punctures less than their diameter, surface between punctures shiny; propodeal
triangle small, well defined, surface wrinkled, rest of segment shiny, sparsely
and finely punctured. Metasoma: TI shiny with sparse fine punctures, T2-T4
densely and finely punctured.
Vestiture. Head: long light brown unbranched hairs on apical third of
labrum, white plumose hairs on paraocular and frontal areas, sparser on clypeus
and supraclypeal area, black along inner and outer eye margins. Mesosoma:
white plumose hairs on scutum, scutellum, metanotum and propodeum, some
black hairs on scutal margin; tibia and tarsus of all legs with light brown
pubescence, oil-collecting hairs on apical quarter of basitarsus and on
tarsomeres 2-5 of front legs (Fig. 36D), no oil-collecting hairs on tarsus
of middle legs. Metasoma: T1 with sparse pale straw-coloured pubescence,
T2-T4 with short decumbent similarly coloured hairs, slightly longer laterally,
fimbriae on T5 light brown, darker on T6. No hair bands on apical margins of
T2-T4.
Male
Measurements. Allotype, body 12.0 mm, forewing 9.3 mm, malar space
L:W 0.29. Other material (n = 7)—Measurements and ranges: body 11.4 mm
(10.8-12.0 mm), forewing 8.9 mm (8.7-9.3 mm), malar space L: W 0.30
(0.29-0.31).
Integumental colour. Head, antennae, body, and legs black.
Structure. Anterior third of S6 concave, bottom of concavity shiny, faintly
coriaceous, prominent median tuft of black branched hairs on proximal edge of
concavity, median and lateral lobes poorly developed (Fig. 37A); S7
(Fig. 37B-C) with well-developed spatulate median lobes, long branched hairs
on distal third, apical hairs two-thirds length of lobe; lateral lobes large,
crescentic and strigate. S8 (Fig. 37D-E, 63H), ovate, longer than wide, anterior
margin rounded, entire. Genital capsule (Fig. 37F-G), gonoforceps with short
stout unbranched hairs on apical third.
Sculpture. Head: labrum impunctate basally, black, shiny; scattered
punctures on anterior margin of clypeus, densely punctured on disc, some
punctures coalescing towards base, area between punctures smooth, shiny.
Mesosoma: fine widely spaced punctures on disc of scutum, area between
punctures shiny. Propodeal triangle small, clearly defined, surface shiny,
coriaceous, rest of propodeum shiny with fine scattered punctures.
218
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
Over 1500 m Sie z 2 eee SS oLIsi Emo. atic
900 - 1500 m N sa
300 - 900 m
[ |] Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100km
Bach Lal Si Le 18°
Fig. 38. Known distribution of Rediviva micheneri sp. nov.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA PIN)
Vestiture. Head: long silky white plumose hairs on anterior margin of
clypeus and paraocular areas, shorter and sparser on disc of clypeus and supra-
clypeal area. Mesosoma: shorter straw-coloured branched hairs on scutum,
scutellum, metanotum and propodeum, some black hairs on disc of scutellum
and propodeum. Metasoma: long white erect plumose hairs on T1-T4 (some-
times with black hairs on basal area of T5 and T4), black on T5 and T6, T7
brown to black.
Host flower records
Rediviva micheneri females collect oil from eight species of Diascia, the
majority being taken on the long-spurred D. longicornis (59.5%) and
D. ‘whiteheadii’ (9.9%). The remainder visited six species of medium- to short-
spurred Diascia. These included D. ‘arenicola’ ssp. ‘arenicola’, D. ‘arenicola’
ssp. “‘bulbosa’, D. capensis, D. ‘speciosa’, D. ‘grantiana’ and D. elongata.
Females were seen to collect nectar from Moraea fugax, M. miniata, Oxalis
pes-caprae and a Dimorphotheca species.
Of the seven males collected, four were taking nectar from M. miniata and
three were patrolling D. longicornis in search of females.
Distribution (Fig. 38)
Rediviva micheneri is restricted to the south-western part of the Western
Cape Province and most specimens were collected in the vicinity of
the Piketberg Range (Hetkruis, Piketberg and Sauer) and in a municipal reserve
on the southern outskirts of Malmesbury. Isolated specimens have been
collected at Clanwilliam and Citrusdal in the Olifants River valley, at the
Voélvlei water purification works near Gouda, and in the sandveld fynbos near
Hopefield.
Wheat is extensively cultivated in the area in which this species occurs and
natural vegetation is restricted to reserves, patches of non-arable land and road
verges. The major oil host plant, D. longicornis, occurs abundantly in fallow
lands in the first year after the cultivation of wheat, but the most dense stands of
D. longicornis and the short-spurred diascias visited by this species occur in the
first year after accidental burns of natural vegetation.
Rediviva ruficornis sp. nov.
Figs 1D, 39-41, 63D
Diagnosis
Female. Small- to medium-sized bees (10-13 mm), integument and
pubescence black, flagellum reddish-brown. Forelegs not attenuate, equal length
of body; front coxa with apical spine; dense oil-collecting hairs on front
tarsomeres 2-4, finely divided hairs also present on tarsomere 5 but shorter and
less dense. No oil-collecting hairs on tarsus of middle leg. No scale on distal
dorsal angle of hind basitarsus. Spine on front coxa, separates this species from
black forms of R. parva.
Male. Indistinguishable from males of R. aurata.
220 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Etymology
Rufus and cornu, Latin for red and a horn, referring to the reddish-brown
antennal flagellum of females.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: SAM—HYM-B007549, female, Western Cape
Province, Hopefield, farm Jantjiesfontein, 3218CD, V. B. Whitehead, 17 Sept.
1991. Allotype: SAM-HYM-B001148, male, Western Cape Province,
Hopefield, farm Jantjiesfontein, 3218CD, V. B. Whitehead, 10 Sept. 1991.
Paratypes (57 22, 4 66)—Western Cape Province: 2 22°, Cape Town,
Koeberg, farm Baasariesfontein, 3318DA, VBW, 25 Aug. 1994; 4 29,
Elandsbaai, farm Skerpheuwel, 3318AD, KES, 28 Aug. 1987; 1 2, Elandsbaai,
Leipoldtville road, 3218AD, VBW, 14 Sept. 1984; 2 °°, 1 36, Elandsbaai, farm
Skerpheuwel, 3218AD, VBW, 28 Aug. 1987; 1 2°, Hopefield, farm
Jantjiesfontein, 3218CD, KES, 12 Sept. 1991; 2 292, same locality, KES, 25
Sept. 1991; 1 2, same locality, KES, 2 Oct. 1991; 1 5, same locality, VBW, 10
Sept. 1991; 3 °°, 1 ¢, same locality, VBW, 17 Sept. 1991-374 eo eicamae
locality, VBW, 25 Sept. 1991; 2 2°, Hopefield, farm Houmoed, 3218CD,
VBW, 2 Oct. 1991; 3 22, Koperfontein, 3318AB, VBW, 19 Sept. 1986; 8 29,
Paleisheuwel, farm Alexandershoek, 3218BC, KES, 11 Sept. 1991; 3 292, 1 4,
same locality, KES, 12 Sept. 1991; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 12 Sept. 1991;
4 °°, Sandberg Station, farm Droogerivier, 3218BC, KES, 8 Sept. 1987; 1 9,
same locality, KES, 27 Aug. 1987; 2 2°, same locality, VBW, 8 Aug. 1987;
6 22, same locality, VBW, 27 Aug. 1987; 2 2°, same locality, VBW, 28 Sept.
1987; 2 22, Sauer, farm Suurfontein, 3218DC, VBW, 25 Aug. 1994.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 11.50 mm, forewing 8.3 mm, malar space
L:W 0.22. Other material (n = 27)—Measurements and ranges: body
10.8 mm (9.7-12.5 mm), foreleg 11.2 mm (10.5-11.6 mm), Ft+bt 3.7 mm
(3.5-3.8 mm), forewing 8.7 mm (8.3-9.0 mm). Ratios: FL: B 1.04
(0.98-1.12), malar space (n = 14) L: W 0.20 (0.15-0.22).
Integumental colour. Body black, anterior margin of clypeus, basal three-
quarters of mandible, flagellum (except basal two-thirds of first segment),
middle and hind femur, proximal part of tibia and distal part of femur of front
leg dark reddish-brown. Brown coloration variable and may be absent on legs
and clypeus of darker individuals.
Structure. Mouth-parts (Fig. 39A-E): glossa one-quarter length of
prementum, labial palp extending to tip of glossa, paraglossa one-third length of
glossa, ligular arms occupying basal two-thirds of prementum (Fig. 39A); cardo
(Fig. 39B) slightly longer than stipes (85 : 75); galeal tip acutely pointed, comb
of 17-19 teeth (Fig. 39C); labrum (Fig. 39D) more than twice as wide as long
(52:21), distal margin evenly rounded. Mesosoma: mesoscutal line extending to
middle of segment, terminating in small tubercle; forelegs not attenuate, equal
to length of body, apical spine present on forecoxa (Fig. 40B); hind tibia as
wide as basitarsus (26: 27), hind basitarsus nearly three times as long as wide
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 221
Fig. 39. Rediviva ruficornis sp. nov. Female. A. Labium, posterior view. B. Left maxilla.
C. Inner view of galea to show comb. D. Labrum. E. Right mandible.
(62 : 27), without scale on distal dorsal angle, distal margin rounded, projecting
beyond insertion of tarsomere 2 (Fig. 40A).
Sculpture. Clypeus with coarse punctures, approximately one diameter
apart, area between punctures smooth and shiny; punctation on scutum fine
becoming less dense on disc, area between punctures shiny; propodeal triangle
with surface slightly wrinkled towards base, shiny, rest of segment shiny with
larger wrinkles.
222 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 40. Rediviva ruficornis sp. nov. Female. A. Tibia and basitarsus of hind leg.
B. Left front coxa. C. Distal part of front basitarsus and tarsomeres 2-5.
Vestiture. Black except fimbriae on T5 and T6, hairs on distal margin
of clypeus, apical margin of S4-S6 and tibia and tarsus of all legs, light
brown. Finely divided oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2-5 of forelegs,
less dense and shorter on tarsomere 5, basitarsus with small patch of oil-
collecting hairs distally (Fig. 40C). No oil-collecting hairs on tarsus of middle
legs.
Male
Measurements. Allotype: male, body length 9.7 mm, forewing 7.7 mm.
Only four males were collected in the area where females of this species were
foraging. In size, body coloration, vestiture, genitalia and presence of a small
pygideal plate, they are indistinguishable from males of R. aurata. Apical plate
of S8 spade-shaped with crenulate distal margin (Fig. 63D) similar to R. aurata.
Host flower records
Females collect oil mainly from Diascia ‘arenicola’ and D. capensis, and to
a lesser extent from D. diffusa and Alonsoa unilabiata. Nectar is obtained from
Moraea miniata. Males patrol flowers of both D. ‘arenicola’ and D. capensis
and take nectar from Moraea miniata and Oxalis pes-caprae.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
[__] Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100 km
ee eee
Fig. 41. Known distribution of Rediviva ruficornis sp. nov.
223
224 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Distribution (Fig. 41)
This species has only been collected on the west coast of the Western Cape
Province, from Paleisheuwel southwards to Piketberg, Hopefield and Koeberg
Hill near Cape Town. It appears to be restricted to low-growing oil-bearing host
plants on sandy substrates.
Discussion
Rediviva ruficornis and R. aurata females have many characters in common
but can readily be separated by the black pubescence of R. ruficornis. They
share some host plants but have never been collected on the same host plant at
the same site as is the case with the two colour forms of R. aurata or the inter-
grading colour forms of R. parva females.
Rediviva aurata sp. nov.
Figs 1B, 42-45, 63C
Diagnosis
Females. Small- to medium-sized bees (9-12 mm). Head black, pubescence
white except on clypeus where it is golden brown. Mesosoma: black, front coxa
with hairy apical spine, oil-collecting hairs on tarsus of front leg only; hind
basitarsus without scale on distal dorsal angle. Metasoma: terga entirely black
Or with varying amounts of light brown, pubescence light brown to golden,
apical hair bands not pronounced.
Males. Small (9-10 mm). Body black, legs black except tibia of front and
middle legs which have some light brown. Apical margin of terga with white
hair bands, integument piceous to light brown; median vestigial pygideal plate
on T7.
Etymology
Auratus, Latin for golden, refers to the light brown to golden hairs on the
clypeus of females and light brown integument of the metasoma of most females
from the type locality.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: SAM-HYM-B007514, female, Western Cape
Province, Piketberg, Groenvlei, 3218DD, V. B. Whitehead, 27 Aug. 1987.
Allotype: SAM-HYM-B007515, male, Western Cape Province, Piketberg,
Groenvlei, 3218DD, V. B. Whitehead, 27 Aug. 1987. Paratypes (42 2°,
17 363)—Western Cape Province: 3 °°, Darling, Waylands, 3318AD, KES,
8 Sept. 1989; 1 °, Darling, 3318AD, VBW, 18 Oct. 1986; 3 22, same locality,
VBW, 19 Oct. 1986; 1 3, Hetkruis, Kromrivier, 3218DB, KES, 30 Aug. 1986;
5 2¢, 8 dd, Hetkruis, Groenrivier, 3218DB, VBW, 22 Aug. 1988; 2 dd, same
locality, VBW, 25 Aug. 1994; 1 2°, Langebaan, Postberg Reserve, 3318AA,
KES, 14 Sept. 1988; 1 °, Langebaan, 3318AA, VBW, 20 Aug. 1986; 2 29°,
Malmesbury, road to municipal dump, 3318BC, KES, 16 Sept. 1987; 3 2°,
same locality, VBW, 16 Sept. 1987; 2 2°, Piketberg, Banghoek, 3218DA,
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 225
esr 20 Sept. 1991: 379°, same locality, VBW, 20 Sept. 1991; 5 99,
Piketberg, Groenvlei, 3218DD, KES, 27 Aug. 1987; 3 22, 1 35, same locality,
VBW, 27 Aug. 1987; 1 3, same locality, VBW, 8 Oct. 1987; 2 22, 1 3, same
locality, VBW, 22 Aug. 1988: 3 22, 3 dd, Piketberg, Voorste Valley,
3218DC, K. S. Steiner, 5 Sept. 1987; 2 2°, same locality, VBW, 19 Sept.
1987; 3 22, Saldanha, 3217BB, P. Goldblatt & J. Manning, 23 Aug. 1995.
Other material (113 °2?)—Western Cape Province: 2 22, Darling, 3318AD;
30 ?2, Hetkruis, 3218DB; 23 2°, Malmesbury, 3318BC; 9 °°, Piketberg,
Banghoek, 3218DA; 17 °°, Piketberg, Groenvlei, 3318DD; 2 °°, Piketberg,
Moutonspad, 3218DA; 30 22, Piketberg, Voorste Valley, 3218DC.
Description ©
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 10.7 mm, forewing 8.5 mm, malar space
L:W 0.19. Other material (n = 30)—Measurements and ranges: body
10.6 mm (9.5-11.8 mm), forewing 8.7 mm (8.3-9.3 mm), foreleg 10.7 mm
(9.8-11.5 mm), Ft+bt 3.4 mm (3.2-3.6 mm). Ratios: FL: B 1.03 (0.98-1.06),
malar space (n = 10) L: W 0.23 (0.21-0.31).
Integumental colour. Head black, antennal scape, pedicellus and basal three-
quarters of first flagellar segment black, rest of flagellum reddish-brown.
Mesosoma black, legs dark brown to black. Metasoma with at least basal two-
thirds of Tl black, other terga with varying amounts of black and light brown.
Structure. Mouth-parts (Fig. 42A-H): Glossa one-quarter length of
prementum, labial palp extending slightly beyond tip of glossa, paraglossa one-
third length of glossa; ligular process occupying basal half of prementum
(Fig. 42A). Cardo slightly shorter than stipes, galea slightly longer than stipes,
apex narrowly rounded, galeal comb of 17 teeth (Fig. 42E-F). Labrum evenly
convex apically, 1.5 times as wide as long (Fig. 42G). Foreleg equal to length
of body, forecoxa with inner margin extended into a stout spine (Fig. 43D).
Hind basitarsus two-fifths as wide as long (26: 61), slightly narrower than tibia
(26:27), apex rounded without scale on distal dorsal angle (Fig. 43B).
Sculpture. Head: clypeus with large widely spaced punctures, area between
punctures shiny, punctation finer and denser on supraclypeal area. Mesosoma:
mesoscutal line distinct, slightly raised, extending to middle of segment
terminating in small tubercle; punctures on scutal disc fine, area between
coriaceous, inter-punctal distance greater than diameter of punctures; propodeal
triangle small, shiny, minutely wrinkled, rest of propodeum shiny with well-
spaced longitudinal wrinkles.
Vestiture. Head: hairs on labrum, clypeus and supraclypeal area sparsely
branched, light brown to golden; white and densely plumose on paraocular area
and frons. Mesosoma: episternum covered with long white pubescence; legs
with shorter white hairs becoming light brown on tibia and tarsus; mixture of
shorter white and black hairs on scutum, longer and straw-coloured on
scutellum, metanotum and propodeum; dense finely divided oil-collecting hairs
on tarsomeres 2-4 of foreleg, no flat scraper-like hairs visible, pubescence less
dense on tarsomere 5; some finely divided oil-collecting hairs on distal part of
front basitarsus (Fig. 43E); no oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres of middle leg.
226 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 42. Rediviva aurata sp. nov. Female. A. Labium, anterior view. B. Base of labium
with associated sclerites, posterior view. C. Lateral view of distal part of labium.
D. Posterior view of distal part of labium. E. Galea to show comb. F. Left maxilla.
G. Labrum. H. Right mandible. I. Second submarginal cell of right wing. J. Basal vein
and first abscissa of Rs of right front wing.
——
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA POM
, eee Tg
Af ifs
," 7 “hina
(ieee yy
SEPM uy
wee Bs ie :
Af SEEDS BSS Gy aS,
CZ. ie aig é Lay
ee ‘ Sf ED ph
a a Glo Ss a y
STS Eee ih
ae " Ses = f
te
1mm
Fig. 43. Rediviva aurata sp. nov. Female. A. Right wings. B. Tibia and basitarsus of hind
leg. C. Head, anterior aspect. D. Left front coxa. E. Distal part of front basitarsus plus
tarsomeres 2-5.
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
228
Fig. 44. Rediviva aurata sp. nov. Male. A. S6, ventral view. B. S7, lateral view.
C. Dorsal and ventral views of S7. D. Dorsal and ventral views of S8. E. S8, lateral
aspect. F. Tergum 7 with vestige of a pygideal plate. G. Genital capsule dorsal and ventral
view. H. Genital capsule lateral view.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 229
Metasoma: no distinct hair bands on apical margins of terga; white sub-erect
hairs on Tl, short decumbent yellow hairs on T2-T4, fimbriae on T5 longer,
light brown.
Colour variation. There is some variation in colour of the integument of the
metasoma of females, from completely black to varying amounts of light brown.
There is also a difference in the number of individuals with light brown on the
metasoma among the various collection areas. At Het Kruis 86 per cent (n =
36) and at Malmesbury 17 per cent (n = 36) of females collected had light
brown on the metasoma. At all other sites the integument of the metasoma of
females was entirely black.
Male
Measurements. Allotype: male, body 9.7 mm, forewing 7.5 mm, malar
space L: W 0.17. Other material (n = 10)—Measurements and ranges: body
9.5 mm (9.2-10.2 mm), foreleg 7.8 mm (7.5-8.0 mm), forewing 8.0 mm
(7.5-8.3 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.82, malar space L: W 0.20 (0.16-0.23).
Integumental colour. Head: antenna black, dark brown on underside of
proximal flagellomeres. Mesosoma: coxa, trochanter and femur of legs black,
tibia of front and middle legs with variable areas of black and light brown,
tarsus of front and middle legs, tibia and tarsus of hind leg light brown.
Metasoma: apical margins of T1-TS piceous to light brown.
Structure. Forelegs shorter than body. Metasoma: S6 having poorly
distinguishable median and lateral lobes (Fig. 44A); median lobes well
developed on S7, terminating obliquely with strong branched hairs equal to
length of lobe; well-developed membraneous lateral lobes with distinct
transverse striations (Fig. 44B-C); S8 with apical plate spade-shaped, lateral
margins diverging distally, apical margin crenulate (Fig. 44D-E, 63C);
gonoforceps slightly shorter than penis valve, with strong unbranched hairs on
distal half, small translucent area two-thirds distance from base (Fig. 44G—H).
Rudimentary genital plate present in form of small reddish-brown sclerotized
median ridge on apical margin of T7 (Fig. 44F).
Sculpture. Clypeus strongly punctured anteriorly, finer basally, surface
between punctures shiny; median mesoscutal line terminating in small tubercle;
fine widely spaced punctures on disc of scutum, area between punctures shiny.
Vestiture. Head: labrum with light brown hair on apical margin; clypeus,
supraclypeal and paraocular area and scape with long white plumose hairs;
black branched hairs on ocular margin. Mesosoma: short black branched hairs
on disc of scutum, white plumose hairs on episternum, propodeum and margin
of scutum. Metasoma: long white erect plumose hairs on T1, T2 with erect
black hairs on basal part of disc, area of black hairs increasing progressively to
T3-T5, decumbent white hair bands on apical margin of T2-TS.
Host flower records
Rediviva aurata females collect oil from several prostrate Diascia species
that include D. elongata, D. ‘speciosa’, D. ‘grantiana’, Diascia ‘arenicola’ ssp.
‘bulbosa’, D. diffusa and D. capensis. They have been observed taking nectar
from Oxalis pes-caprae and Moraea miniata.
230 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
L__] Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100 km
iy
Fig. 45. Known distribution of Rediviva aurata sp. nov.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 235i
Males patrol the oil host plants in search of receptive females and also
collect nectar from Oxalis pes-caprae and Moraea miniata.
Distribution (Fig. 45)
On the coast this species has been collected from Elandsbaai south to
Saldanha Bay, and inland from Het Kruis to Piketberg and south to
Malmesbury.
Rediviva peringueyi (Friese, 1911)
Figs 2C, 46-49, 64B
Andrena (Rediviva) peringueyi Friese, 1911: 671.
Rediviva peringueyi (Friese) Cockerell, 1931: 402.
Rediviva peringueyi (Friese) Michener, 1981: 123.
Diagnosis
Females. Body medium-sized, 11.0-13.2 mm, integument black. Head:
clypeus coarsely punctured, surface between punctures shiny but faintly
coriaceous. Mesosoma: punctures on scutum finer than on clypeus, less than
one diameter apart, surface between punctures granular; forelegs not much
elongated, slightly shorter than body, oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2-5, no
oil collecting hairs on tarsus of middle leg; basitarsus of hind leg without scale
on distal dorsal angle. Metasoma: light brown to rufous pile, apical hair bands
on T2-T4 of similar colour, fimbriae of T5-T6 slightly darker.
Males. Body medium-sized, 10.2-11.7 mm, integument black. Head:
punctation and surface of clypeus similar to female. Metasoma: light brown to
rufous apical hair bands on T1-TS, fimbriae of similar colour. S6 distal margin
shallowly emarginate, S7 with prominent spatulate median lobes and large
translucent strigate lateral lobes, gonoforceps with strong unbranched hairs on
distal two-thirds.
Etymology
Named for Louis Albert Péringuey, self-taught naturalist, who laid the
foundation for the classification of South African Coleoptera and subsequently
became Director of the South African Museum from 1906 to 1924.
Material examined
Type material. Lectotype: Female, Paarl, 3318DB, R. M. L. (= R. L.
Lightfoot), Oct. 1888. (Museum fiir Naturkunde, Humboldt-Universitat,
Berlin). Paralectotype: SAM-HYM-B002684, Female, Stellenbosch, 3318DD,
R. M. L., (= R. M. Lightfoot), Oct. 1888 (South African Museum, Cape
Town). Other material (130 22, 35 ¢63)—Western Cape Province: 2 °°,
Bellville, Tygerberg Reserve, 3318DC, VBW, 19 Oct. 1990; 1 3, Cape Town,
3318CD (no date or collector); 1 2, Cape Town, Koeberg Hill, Baasarries-
fontein, 3318DA, KES, 19 Sept. 1994; 1 2, Cape Town, Koeberg Hill,
3318DA, VBW, 21 Sept. 1996; 3 22, 1 6, Citrusdal, Grey’s Pass, 3218DB,
232 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
KES, 9 Sept. 1989; 2 2°, Darling, 3318AD, KES, 17 Sept. 1986; 4 29,
Darling, farm Contraberg, 3318AD, KES, 26 Sept. 1989; 1 2, Darling, farm
Slangkop, 3318AD, KES, 18 Sept. 1986; 2 ¢¢?, Darling, farm Waylands,
3318AD, KES, 8 Sept. 1989; 1 2, Hetkruis, farm Groenrivier, 3218DB, VBW,
14 Aug. 1981; 1 3, same locality, VBW, 23 Aug. 1991; 4 22, Langebaan,
Postberg Reserve, 3318AA, KES, 14 Sept. 1986; 2 2°, same locality, KES,
14 Sept. 1988; 1 °, same locality, KES, 8 Sept. 1989; 4 22, same locality,
KES, 5 Sept. 1990; 10 22, same locality, VBW, 17 Sept. 1988; 5 22, same
locality, VBW, 21 Sept. 1988; 9 22, Malmesbury commonage, KES, 14 Sept.
1994; 6 22, same locality, KES, 12 Sept. 1994; 1 °, same locality, VBW,
16 Sept. 1987; 2 2¢, same locality, VBW, 25 Sept. 1987; 1 °, same locality,
VBW, 26 Sept. 1987; 6 2°, same locality, VBW, 14 Sept. 1994; 3 29, same
locality, VBW, 14 Sept. 1995; 6 °°, same locality, VBW, 20 Sept. 1995; 1 2,
Moorreesburg, 3118BA, VBW, 9 Sept. 1994; 1 2°, Paleisheuwel, Berg Valey,
3218BC, VBW, 12 Sept. 1981; 1 2, Piketberg, farm Dezehoek, 3218DC, KES,
13 Sept. 1984; 2 22, same locality, KES, 5 Sept. 1987; 1 2, Piketberg, Karoo-
kop, 3218DA, VBW, 17 Sept. 1985; 2 °°, Piketberg, Versveld Pass, 3218DC,
VBW, 22 Sept. 1994; 1 2, Porterville, farm Kleinbergrivier, 3318BB, KES,
17 Sept. 1987; 2 22, Riebeek-Kasteel, 3318BD, KES, 17 Sept. 1987; 1 o,
Stellenbosch, 3318DD, H. Brauns, Sept. 1926; 2 36d, Stellenbosch, 3318DD,
A. Gagiano, 16 Sept. 1945; 11 22, Stellenbosch, farm Joostenbergkloof,
3318DD, KES, 16 Sept. 1987; 20 22, same locality, VBW, 16 Sept. 1987; 1 2,
same locality, VBW, 25 Sept. 1987; 9 dd, same locality, VBW, 18 Aug. 1988;
6 dd, same locality, VBW, 16 Aug. 1988; 2 °°, 1 3, same locality, VBW,
28 Aug. 1988; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 22 Sept. 1988; 4 2°, same locality,
VBW, 7 Oct. 1988; 2 22, Swellendam, Bontebok National Park, 3420AB,
VBW, 30 Sept. 1987; 2 66, Worcester, Karoo Gardens, 3119CB, KES,
18 Aug. 1989.
Description
Female
Measurements. Lectotype: body 13.2 mm, forewing 10.3 mm, malar space
L:W 0.21. Paralectotype: body 12.0 mm, forewing 10.2 mm, malar space
L:W 0.25. Other material (n = 20)—Measurements and ranges: body
12.0 mm (10.0-12.5 mm), foreleg 11.2 mm (10.5-12.6 mm), forewing 9.8 mm
(8.5-10.8 mm), Bt+ft 3.8 mm (3.7-3.9 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.94 (0.88-1.01),
malar space (n = 15) L: W 0.21 (0.17-0.23).
Integumental colour. Head black, antenna black, dark brown underneath.
Mesosoma black, wings dusky, veins black to dark brown, legs mainly black,
tarsi reddish-brown. Metasoma black.
Structure. Head: wider than long (12.7: 10) (Fig. 47C); mouth-parts
(Fig. 46A-F): glossa short subtriangular, one-quarter length of prementum, not
extending beyond labial palps; paraglossae slightly longer than suspensorium,
reaching basal third of glossa; ligular arms occupying basal half of prementum
(Fig. 46A); cardo slightly shorter than stipes, three and a half times longer than
wide, lower margin with long branched hairs; maxillary palp extending beyond
tip of galea (Fig. 46D), galeal comb of 15 teeth (Fig. 46C); labrum (Fig. 46E)
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 79
Fig. 46. Rediviva peringueyi (Friese, 1911). Female. A. Labium, anterior view. B. Base
of prementum, mentum and lorum, posterior view. C. Inner view of galea to show comb.
D. Left maxilla. E. Labrum. F. Right mandible.
twice as wide as long, anterior margin evenly convex. Mesosoma: wings dusky;
front legs slightly shorter than body, hind legs with tibia nearly as wide as
234 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
1mm
Fig. 47. Rediviva peringueyi (Friese, 1911). Female. A. Right wings. B. Distal portion of
front basitarsus plus tarsomeres 2-5. C. Head, anterior view. D. Hind tibia and basitarsus.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA Maps)
Fig. 48. Rediviva peringueyi (Friese, 1911). Male. A. S6, ventral view. B. S7, dorsal and
ventral view. C. S7, lateral aspect. D. Dorsal and ventral view of S8. E. Lateral view of
S8. F. Lateral view of genital capsule. G. Dorsal and ventral view of genitalia.
236 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
basitarsus (37 : 40), basitarsus more than twice as long as wide (85 : 40), distal
margin rounded, extending beyond insertion of tarsomere 2, no scale-like
projection on distal dorsal angle (Fig. 47D).
Sculpture. Head: labrum basal third impunctate, shiny; clypeus with distinct
preapical ridge, distal margin largely impunctate, rest of clypeus with coarse
punctures, less than one diameter apart on disc, surface between punctures
shiny, coriaceous. Mesosoma: scutum with scattered punctures, area between
coarsely roughened; propodeal triangle small, surface strigate, rest of
propodeum with scattered punctures, surface between punctures coriaceous.
Vestiture. Head: labrum with long light brown unbranched hairs on apical
two-thirds, clypeus light brown unbranched hairs on disc, plumose and paler
laterally, vestiture on paraocular areas pale straw-coloured. Mesosoma: scutum
and scutellum with short black branched pilosity on disc mixed with finer pale
straw-coloured hairs on margins, metanotum with longer plumose hairs. Coxa,
trochanter and femur clothed in short straw-coloured hairs, dark brown on tibia
and tarsus; oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2-5 of front legs (Fig. 47B).
Metasoma: light brown hair band on apical margin of T1-T4, longer dark
brown fimbriae on T5-T6.
Male
Measurements and ranges (n = 10). Body 11.2 mm (10.2-11.7 mm),
forewing 9.1 mm (8.5-9.2 mm), foreleg 8.7 mm (8.3-9.0 mm). FL: B 0.79
(0.75-0.81), malar space L: W 0.22 (0.21-0.24).
Integumental colour. Head, mesosoma and metasoma black, front and
middle tarsi, hind tibia and tarsus piceous to dark brown.
Structure. Head: malar space length one-fifth of width. Mesosoma: forelegs
not attenuate, four-fifths length of body; hind tibia one and a half times breadth
of basitarsus. Metasoma: S6 with poorly developed median lobes (Fig. 484A),
distal margin shallowly emarginate, lateral lobes indicated by dense patch of
strong bristles; S7 (Fig. 48B-C) with club-shaped median lobes, long plumose
hairs distally, terminal hairs slightly shorter than lobe; large strigate translucent
lateral lobes; S8 (Figs 48D-E, 64B) with apical plate ovate, concave, length one
and a half times width, distal margin evenly rounded; genitalia (Fig. 48F—G):
gonoforceps with stout unbranched hairs on distal half, not reaching apical
margin.
Sculpture. As in female.
Vestiture. Head: long white branched hairs on clypeus, paraocular areas,
frons and scape, erect black hairs on inner margins of eyes and distally on
scape. Mesosoma: scutum, scutellum and metanotum with brown plumose
pubescence, some scattered black hairs on disc; propodeum and epipleural areas
covered in longer white pilosity. Metasoma: reddish-brown apical hair bands on
T1-T5, fimbriae on T6 and T7 light brown.
Variations
Malar space measurements, length and width, were made on females from
six localities and the ratios L: W were fairly uniform for five of these
(Stellenbosch, Malmesbury, Piketberg, Darling and Swellendam) with a mean
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA ea]
of L: W = 0.22 and a range of 0.17-0.23. However, the Postberg sample from
the West Coast National Park had a longer malar space with a mean of L: W
0.29 and a range of 0.25-0.32. In all other respects females from the six
localities were similar. The Postberg reserve is on a peninsula where it is
largely surrounded by water and this partial isolation may account for this
divergence.
Note on the status of the type specimens of Rediviva peringueyi
Rediviva is based on two females of R. peringueyi collected in October 1888
by R. M. Lightfoot, a member of the scientific staff at the South African
Museum at. the time. These were sent to Friese in Berlin who retained the
specimen from Paarl, and returned the other, collected at Stellenbosch. In his
description Friese did not designate a holotype. However, Michener (1981)
stated that ‘one of Friese’s original female specimens from Stellenbosch . . . is
in the South African Museum’ and the ‘female type from Paarl’ is deposited in
Berlin.
There is a ‘Type’ label on pink card attached to the Paarl specimen,
presumably by Michener. As Friese did not designate a type in his 1911 paper,
we have labelled this specimen, deposited in the Humboldt University Museum,
Berlin, as the lectotype and the Stellenbosch female (deposited in the South
African Museum, Cape Town) as the paralectotype.
Host flower records
Of the 106 females collected on oil-producing plants, the majority (50.5%)
were on Hemimeris, mainly H. racemosa, but four specimens were also taken
on H. sabulosa. Five species of Diascia were also visited for oil; these include
D. ‘grantiana’ (18.7%), D. ‘pusilla’ (4.7%), D. elongata, D. capensis and
D. ‘arenicola’ (3.7%).
Rediviva peringueyi is one of the five species of Rediviva that collects oil
from terrestrial orchids in the winter rainfall area. Twenty four per cent of our
female specimens were collected visiting the orchids Pterygodium alatum,
P. caffrum, P. catholicum, P. hallii, P. inversum, P. volucris, and Corycium
orobanchoides.
Of the 35 males in our collection, 24 were collected in the vicinity of oil
host plants, 23 patrolling H. racemosa and one P. alatum.
Females visited 11 species of nectar plants, with 45.9 per cent being
collected on Moraea (M. fugax, M. gawleri, M. miniata and two Moraea sp.)
and a further 25 per cent on Stachys aethiopica. The remaining material was
taken on Chironia decumbens, Cyphia sp., Heliophila coronopifolia, Oxalis sp.,
and Raphanus raphanistrum.
Only eight males were collected taking nectar and of these, six were on
species of Moraea and the remainder on Chironia.
Distribution (Fig. 49)
Rediviva peringueyi is restricted to the extreme south-western corner of the
Western Cape Province, largely in areas below 300 m. Here there are several
species of oil-producing terrestrial orchids from which it obtains oil. Hemimeris
238 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
33%
HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
[___] Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100km
Te UST at BS
Fig. 49. Known distribution of Rediviva peringueyi.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 239
racemosa, its favoured oil host plant, on the other hand ranges much more
widely, but the presence of orchids, which occur late in the season, often when
other oil-producing plants are declining, may be more critical than Hemimeris to
the well-being of this species.
Rediviva parva sp. nov.
Figs 1C, 50-54, 61E
Diagnosis
Female:.small, 9-12 mm, dark bodied. Mesosoma: pale straw-coloured to
black pubescence; front coxa without apical spine; tibia and tarsus of all legs
with light brown hairs, oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2-5 of front legs and
2-4 of middle legs; hind basitarsus without scale on distal dorsal angle.
Metasoma: T1-T4 with apical hair bands pale straw-coloured to black, light
brown on T5-T6, hair bands less conspicuous on dark forms and worn females.
Male: small, 8-10 mm. Mesosoma: tibia and tarsus of front and middle legs
black to light brown. Metasoma: conspicuous white apical hair bands on T2-TS,
sub-erect black hairs on basal two-thirds of T3-T5; S6 with poorly developed
lobes, S7 having long narrow lanceolate median lobes with branched hairs on
surface of distal half, apical hairs as long as lobe. Apical third of gonoforceps
with short stout unbranched hairs.
Etymology
From the Latin parvus, referring to the small size of members of this
species.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: SAM-HYM-B007517, female, Western Cape
Province, Clanwilliam, 20 km south, farm Holfontein, 3218BD, V. B.
Whitehead, 8 Aug. 1984. Allotype: SAM-HYM-B007518, male, Western Cape
Province, Clanwilliam, 20 km south, farm Holfontein, 3218BD, V. B.
Whitehead, 29 July, 1984. Paratypes (97 2?, 26 63)—Northern Cape
Province: 3 22, Hondeklipbaai, farm Diknek, 3017AC, VBW, 20 Aug. 1991;
3 22 same locality, VBW, 18 Aug. 1995; 3 2°, Nieuwoudtville, 3119AC,
VBW, 29 Aug. 1994. Western Cape Province: 1 2, Atlantis, 3318AB, VBW,
16 Sept. 1985; 1 2, Cape Point Nature Reserve, 3418AD, KES, 8 Oct. 1986;
Seo eClanwilliam, 3) km south; 3218BB, KES, 3 Sept. 1986; 3 °°,
Clanwilliam, farm Klawervlei, 3218DD, VBW, 20 Aug. 1984; 3 29,
Clanwilliam, 6 km south, 3218BB, VBW, 10 Sept. 1984; 2 92, Clanwilliam,
Ramskop Camp Ground, 3218BB, VBW & MM, 20 Aug. 1984; 1 2, same
locality, VBW & MM, 21 Aug. 1984; 3 °°, Darling-Yserfontein Road, farm
Slangkop, 3318AD, KES, 17 Sept. 1986; 3 2°, same locality, KES, 18 Sept.
1986; 1 °, Elandsbaai, farm Skerpheuwel, 3218AD, KES, 28 Aug. 1987; 1 °,
same locality, KES, 9 Sept. 1987; 5 2°, same locality, KES, 11 Aug. 1988;
5 ¢¢, Elandsbaai, 3218AD, VBW, 21 Sept. 1984; 5 dd, same locality, VBW,
11 Aug. 1988; 3 22, Gouda, Voélvlei Water Purification Plant, 3319AC,
240 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
VBW, 6 Sept. 1988; 3 °°, Graafwater, 3218AB, KES, 14 Sept. 1984; 4 29,
Hetkruis, farm Groenrivier, 3218DB, VBW, 22 Sept. 1988; 7 36, same
locality, VBW, 19 Aug. 1992; 3 22, Hopefield, farm Jantjiesfontein, 3218CD,
VBW, 10 Sept. 1992; 3 22, 4 5d, Hout Bay, opposite Duiker Island, 3418AB,
KES, 11 Oct. 1986; 2 2°, Klawer, 7.6 km north on N7, 3118DA, KES, 7 Aug.
1985; 6 22, same locality, 3118DA, KES, 6 Aug. 1988; 3 229, Mamre,
3318AD, KES, 16 Sept. 1985; 3 2°, Montagu, 10 km east, farm Rietvlei
No. |, 3320CC, VBW, 26 Aug. 1981; 2 °°, Piketberg, 19 km north, 3218DB,
VBW, 27 Aug. 1987; 1 3, Sandberg Station, farm Droogerivier, 3218BC,
VBW, 27 Aug. 1987; 2 2°, same locality, VBW, 19 Sept. 1987; 3 29, Sauer,
3218DC, VBW, 9 Sept. 1994; 4 22, Stellenbosch, farm Joostenbergkloof,
3318DD, VBW, 16 Sept. 1986; | 3, same locality, VBW, 14 Aug. 1988; 1 9,
same locality, VBW, 16 Aug. 1988; 4 2°, Swellendam, Bontebok National
Park, 3420AB; KES, 29 Sept. 1987; 4 92, Velddrif, 13.4 km east, farm
Doornfontein A, 3218CD, VBW, 15 Sept. 1994; 5 22, 5 dd, Vanrhynsdorp,
3318DA, H. Brauns, Aug, 1927; 1 3, Vanrhynsdorp, 10 km north, 3318DA,
VBW, I|1 Aug. 1995; 1 2, Vanrhynsdorp, 3318DA, VBW, 14 Aug. 1995; 1 °,
same locality, VBW, 28 Aug. 1995. Other material (299 22, 37 63)—
Northern Cape Province: 5 22 Hondeklipbaai, 3017AD; 4 °° Koingnaas,
3017AB; 11 °°, Kotzesrus, 3017DD; 12 22, Nieuwoudtville, 3119AC.
Western Cape Province: 5 366, Camps Bay, 3318CD; 2 22, Cape Town,
3318CD; 3 22, Citrusdal, 3219CA; 84 22, 3 36, Clanwilliam, 3218BB;
14 2°, Darling, 3318AD; 14 2°, Elandsbaai, 3218AD; 25 2°, Gouda,
3319AC; 3 22, Graafwater, 3218BA; 10 2°, 6 dd, Hetkruis, 3218DA; 11 29,
Hopefield, 3318AB; 13 22, 11 dd, Hout Bay, 3418AB; 5 22, Hondeklipbaai,
3017AD; 18 22, Klawer, 3118DC; | 9, Lambert’s Bay, 3203 D@ somes
Malmesbury, 3318BC; 4 2°, Montagu, 3320CC; 4 22, Melkbosstrand,
3318CD; 4 2°, Moorreesburg, 3318BA; 1 2, Paleisheuwel, 3218BC; 17 22,
Piketberg, 3218DA; 1 @, Porterville, 3318BB; | 2°, Riebeek-Kasteel, 3318BD;
3 2°, 7 36, Sandberg Station, 3218BC; 11 2°, 4 66, Sauer, 3218D@s 2
1 3, Stellenbosch; 3318DD; 13 22, Swellendam, 3420ABR2ese3
Vanrhynsdorp, 3118DA; 9 2°, Yserfontein, 3218BA.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 9.7 mm, forewing 9.5 mm, malar space
L:W 0.25. Other material (n = 30)—Measurements and ranges: body
10.5 mm (9.5-11.5 mm), foreleg 8.7 mm (8.0-9.2 mm), forewing 8.2 mm
(7.3-8.5 mm), Ft+b 2.9 mm (2.6-3.0 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.83 (0.75-0.92),
malar space (n = 10) L: W 0.22 (0.16-0.23).
Integumental colour. Head, scape, pedicel and basal four-fifths of first
flagellar segment black, rest of flagellum dark brown to black above, brown
below. Meso- and metasoma black to dark brown, legs black, hind tibia and
basitarsus light brown.
Structure. Head: disc of clypeus shallowly concave; mouth-parts
(Fig. SOA-H): glossa half length of prementum, labial palp extending to tip of
glossa, paraglossa one-quarter length of glossa; ligular process occupying basal
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 241
1mm
Fig. 50. Rediviva parva sp. nov. Female. A. Labium, anterior view. B. Distal part of
labium, lateral aspect. C. Base of labium and associated sclerites, posterior view (c—cardo,
l—lorum, m—mentum). D. Base of labium and associated sclerites, lateral view. E. Inner
view of galea to show comb. F. Maxilla. G. Labrum. H. Left mandible.
242 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
2mm
Fig. 51. Rediviva parva sp. nov. Female. A. Right wings. B. Hind tibia
and basitarsus. C. Head, anterior view.
half of prementum (Fig. 50A); small triangular sclerite at junction of cardo and
stipes; cardo slightly shorter than stipes, galea slightly longer than stipes, apex
narrowly sounded (Fig. 50F), galeal comb of 17 teeth (Fig. SOE). Labrum
(Fig. 50G) evenly convex apically, twice as wide as long. Mesosoma: forelegs
shorter than body, hind basitarsus (Fig. 51B), nearly three times as long as wide
(62 : 22), slightly narrower than hind tibia (22 : 25), without scale on distal
dorsal angle, distal margin rounded, extending beyond the insertion of |
tarsomere 2. Propodeal triangle small, poorly defined.
Sculpture. Head: clypeus coarsely punctured, diameter of punctures less
than distance between them, surface between punctures shiny, apical margin
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 243
Fig. 52. Rediviva parva sp. nov. Male. A. S6, ventral view. B. S7, dorsal and ventral
view. C. S7, lateral view. D. S8, lateral view. E. Dorsal and ventral view of S8.
F. Dorsal and ventral view of genitalia. G. Genital capsule, lateral aspect.
244 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
impunctate. Mesosoma: punctation on disc of scutum fine, distance between
punctures three to four times their diameter; propodeal triangle shiny, rest of
propodeal surface punctate with scattered wrinkles.
Vestiture. Head: labrum with long, stout unbranched hairs on apical margin,
shorter branched hairs interspersed; clypeus, supraclypeal and paraocular areas
and frons with long white plumose hairs, some black branched hairs on inner
ocular margin; long plumose white hairs on genal areas. Mesosoma: scutum
with mixture of short plumose black and white hairs; scutellum and metanotum
with light brown plumosity, longer white to straw-coloured on propodeum, hairs
light brown to black in dark forms; coxa, trochanter and femur of all legs with
long white branched hairs, light brown and shorter on tibia and tarsus, finely
divided oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2, 3, 4 and 5 of forelegs; scrapers and
oil-collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2, 3 and 4 of middle legs. Metasoma: apical
hairbands on T2-T4, varying from white, straw-coloured, piceous to black
depending on the colour form; fimbriae on T5 and T6 light brown.
Male
Measurements. Allotype: body 8.3 mm, forewing 7.0 mm, malar space
L: W 0.23. Other material (n = 10)—Measurements and ranges: body 9.4 mm
(8.8-10.3 mm), foreleg 7.7 mm (7.6-7.9 mm), wing 7.9 mm (7.8-8.2 mm).
Ratios: FL: B 0.82 (0.74-0.89), malar space L: W 0.24 (0.19-0.27).
Integumental colour. Head: antennae, basal three-quarters of mandible
black; mesosoma black, tegulae dark brown; tibia and tarsus of front and middle
legs black to light brown, hind tibia and basitarsus light brown; metasoma
black, lateral margin of T1 reddish-brown.
Structure. Front legs four-fifths length of body. S6 with median and lateral
lobes poorly developed, tuft of short, strong unbranched hairs on lateral lobe
(Fig. 52A); S7 (Fig. 52B-C) with long narrow lanceolate median lobes, long
finely branched hairs on lateral surface of distal half, terminal hairs as long as
lobe; lateral lobes translucent, strigate, as long as median lobes; ventral surface
of S7 costulate; S8 (Figs 52D-E, 63E), apical plate spade-shaped, shallowly
concave, lateral margins diverging distally, distal margin shallowly crenulate.
Genital capsule (Fig. 52F-G): gonoforceps not extending beyond tip of penis
valves, apical third with stout unbranched hairs.
Vestiture. Head: long unbranched golden to light brown hairs on distal
margin of labrum, long silky white plumose hairs on clypeus, supraclypeal and
paraocular areas, some black hairs on inner ocular margin. Mesosoma: long
white plumose hairs on episternal areas; scutum and metanotum with similar
vestiture, some black hairs on scutellum. Metasoma: white hairbands on apical
margin of T2-T5, short black sub-erect hairs on basal two-thirds of T3-T5,
fimbriae on T6-T7 light brown.
The colour of the pubescence on the basal area of terga can be used to
differentiate the males of R. parva, R. albifasciata and R. aurata. The basal
area of T2-T5 of R. parva has obvious sub-erect black hairs whereas this area
in R. albifasciata is smooth and shiny with hairs not readily discernible.
Rediviva aurata has predominantly erect pale straw-coloured to white hairs on
the base of T3-T4 with some black erect hairs on TS.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
WIA Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
[_] Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100 km
[RSPR Spa ee a
Fig. 53. Known distribution of Rediviva parva sp. nov.
246 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
17°E 19° 20° 21°
29° S
20 0 20 40 60 80 100km
ee ee ee ee eee
30°
Bx"
Sil®
S25
ais
34°
34°
UPS 18° ie? 20° ais
Fig. 54. Proportion of dark-haired to light-haired females of Rediviva parva sp. nov. at
various localities in the Western and Northern Cape provinces. Symbols: © = white-haired
form; @ = black-haired form; wedges of white or black indicate proportion of white- or
black-haired forms at that locality.
Host flower records
Females collect oil from fourteen species of oil-producing plants. These are
Hemimeris racemosa, H. sabulosa and Alonsoa unilabiata as well as 11 species
of Diascia, which include Diascia capensis, D. pachyceras, D. lewisiae,
D. batteniana, D. ‘arenicola’, D. ‘arenicola’ ssp. ‘bulbosa’, D. ‘grantiana’,
D. elongata, D. ellaphieae, and D. ‘speciosa’. Nectar plants visited by females
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 247
are Moraea miniata, Oxalis obtusa, O. pes-caprae, Cysticapnos vesicaria,
Geissorhiza aspera, Wachendorfia paniculata, Nylandtia spinosa, Heliophila
and Trachyandra spp.
Males occasionally patrolled oil host plants and have been collected cruising
over H. racemosa and D. capensis but the greatest number were collected on
six species of nectar plants. The majority (52%) were visiting O. pes-caprae,
O. obtusa and an unidentified Oxalis. Cysticapnos vesicaria was also attractive
and 10 per cent were taken on this plant. The remaining males were on
M. miniata, Hermannia sp. and Wachendorfia paniculata.
Distribution (Fig. 53)
Rediviva parva has been found on the coastal plain from Hondeklipbaai in
the Northern Cape to Cape Point in the Western Cape. Inland it occurs on the
Nieuwoudtville plateau and along the western side of the inland range to
Stellenbosch. Disjunct populations occur further east at Montagu and
Swellendam. It is possible that its eastward range is restricted by the absence of
Hemimeris racemosa, its most favoured host plant.
Colour forms (Fig. 54)
Females have a black integument and the majority have white to pale straw-
coloured vestiture. However, some individuals have a darker pubescence, dark
brown to black, the extent of which varies from completely to partially black
with light-coloured pubescence on the metanotum, propodeum and lateral
margins of the metasomal terga. The proportion of darker forms in any one
population varies according to location (Fig. 54). The northern populations at
Koingnaas, Wallekraal, Kotzesrus and Vanrhynsdorp have only dark
individuals, as do Elandsbaai and Cape Point populations further south. Dark,
intermediate and light-coloured forms occur together at Bergriver Station (97%
dark and intermediate), Klawer (54% dark and intermediate), Sandberg Station
(12% dark and intermediate) and Koeberg Hill (9% dark and intermediate).
Males collected in areas where dark females predominate tend to have dark
brown pubescence, particularly the apical hair bands on the metasomal terga.
One can only speculate as to the cause of darkening of the pubescence, but it
is evident that the northern populations all occur on dune systems and soils in
areas such as Elandsbaai and Bergriver Station are extremely sandy. On the
heavier clay soils of Piketberg and Nieuwoudtville no dark forms have yet been
collected.
Rediviva alonsoae sp. nov.
Figs 1H, 55-58, 63F
Diagnosis
Female. Dark-bodied, medium-sized bees, 11-13 mm. Mesosoma: forelegs
not attenuated, three-quarters length of the body; oil-collecting hairs restricted
to distal portion of the basitarsus and tarsomeres 2-4 of the foreleg, no oil-
collecting hairs on tarsus of middle leg; hind basitarsus lacks scale-like
248 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
projection on the distal dorsal angle. Metasoma: pale yellow apical hair bands
on terga 2-4.
Male. Dark-bodied, medium-sized bees, 9-11 mm. Mesosoma: pubescence
of legs straw-coloured to light brown. Metasoma: light brown diffuse apical hair
bands on T1-T4, erect black hairs on basal half of T4 and basal two-thirds of
T5, fimbriae of T6 light brown, of T7 black. Apical third of S6 concave.
Etymology
Females collect oil only from Alonsoa unilabiata (Scrophulariaceae), hence
alonsoae.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: SAM-HYM-B007511, female, Northern Cape,
Middelpos, farm Blomfontein, 3120CC, K. E. Steiner, 3 Oct. 1995. Allotype:
SAM-HYM-B001318, male, Northern Cape, Nieuwoudtville, Wild Flower
Reserve, 3119AC, V. B. Whitehead, 4 Aug. 1988. Paratypes (26 22, 5 d3)—
Northern Cape Province: | 2, Calvinia, farm Toren, 3119BC, KES, 26 Aug,
1985; 1 d, same locality, VBW & MM, 26 Aug. 1985; 3 2°, Middelpos, farm
Blomfontein, 3120CC, KES, 3 Oct. 1985; 9 29, Middelpos, farm Hart-
beestfontein, 3120CC, KES, 2 Oct. 1986; 2 22, Middelpos, farm Blomfontein,
3019CC, VBW, 3 Oct. 1985; 6 22, Middelpos, farm Hartbeestfontein,
3120CC, VBW, 2 Oct. 1986; 1 6, Nieuwoudtville, Wild Flower Reserve,
3119AC, KES, 8 Aug. 1986; 1 2, Nieuwoudtville, farm Bokkefontein,
3119AC, KES, 25 Aug. 1988; 1 2, Nieuwoudtville, farm Glenlyon, 3119AC,
KES, 24 Aug. 1990; 1 3, Nieuwoudtville, Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC, KES
& VBW, 2 Aug. 1984; 2 22, Nieuwoudtville, road to Teunisdrif, 13 km north-
east from Grasberg Road, 3119AC, VBW, 25 Aug. 1985; 1 °, Nieuwoudtville,
farm Glenlyon, 3119AC, VBW, 11 Sept. 1987; 1 ¢, Nieuwoudtville, Wild
Flower Reserve, 3119AC, VBW, 19 Aug. 1988; 1 3, same locality, VBW, 10
Sept. 1996. Other material: 11 22, Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve,
3119AC, VBW, 29 Aug. 1995; 6 2°, same locality, VBW, 31 Aug. 1995;
6 22, same locality, VBW, 6 Sept. 1995.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 12.0 mm, forewing 9.8 mm, malar space
L:W 0.21. Other material (n = 10)—Measurements and ranges: body
11.9 mm (11.2-13.2 mm), foreleg 9.7 mm (9.5-10.3 mm), wing length 9.2 mm
(9.0-9.8 mm), Ft+bt 3.1 mm (2.9-4.2 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.82 (0.76-0.87),
malar space L: W 0.23 (0.21-0.25).
Integumental colour. Body and legs black, tegulae and underside of
flagellum dark brown.
Structure. Mouth-parts (Figs 55A-E, 56E): glossa one-third length of —
prementum, labial palps extending beyond tip of glossa, paraglossae extending
to one-third length of glossa; ligula arms occupying basal half of prementum
(Fig. 55A); galeal comb of 21 teeth (Fig. 55B); labrum wider than long (12:5),
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 249
Fig. 55. Rediviva alonsoae sp. nov. Female. A. Labium, anterior view. B. Inner view of
galea to show comb. C. Base of labium and associated sclerites, posterior view. D. Left
maxilla. E. Labrum. F. Dorsal and ventral view of genitalia. G. Lateral aspect of genital
capsule.
250 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
2 mm
\WWYYh
\ Uy
1mm
1mm
Fig. 56. Rediviva alonsoae sp. nov. Female. A. Right wings. B. Distal part of front
basitarsus plus tarsomeres 2-5. C. Anterior view of head. D. Tibia and basitarsus of hind
leg. E. Right mandible.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA Za
Fig. 57. Rediviva alonsoae sp. nov. Male. A. Ventral view of S6. B. Dorsal and ventral
aspect of S7. C. Lateral view of S7. D. Dorsal and ventral view of S8. E. Lateral view of
S8. F-G. Female. F. Second submarginal cell of right forewing. G. Basal vein and first
abscissa of Rs of right forewing.
252 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
apical margin convex, evenly rounded (Fig. 55E). Mesosoma: forelegs not
elongate, four-fifths length of body, hind tibia nearly as wide as hind basitarsus
(3.1: 3.3), hind basitarsus broad, length 2.3 times width, without scale-like
projection on distal dorsal angle, distal margin truncate extending beyond
insertion of tarsomere 2 (Fig. 56D).
Sculpture. Clypeus coarsely punctate, surface between punctures shiny,
apical margin impunctate, shiny; labrum punctate on apical third; scutum finely
punctate, areas between punctures shiny.
Vestiture. Head: pubescence on underside of head, white to straw-coloured.
Mesosoma: hairs on scutum, scutellum and metanotum as well as pleura and
mesosternum straw-coloured; tibia and tarsus of all legs with light brown
pubescence; finely branched oil-collecting hairs on front tarsomeres 2-4 and on
distal quarter of front basitarsus (Fig. 56B), no oil-collecting hairs on tarso-
mere 5 of front leg or on tarsus of middle leg. Metasoma: terga 2-4 with apical
bands of pale yellow decumbent hair, sometimes less prominent on disc of
T2-T3 especially on older specimens, sub-erect hair of same colour on basal
two-thirds of T2-T3, some erect black hairs on middle of T4; fimbriae on T5
black basally, brown apically.
Male
Measurements. Allotype: body 11.8 mm, forewing 9.0, malar space L: W
0.19. Other material (n = 2)—Measurements and ranges: body 10.4 mm
(9.8-11.0 mm), forewing 7.7 mm (7.5-7.8 mm), foreleg 8.3 mm (8.0-8.6 mm),
Ft+bt 2.9 mm. Ratios: FL: B 0.80 (0.73-0.88), malar space L: W 0.19
(0.17-0.21).
Integumental colour. Body, legs and antennae black.
Structure. Mesosoma: forelegs approximately three-quarters length of body,
hind tibia wider than basitarsus (2: 1.5). Metasoma: S6 (Fig. 57A) with median
and lateral lobes poorly developed, disc concave on distal third, strongly
punctate basally; S7 (Fig. 57B-C) deeply emarginate apically with conspicuous
spatulate median lobes terminating in strong curved branched hairs, lateral lobes
well developed, strigate; S8 (Fig. 57D-E, 63F), apical plate sub-triangular,
narrowing basally, distal margin entire; genital capsule (Fig. 55F-G),
gonoforceps extending slightly beyond penis valves with short strong curved
hairs on distal third.
Sculpture. Head: clypeus finely and densely punctured, areas between
punctures shiny, anterior margin impunctate, shiny. Mesosoma: scutum finely
punctate, less dense than clypeus, punctures of two sizes, surface between
punctures shiny.
Vestiture. Head: clypeus, paraocular areas and frons covered with long
white silky hairs; similar pubescence on underside of head. Mesosoma: scutum
with shorter straw-coloured hairs mixed with black; scutellum with black hairs
on disc, pale straw-coloured laterally; legs basally with white hairs becoming
brown on tibia and tarsus. Metasoma: pubescence on metanotum straw-
coloured; propodeum with vestiture black on disc, straw-coloured laterally;
T2-T4 with light brown, diffuse, semi-decumbent apical hair bands, short erect
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
Over 1500 m
900 - 1500 m
300 - 900 m
[|] Under 300 m
20 0 20 40 60 80 100km
(ea aE a ee |
Fig. 58. Known distribution of Rediviva alonsoae sp. nov.
253
254 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
similar coloured hairs covering basal two-thirds of T2-T3, becoming black on
T4-TS, fimbriae on T6 brown on T7 black.
Host flower records
Females collected oil exclusively from Alonsoa unilabiata and visited
Moraea bifida, Oxalis pes-caprae and O. obtusa for nectar. Males obtained
nectar from Lotononis hirsuta, Oxalis obtusa and an unidentified Oxalis sp.
Distribution (Fig. 58)
Rediviva alonsoae is a relatively scarce bee found on the farm
Hartbeestfontein in the Middelpos area and on the Wild Flower Reserve at
Nieuwoudtville. Isolated specimens have also been collected on the farm Toren
in the Calvinia district and on two farms at Nieuwoudtville.
Discussion
Rediviva alonsoae females may be confused with several other Rediviva
species that lack the scale-like projection on the hind basitarsus. Rediviva
macgregori, which is abundant in the area in which R. alonsoae occurs, has
similar hair bands on the metasoma and also lacks the scale-like projection on
the hind basitarsus. Rediviva macgregori, however, is larger (mean body length
12.8 mm) and has front legs longer than the body (14.7: 12.8). Rediviva
peringueyi and R. parva females also have similar hair bands on the metasoma
and lack the scale-like projection on the hind basitarsus, but R. parva is
considerably smaller (body length 10.4-10.6 mm) whereas R. peringueyi, which
falls into the same size-group as R. alonsoae (body length 11.0-12.5 mm, mean
11.8), has a granulate surface between the punctures on the scutum. This area is
shiny in R. alonsoae.
Rediviva nitida sp. nov.
Figs 2A, 59-62, 63G
Diagnosis
Females: medium to large (10-12 mm) black-bodied bees. Mesosoma: front
legs approximately length of body (10-13 mm), oil-collecting hairs on
tarsomeres 2-5, no oil-collecting hairs on tarsi of middle legs, hind basitarsus
lacking scale on dorsal distal angle. Metasoma: terga covered with short
appressed pile, often abraded on discal area, appressed hairs on T1 and T2
always pale, on T3 and T4 black on disc, pale straw-coloured on lateral margin,
TS with longer sub-erect light brown hairs, fimbriae of T6 of similar colour.
Males: body black, 10-11 mm. Mesosoma: hind legs with patch of black
hairs on distal dorsal half of tibia and basitarsus. Metasoma: T2-T4 with erect
straw-coloured hairs apically, black basally, proportion of pale hair
progressively decreasing until T4 has only apical third pale and basal two-thirds
black, T5 and T6 with black pubescence only. S6 with concavity on apical third,
surface of depression shiny, coriaceous. Median cluster of erect black hairs on
proximal edge of depression. S7 with well-developed spatulate median lobes,
apical hairs approximately length of lobe, lateral lobes large, crescentic,
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 255
strigate.
Etymology
Nitidus Latin for polished or shiny. Females of R. nitida have short
appressed hairs on the metasomal terga which are often rubbed off on the discal
area, giving the metasoma a polished appearance.
Material examined
Type material. Holotype: SAM-—HYM-B008052, female, Northern Cape,
Nieuwoudtville, Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC, V. B. Whitehead, 19 Aug.
1995. Allotype: SAM-HYM-B008053, Northern Cape, Nieuwoudtville,
Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve, 3119AC, V. B. Whitehead, 22 Aug.
nooo. Paratypes (168 °°, 8 6¢6)—Northern Cape Province: 1 °,
Nieuwoudtville, 24 km north on Loeriesfontein road, 3119AB, VBW, 20 Aug.
1986; 1 2, Nieuwoudtville, 5 km south, 3119AC, VBW, 11 Sept. 1987; 1 9,
same locality, VBW, 22 Aug. 1988; 7 2°, Nieuwoudtville, Wild Flower
Reserve, 3119AC, KES, 26 Aug. 1984; 8 2°, same locality, KES, 28 Aug.
ie 2, Same-locality, KES, 24 Sept. 1986; 1 ¢, same locality, VBW,
2 Aug. 1984; 2 2°, same locality, VBW, 17 Aug. 1986; 1 2, same locality,
MiMi Sept. 1956; 1 2, same locality, .VBW, 26 Sept. 1986; 1 2°, same
locality, VBW, 24 Aug. 1988; 4 °°, same locality, VBW, 28 Aug. 1988; 1 °,
same locality, VBW, 29 Aug. 1995; 8 2°, same locality, VBW, 5 Sept. 1995;
1 3d, same locality, VBW, 28 Aug. 1996; 4 292, same locality, VBW, 30 Aug.
1996; 3 2°, same locality, VBW, 10 Sept. 1996; 3 2°, same locality, VBW,
20 Sept. 1996; 2 22, same locality, VBW, 16 Oct. 1996; 8 2°, same locality,
VBW & MM, 26 Aug. 1984; 8 22, same locality, VBW & MM, 28 Aug. 1984;
1 2, same locality, VBW & MM, 10 Sept. 1984; 1 2, same locality, VBW &
MM, 23 Aug. 1985; 21 22, same locality, VBW & MM, 27 Aug. 1985; 4 29,
same locality, VBW & MM, 9 Sept. 1986; 1 2, Nieuwoudtville, farm Glenlyon,
3119AC, VBW, 11 Sept. 1987; 1 2, same locality, VBW, 3 Oct. 1996. Western
Cape Province: | 2, Amalienstein, Seweweekspoort turn off, 3321AD, VBW,
7 Oct. 1988; 3 22, same locality, VBW, 16 Aug. 1995; 2 °°, Calitzdorp 3 km
west, 3321DA, VBW, 18 Aug. 1985; 1 2, Calitzdorp 3.2 km west, 3321DA,
KES, ti Sept. 1985; 3 92, Calitzdorp 3.4 km west; 3321DA, KES, 15 Aug.
1985; 6 2°, Calitzdorp 4 km north-west, 3321DA, VBW, 15 Aug. 1985; 3 22,
6.5 km north of Klawer turn off on N7, 3118DA, KES, 21 Aug. 1985; 1 4,
same locality, KES, 7 Aug. 1985; 1 2, 7 km north-east of Klawer turn off on
N7, 3118DA, VBW, 11 Aug. 1989; 1 2, Knersvlakte, Namaqualand, S. A.
Museum staff, 1 Sept. 1961; 4 22, Ladismith, 2.6 km east on R62, 3321CB,
VBW, 16 Sept. 1992; 4 2°, Ladismith, farm Phisantefontein, 40 km south on
Re73 552 1CC KES, 1 Sept. 1992: 9 99°. same locality, VBW,..1 Sept. 1992;
1 2, Oudtshoorn, 20 km west on R62, 3221DB, VBW, 16 Aug. 1985; 4 29°,
2 66, Oudtshoorn, 7 km south on R62, 3322CB, KES, 2 Sept. 1992; 14 9°,
4 $d, Oudtshoorn, Zebra turn off on R62, 3322CD, VBW, 16 Aug. 1985;
2 22, same locality, VBW, 7 Oct. 1988; 6 2°, same locality, KES, 16 Aug.
1985; 2 22, Oudtshoorn, Blossoms turn off on R62, 3322CB, VBW, 16 Aug.
1985; 3 22, Oudtshoorn, Zebra turn off on R62, 3322CD, VBW, 26 Oct. 1987;
256 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
1 2, Oudtshoorn, 7 km south on R62, 3322CB, VBW, 2 Sept. 1992; 3 2°,
Vanrhynsdorp, 15 km south on N7, 3118DA, VBW & MM, 21 Aug. 1985.
Description
Female
Measurements. Holotype: body 12.3 mm, forewing 10.2 mm, malar space
L:W 0.31. Other material (n = 30)—Measurements and ranges: body
12.0 mm (10.0-13.3 mm), foreleg 11.1 mm (10.0-12.8 mm), forewing 9.7 mm
(8.5 m-10.2 mm), Ft+bt 3.7 mm (3.0-4.3 mm). Ratios: FL: B 0.92
(0.82-1.04), malar space L: W 0.29 (0.24-0.35).
Integumental colour. Head, antennae, mesosoma including legs, metasoma
black.
Structure. Head: mouth-parts (Fig. 59A-G); glossa one-quarter length of
prementum, labial palp extending to tip of glossa, ligular arms occupying basal
half of prementum (Fig. 59A); cardo slightly shorter than stipes, galea and
stipes of equal length, galea acutely pointed (Fig. 59D), comb of 18 teeth
(Fig. 59E); labrum two and a half times wider than long (56: 21), anterior
margin evenly convex (Fig. 59G). Mesosoma: forelegs slightly attenuated, equal
length of body, hind tibia (Fig. 60B) at widest point as wide as basitarsus,
basitarsus nearly two and a half times longer than wide (28 : 68), rounded
distally, projecting only slightly beyond insertion of tarsomere 2, without scale
on distal dorsal angle. Metasoma: propodeal triangle small, clearly defined.
Sculpture. Head: large dense punctures on disc of clypeus, area between
punctures shiny. Mesosoma: distance between punctures on disc of scutum
greater than their diameter, surface between punctures shiny; surface of
propodeal triangle wrinkled, rest of propodeum with fine scattered punctures.
Vestiture. Head: short light brown branched hairs on clypeus, longer and
more dense on paraocular and supraclypeal areas. Mesosoma: long light brown
pile on episternal areas and three basal segments of legs; short pale brown
vestiture on scutum, scutellum, metanotum and propodeum, isolated black hairs
on margins of scutum; disc of scutum usually devoid of pubescence. Oil-
collecting hairs on tarsomeres 2-5 of forelegs only (Fig. 60C). Metasoma: T1
with long pale straw-coloured sub-erect hairs on apical third, denser laterally,
short appressed similar coloured hairs on T2, longer, denser and more erect
laterally, T3 and T4 with short decumbent black hair, longer and light brown
laterally. Fimbriae of TS and T6 dark brown with some black hairs laterally on
TS,
Male
Measurements. Allotype: body 11.0 mm, forewing 9.2 mm, malar space
L:W 0.25. Other material (n = 8)—Measurements and ranges: body 10.6 mm
(10.0-11.2 mm), foreleg 8.1 (8.1-8.6 mm), forewing 8.6 mm (8.3-9.0 mm).
Ratios: FL: B 0.76 (0.70-0.80), malar space L: W 0.28 (0.25-0.32).
Integumental colour. Head, antennae, mesosoma, legs, metasoma black,
tegulae light brown to piceous.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 73) ))
1mm
Fig. 59. Rediviva nitida sp. nov. Female. A. Labium, anterior aspect. B. Base of
prementum with mentum and lorum, anterior view. C. Base of prementum with mentum and
lorum, posterior view. D. Left maxilla. E. Inner view of galea to show comb. F. Right
mandible. G. Labrum.
258 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Nis
\Ny
Ss
3
=}
BAM ELIE Z
1mm
Fig. 60. Rediviva nitida sp. nov. Female. A. Right wings. B. Tibia and basitarsus of hind
leg. C. Basitarsus and tarsomeres 2-5 of front leg. D. Anterior view of head.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 259
Fig. 61. Rediviva nitida sp. nov. Male. A. S6, ventral view. B. Dorsal and ventral view of
S7. C. Lateral view of S7. D. Dorsal and ventral view of S8. E. Lateral view of S8.
F. Dorsal and ventral aspect of genitalia. G. Lateral view of genital capsule.
260 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
: = HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
2 2G Over 1500 m
: : : ==] 900 - 1500 m
[==] 300 - 900 m
Under 300 m
iene LAC 20 0 20 40 60 80 100km
DOOD 1, Oe OD Dn nD
Fig. 62. Known distribution of Rediviva nitida sp. nov.
Structure. Mesosoma: tibia of hind leg nearly twice as wide as basitarsus
(9:5). Metasoma: S6 (Fig. 61A) anterior third of segment concave, shiny, with
cluster of black erect hairs on middle of proximal edge of concavity, median
and lateral lobes poorly developed, apical margin of lateral lobes with short
stout bristles; S7 (Fig. 61B-C) median lobes long, spatulate, apical hairs as long
as lobe, lateral lobes large, crescent-shaped, translucent, strigate; S8
(Figs 61D-E, 63G) apical plate ovate, concave, narrow, more than twice as
long as wide. Genitalia (Fig. 61F-G), gonoforceps as long as penis valves, stout
unbranched hairs on apical third not reaching distal margin.
Sculpture. Large dense punctures on disc of clypeus, punctures sometimes
coalescing, surface between punctures smooth shiny. Punctation on disc of
scutum of two sizes, finer and less dense than on clypeus, surface between
punctures smooth, shiny.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 261
Fig. 63. Expanded distal portion of S8 (apical plate) of Rediviva males. A. R. albifasciata.
B. R. emdeorum. C. R. aurata. D. R. ruficornis. E.R. parva. F. R. alonsoae.
G. R. nitida. H. R. micheneri.
262 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Fig. 64. Expanded distal portion of S8 (apical plate) of Rediviva and Redivivoides males.
A. Rediviva longimanus. B. R. peringueyi. C. R. macgregori. D. R. intermedia.
E. R. bicava. F. R. intermixta. G. R. gigas. H. Redivivoides simulans.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 263
Vestiture. Head: long silky white decumbent plumose hairs on clypeus and
paraocular areas, erect black hairs on inner ocular margin. Mesosoma: pale
straw-coloured erect hairs on scutum, scutellum, metanotum and propodeum,
some black hairs on margins of scutellum. Similar coloured pubescence on
episterna and three basal segments of legs, patch of black hairs on distal dorsal
half of tibia and basitarsus of hind leg. Metasoma: T1 erect pale straw-coloured
hairs on most of segment, some black hairs on basal area, T2 and T3
progressive increase of black hairs basally, T4 anterior third with light coloured
hairs, basal two-thirds black, TS and T6 with black hairs only, T7 black to dark
brown.
Host flower records
Eight Diascia, two Hemimeris and one Alonsoa species, were visited for oil
by R. nitida females. The majority were collected in the Nieuwoudtville area on
Diascia cardiosepala (44.7%), and in the Little Karoo on D. bicolor and
D. decipiens (35.9%). Of the remainder, half were taken on D. ‘floribunda’ and
D. ellaphieae and the rest on Alonsoa unilabiata, D. lewisiae, D. sacculata,
D. fragrans and Hemimeris racemosa.
The relatively few females (14) that were seen to visit nectar plants were
mainly on Moraea bifida and Arctotheca calendula. The remainder visited
Ixia and other Moraea species, Oxalis obtusa, Selago fourcadei and Sisymbrium
orientale.
Nectar plants visited by males were Arctotheca calendula (4), Lotononis
hirsuta (2) and Moraea miniata (1). Two males were also caught patrolling
Diascia decipiens.
Distribution (Fig. 62)
Rediviva nitida occurs as two disjunct populations. Most of our material
originates from the Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower Reserve and adjoining farms
on the Bokkeveldberge escarpment. Off the escarpment isolated specimens have
been collected at a site north of the Klawer turn off on the N7. The other
population is widely distributed in the Little Karoo from Ladismith through to
Calitzdorp, Oudtshoorn and south on the N12 to sites near Blossoms and Zebra.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Prof C. D. Michener, Professor Emeritus at the Snow Museum, Kansas
University, has been our mentor since this project began. We would like to
thank him for his advice and encouragement and his response to our many
queries. Permission to examine type material of Rediviva intermixta and
R. emdeorum was arranged by Dr Nigel Fergusson, Curator of Hymenoptera at
the Natural History Museum, London, and Dr Frank Koch, Curator of
Hymenoptera at the Humboldt Museum in Berlin, allowed us to borrow the type
material of R. peringueyi.
We would like to express our appreciation for the assistance rendered by
Mrs Margie Cochrane, Collections Manager in the Entomology Department of
the South African Museum. She not only spent considerable time in curating the
264 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
oil-bee collection but assisted with field work and was also responsible for the
SEM photography of male bee terminalia.
The extensive collecting necessitated by this revision was greatly facilitated
by the co-operation of the National and Provincial authorities who granted us
access to reserves and conservation areas. The Western Cape Department of
Nature and Environmental Conservation is thanked for permission to work in
the Groot Winterhoek Wilderness area and in areas under their control at
Franschhoek and Grabouw. The Nature Conservation Service of the Northern
Cape Province granted us access to the Goegab Reserve at Springbok and is
also thanked for permits to collect bees in the Garies area.
In addition, many municipalities have small local reserves in which they
allowed us to do research. The board of the Nieuwoudtville Wild Flower
Reserve, under the chairmanship of Neil Macgregor, has been most
accommodating and over a period of several years we have been able to
accumulate valuable information, not only on oil-collecting bees and their flower
relationships but on other pollinators and their host plants as well. Other
municipalities that have been of assistance to us in the survey of oil-collecting
bees are Malmesbury, Franschhoek, Stellenbosch and Ladismith.
Private land owners have also played their part in this research by allowing
us on to their properties. Foremost of these are Neil and Neva Macgregor
of Glenlyon, Nieuwoudtville, who, with their interest in things floral,
appreciated the significance of our findings. We thank them for their willingness
to let us work on Glenlyon, the many times they have provided accommodation
and also for the friendship built up over the years. We have worked on many
other farms in both the Western and Northern Cape and thank the following,
Messrs Eric Coetzee and his wife of Hardevlei, Gert Nieuwoudt and his son
Phillip of Rondabel, all of Garies. Deon Nel owner of the Garies Hotel was an
important source of information on the abundance of flowers and their
accessibility. In the Calvinia district we worked on the farms of Dr N. S.
Burnett of Toren, Messrs H. Lampbrecht of Karreeboom, and Boet Nel of
Vanrhynshoek.
This paper has been greatly improved by the comments of Prof. C. D.
Michener of the Kansas University and Dr Jerry Rozen Jr. of the American
Museum of Natural History, New York.
REFERENCES
CANE, J. H., ElCKWorT, F., WESLEY, F. R. & SPIELHOLTZ, J. 1983. Foraging, grooming
and mating behavior of Macropis nuda (Hymenoptera: Melittidae) and use of Lysimachia
ciliata (Primulaceae) oils in larval provisions and cell linings. The American Midland
Naturalist 110 (2): 257-264.
COCKERELL, C. D. 1931. Some African bees. Annals and Magazine of Natural History
(10) 8: 400-410.
COCKERELL, C. D. 1934. Descriptions and records of bees. CLVII. Annals and Magazine
of Natural History (10) 13: 444-456.
EDWARDS, D. & LEISTNER, O. A. 1971. A degree reference system for citing biological
records in southern Africa. Mitteilungen aus der Botanischen Staatssammlung.
Munchen. 10: 501-509.
Friese, H. 1911. Neue Bienen der Athiopischen Region. Zoologischen Jahrbiichern.
Abteilung fiir Systematik, Geographie und Biologie der Tiere 30 (6): 671-678.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA 265
Harris, R. A. 1979. A glossary of surface sculpturing. Occasional Papers in Entomology.
California Department of Food and Agriculture 28: 1-25.
HILLIARD, O. M. & Burt, B. L. 1984. Revision of Diascia section Racemosae. Journal of
South African Botany 50 (30): 269-234.
MANNING, J. C. & BROTHERS, D. J. 1986. Floral relations of four species of Rediviva in
Natal (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Melittidae). Journal of the Entomological Society of
southern Africa 40 (1): 107-114.
MICHENER, C. D. 1944. Comparative external morphology, phylogeny, and a classification
of the bees (Hymenoptera). Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 82 (6):
158-326.
MICHENER, C. D. 1981. Classification of the bee family Melittidae with a review of species
of Meganomiinae. Contributions of the American Entomological Institute 18 (3): 1-135.
MICHENER, C. D. & GREENBERG, L. 1980. Ctenoplectridae and the origin of the long-
tongued bees. Zoological Journal of the Linnaean Society 69: 185-203.
ROBERTS, R. B. & BRooks, R. W. 1987. Agapostemonine bees of Mesoamerica
(Hymenoptera: Halictidae). University of Kansas Science Bulletin 53 (7): 357-392.
ROIG-ALSINA, A. & MICHENER, C. D. 1993. Studies of phylogeny and classification of long-
tongued bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). The University of Kanasas Science Bulletin 55:
123-173.
SIMPSON, B. B. & NEFF, J. L. 1981. Floral rewards: alternative to pollen and nectar.
Annals of the Missouri Botanical Gardens 68: 301-322.
Simpson, B. B. & NEFF, J. L. 1983. Evolution and diversity of floral rewards. Jn: JONES,
C. E. & LITTLE, R. J. eds. Handbook of experimental pollen biology: 142-159. New
York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.
Simpson, B. B., NEFF, J. L. & SIEGLER, D. 1983. Floral Biology and floral rewards of
Lysimachia (Primulaceae). American Midland Natuaralist 110: 249-256.
STEINER, K. E. 1987. Oil-producing orchids and oil-collecting bees in southern Africa.
Annual Congress of the South African Associaton of Botanists, Durban. Abstracts: 81.
STEINER, K. E. 1989. The pollination of Disperis (Orchidaceae) by oil-collecting bees in
southern Africa. Lindleyana 4 (4): 164-183.
STEINER, K. E. 1990. The Diascia (Scrophulariaceae) window: an orientation cue for oil-
collecting bees. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 102: 175-195.
STEINER, K. E. 1993a. Ojil-orchids and oil-bees in southern Africa-Disperis and Rediviva.
South African Orchid Journal 24 (1): 3-5.
STEINER, K. E. 19936. Has Ixianthes (Scrophulariaceae) lost its special bee? Plant
Systematics and Evolution 185: 7-16.
STEINER, K. E. & WHITEHEAD, V. B. 1988. The association between oil-producing flowers
and oil-collecting bees in the Drakensberg of South Africa. Monographs in Systematic
Botany from the Missouri Botanic Gardens 25: 259-277.
STEINER, K. E. & WHITEHEAD, V. B. 1990. Pollinator adaption to oil-secreting
flowers—Rediviva and Diascia. Evolution 44 (6): 1701-1707.
STEINER, K. E. & WHITEHEAD, V. B. 1991. Oil flowers and oil bees: Further evidence for
pollinator adaption. Evolution 45 (6): 1443-1501.
STEINER, K. E. & WHITEHEAD, V. B. 1996. The consequences of specialization for
pollination in a rare South African shrub, Lxianthes retziodes (Scrophulariaceae). Plant
Systematics and Evolution 201: 131-138.
VINSON, S. B., WILLLAMS, H. J., FRANKIE, G. W. & SHRUM, G. 1997. Floral lipid
chemistry of Byrsonima crassifolia (Malpighiaceae) and a use of floral lipids by Centris
bees (Hymenoptera: Apidae). Biotropica 29: 76-83.
VoGcEL, S. 1969. Flowers offering fatty oil instead of nectar. International Botanical
Congress Abstracts 11: 229.
VoceEL, S. 1971. Olproduzierende blumen, die durch 6lsammelnde bienen bestatbt
werden. Naturwissenschafien 58: 58.
VoGEL, S. 1974. Olblumen und 6lsammelnde bienen. Tropische und Subtropische
Pflanzenwelt 7: 285-547.
VoGcEL, S. 1976. Lysimachia: Oblumen der Holartis. Naturwissenschaften 63: 44-45.
VoGcEL, S. 1981. Abdominal oil-mopping—a new type of foraging in bees.
Naturwissenschaften 67: 627-628.
266 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
VocEL, S. 1984. The Diascia flower and its bee- and oil-based symbiosis in southern
Africa. Acta Botanica Neerlandica 33 (4): 509-518.
VocEL, S. 1986. Olblumen und 6lsammelnde bienen. Zweiten Folge. Lysimachia und
Macropis. Tropische und Subtropische Pflanzenwelt 54: 149-312.
VoGcEL, S. 1990. Olblumen und 6lsammelnde bienen. Dritte Folge. Mormodica,
Thalidiantha und die Cteniplectridae. Tropische und Subtropische Pflanzenwelt 73:
5-186.
VoGEL, S. & MICHENER, C. D. 1985. Long bee legs and oil-producing floral spurs, and a
new Rediviva (Hymenoptera, Melittidae; Scrophulariaceae). Journal of the Kansas
Entomological Society 58 (2): 359-364.
WHITEHEAD, V. B., SCHELPE, A. E. C. L. E. & ANTHONY, E. 1984. The bee Rediviva
longimanus Michener (Apoidea, Melittidae) collecting pollen and oil from Diascia
longicornis (Thunb.) Druce (Scrophulariaceae). South African Journal of Science 80:
WHITEHEAD, V. B. & STEINER, K. E. 1993. A new Rediviva bee (Hymenoptera: Apoidea:
Melittidae) that collects oil from orchids. African Entomology 1 (2): 159-166.
WHITEHEAD, V. B. & STEINER, K. E. 1994. A new Rediviva bee from the North-Western
Cape Province, South Africa. Annals of the South African Museum 104 (1): 1-11.
WINSTON, M. L. 1979. The proboscis of the long-tongued bees: a comparative study.
University of Kansas Science Bulletin 51 (22): 631-667.
267
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
‘bows psnjgo syoxE
IvIIUpYLXO
eid ‘qd (qunyL) vynsuy siuouojoT
avaoUquy
‘bows psnjgo sypxE
‘7 apddvo-sad syoxE
IvIIUpYLXO
SMOIPUY DIDIUIU DADO
dBId"PLI]
‘Neg ‘q(qunyy) vjnsuiy stu 0UudjOT
avoouquy
Jopuog xo JoAoP “q VsoUlod ‘CE
‘7 avadvo-sad syoxE
IvIIUPYLXO
‘dig yos (quny]) vjnosnquv nuuoyjC
IBIIVAIISV
‘1 apidpa-sad sijoxC
qvIIUpllexO
oppey (J) viuvaisuaa soudvoysay
IVIIVIIVUIN
lepnerg (JT) Vioiqnjiun vosuojy
IVIIVLUIB|NYAo1IS
Te” (NOY) vsowasons SidauUatT
‘Yquog xo JOAN “A Syjou svidjoD
IVIIVLIVINYdOIS
IDOSUOID “Y
pyniaspfiqn Y
SINV'Id NAT10d / UVLOUN SLNVId LSOH 110 Cael SaIOgdS
BOIL [[eJUILI JOJUIM 9Y} JO HAlAIpay JO sjuryd uayjod pue se}990U ‘TIC
I XIGNHddV
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
268
“ds njostjog “ds pypueyov7 “ds auiqing ‘yepuy
WIN 1pjodiay visawan
gvaoVLIEpNYydojIS
‘1 apidva-sad ‘CQ
‘bower vsnjgo syoxoC
Ten (nop) vsowasns YH
IVIIUpYLXO TYOS syiopss sisaunuazy
‘1 vaidoiyjap skyonjs TYOS sapioaiuosaa ‘G
IVIIVIWIL'T] opeoinoy (qunyy) suayod qq
oppoy (1) viuvoisaa soudvaysa) Yog viopfiaund ‘Gq
vIIVLIVUIN | avaduLIEyNYydosIs
Bie
sole
josoizads, *
/DUDIJUDAS, *
‘Yuog vjpsuoja *
‘Yog vsnffip -
LAI IO2), 1
ua}ug (J) sisuadpa *
,DSOGING DjOIIUAaD, DIISDIG.
dvIIVLIL[NYAOAIS so[eway DIDAND Y
SINV 1d NATIOd / UVLOIN SLNV1d LSOH TIO a SaIOgdS
(pjuo2) XTGNAddV
‘7 apidpd-sad SijvxCQ
IvaIEpl[exO
SMOIPUY VIDIUIU DaDLOW
qvodUpL]
‘1 apsdva-sad sijvxEQ
dvIIUPYLXO
SMOIPUY DIDIULIU DADO
qvadUpLI]
269
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
NeQP[OH (joinog) vaiuogsog viuosjwo jy
song (JJ) Vuissisoups DaDLOP
IBIIV PL]
‘7 ojojnaiund vifaopuayov yy
dvIIVIOPOUIV AY
Og wnyjunyoudys wniidjosy
[pur] wnyofinsy unipostialg
Og H X29 ‘puog “ojo21q ‘D
ZUIYDS 2 pueing [| (J) vjo.4v vapuvnjosay
dvIIUPIYAAO
‘ds vaniopy *yapuy
suAAg’] (J) BjNpuavs v2aYyjOJIAp
IBIIVIIISY
HIpDeyopiym,
sinua}, ‘G
yueg xo Joka “A sodaoduvny ‘Gi
d
d
d
UIOIH] Sisuanbpuwu
‘Suoids (qunyy) o7j/4ydosonu *
JOUINIS “FY Siusisui
ee
opunquolf, DIsvIT
a
IBVIIVLIVINYAdOIS a wundoapula “Y
‘ig ‘qd (quny lL) ojnsuiy stu 0uojoT
SLNV Id NATIOg / UVLOUN SINV1d LSOH 1O _amernere oes | Salogds
(pju02) XIGNAddV
‘ds papuvndyovi],
“ds syoxoc “ds vypuayovqT “ds vansopy yepuy
suhag] (J) aynpuajps v2ayjojoAp
IBIIVIIISV
‘ds o1dauag *Japuy
"7 avadvs-sad sijoxC
IvIIUPI[LXO
appey (') viuvaIsaa soudvoysay)
IvIIULIVUIN
SUAAS (J) DjNpUualvd DIEaYIOJIAP
IBIIVIIISV
ZUIYOS 79 pueing (uoITy) Hpungiopf vjyjauiqing
avaovjopodsy
‘ds njiydoyapy “ds vuuoyj¢— ‘yepuy
suhag] (J) Djnpuajps DIaYyJOIIAp
IBIIVIIISV
suhag] (J) Djnpuajvs voayjoja1p
IBIIVIIISV
IgIMeD Joy (JJ) vjoulsiwu viuosyoy
s0mig (JJ) Duussisounps DavsOPY
dVIIUpLI]
‘"T oyojnaiund vifopuayovn jy
IvVIIVIOPOWIE AY
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
JgIMeD) Joy (JJ) oyouisuvu “yy
Djnusor1q, ‘I
/DJOD1UAAD, DIDSVICT
jopnars (JT) vypiqnjiun vosuojp
IVIIVIUBINYdOIIS soyewlo DjXNMUAIjU1 YY
=
TSW (33n0f) vsowasns “Y
UII Sapo.uad Sisauiwapy
sjaIq vupu
‘Suoids (qunyy) vyjdydosonu ‘Gq
opunqiioyf, viIosviq
WoT] VjDdasoipavd vIdsviIq
Jepneis (JJ) vIwignvjiun vosuojp
IVIIVLIV|NYAOAIS so[ewoy Dipaumsajul Y
a
Yo Saploizjas SayjUvIx]
dvIIVLIVINYdo1IS so[ews.y (pjuo2) sosis Y
SINV1d NATIOg / UVLOAN SINV1d LSOH TIO cea Salodds
270
(pju02) XIGNAddV
271
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
SMOIPUY VIDIUIU WV
Ne[gP]OD (snjog “T) ypifig vavsopy
dvIIVPLI]
‘quny, snasoyi] “S
‘qunyy, sniumuadD O12auas
suAAg’] (J) BjNpuajvo vIaYJOIAP
IvIIVIIISV
‘ds wnjjdydoscz “ds vifsopuayooy
“ds pajnuoy “ds vjvsdjog “ds puaswadjog *yepuy
‘7 avidvo-sad ‘CQ
‘borg vsnjgo sywxc—
avaoUplexO
‘qunyy, wnsnfiuny wnat
IvIIUPVANIN] [9 (NOR) vsowaans “LY
JOWOHT (7) wniapjnaai2 wniporg UIOIF] SapO.uaa SisauUuaz]
IvIIVIULAI)
SMOIPUY DIDIUIU WW
NeIGPIOD (snjog “T) ypyfig vavsopy
NR[QPlOH véadsw vz1ysossiaL
qvadUpLI]
"7T wnysiuvydos snunydoy
IvIIVIISSV.G
jPDeyoHym, (Cl
‘YYOS sapioaiuosaa ‘C
‘yuog xo JaAap “A SDsaodun] ‘G
‘YyWog viojfiasod ‘C
‘Suoids (qunyy) vyjdydossvu ‘Gg
somg (qunyy) sios1s8uo] ‘Gg
IOUINIS “YY avisimay -
‘qunyy snasojjy] ‘¢ jopunquoy,, ‘qd
‘quny], SnisouadD O12auas UJI] DJDdasoipévs ‘G sojewiog| (pjuod) mjxnusajul “Y
SINV Td NATIOd / UVLOIN SINVTd LSOH TO wl SHIOddS
(pluo2) XIGNAddV
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
272
Heid ‘d (qunyL) vnsaiy siuouojoT
J qusiey (Tpury) vsedsp x1yjojox]
dvIIUPIYIAO
JgIMeyQ Jay (JT) vjvlediy vavsopy
SMOIPUY DIDIUIU ‘W
NEIGPIOH (snjog “T) vpifig vaviopy
dBIdUPLI]
oppoyq (J) viuvoisaa soudvoysay
HLA lay (UL
| yueg viopfiauvd ‘CG
opunqi4oyf, “T
/OINUAONIG, DIISKIT
gvIIVLIvINYydoIIS
JgIMeH Joy (JT) Vjoladi4] vavsopy Jopul] H{ ladjayas ‘gq
NegploH suvnisv1f WW ‘YYIS wnupisayjuad wniposKalg
NeQP]OH (snjog “q) vpifiq vansop ZUIYIS 2 pueing |, (1) exayfunauo sisadsiq
9BId" PL] IvIIEPIYIIO soyeulsJ Snupunsuo] “Y
| ‘ds puuoyjQ yepuy
ovaneqt eae (pruog) wisquusonns af
‘1 avadvs-sad ‘EC
SINV1d NATIOg / UVLOIN SINV1d LSOH TIO S| SaIOddS
‘boer wsnjgo sijoxE
(p1uoa) X|GNAddV
ovIdUpl|eXO
oppey (1) Viiwaisaa soudvaysa)
dvIIVLIvUIN
273
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
‘quny, snasojj1] o12auas
yousopl (J) sywianjd voayjoydiouig
suAAo’] (J) Bjnpuajpos voeyjojI4Ap
IBIIVIIISYV
ae
‘J “I vsojnqos “Y
TEeWI (NOH) vsowsons "HH
WIE] Sapo.yuad Sisauiuaz_
YOLEN ling Gl
‘IYYIS sSaploa1uosaa ‘Gq
‘Yog vioyfiaund ‘CG
‘Yyuog x9 Jah “A Sosaodun] ‘G
‘suoids (qunyy) o7jdydossou ‘Gg
JaUuINIS “YY avisimay ‘Gq
JOUINIS “YY siusisui ‘Gq
opunqiolf, “(
WANE 7F PILN[N SUOPNUSSTD’ (Cl
UOTE] Bjodasoipivs DIISvIGT
jepneis (JJ) Byo1qvjiun vosuojp
avIIVLIVNYydoAIS
Jopury 7% Jlomziny (edjeyos) ujjoy uniposduatq
“qusiay ojoindind sisadsiqy
JOY (snjog) wnxapfap uniatioy
IVIIUPIYIAIC soyewlay MOSAASIDUL “YY
SLNVTd NAT1IOd / UVLOUN SLNV1d LSOH TO eae SaIOddS
(pjuo2) XIGNAddV
WI MWpjodiaj visawan
avaovLEpNYydo1IS
VEIQPIOH (GQeeMS) suvsaja sixosody
J3IMe) Jay (JY) ojvjadial vavsopy
S[9Iq vunijazjidd DaDLOW
NeIQP|OD (snjog “T) vpyigq vaviopw
Nepy Byojjnans vyjuvsadsayy]
S[aIq vuussipipuajds vz1y10ssiaL
IVIIVPLIT
suAADT (J) Bjnpuajva v2aeYjOIIAp
IBIIVIIISV
ZUIyIS 2 Inq (quny]) sunjnu ojyjauiqing
avaovjepodsy
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
274
SMOIPUY DIDIUI
NeIGPIOD (snjog “T) npifig vaviop JOUIAIS “YY avarydyya ‘q
dvIdUpLI] INUINIS “A YI Suaidisap ‘q
‘I ajpjuatsio wntaquidasis UIOIH] Vjodaso1psvs ‘Gq
QvIIVIISSUIG INUINIS “AY /0jo01g viosviqd
suhag] (J) Bjnpuajps vIaevyjoo1p PEpneis (JJ) vw1qvj1un vosuojp
9U998.19}SV dvIIVLIVINYAOIS
SMOIPUY DIDI DADLOW
avaoUpLiy]
pdboayajlymM, ‘
josoizads, ‘q
somg (qunyuy) sisos1suo] ‘Gg
‘| apidvo-sad sijvxEQ ‘Yog nyosuoja
IVIIUpIVXO uayug (J) sisuadvo
SMOIPUY DIDI DaDLOP jDsoq]ng vjoa1ua.n,
‘boer (QydoIejaq) xwsnf vavi0py /OJODIUAAD DJOIIUAAD, DIISDICT
avaoUpLI] IVIIVIIINYAOIIS
‘ds nuuoyjc “ds vidya. “yepuy
IQIMeD Joy (JJ) Vjoladiy vavsio~-
s[aIq vuDijazaid DaDLOWY,
NeIGPIOD (snjog “T) opifiq visawopy
dvddUpPLI]
Hed ‘Cd (qunyL) wns.uy siuouojoT
avaouquy
SLINV Id NATIOd / YVLOAN, SLNV'Id LSOH TIO
sore
So]eUlo J LaUuayrIU “Ye
SQV] (21U02) uosassovu YY
Salodds
(pju0d) XTGNAddV
Dis
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
J] vsojnqns ‘YH
[a (NOW) Vsowaonds SidauuaT]
jDSOlJads, ‘
yjuog xq Asp ‘Aq sodaadyond ‘gq
JOUINIS “FY avisimay *
DUDIJUDAB, °
‘ds vapuvdyon.y “ds njiydoyary yepuy
‘young (J) vsourds nypunjAn
avaovyusdjog
‘7 avidvo-sad ‘CQ
‘boer wsnjgo sypxE
IVIIVPI[VXO
NeQploH viadsw vziy/ossiaL
dvaIUpLI]
‘7 viojnaiund vifsopuayovoyy
IVIIVIOPOWIE A
oppey (J) vidwaisaa soudvoysa)
IVIIVLIIUIN
Q
4
GI
‘YyWog Djpsuoja ‘Gq
JauIajg “q y avaiydoya ‘Gg
iG
@
uoWug (J) sisuadva
IDUINIg “YY Vuniuayjvg
,DSoqg]ng DjOI1UaAD, DIDSDI.
/DJOIIUAAD DIOIIUAAD, DIISDIC]
lepnarg (JT) Miniqvjiun vosuojpy
IVIIVIvpNYydoIS
‘MS (qunyy) wndsii9 unistio)
IvIIVPIYIAO
so[eulay
SMOIPUY VIDIUIU DADOW
IvIIUpPL]
soyeyl
[OW (NOY) vsowssnd ‘+H
‘IYYOS Sy19ps8 Sidauwapzy
dvIdVLIBNYydo1IS ‘YWog vypjnzovs ‘”
‘boeg wsnjgo sijpx— INUINIS “YY avisima] ‘Gq
IVIIUPI[VXO JOUINIS “Yq Yy sunssvif ‘Gq soewioy (pjuoo) vpyiu yy
SINV1d NATIOd / YVLOAN SLINV1d LSOH TIO ae SHIOadS
(pjuo2) XIGNAddV
plelH 1apvoinof osvjas
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
276
‘ds vapsop “ds syoxc “ds wiydt) *yepuy
‘7 vaidoiyjan skyonjis
dvIIVIUIVT]
SMOIPUY DIDIUIW DADO
‘Bucldg Lamps Ww
‘boer (oydoiejoq) xnsnf pavsopy
ovaoUpLiy
SUAAST Suaquinzap DIuUOAIY)
IvIIVUBIBUI)
‘7T wnysiunydos snunydoy
‘7 vyofidouosoa njiydoyayy
IVIIVIISSVIG
‘ds sypxoQ “ds vansopy *yepuy
‘7 avidoa-sad ‘CE
‘boer vsnjgo sypxC
dvIIUpPl[VXO
SMOIPUY DIDIUIU DADLOWY
dvod"PLI]
‘T Dpjnaiund pifaopuayo0 yy
IvVIIVIOPOWIL AL
oppeyq (1) viwaisaa soudpoyscy)
IvIIVLIVUIN
ZUIYIS 2 pueing ‘J (J) vxafiuna.soa sisadsiq
SLNV1d NATIOd / YVLOIN | SINV 1d LSOH TQ sare
/OUDIJUDAB, ‘(I
‘Yog Dpsuoja ‘Gq
uoWug (J) sisuadvs ‘Gq
/OJODUAAD, DIISDICT
svadULIVNYydo1Is
‘MS (JT) Sisonjoa ‘gq
“MS (quNy],) wnsuaaul ‘q
JOpurT 7 lomzuny (edjeyog) spoy
“MG (JT) wnoyoysna ‘J
MS (J) wniffoa -g
‘MS (quny]) wnjojo wnipostialg
‘MS (JT) vsoppia
“MS DID]]NINI ‘C
‘MS (J) Saploysuvgo.so wnisti0)
IvIIEPIYIAOC
soyewioy Mansuttad yy
soley (p1u09) vasvd yy
SHIOddS
(pjuo2) XIGNAddV
Pf)
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE WINTER RAINFALL AREA
‘1 apsdpa-sad sijoxE
IVIIVPI[VXO
SMOIPUY VIDIUIW DAaDAOW
IvIIU PL]
SMOIPUY DIVDIUIU DADO
IvIIVPLI]
SMOIPUY DIVIUIWM DADO
‘SusidsS Majnvs wy
‘boeg (QyooIejoq) xvsnf pav10jy
IvIIVPLI]
SUAADT Suaquindap DIUOLIY)
IVIIVUBIPUI)
‘yuog vsnffip ‘Cd
us}ig (J) sisuadpo ‘Gq
/DJOMUIAD DJOIIUAAD, DIISVIC
fppna1s (JT) BiwIgvjlun vosuo] py
dVIIVIAVB[NYdoAIS
‘J'] psojnqns
[TOW (NOY) vsowaond SluawuiMaz
joyisnd, ‘J
soe SIUAOII{NA YY
sojewioyq| (pjuoa) Mansutad yY
SLNV Id NAT1Od / UVLOAN SLNV'Id LSOH TIO ae eed SaIoadS
(p1u02) XIGNAddV
oS
Gl
6. SYSTEMATIC papers must conform to the Jnternational code of zoological nomenclature
(particularly Articles 22 and 51).
Names of new taxa, combinations, synonyms, etc., when used for the first time, must be followed
by the appropriate Latin (not English) abbreviation, e.g. gen. nov., sp. nov., comb. nov., syn. nov.,
etc. The name of the taxon should be followed, without intervening punctuation, by the author’s name
(not abbreviated) and the year of publication; a comma must separate author’s name and year. The
author’s name and date must be placed in parentheses if a species or subspecies is transferred from its
original genus. The name of a subsequent user of a scientific name must be separated from the
scientific name by a colon.
Synonymy arrangement should be either according to chronology of names, i.e. all published
scientific names by which the species previously has been designated are listed in chronological order,
with all references to that name following in chronological order (see example 1), or according to
chronology of bibliographic references, whereby the year is placed in front of each entry, and the
synonym repeated in full for each entry (see example 2). The author should adopt one style or the
other throughout a paper.
Family Nuculanidae
Nuculana (Lembulus) bicuspidata (Gould, 1845)
Figs 14-15A
Example 1
Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, 1845: 37.
Leda plicifera A. Adams, 1856: 50.
Laeda bicuspidata (Gould) Hanley, 1859: 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73). Sowerby, 1871, pl. 2 (fig. 8a-b).
Nucula largillierti Philippi, 1861: 87.
Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Nicklés, 1950: 163, fig. 301; 1955: 110. Barnard, 1964: 234, figs 8-9.
Note punctuation in the above example: comma separates author’s name and year; semicolon separates more than
one reference by the same author; full stop separates references by different authors; figures of plates are enclosed in
parentheses to distinguish them from text-figures; dash, not comma, separates consecutive numbers.
Example 2
1845 Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, p. 37.
1856 Leda plicifera A. Adams, p. 50.
1859 Laeda bicuspidata (Gould) Hanley, p. 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73).
1861 Nucula largillierti Philippi, p. 87.
1871 Laeda bicuspidata (Gould): Sowerby, pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
1950 Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Nicklés, p. 163, fig. 301.
1955 Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Nicklés, p. 110.
1964 Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Barnard, p. 234, figs 8-9.
In describing new species, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other specimens
mentioned in the original description are to be designated allotype (if applicable) and/or paratypes;
additional material not regarded as paratypes should be listed separately. The complete data
(registration number, depository, description of specimen, locality, collector, date) of the holotype
and paratypes must be recorded, e.g.:
Holotype. SAM-A13535 in the South African Museum, Cape Town. Adult female from mid-tide region, King’s
Beach, Port Elizabeth (33°51°S 25°39’E), collected by A. Smith, 15 January 1973.
Note standard form of writing South African Museum registration numbers and date.
7. SPECIAL HOUSE RULES
Capital initial letters
(a) The Figures, Maps and Tables of the paper when referred to in the text, e.g. ‘. . . the Figure depicting
C. namacolus ...’, or ‘. . . in C. namacolus (Fig. 10)...’
(b) The prefixes of prefixed surnames in all languages, when used in the text, if not preceded by initials or full
names: e.g. Du Toit, but A. L. du Toit; Von Huene, but F. von Huene
(c) Scientific names, but not their vernacular derivatives e.g. Therocephalia, but therocephalian
Punctuation should be loose, omitting all not strictly necessary. Reference to the author should
preferably be expressed in the third person. Roman numerals should be converted to arabic, except
when forming part of the title of a book or article, e.g. ‘Revision of the Crustacea. Part VIII.
Amphipoda.’. A specific name must not stand alone, but be preceded by the generic name or its
abbreviation to initial capital letter (except at the beginning of a sentence or paragraph), provided the
same generic name is used consecutively. The name of new genus or species should not be included
in the title; it should be included in the abstract, counter to Recommendation 23 of the Code, to meet
the requirements of Biological Abstracts.
8. GENERAL. Once referees’ reports have been received by the editor, these will be discussed by the
editorial committee. If the paper is considered acceptable after minor or major revision, the reports
will be forwarded to the author who must then thoroughly revise in accordance with the referees’
suggestions. Final acceptance of the revised manuscript will be considered by the editorial committee.
In the case of major revision being necessary, the committee reserves the right to consult one or more
referees regarding the revised manuscript.
"WNL
3 9088 01206 7245
WHITEHEAD, V. B.
STEINER, K. E.
OIL-COLLECTING BEES OF THE
WINTER RAINFALL AREA
OF SOUTH AFRICA
(MELITTIDAE, REDIVIVA)
APRIL 2003 ISSN 0303-2515
ANNALS
OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN
~ MUSEUM
CAPE TOWN
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
MATERIAL should be original and not published elsewhere, in whole or in part.
LAYOUT should be as follows:
(a) Centred masthead to consist of: title: informative but concise, without abbreviations and not including the names of new
genera or species; Author’s(s’) name(s); address(es) of author(s) (institution where work was carried out); number of
illustrations and tables; and email address
(b) Abstract of not more than 200 words, intelligible to the reader without reference to the text
(c) Table of contents giving hierarchy of headings and subheadings
(d) Introduction
(e) Subject matter of the paper, divided into sections to correspond with those given in table of contents
(f) Summary (if paper is lengthy)
(g) Acknowledgements
(h) References
(i) Abbreviations, where these are numerous.
MANUSCRIPT should be typed, double spaced with adequate margins. Four copies should be provided. First lines of
paragraphs should be indented. Tables and a list of figure captions should be typed separately, their positions indicated
in the text. All pages should be numbered consecutively.
Major headings of the paper are centred capitals; first subheadings are centred small capitals; second subheadings
are shouldered small capitals; third subheadings are shouldered italics; fourth subheadings are indented, shouldered
italics. Further subdivisions should be avoided, as also enumeration (never roman numerals) of headings and
abbreviations. Footnotes should be avoided unless they are short and essential. All generic and specific names should
be underlined or italicized. *
ILLUSTRATIONS should be reducible to a size not exceeding 12.5 18.5 cm (19.5 cm including caption); the
reduction or enlargement required should be indicated in pencil on the reverse of the figure; originals larger than
36 48 cm should not be submitted; photographs should be rectangular ini shape and final size. The size of illustrated
objects may be indicated by a metric scale on the figure (if appropriate), or the enlargement or reduction should be
given in the caption; if the latter, then the final reduction or enlargement should be taken into consideration.
All illustrations, whether line drawings or photographs, should be termed figures (plates are not printed; half-tones
will appear in their proper place in the text) and numbered in a single series. Items of composite figures should be
designated by capital letters; labelling on all figures should be non-serif lettering (e.g. Helvetica, Univers) of uniform
style, in lower-case whenever possible, and of appropriate size taking into account the final size. The number of the
figure should be lightly marked in pencil on the back of each illustration, together with an indication of the desired
reduction or enlargement.
REFERENCES cited in text and synonymies should all be included in the list at the end of the paper, using the Harvard
System (ibid., idem, loc. cit., op. cit. are not acceptable):
(a) Author’s name and year of publication given in text, e.g.:
“Smith (1969) described ...’
‘Smith (1969: 36, fig. 16) described ...’
‘As described (Smith 1969a, 19696; Jones 1971)’
‘As described (Haughton & Broom 1927) ...’
‘As described (Haughton et al. 1927) ...’
NOTE: no comma separating name and year; pagination indicated by colon, not p. (except in synonymies, see
example 2); names of joint authors connected by ampersand; et al. in text for more than two joint authors, but names of all
authors given in list of references.
(b) Full references at the end of the paper, arranged alphabetically by names, chronologically within each name, with
suffixes a, b, etc., to the year for more than one paper by the same author in that year, e.g. Smith (1969a, 19695) and not
Smith (1969, 1969a).
For books give title in italics, edition, volume number, place of publication, publisher.
For journal articles give title of article, title of journal in italics (according to the World list of scientific periodicals.
4th ed. London: Butterworths, 1963), series in parentheses, volume number, part number in parentheses (if pagination
discontinuous), pagination (first and last pages of article).
Examples (note capitalization and punctuation)
BULLOUGH, W. S. 1960. Practical invertebrate anatomy. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan.
FISCHER, P. H. 1948. Données sur la résistance et de la vitalité des mollusques. Journal de conchyliologie 88:
100-140.
FISCHER, P. H., DUVAL, M. & RAFFY, A. 1933. Etudes sur les échanges respiratoires des littorines. Archives de
zoologie expérimentale et générale 74: 627-634.
KOHN, A. J. 1960a. Ecological notes on Conus (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in the Trincomalee region of Ceylon. Annals
and Magazine of Natural History (13) 2: 309-320.
KOHN, A. J. 19605. Spawning behaviour, egg masses and larval development in Conus from the Indian Ocean. Bulletin
of the Bingham Oceanographic Collection, Yale University 17 (4): 1-51.
THIELE, J. 1910. Mollusca. B. Polyplacophora, Gastropoda marina, Bivalvia. Jn; SCHULTZE, L. Zoologische und
anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungreise im westlichen und zentralen Stid Afrika ausgefiihrt in den Jahren
1903-1905 4 (15). Denkschriften der medizinisch-naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft zu Jena 16: 269-270.
ee ee ee
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
ANNALE VAN DIE SUID-AFRIKAANSE MUSEUM
Volume 109 Band
April 2003 April
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE
LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA,
1874-1980
by
G. P. KLINGHARDT
The South African Museum forms part of Iziko Museums of Cape Town
The Annals of the South African Museum publishes original research articles, revisions and review
articles in natural history (palaeontology, geology, entomology, herpetology, ornithology,
mammalogy, and marine and freshwater biology), social history (anthropology, archaeology and
history), and art.
In order to be considered for publication, manuscripts should deal, at least in part, with material
from the collections of Iziko Museums of Cape Town. Other contributions are also considered
provided at least one of the authors is a staff member or affiliate of the Museum. In the case of
taxonomic work, descriptions of new species not already part of the Museum’s collections, the
holotype and, if possible, part of the paratype series must be deposited in the South African
Museum. Authors whose contributions do not meet with these criteria should contact the Editorial
Board prior to final preparation and submission of their manuscript.
All articles are refereed by three referees of international standing. Each paper accepted is
published as a separate part. We endeavour to publish a minimum of four issues per annum at
quarterly intervals, as material becomes available; parts are priced individually and different
volumes do not necessarily contain a standard number of parts.
Editorial Board
Prof. H. J. Deacon Dr K. Skawran Prof. A. Chinsamy-Turan
Prof. C. L. Griffiths Prof. B. Rubidge Dr H. C. Klinger
Dr S. van Noort Ms M. Rall
Ms E. Louw (editor)
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Publisher: South African Museum, P.O. Box 61, Cape Town, 8000, South Africa
Please direct enquiries (including copyright) and manuscripts to the Editor.
Please direct orders and subscriptions to the Publications Office.
BACK COPIES
Orders for back copies of the journal are welcome. For a full list of papers published
since 1898, please write to the above address or visit our web-site:
http://www.museums.org.za/iziko/sam
OUT OF PRINT
1, 2(1-3, 5-9), 30-2), 4-5, 7-8, t-p.i), 4), 515, 7-9), 62a eam
IAA), 8, 9(=2; 7), 103); 111-205) 7 tap), 44am
24(2-3, 5), 27, 30(5), 31(1-3), 32(5), 33, 36(2), 43(1), 44(7), 45(1), 49,
67(5, 11), 77(7), 84(2), 93(3), 100(1)
ISBN 0 86813 182 2
DTP by User Friendly, Cape Town
Printed in South Africa by Mills Litho, Maitland, Cape Town
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT
OF PELLA, 1874-1980
by
G. P. KLINGHARDT
Iziko: Social History Collections Division
(With 24 figures and 11 tables)
[MS accepted 30 January 2001]
ABSTRACT
This monograph examines processes of structural differentiation in Pella, a Reserve in Namaqualand,
in the context of local government over a period of 126 years by means of a diasynchronic approach that
synthesizes an analysis of constitutional structures with one of political practices and activities. The
authority structure has been treated as a dependent variable in the political process and the
decision-making system embodied in a set of custumals has been used to depict the dynamic nature of
the political system through time. This has enabled the demonstration of continuities in form between
missionary and bureaucratic systems of local government in the Reserve, and of the manner in which
structures of social differentiation and government have emerged from continuous processes of class
and ethnic struggle. It is shown how the formative period of the social groupings in the community at
Pella was influenced by the dominance of the Church in the system of local government until 1973, and
how the missionaries were unable to prevent the incorporation of the community into the wider
socio-political system of ‘apartheid’ that developed in South Africa after 1948. Set against the
background of capitalist domination in South Africa, the class struggle in the Reserve is shown as
having been conducted in terms of ethnicity, with the elite of a ruled class exploiting avenues of political
power made available by both missionaries and state government to replace a ruling class and transform
itself into a ruling class. Through a diasynchronic analysis of the decision-making system introduced in
1974 as part of the new framework of secular local government, it is shown how the cycle of elites
created a new set of conditions that altered the character of the struggle to one of local resistance to
government policy to protect the interests of the new ruling class in the Reserve. This raises the prospect
of ongoing resistance in the future to progressive forces under any regime perceived by the ruling elite as
a threat to its interests.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 109, 2003: 1-153, 24 figs, 11 tables, appendices.
=f
i
wise:
_¢
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 3
CONTENTS
PAGE
© USCC ATARI congdehaiistiacueb atid @ iC sod ac SON SOE OC ee REE nC aS ere re ny ae ao eee 5
Sime Od OLO PCAN DA CkOno pind ees eh ee ee ee ae meee ee ea Sasi Aceh d ade Mb osduccense tidadhees 5
LE UGG: CIE SUION 6a. ee onto cc Beecher coset Maan cite ee aie oot ee eo ee ee 9
PE UW OIELS, oe ake ne arash Bie a es sn oo ee an Cen ok a er 20
The Frontier and the Missions: Securing the right to the land, 1806-1873 0.0... eccccescceeeeesteees 22
Ranyecxpansion and settlement im northern Bushmanland <.......-......25.cc.ce00ceesecesceseneeseeesecesesennees WD
Whieshemsh' Mission and the struggle for TECOSMITIOM ©. ...5.2. 2.6.5... eccdedeeedelececetadosaceesecsecacedacseeoese> 25
Miesounaavion- onche Roman! Catholic MISSION e220 sisc:5.c.20cecstees-ccessecoeosesaaeconeveesnesenaccsevenscsssszece US)
Ghedevclopment or the community and group identities <:.........cccc.0.00.cccseeesenacccaseceocescceceeoaccceseseeeacee 34
Missionary administration of Pella I: The early custumals, 1874-1939 0.0... ecceessseceeeeeesteeeeeees 48
2 SYS OLS. CIES oO ST 0a oS T/L ee eee 48
fitemuecle forrepresemiation, I9I9=V939 ao ...22 clio ee Riese oses ee ks ecient tla: 51
Missionary administration of Pella II: The later custumals, 1940-1973 ooo... ccccessecceeeeesseeeeees 58
PMMonitananwetormistia, LOFO= VOSA ono. sccsccccccconcess-cocseodssevdes ccecesectseectves levedtenessdceccecedosdevenctcanes 58
BeMeMMOCMECdESPOLISMMMmene wed 1959-973 | ...2.0.ccccccveecdeccvecsesn0cecdedeasceedsdeasselusicsetihdgecs Waveeesse.d 66
imac rVOnkeOrlocaleovermment alter UOT «ci... ..5.....20.ccdeccscenceecccensecetossvnanosssessececseseacosstdeadescsebevs 79
Goverment policy and the Reserves in Namaqualand. .................cccsscccccceseaecseceeenseeesceetersscceeess 79
Mic mCtIKe Ol lOcalooverniment im Mella. 32.505 voc cccacdesceccseeesees scan sebon ssnen den censeosbomeubaeionoadoNass 82
Micraavisony Hoard as an administrative IMSIUMENt ...................0.0sccccscecsccceeseaceccccccesesesnsecdecesesanececes 86
iia CleMISMCSOlMCCLIMES AMG DUSIMESS. 222: -252...25.2c0de-0csccetesodeeseses sectsbededessoesucnsscsee tessa dencueideetenee 86
IDS AGRE OTey, LEXOvaNIC6 | Ti), GLENS (O11 gnc se eee oe a me en ae eee 89
icmcmbersrand the problemvol leadership. .....2....50:..00csssenessecesasadsecenceonecdesescossernstesacdedosecesoresees 99
Hite pomhtiestonpro sresS) TOVA PISO) 32. oie. asecccy sa cccescnccsencdeeadeeeseaceacvascdeaneetcguedesscecsdacsdasdadeusdncessoecseeeds 104
PNET PD exe) OP NE MEMEO OM ANUNITNG errr eat See Fo esa dca ca dboaswnssa sdunadac oemeoooes oemadeviusd eva leaesdeeanoueees 104
Resiscance to the Development Programmes 1976-1978 20... .2...seccctcee-cenecccsasccustecsesecccssoneaeteete 108
Mihte teaeotethiesstrrsOl eM OOM OS) see reo 2 ee Eee os esto andacde cater tie ec deta ce res edennbealnesenesvemeuanes 119
CETIETES ON. canddctotaghtecnnondsnd eae ce eee ae toe oe eee eee a ee a rn ee 126
LG AIDS TPR STIS A i Oa Wc St Pc any en eee 129
J STSUSTIUSS, coeaosaedcbetlactad Pee sar che hate te cael US Ser i ae aa San ei ee on Rr ep 130
ES STUSIGUOES a concccahet aro taba Get tec Aes SoS REE Be a OU ce On er eee 135
UO CRTC ALS OMOC CUP AtIOly MSI tee cena) ee sao lest cedds dace sadaeeeseoeoe nba ceenec dina vaecudsdsi edneaeececavueess 135
183s (CRIMI Cente a) (OYE TOF TBO) Tesco) Maye ee ae eer 137
SAIC oul ALiOns Omaphe” Wl Se One lIGUMOLSY o.c5cc. 0-5 lee e cab ac dee « see aeeee ans ci ck bes sateen cata sta cedenscaacsesaseepoeedatees 141
DBC CUAL ONS HOR HCI Olle CIE NTE eo. cease ioe tase kat eee Poa ceten en stth est seas cobieadecdwasbdeiocs 142
Eakulestor tie GeneraliGovermment of Pellay 22)... 22.2. sekecestecc co secsee sexe ceeesseceesesheedbobecsesea tee 143
F: Regulations to be observed by all living on Pella Mission Ground ................ccccccccessseeeeeeees 145
G: General Regulations for the Administration of the Pella Mission Ground ................::c0eee 147
H: New General Regulations for the Administration of Pella Mission Reserve ...............::000+ 151
xi
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 5
INTRODUCTION
THE METHODOLOGICAL BACKGROUND
This monograph examines processes of structural differentiation in Pella, a Reserve in
Namaqualand, in the context of local government over the past 126 years by means of a
diasynchronic approach that synthesizes an analysis of constitutional structures with one
of political practices and activities. This is intended to demonstrate continuities in form
between missionary and bureaucratic systems of local government in the Reserve, and the
manner in which structures of social differentiation and government have emerged from
continuous processes of class and ethnic struggle.
The anthropological study of political systems has long been hampered by a
divergence in the emphasis placed on the analysis of political institutions and practices, to
the extent that there is a division between those who examined constitutional structures
and those who concentrated on the interplay of political events and other kinds of social
events: ‘... those anthropologists who were concerned with modern social processes did
not focus on the political system, while the anthropologists who did write about African
political systems generally adopted a historical perspective.... Both these approaches, of
course, have their own validity, but the unfortunate consequence was that the daily stuff of
modern politics went unrecorded—or at least unpublished’ (Kuper 1970: 3). As a result
there have been few serious attempts to develop a set of concepts for recording, describing
and analysing political life in the fieldwork situation, with the exception of authors such as
Smith (1966) and Easton (1965), although Fortes & Evans-Pritchard (1940), Schapera
(1956) and Gluckman et al. (1949) have also provided models useful for the purposes of
comparative studies.
It is only comparatively recently that ‘politics’ has come to be understood as an
all-encompassing sphere of human activity that is a defining characteristic of all human
groups (Leftwich 1983: 1). Radcliffe-Brown (1940), for example, took politics to mean
(a) the territorial rights of groups, (b) the maintenance of order by means of personal or
group action, (c) sanctions on action, (d) accepted uses of violence, and (e) sets of rules
dealing with the functions of (a) through (d). He was referring here to a real system, in the
sense that the concept could be used as an analytical distinction to abstract political life
from its context and subject it to study, enjoining consideration of the functional purpose
of its components and directing attention to relationships both within the system and
between the system and its socio-cultural background. Smith (1956, 1960, 1966), who
derived his method of analysis from Weber’s organizational theory of government,
argued that politics referred to a set of actions by which public affairs are directed and
managed. He divided governmental activity (the functioning of the system) into
administrative and political spheres, in which the former referred to the authoritative
structuring of government roles, and the latter to political interaction between people in
these roles. In his study of Zazzau (Smith 1960), however, he did not go much beyond the
formal authority structure and said little about the exercise of and competition for power
within the system.
6 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
A consideration of power, which we have taken to mean an ability to influence the
behaviour of others and/or gain influence over the control of valued actions or resources,
must nonetheless remain an integral part of an analysis of the political system, as Weber
himself showed in his distinction between authority (‘herrschaft’) and power (‘macht’)
(Weber 1956: 541). He treated the administration of public and community affairs as the
expression of authority and the political process as being generated by differentials in the
distribution of power but, whereas authority is legitimate power in which a superior can
exercise his right to command a subordinate, power in itself is available in some measure
to all and results in competition for available resources. This distinction between authority
and power enables one to identify an authority structure, a formally recognized role
network, and a power structure, a set of relationships among those wielding power in the
community (Bendix 1969).
The authority structure in this sense refers to the constitutional features of the political
system, being a set of rules explicitly or implicitly stated that in practice indicates how
scarce values are allocated between superiors and subordinates. Submission to the
authority (or administrative) structure depends on legitimacy, or, as Lipset (1960: 74) put
it, ‘the capacity of the system to engender and maintain the belief that the existing political
institutions are the most appropriate ones for the society’. Legitimacy, however, can be
the view of either the people (the ruled) or the ruler, who can, if necessary, depend on
coercion to provide a recognized right to rule, whether this is actual or structural coercion
depending on the degree to which resistance is offered. One can therefore consider the
political process (the competition for power) as being both an abstract relationship
between power and authority based on the legitimacy of the authority structure and one
that in practice manifests itself as a continuous set of activities under the rubric of
decision-making.
Kuper’s (1970) analysis of politics in an Ngologa village in the Kalahari is one
southern African study that has endeavoured to combine a description of the authority
structure with an analysis of the political process. As such it is a good example of the type
of situational analysis advocated by, amongst others, Mitchell (1969), Turner (1957) and
Van Velsen (1967), but it does suffer from certain defects. For example, although
reference is made to a time dimension in following through some of the cases, there is no
specific attempt to trace out in any detail events and political processes in operation before
the period of fieldwork and the analysis therefore lacks the ‘diachronic treatment of the
actions of specified actors in on-going structural relationships’ (Van Velsen 1967: 144)
and the operation of certain principles through time. In the latter respect Turner’s (1957)
work is more successful, for by using a series of social dramas based on a central theme he
demonstrates that all elements of social relations combine in a cyclical social process in
which nothing is exceptional or unusual, but this approach also presents problems. As —
Vansina (1973) has pointed out, even though it is a type of diachronic analysis there is
nevertheless not only the artificial reduction of chains of antecedent and consequent
relations into convenient and therefore simplified processes, but also the problem that the
specific case analyses impose an artificial rigidity on the resulting model by being in
themselves synchronic.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 7
A solution to these problems seems to lie in tracing out the past history of the
organizational structure in which the processes of social relations are lodged. As stated
above, a shortcoming in the work done hitherto has been a tendency to record only
a description of the authority structure and to assume this to be a political analysis, but this
is only true of the constitutional structure (Meisel 1958: 28). It is by knowing how and
why this structure has changed with reference to internal and external pressures, how it
works in practice as opposed to the ideal, and which influences facilitate or restrain its
development in any direction, that attention can be focused on the processual and dynamic
features of the political system, allowing an examination of the relationships between
rulers and ruled, powerful and powerless, through the medium of the decision-making
process.
In challenging the traditional classification of types of governments then current 1n the
comparative analysis of politics, Mosca argued in 1884 that classification should be based
on ‘the essential characteristics of government and not on mere trivialities and
appearances’ (Meisel 1958: 29), and that it was only by taking into account substantial
rather than formal differences that the reality of the political process could be illuminated.
He saw the core of this reality in the facts of power. As a general proposition he stated that:
‘In all regularly constituted societies in which something called a government exists, ...
the ruling class, or rather those who hold the exercise of the public power, will always be
in a minority, and below them we find a numerous class of persons who never, in any real
sense, participate in government but merely submit to it: and these may be called the ruled
class’ (Meisel 1958: 32). Mosca was writing in general criticism of the Marxian notion of
an identity of interests among those in a similar class position, emphasizing instead that
differentiation of the ruling class prevented the monopoly of wealth and power and
therefore the formation of oligarchies, whereas the varied interests of the ruling class also
enabled this elite leadership to gain legitimation for its minority rule from the ruled class
(Mosca 1924: 142-143). Pareto took Mosca’s ideas further by drawing on Marx for his
argument that the inevitability and ubiquity of interclass struggles resulted not in a class-
less Utopia but instead in a cyclical circulation of elites (Andreski 1972: 13) because
ruling classes often espoused ideologies that merely led them along the road to a collective
demise.
Central to these views of the political process, as in realist interpretations of Marx’s
social and political thought (Kitching 1988: 1, 187), is the concept of struggle between
classes for the control of scarce and/or valued resources, whether this is cast in terms of
economic class such as is argued by Ranger (1978) or in a more general sense of formal
social groupings founded on non-economic ideological considerations, such as ethnicity,
which are often expressed in various forms of utopianism (Berki 1983: 5; Geoghegan
1987). Since the authority structure is the arena of struggles for power, it is therefore
through an understanding of the development of governmental structure that one comes to
appreciate the nature of the struggles and the classes or groups involved, particularly those
formed as a reaction to the imposition of colonial structures of authority that may not
necessarily be conceded legitimacy by the ruled classes. At the same time, however,
participation in the political process exerts influence for change on the authority structure
8 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
to the extent that success in the struggle may enable a ruled class to transform itself into a
ruling class through subversion of the authority structure for its own purposes. This has
the additional effect of according even the over-arching governmental process a degree of
legitimation since this becomes a means of best serving the interests of the new elite, a
process that is likely to continue even after the establishment of universal suffrage and
rights in a democratic system, such as South Africa has had since 1994.
This study of local government in Pella, a Reserve in the Northern Cape, is concerned
with interaction between the powerholders, the missionaries and government officials,
and an aspirant ruling class comprised of the elites of the various groups or formations in
the community. Following Carstens (1991) a ‘diasynchronic’ approach has been used,
‘because it involves coming to grips with both socio-cultural relationships in time
(diachronic) and space (synchronic) ... to come to terms with the ... reserve community
in both space and time as one system, also taking into consideration socio-economic
relations with the wider society’ (Carstens 1991: xvi-xvii). After an account of the
Reserve as constituted at the time of fieldwork, the process of colonization in
Bushmanland, which led to a denial of control of the means of subsistence to the local
inhabitants by incoming European settlers, is examined in some detail. The development
of the community at Pella is then surveyed, with particular attention to differentiation on
the basis of class and ethnicity. The following two sections are closely interrelated, being
an examination of the historical role of the Roman Catholic missionaries in the
development of the community through the establishment of a system of local
government that favoured the European inhabitants over the other residents. These
sections have been structured around the series of custumals, bodies of local regulations,
applied in succession to the community by the missionaries, and it is shown how this
system was brought to an end in the 1970s by irresistible secular trends that enabled the
Nationalist Government to apply its policy of ‘apartheid’, with its particular provisions for
people classified ‘Coloured’, to the community.
The background of Government policy towards the Namaqualand Reserves is then set
out and the authority structure established in Pella after 1974 is described, and this is
followed by a consideration of how this administrative system functioned. The final
section then presents an account of the struggle of the new village elite to secure its
position of power and prevent its destruction as a result of the introduction of official
policies aimed at achieving far-reaching changes in the structure of the ruled classes in
South Africa as a means of preserving capitalist domination of the state as it was
constituted at that time. By any standards the political affairs of Pella are parochial, but, as
implied above, it is at the local level that political processes are made most manifest. Such
a study can illuminate these by providing an account of how policies applied at the
national level affected a small rural community that had been under the protection of the
Roman Catholic Church until the 1970s and had thus remained largely outside the sphere
of influence of the government of the South African state. This, as Kuper (1992: 14; 1994:
551) has pointed out, allows us to ‘... confront the models current in the social sciences
with the experiences and models of our subjects ...’.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 9
TE RIEL DIOF SiUDY:
Pella is one of seven communal areas (called ‘Rural Coloured Areas’ between 1963
and 1994, and still popularly spoken of as ‘Reserves’) located in the magisterial district of
Namaqualand in the Northern Cape (before 1994 part of the former Cape Province).
Namaqualand is a sparsely populated semi-desert area of some 4 800 000 ha (18 518
square miles), bounded in the north by the Orange River, in the west by the Atlantic
Ocean, in the east by the eastern half of Great Bushmanland, cut off by the boundary of the
Kenhardt district, and in the south by an equally arbitrary line just north of Bitterfontein.
The ecology of Namaqualand has always exerted a profound influence on settlement
patterns and economic activities. Most of the population (55 318 in 1970; 63 323 in 1980)
and five of the Reserves are to be found in the winter rainfall regions of the mountain-belt
and coastal plain where the rainfall is not as low and the water sources not as unreliable as
in the summer rainfall region of Bushmanland, an area of immense plains descending to a
desert mountainland around the Orange River. Economic activities in Namaqualand are
primarily concerned with stock-farming and mining, though coastal fishing is also
important. The lack of a well-developed infrastructure has inhibited the establishment of
industrial undertakings, other than those connected with these activities. Throughout the
twentieth century Namaqualand was insignificant in terms of the national economy,
contributing less than 0.7 per cent to the Gross National Product, and about 90 per cent of
this amount was produced by the mining industry (National Physical Development Plan
1972; Dunne 1986).
There were 23 Reserves, or Rural Coloured Areas, in South Africa at the time of the
field studies for this monograph. In terms of the Rural Coloured Areas Act (No. 24 of
1963) these areas were set aside for the exclusive occupation of people legally defined as
‘Coloured’ under the now-defunct Population Registration Act, although a sprinkling of
people classified as ‘White’ was also resident in certain of them for the purposes of
mining, trading and mission work. These Reserves originated as mission stations on
Crown Land in the nineteenth century (Sharp 1980: 10) when Protestant missionaries,
from the London Missionary Society, the Rhenish Mission Society and the Wesleyan
Church, created more or less autonomous peasant communities by settling nomadic and
semi-nomadic Baster and European stock-farmers and the remnants of the aboriginal
Nama pastoralists of Namaqualand on defined territories that were recognized and in
some instances granted by the Cape Government. The communities were able to survive
into the twentieth century for several reasons, the most important of which included
support from the missionaries for their territorial integrity, and their perceived value as
labour pools for the mining industry in the region. The development of distinctive forms
of local identity, arising from the need to regulate the distribution of internal rights to land
for subsistence farming activities, also contributed significantly to the continued
existence of the communities by preventing the inhabitants from identifying with the
situation of the working class in the mining towns and on farms elsewhere in
Namaqualand (Sharp 1977, 1980; Klinghardt 1979). The future of the Reserves as
communal territories in the ‘post-apartheid’ period was still uncertain at the time of
10 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
writing, when far-reaching changes in local government were being implemented. The
system of land tenure was communal in character, with local government being effected
by Advisory or Management Boards responsible to the then Administration of Coloured
Affairs. The land in the Namaqualand Reserves amounted to approximately 70 per cent of
all the land set aside as ‘Rural Coloured Areas’ in South Africa at that time. Together these
seven Reserves comprised some | 210 000 ha, about 26 per cent of the land in the district.
The rest of Namaqualand was divided up into ‘White’-owned farms, apart from land held
by the State, mining companies, and town and village allotment areas. In 1980 the total
population of the seven Reserves was 31 243, some 40 per cent of the population resident
in all the “Rural Coloured Areas’. In Namaqualand this represented 65.4 per cent of the
‘Coloured’ population and 49.3 per cent of the total population. These statistics reveal that
the “Rural Coloured Areas’ occupied an important position in the political, social and
economic structure of the district in both the contemporary and historic periods, although
they were insignificant in the South African context if compared with the various “Black
National States’ and other ‘self-governing’ territories in the eastern part of South Africa at
that time.
Pella Reserve, some 48 300 ha in extent, is situated on the border of South Africa and
Namibia in the geographic region of Great Bushmanland. Although the smallest of the
seven Namaqualand Reserves (but the seventh largest in South Africa), the physical
setting of Pella offers vivid contrasts, ranging from sweeping semi-desert plains through a
desert mountainland to the Orange River valley, where the riverbanks are lined by thickets
of dense bush. The average annual rainfall is less than 70 mm and, as it is not unusual for
years to pass without any rain, less than a quarter of the population of some 2 000 could be
supported without the presence of an extensive mining industry.
TABLE 1
Comparative population statistics for the Namaqualand Reserves in 1978.
(Annual Report of the Administration of Coloured Affairs for 1978)
Reserve Area (ha) Population Beha Small stock Large stock
Concordia 63 383 8 033 7.8 30 320 967
Komaggas 62 603 4 168 S20) MNS 1 033
Leliefontein LOD WAS 6 930 DIRS 32 050 1 872
Pella 48 276 2 473 19.5 18 496 215
Richtersveld DIS QS 2 456 D092 501392 899
Steinkopf 329301 7 044 46.7 80 000 1 948
Total 1 210 201 31 104 38.9 228,973 6 924
As is the case throughout Bushmanland, the availability of water has been a key
determinant of human settlement patterns on the Pella Reserve. Pella village, the central
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA Bil
Village
Orange River 4
z - arm
Pella Drift
z Wolff's Dream e ‘ Hamiet
—>s '@ Pelladrif
or! Main Road
a a a |
“s- « Rooipad * | :
. Bobbejaanviei \. on ---- Minor Road
| 2 Ld Mine (active)
i GROOTPELLABERG) ee Swartpad
oo ‘KRUISBERG) 4 Mine (inactive
Klein Pella [ss_Lelkpad Rondebank =») 2 5 km
seen ’ Na
foe eer : OUR 6p
iet a e E,
eet takeund? e kG
‘ , ‘ , eye gwalinedder y
KAS
Springputs | \ >. Se
* mS
~ ‘
“mw Groot Brakkie
gt ’
TKources @_,.--@" .
» "Klein Ses Boomrivier
POFADDER
Figure |
Pella Reserve in 1980.
settlement of the Reserve, owes its existence to the presence of eight springs, and it is here
that the bulk of the population is resident, comprising some 1 600 people in 337 house-
holds in January 1980. At that time these households were clustered into five distinctive,
named neighbourhood areas, which were in turn divided into a total of 17 sub-areas
reflecting the diversity of class and ethnic differences in the community. The older
neighbourhood areas tended to be quite homogenous in content—people considered as
‘Basters’ in ‘Peuleboomstraat’, ‘Damaras’ in ‘Melkbosrand’—whereas those that
developed after large influxes of people entered seeking work after the opening of the first
sillimanite mine in 1952 were more heterogeneous (such as ‘Die Brak’), with the
sub-areas reflecting class differences rather than being based on kin or ethnic origins
(Klinghardt 1994: 123). The remainder of the population, some 350, was resident in
farmsteads and hamlets scattered elsewhere in the Reserve, at springs and wells or along
the banks of the Orange River.
The centre of Pella village was occupied by the Roman Catholic Mission, with its fine
cathedral and date plantations. The Mission is situated on a tract of land excised from the
Reserve when it was incorporated under the Administration of Coloured Affairs as a
‘Rural Coloured Area’ in 1974, as until then Pella had been a Mission Farm controlled by
the Church. Until 1968 Pella was the seat of the Bishop of Keimoes (formerly the Orange
River) but, even after the Bishop had moved his official residence to Upington, Pella
remained the ceremonial focus of the Diocese. At the time of fieldwork, the Mission was
staffed by two French priests and two South African nuns of the Oblates of St Francis de
Sales (O.S.F.S.), a French missionary order with its headquarters in Troyes, together with
12 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 2
The Cathedral of the Immaculate Conception at Pella Mission, an elegantly proportioned
Roman-Gothic structure completed in 1895 and modelled on the Cathedral of SS. Peter & Paul
and the Pope Urban VI Collegiate Chapel in Troyes, France. Some Baster women wearing their
distinctive bonnets (‘kappies’) can be seen among the congregation conversing on the plaza after
Mass on a Sunday morning in February 1978.
ten lay employees drawn from the local population to perform routine service and
maintenance work. The primary school was part of the Mission but was controlled by the then
Administration of Coloured Affairs, which hired the buildings from the Church and paid the
teachers’ salaries. In 1979 there were 22 teachers and 569 pupils from Sub. A to Standard 6.
For secondary education children could be sent to the Catholic high school at Matieskloof
Mission near Springbok, although some went to Steinkopf or even further afield.
In close proximity to the Mission, but inside the Reserve in the former European
residential area, were two shops (one jointly owned and operated by the last two “White’
families still living in Pella), a clinic, post office, and the office of the Advisory Board, the
five-member body under the chairmanship and control of the Superintendent, the official
responsible for local government.
Table 2 shows the age distribution of the population of Pella and was derived from a
random sample survey of 83 households in 1978. Allowing for sampling errors it can be
seen that the age distribution approximated to the national distribution, although as
reflected in five out of eight age-groups there was a tendency for the population to be
slightly older. Table 2 also shows a slight imbalance in the male/female ratio due to the
absence of economically active males, but the absence of large numbers of migrants was
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 13
due to the proximity of Pella to sources of employment that allowed daily or weekly
commuting between home and workplace.
TABLE 2
Age distribution of residents of Pella in 1978.
Age decade Males % Females % Total % RSA %
70+ 5 23 5 2D 10 23 Ee
60-69 with Bye) 7 Stl 14 3.2 2.8
50-59 18 8.5 12 5.3 30 6.9 4.7
40-49 16 ES 25 Igy 4] 9.4 7.6
30-39 24 ES DD jie 49 LEZ 10.8
20-29 29 a7 38 17.0 67 15.4 16.2
10-19 52 24.6 53 237 105 24.1 24.5
0-9 60 28.8 58 26.4 118 2S Syleg
In the period before 1952, the population of
Pella did not rise above about 700 and it was thus
possible for most people to make a living from
one or other form of agricultural activity,
supplemented by occasional labour on farms in
the district or at the copper and diamond mines in
Namaqualand. With the development of the
sillimanite mines in the district and on the
Reserve in the 1950s, the significance of
agricultural activity to the residents as a whole
declined as a source of income. At the time of
fieldwork, livestock-farming was still the most
important form practised by the inhabitants, but
cultivation had almost completely ceased and
none of those still so engaged relied upon their
produce as their sole source of income. In 1979
there were some 70 stock-farmers, although only
35 were recognized as bona fide farmers by the
Administration of Coloured Affairs, whereas the
number of livestock (principally karakul sheep
and goats), including that of non-farmers,
totalled some 12 000, although this figure was
Figure 3
Harvesting dates in 1984 in a plantation
at Pella Mission, with the date-processing
shed and an old mill-house in the declining as a result of the prevailing drought at
background. that time. Only the Roman Catholic Mission was
14 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 4
Watering karakul sheep on a farmstead at the hamlet of T’Kouroes east of Pella village in
January 1978. This farmstead formerly belonged to a European family, but in 1974 it was
taken over by a Baster farmer, WR, who was a Member of the Advisory Board, when that
family had had to leave after Pella had been proclaimed a ‘Rural Coloured Area’.
still engaged in extensive cultivation, having three plantations of about 2 000 date palms
on its territory in the village, and an irrigation farm on the banks of the Orange River
where it was producing lucerne, lawn-grass (for the mining company at Aggeneys) and
citrus fruits.
In 1978 about 17 per cent of the potentially economically active males in a sample of
83 households were dependent on farming for a livelihood, 16 per cent either
self-employed, in service with the Roman Catholic Mission or teaching, and the
remainder engaged in wage labour—46 per cent as commuters to the sillimanite quarries
at Swartkoppies and Koenabib, and 11 per cent as migrants to various places in
Bushmanland and Namaqualand. Apart from those who worked as teachers, women who
took up employment worked mostly as domestic servants in households in the Reserve
and the nearby villages of Pofadder and Onseepkans, but they seldom continued to be
employed after marriage. Tables 3, 4 and 5 provide details of income from farming
activities and wage labour over a period of four years preceding and including the period
of fieldwork.
Between 1976 and 1980, the pattern of economic activities on the Reserve was
considerably altered through the development of extensive deposits of lead, zinc and
copper at Aggeneys, some 40 kilometres from Pella. A large number of people from Pella
moved with their families to live in the company-owned township, and the sillimanite
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 15
mines on the Reserve and in the district lost almost a third of their labour force in 1979. In
1979 the number of people from Pella employed at Aggeneys doubled from about 40 to 83
(15 per cent of the potentially economically active population). This loss had to be
absorbed almost completely by the mine on the Reserve, and over the corresponding
period its labour force lost 38 men, to stand at 111 in December 1979. This movement
continued in the 1980s, although at a slower rate, as the mining company at Aggeneys
proceeded with its programme of phasing out ‘Black’ migrant labour in favour of
employing local ‘Coloured “people as a cost-cutting measure.
TABLE 3
Income from farming activities, 1976-1979.
1976 OT 1978 1979 Average
R R R R R
Farmers 31613 51 663 299s 59979 32 293
Non-farmers 3 676 7 383 10 278 12 856 8 548
Total 35)289 59 046 40 196 28 835 40 841
Average annual
ee nite 596 1ili23 747 456 751
No. of farmers a8 46 40 35 43
TABLE 4
Income from wage labour, 1976-1979.
1976 OT! 1978 179 Average
R R R R R
Total 185 671 383 567 258 323 AN; WTS) 310 334
Average annual
793 1 646 1 184 1 100 algal
income of worker
No. of workers 234 233 218 376 265
The population of Pella was diverse in origin and character, with the principal
groupings comprising the descendants of people ranging from the indigenous Khoisan
people to immigrant “Basters’, ‘Whites’ and ‘Damaras’. Research in Pella showed that the
boundaries of these groupings were a manifestation of complex processes of
differentiation that had their roots in the diverse origins and character of the population.
Pella has been inhabited in various proportions through time by aboriginal Khoisan
people, comprising hunter-gatherers (‘Bushmen’, said by informants to have called
themselves ‘Tahamanannin’), Nama and Einiqua herders, as well as immigrant Baster and
European stock-keepers, and Damaras (a heterogeneous grouping of people of Herero,
16 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Dama and Xhosa descent) (Klinghardt 1978,
1982). Historical records show that, by the mid-
nineteenth century, Baster settlers had replaced the
aboriginal hunter-gatherers and pastoralists in the
area. The hunter-gatherers were for the most part
destroyed in small-scale conflicts, whereas the
pastoralists were forced to withdraw to the north
across the Orange River after the Basters had taken
possession of their pasture lands and water
supplies by drawing on the support of missionaries
and the colonial government (Marais 1939;
Carstens 1966; Sharp 1977; Klinghardt 1982).
These early Baster colonists, however, were
scattered during the first Koranna War of 1868
(some going to Concordia and others to Mier and
Rehoboth, where their descendants still live) and
were replaced in turn by European settlers and
other Basters from eastern Bushmanland in the
1870s and 1880s. The Europeans were
Figure 5 numerically dominant in Pella, constituting some
NEE Olen wot Sea sone 70 per cent of the population until the end of the
crushed sillimanite ore at the Koenabib
Mine meceen Pen Aucnst 1970! South African War in 1902, after which they were
increasingly overshadowed by the rapid growth of
the other groups resident there; they nevertheless
maintained their politically and socially dominant position in the community until 1973.
Herero and Dama refugees from wars in Great Namaqualand and Damaraland began
crossing the Orange River into northern Bushmanland in the 1860s, some to seek work at
the copper mines, others to establish themselves in the Orange River basin with their
livestock, whereas a few Xhosa people from wandering groups in the Middle Orange
River region also entered the area at the same time. Further waves of Herero people
followed after the collapse in 1906 of indigenous resistance to German rule in what is now
Namibia. Although the leading Damara families in contemporary Pella are of Herero
origin, the long association with Nama people north and south of the Orange River has led
to the incorporation of many Nama cultural traits in the pattern of identity of this group of
people in the community. Whereas members of various Nama groups have lived at Pella
in varying numbers during its history, the few people of Nama origin still there are mostly
descendants of Bondelswarts refugees who entered the area after the German-Nama war
in German South West Africa in 1906. This summary hardly does justice to the complex —
centripetal and centrifugal socio-political forces that have been at work in shaping the
present community but, owing to both historical and present links, the groupings of people
formed by the descendants of these immigrants may be considered as forming a
continuum in the local population, although in local eyes the groupings have tended to be
regarded as mutually exclusive, partly owing to perceived differences in racial, cultural
Li
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA
Figure 6
Pella, November 1979.
ing in western
A mine-worker’s dwell
inant of
determ
ip as a
h
ins
is on k
d partly due to an emphas
hardt 1982
ms an
1g
ing
1¢ OF
ist
and lingu
1987).
’
(Kili
Ip
membersh
TABLE 5
LOW:
d wage labour, 1976
ies an
it
1V
ing act
Income from farm
LOTS
1978
L977,
1976
442 613 HS SMD) 442 610 Salis)
220 960
Amount
Income
Average annual
0 1 586 It LES) 7/ 1 076 1 140
Wl
of economically active
persons
308
11
4
258
UID)
287
lly active
1ca
Econom
persons
oP ae
SES
SSS
O <P ts
Se Y
S6 §
>} @b)
SE 2
Gs %
oO. ¢
= 3G
Oo 5 2
fas
Sst
cD)
Op eet ies
a6 3
S
SSS
SS)
SS &
Saag
ne)
@) ©) “e}
2 > ov
sy foo] BS
Ag A
aoe 2
8 25
com
N
cD)
nos
me
@ Ge ce
sY°
rg UV
Bee
ss 5
Gad
og 2
mo oS
Ww O'S
Owe
o VY o
eae og
DY N
Sag
|
eS
oe O
QA &
imacy to the official racial classification
luded people whose forebears had come from a range
‘White’, but few informants accorded legit
ings inc
system. Each of these group
18 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 7
The dwelling of a Nama-speaking family in the western neighbourhood area
of ‘Melkbosrand’ in Pella, June 1978.
of racial and cultural backgrounds but, in their contemporary definitions, informants
regarded these groupings as defined groups based on a notion of common origins that
ignored the heterogeneity of their origins and treated kinship and family history as the
deciding factors in determining membership. The absence of any emphasis on primordial
bonds of attachment in this form of ethnicity at Pella can be ascribed to the fact that, as
shown in genealogies and local parish records, no families could trace their ancestry to the
original inhabitants of Pella in the early nineteenth century, and few had a continuity of
more than four generations in the area. Although a high rate of marriage between the many
offspring of the families within the boundaries of the various groups has produced a
profusion of kinship bonds among the population, informal and formal restrictions on
marriages among members of different groups have nevertheless produced patterns of
marriage that have tended to reinforce the existing ethnic and social boundaries in the
community as apparently immutable in the eyes of the members of all these groups. This
study of local government in Pella is lodged within the context of interaction between
these groupings of people in the recognition that there have been only qualitative rather
than quantitative changes in their struggle for political and economic control of the —
Reserve during the last 100 years.
Northern Bushmanland, in which Pella is centrally situated, is that area between the
Orange River and the main road from Springbok to Kakamas, where the Bushmanland
Plateau slopes down from the crest mountains at Aggeneys and Namies to the Orange
River. This part of Bushmanland is somewhat better supplied with water than the plateau
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 19
area but, even with a low population density, the low rainfall and sparse vegetation render
it only marginally suitable for sedentary farming on a permanent basis, and in times of
severe drought most of the farmers have to leave their land. In contrast to the situation
found elsewhere in the world where great rivers pass through desert lands, and indeed also
to that in the comparatively well-populated and intensely cultivated area between the
Augrabies Falls and Upington, the Orange River has hardly any influence on the region
because its valley is too narrow and deep to permit irrigation farming in more than a few
places on its banks, and it is technically difficult and expensive to pump water out of the
valley beyond the surrounding mountain ranges.
Apart from Pella, there are three other villages in the area. Pofadder is the ‘capital’ of
Bushmanland, acting as a service centre for the farming community and local mining
industry. European settlement on the site of a former Rhenish mission station commenced
in 1889 and, after the first plots were given out in 1917, various civil functionaries at Pella
were moved to the new village. By 1970 the population was 2 520 (469 ‘Whites’,
2 015 ‘Coloureds’ and 36 ‘Blacks’). Onseepkans is a government-sponsored irrigation
settlement on the south bank of the Orange River dating from 1909. A canal serves the
plots of some 70 families engaged in the production of a wide range of crops (such as
cotton and lucerne), which are mostly marketed in Namibia. Aggeneys to the south of
Pella is a mining township that developed between 1976 and 1980 to house the employees
of the nearby Black Mountain Mine, and had a population of 1 500 (270 ‘Whites’,
430 ‘Coloureds’ and 800 ‘Blacks’) in 1980. Both Pofadder and Onseepkans have
well-established Catholic Missions (founded in 1921 and 1923 respectively), and the
Mission at Onseepkans has a community of about 500 people (mainly Damaras with a few
Europeans and Namas) living on its extensive property at the western end of the village.
At the time of writing the Pella Mission administered an outstation at Black Mountain.
The mines at Aggeneys, Koenabib and Swartkoppies provide employment for a large
number of people who would otherwise have had to leave the area in search of work; it has
also been largely due to them that communications have been improved in the area,
leading to a reduction in the isolation of these four villages from other urban areas in the
Northern Cape. The region is traversed laterally by a tarred road from Springbok to
Upington that gives access to the railhead at Kakamas (135 km distant), whereas gravel
roads to the north and south lead to railheads at Karasburg in Namibia (180 km) and
Bitterfontein (289 km) respectively. With the exception of a good gravel road from
Pofadder to Concordia, the other roads in the area are poorly developed, particularly in the
mountainland around the Orange River where there are areas inaccessible to wheeled
vehicles of any kind. The Black Mountain Mine is connected by an excellent road to the
Sishen—Saldanha railway to facilitate the shipment of ore, but this railway does not accept
ordinary traffic. A road motor service connects Pella with Pofadder and from there with
other towns in the Northern Cape; in addition, light and medium aircraft provide a regular
service between airfields at Pofadder and Aggeneys and major centres in South Africa.
West of Pella towards Gudaos in the Steinkopf Reserve there are a few small
settlements in the Orange River valley, such as Witbank where there is a Dutch Reformed
Mission settlement, but during the past decade most of the people have gradually left these
20 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
places in search of work at the mines and elsewhere. In the 1970s and 1980s, the State took
over many of the farms, ostensibly to allow the pasturage to recover from excessive
overgrazing, but also for strategic reasons, and since 1994 some of these farms have been
earmarked for redistribution in the settlement of land claims that have been lodged by
some of the inhabitants of the region. In the Namaqua Pegmatite Belt (a strip of country
roughly 40 km wide north and south of the Orange River), there are a number of
small-scale mining operations extracting various minerals, but they are only irregularly
worked and are too small for commercial operation. With the exception of a large,
well-developed farm at Klein Pella, on which a wealthy German farmer had established a
range of projects in addition to stock-raising (including date plantations, an irrigation
works, several sillimanite mines and a lapidary factory), the rest of the area is sparsely
populated and fewer than a dozen families occupy their farms permanently.
FIELDWORK
Most of the fieldwork on which this monograph is based was carried out between
January 1978 and January 1980 and formed Project A in a long-term community study of
the Pella Reserve. Pella was chosen as an area of study as it was the only one of the
Namaqualand Reserves which at that time had yet to be subjected to anthropological
study, and there was a need for comparative studies of all the Reserves to build up a
resource of research data for use by those involved in various social issues relating to the
Reserves.
While involved in Project A, I spent nine-and-a-half months living in the community,
spread over two periods of two-and-a-half months in 1978 and a further period of seven
months in the latter half of 1979. During the first two periods I established myself in the
community and assembled a network of informants spanning as wide a cross-section of
the community as possible. The results of this preliminary work were written up ina B.A.
(Hons) dissertation on ethnicity and contemporary structures of social differentiation. In
the third period I concentrated on studying the process of local government, both in the
contemporary and historical contexts, as the extended period of familiarity with the
community had enabled me to observe this process in action and had afforded me the time
to tap both oral and written sources on the history of the Roman Catholic Mission, the
community and local government in some considerable detail. This work was written up
in a M.A. thesis at the University of Cape Town in 1982. Projects B and C, each
comprising two parallel phases, were subsequently undertaken between 1983 and 1990,
as general studies of patterns of settlement and land use and of Catholic missions in Pella
and southern Namibia. These studies enabled additional material to be obtained to
complement the data from Project A, and this material has provided the basis for a Ph.D.
thesis with a focus on the Roman Catholic missionaries themselves. Project D, a full
re-study of the Pella community within the transformation of South Africa after 1994,
commenced in 1998.
Throughout the periods of fieldwork I lived in the Catholic Mission at Pella, the best
(and most comfortable) arrangement, as it not only enabled me to establish close
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 21
relationships with the missionaries themselves, but also served to provide a relatively
neutral base from which I could approach the various sections of the community without
giving an impression of commitment to one or other faction involved in the political and
social processes then in operation. I was always well-received by the people, although as
was to be expected they were initially cautious in dealing with a stranger. Close
acquaintanceship over the ensuing lengthy periods of fieldwork served to remove any
lingering suspicions that I was a government official, a policeman or a priest in disguise.
Most interviews were conducted in Afrikaans, but English was used with the missionaries
and a number of European informants.
Four basic methods were used in examining the various aspects of the community
under study: (a) surveys of the households with questionnaires to obtain statistical data;
(b) structured and unstructured interviews with informants to assemble data on group
identity formation and social life in general; (c) observation of representative authorities
and other organized associations to examine decision-making processes; (d) tapping
documentary and oral sources to provide the necessary time depth to the study.
The historical sections of the monograph are based on the documentation preserved in
the files of the Parish Archives at Pella Mission and in the Diocesan Archives at Upington,
supplemented with material obtained from the State Archives in Cape Town and a wide
range of other sources, including missionary publications, published official reports and
documents, early travellers’ journals and other literary works dealing with the Northern
Cape and southern Namibia. All the material in the Parish and Diocesan archives
concerning the secular administration of Pella Mission and the Mission Farm was copied,
with extracts and notes being made from material dealing with ecclesiastical matters.
During Projects B and C all the statistical registers were copied, and additional material
was collected. The material from the Parish and Diocesan archives was for the most part in
English, which was the official language of the Catholic Church in the Northern Cape
until it was replaced by Afrikaans in 1968, but some early material, private
communications between missionaries and ecclesiastical documents were in other
European languages. I made my own translations from German and Latin, but the priest in
charge of Pella Mission very kindly translated various documents from French for me.
With oral testimony collected from informants added to the written sources, it has been
possible to reconstruct the periods of missionary and secular administration of Pella in
considerable detail without losing the voices of the various individuals and groups
involved. In order to keep the historical aspect of the study within manageable limits,
however, the focus of the presentation of the missionary period was on general trends and
features on systems and processes, while an examination of the actual minutiae of
administration was reserved for the period of local government under State control.
The identities of nearly all living persons mentioned in the text are protected by a
system of initials, which are not necessarily those of their names. Government officials
are indicated by a randomly-chosen letter, e.g. ‘B’, and the superintendents of the Reserve
are labelled in order of succession as S1 and S2.
Jigs ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
THE FRONTIER AND THE MISSIONS:
SECURING THE RIGHT TO THE LAND, 1806-1873
EARLY EXPANSION AND SETTLEMENT IN NORTHERN BUSHMANLAND
The early history of the north-western part of the Northern Cape (Little Namaqualand
and Bushmanland) has not received much serious attention from South African historians,
other than Penn (1995). In most of the literature Bushmanland has been viewed as an arid,
insignificant appendage to Namaqualand (Carstens 1966; Hanekom 1950; Kotze 1945),
or as the desolate setting for a romanticized ‘survival’ of people thought to possess the
original pastoral values of the Afrikaner (Rossouw 1973; Van der Merwe 1941, 1945; Van
Niekerk 1964; Van Onselen 1961). This section does not pretend to summarize the history
of Bushmanland, but rather to highlight those aspects that will enable the reader to
understand the peculiar circumstances under which Pella followed so divergent a course
of development from that of the other mission stations and reserves in Namaqualand.
Previous authors have argued that ‘the existence of an identifiable “Baster’ society was
made possible only by their possession of land under a form of communal tenure’ (Sharp
1977: 21), and that the people called Basters achieved their political aspirations by
cultivating their political identity through setting themselves up in largely autonomous
political communities (Carstens 1983: 1). It is therefore the purpose of this chapter to
show briefly how the Basters of northern Bushmanland lost their independence and, in
line with the general process of conquest elsewhere in Southern Africa, were subjected to
European colonial domination.
The known history of Pella and northern Bushmanland stretches back to about 1750,
when the expansion of Dutch settlers from the south-western Cape was first beginning to
affect the Nama and Einiqua pastoralists and ‘San’ hunter-gatherers then living in
Namaqualand and Bushmanland. Even before this time the movement of Dutch colonists
had caused numbers of dispossessed and displaced Cape Khoekhoe to form the vanguard
of a wave of people whose arrival in Namaqualand brought about the dissolution of the
Nama groups living there. The incursions of these people and the Dutch colonists were
closely interrelated and complex in their effects on Namaqualand but, in summary, the
‘Orlams’ (the name given to the emigrant Cape Khoekhoe) were able to take advantage of
the disorganized state of the Nama clans, which had been seriously reduced in number by
smallpox (Mossop 1947), to establish a hegemony over them. This was easily achieved
because of the weak social organization of the Nama and the lack of centralized authority,
as well as the poverty to which the surviving Nama had been reduced through the loss of
much of their livestock (Elphick 1985).
According to oral tradition at Pella, which is confirmed in broad detail by Vedder
(1985: 445-446), one such Orlams leader, Gamab /Hobesen (or Witbooi), obtained
permission from the Nama chief 4 Huiseb to settle in the vicinity of the springs at Kamas,
as Pella was known until 1812 (Mossop 1935), which was at that time occupied by the
//Khauan clan. Gamab was said to have been wealthy and was able to bring many other
people under him through the establishment of patron/client relationships. When
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 23
*Huiseb died, Gamab had built up a group (‘stam’) equivalent in size to that of the
//Khauan. When #Huiseb’s wife U-eis married Gamab the tribal councils agreed that the
two groups (‘stamme’) should unite into one and that the son of this marriage should be
the new principal chief (‘hoofkaptein’). This was Kido Witboo1, born at Pella in about
1780, and when he came of age the chieftaincy was transferred to him from the council. As
the //Khauan were the senior clan in Namaqualand, Kido could thus claim most of Little
Namaqualand and Bushmanland as his territory, but it seems that he delegated authority to
protect his interests to other Orlams heads in Namaqualand, Abraham Vigiland at
Steinkopf and Paul Links I in the Richtersveld, whereas he himself resided in northern
Bushmanland (Carstens 1966: 18). The Nama groups were not settled, but roamed freely
throughout Namaqualand in search of pasturage, merely regarding certain springs as
theirs because of ‘habitual exploitation’ (Schapera 1930: 12). Whereas Kamas with its
eight perennial springs might have been regarded as the ‘capital’ of the Witboois, the
constituent clans and extended families were scattered all over northern Bushmanland
wherever there was pasturage and water.
Nomadism and a lack of real centralized authority meant that there was no concerted
resistance on the part of the Orlams-led Nama to other settlers and colonists entering
Namaqualand and Bushmanland towards the beginning of the nineteenth century.
Travellers’ journals and missionary records reveal not only the influence exerted by
climatic conditions on patterns of settlement by the Basters and Europeans, but also the
numerical sparsity and poverty of these emigrants. As has been remarked of the entry of
Afrikaner trekboers into the Kalahari, they came not as conquerors to exploit the local
population, but as just another group of pastoralists (Russell & Russell 1979: 620), and
their economy was local rather than orientated to distant centres of colonial settlement.
Even the partially settled farmers of the Kamiesberg region seem to have been more
concerned with subsistence—hunting, erratic agriculture, transhumant pastoralism, and
exchange trading—than with breeding and dispatching their livestock on the long and
dangerous haul to the Cape. Thus at the beginning of the nineteenth century one finds an
amalgam of named groups of people living together in Namaqualand, all concerned with
obtaining a share of the scarce natural resources of the region—indigenous Khoisan
(Nama, Einiqua and ‘San’), Orlams Khoekhoe (which included other groups such as the
Griqua and Koranna), Baster and European colonists of mostly Dutch descent. During the
following 100 years the two latter groups would succeed in securing these resources from
the others, and the Basters themselves would eventually be subordinated because of the
European colonists’ control of governmental processes.
Carstens (1966: 18) observed that ‘during the first two decades of the nineteenth
century two important events took place in Little Namaqualand, events that were
responsible for remoulding the former pattern of social relationships. The first was the
northerly migration of Baster families who had hitherto lived mainly in the southern half
of the north-western Cape Colony. The Basters were the descendants of Dutch colonists
and frontiersmen fathers, and Namaqua and Cape Khoi Khoin mothers. Their culture was
neither Khoi Khoin nor Dutch but is best described as a synthesis of the two traditions.
They considered themselves superior to their maternal ancestors and tended to marry
24 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
amongst themselves, although some did marry Khoi Khoin women while others again
were absorbed into the ranks of the Dutch. These Basters, who were the Voortrekkers of
Little Namaqualand, were largely responsible for defeating and driving out the Bushmen,
and in certain communities they also usurped the power of the Khoi Khoin’. Due to
unfavourable climatic conditions, Baster penetration east of Little Namaqualand was
limited to seasonal movements in search of pasturage after summer rains had made it
possible for livestock to cross the Koa Depression into Great Bushmanland. Few settled
there permanently, but in 1864 the Civil Commissioner of Namaqualand found that the
Baster ‘kaptein’ at Pella, Jacob van Neel, and his son, Dirk, who was the Assistant Field
Cornet, had been living at Pella since about 1824 and that about 41 out of 65 families had
been at Pella since before the extension of the Cape boundary to the Orange River in 1847
(1/SBK, 5/1/3. Judge to the Colonial Secretary, 24/3/1864); this represented virtually the
entire population of northern Bushmanland. Witbooi objected to the entry of Basters into
his territory, but could do little as his people did not possess firearms (Carstens 1966:
107). Until about 1830 Pella remained firmly in the hands of the /Hobesen, but in about
1835 they moved north of the Orange River as the number of Baster and European settlers
and graziers in Bushmanland increased and made it difficult to obtain adequate pasturage
(Heywood & Maasdorp 1989: 37).
The second event to which Carstens refers was the entry of missionaries to the
Northern Cape from about 1806 onwards. The mission station at Pella was founded in
1812 by missionaries of the London Missionary Society who had been forced to vacate
Warmbad after it had been sacked by Jager Afrikaner, a bandit who preyed on both the
indigenous and immigrant inhabitants of the area (Campbell 1815: 376; Thompson 1827:
65, 68-69). The missionaries built a small chapel and laid out gardens, but they were
unable to induce the people to settle permanently in one place due to the difficulties in
obtaining sufficient water and pasturage, and they were thus compelled to move about
with the people. The London Missionary Society did not remain at Pella long, for in 1825
the station was abandoned and left deserted, although missionaries from the stations in
Namaqualand continued to visit the area sporadically (London Missionary Society
Missionary Registers 1826, 1827, 1828; Le Cordeur & Saunders 1976: 51—53).
When the Rhenish Mission Society took over from the London Missionary Society in
1840 (Strassberger 1969: 63) the first concerted efforts were made to form a settled
community, but these met with limited success. The first Rhenish missionary to be
appointed permanently to Pella was the Rev. J. Schréder, who arrived there in 1849
(Guedes & Reiner 1992: 435). He endeavoured to create a settled community according to
the general principles laid down by the programme of the Rhenish Mission Society for
mission work, which emphasized self-sufficiency (Von Rohden 1871: 194-199). He
encouraged the inhabitants of Pella to engage in the cultivation of various crops, including
dates, but he found that there was insufficient arable land at Pella itself or at the
neighbouring spring Klein Pella, where he had laid out gardens for himself and his family,
to support a large community (1/SBK, 5/1/3. Judge to Colonial Secretary, 24/3/1864).
Accordingly certain lands at Brandkloof near the Rhenish mission station at Concordia in
Namaqualand were made available for the use of the people at Pella. This reduced the
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA /ig3)
random movements of the people in search of pasturage to one of seasonal migrations
between northern Bushmanland and Namaqualand and encouraged the development of
semi-permanent settlements; but there was never sufficient land for all, and even that
available was steadily being whittled away by the increasing numbers of European settlers
and graziers who began entering Bushmanland from the 1840s onwards (Van der Merwe
1945: 207).
The penetration of the Northern Cape by European colonists took place at the same
time as that by the Basters, although it was at first not as determined in dislodging the
Nama (Carstens 1966: 15-16, 231-234). Graziers had obtained grazing licences to
‘Kamasfontein’ as early as 1776, although it lay beyond the then boundaries of the Cape
Colony and the licences were obtained by exploiting official ignorance of the geography
of the area (Alexander 1838, Vol. I: 35; Smalberger 1975: 53). Various hunters and
traders, who dealt in, amongst other things, livestock, liquor and firearms, passed through
the area from time to time, and occasionally outcasts, such as one Stephanas who had
married a ‘Black’ woman and was unacceptable in ‘White’ society (Campbell 1815: 377),
also settled there, but their numerical inferiority prevented any serious conflict. As the
numbers of graziers increased during the nineteenth century, however, so it became more
difficult for the other inhabitants to maintain their position. Favoured by the colonial
government, the European graziers were able to secure grazing licences and to establish
themselves at certain of the important springs, such Aggeneys and T’Gams near Pella,
even though these were within territory claimed by the Rhenish Mission Society for
Steinkopf and Pella on behalf of the Baster inhabitants, whereas some settled at the
mission stations themselves. By the time the colonial boundary was extended to the
Orange River, the combined pressure of the European and Baster graziers and settlers on
the pasturage and water of Bushmanland was such that the ‘weaker’ farmers and Nama
inhabitants were forced to go elsewhere in search of land, the last group of /Hobesen
(Witboois) finally leaving after 1856 (G.1—’58: 7).
THE RHENISH MISSION AND THE STRUGGLE FOR RECOGNITION
The survival of the Baster communities in Namaqualand could only be assured once
they had achieved some form of recognition from the Government of their rights to the
lands they had occupied. Since the people had accepted British citizenship when the
boundary of the Cape Colony was extended to the Orange River in December 1847, the
Government seems thereafter to have taken the view that the rights of the indigenous
people had become irrelevant (Sharp 1977: 37) and would be recognized only in so far as
Government policy allowed. Although the land north of the old boundary had thus been
laid open for occupation and use by any British subject who cared to move there, the Cape
Government nevertheless did make it clear that it “would not tolerate any encroachment
on the part of farmers and others on the land occupied by the people of these institutions’
(G. 60-90: 4). At the same time it left the onus of making a substantiated claim to and
application for survey of a piece of land on those people who considered themselves to be
‘aboriginal inhabitants’. If the missionaries had not been prepared to take up the cause of
26 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
the Baster communities there can be no doubt that European settlers would have been able
to secure the rights to the land and swiftly bring about the complete subjection of the local
population (Sharp 1977: 33, 40).
With increasing numbers of European and other Baster graziers entering Bushmanland
from the 1850s onwards, the question of land tenure in that area became increasingly
acute. The people residing on the Pella lands found themselves having to compete for
pasturage and water with European graziers, some of whom established themselves
permanently at the southernmost springs and refused to leave when so ordered by the
Assistant Field Cornet, the local representative of the Civil Commissioner for the district.
The Rev. F. Brecher of Steinkopf mission applied in 1859 for the lands of Steinkopf and
Pella to be surveyed and given out, and in reply the Government stated its readiness to
recognize the lands ‘to which the communities had just claim, namely, individual titles to
arable lands, with commonage under certain regulations....’ (G. 60—’90: 4). After further
correspondence the Surveyor-General recommended to the Government that a ticket of
occupation should be issued for Pella and Steinkopf as a temporary measure to prevent
further ‘trespassing’, this to be followed in due course by the survey of individual
allotments. Some two years later, after the Civil Commissioner had emphasized the urgent
necessity of settling all the land questions up to the Orange River in order to avoid clashes
between colonists and disaffected Khoisan (principally the Koranna), the Surveyor-
General was instructed “to prepare tickets of occupation, vesting all the lands of Pella and
Steinkopf, within the undisputed boundaries, in the Civil Commissioner of Namaqualand
and the Rhenish Missionaries, in trust for the natives’, but nothing further was done
(G. 60-90: 4).
In April 1863 the Civil Commissioner responded to strongly worded complaints from
the Assistant Field Cornet at Pella, a Baster named Dirk van Neel, that the inhabitants
were being harassed by farmers intruding in ‘their’ pasturage by issuing a notice in which
he clearly defined the boundaries within which he was prepared to recognize the rights of
the people at Pella (1/SBK, 5/1/2. E. Judge to Field Cornet, Pella, 25/4/1863). He added,
however, that the notice was only a temporary measure that did not form a precedent for
the future (1/SBK, 5/1/2. E. Judge to Surveyor General, 29/4/1863) and also pointed out to
the Government that ‘it was high time that the extent of land to be reserved should be more
intelligibly defined’ because without clear borders he had ‘always had a difficulty in
keeping faith on the part of the Government with the natives’ (1/SBK, 5/1/2. E. Judge to
Surveyor-General, 29/4/1863). Subsequently, however, it became clear that the Civil
Commissioner’s concern was with the European settlers rather than the ‘natives’. The
Rev. Kupferberger, the Rhenish missionary then in charge of Pella (although the Rev. J.
Schroder was still working there), emboldened by the apparent support of the Civil
Commissioner, proceeded to demand the immediate departure of certain farmers who had
settled at springs on the borders of the Pella lands, but the Civil Commissioner refused to
allow this, accepting the claims of the farmers that they had already been living at these
springs for many years (1/SBK, 5/1/2. E. Judge to J. Hayes, 6/5/1863). Evidently
Kupferberger had made these demands acting on behalf of the Assistant Field Cornet and
therefore also the Baster people at Pella, because relations between the Civil
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 27
Commissioner and the Field Cornet became somewhat strained after his refusal to take
action, and eventually Judge had to threaten to dismiss Van Neel if he continued to fail to
attend to his duties (1/SBK, 5/1/2. E. Judge to Kupferberger, 11/6/1863).
The first move made by the Government towards recognizing the rights of the
inhabitants was in December 1863, when the Civil Commissioner was sent to Pella to
investigate their claims. In order to determine who should be regarded as possessing a
right to the land, he used as criteria residence at Pella at the time of the extension of the
Cape boundary to the Orange River in 1847 without having demonstrated any intention of
abandoning the claim by moving away, and/or special services performed during the
‘Kafir Wars’. The Commissioner accepted the credentials of 41 of 65 applicants,
described as ‘respectable and deserving Bastards’, but rejected those of certain Bushmen,
Damaras and Hottentots, mainly because they led only nomadic lives in the vicinity of
Pella and made no sizeable contribution to the economic well-being of the community at
the Mission Station. The Civil Commissioner proposed to reduce the amount of land for
the community to about 500 square miles, because the amount claimed (1 066 square
miles) included all the water sources in northern Bushmanland, enabling the occupants to
command the pasturage for almost the same area again outside the boundary. The people
claimed that they had been accustomed to make use of these springs by means of seasonal
movements but, as he remarked, they had chosen their boundaries with such care that they
would thereby be able to exclude anybody else from northern Bushmanland (1/SBK,
5/1/3. E. Judge to Colonial Secretary, 24/3/1864). Had this recommendation been
implemented, the effect would have been to reduce the community to poverty unless the
people were allowed to move seasonally to other areas of pasturage. The Civil
Commissioner might not have fully understood the nature of farming activities in the arid
areas of the Northern Cape but, bearing in mind that the Government’s policy was aimed
at reducing the number of independent farmers in order to create a labour supply for the
copper mines, it is also possible that he understood desert pastoralism all too well.
At the beginning of 1866 the Cape Executive Council decided in favour of disposing of
the ‘lands of the Missionary Stations of Pella, Steinkopf, Komaggas and Leliefontein ... by
giving individual titles in favour of heads of families, and of the missionaries, to agricultural
and pastoral lots, or farms and building lots near the church’ (G. 60—’90: 5). Nothing further
came of this, however, and the matter of rights to the Pella lands remained unresolved, apart
from the temporary reservation granted by the Civil Commissioner in 1863.
From 1865 the numbers of European and Baster graziers making use of the pasturage
in northern Bushmanland continued to increase steadily (Talbot 1961: 306). Large
numbers of Basters from the Karee Mountains in the south of the Bushmanland began
moving in from the south-east, concentrating around a spring known as De Tuin where a
Rhenish mission station was established under the Rev. J. Heidmann. The Basters, who
had been forced off the mission lands at Amandelboom and Schietfontein by European
settlers, were themselves closely followed by European settlers who pushed the frontier of
settlement up to the Orange River along the entire north-east edge of the Bushmanland
(Strauss 1979: 23-25). This northward expansion exerted increasing pressure on the
scarce resources of water and pasturage in that area, which was claimed by the various
28 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Koranna clans living along the Orange River banks. The Koranna found themselves being
compressed from all sides and unable to retreat to vacant lands— ‘... for to the north of
them was the Kalahari Desert, to the east and north-east ... Griqua, Tswana and Whites,
and to the west Afrikaners (Orlams) and Namaqua’ (Strauss 1979: 26). The flocks of the
colonists provided an obvious target for those unable to continue to maintain an
independent pastoral existence, and by the end of 1868 stock-raiding by bands of Koranna
had reached such a scale that the “Koranna had taken the place of the Bushmen as “the
enemy” on the northern frontier’ (Marais 1939: 91).
The situation deteriorated rapidly between 1867 and 1868 as tension rose between the
graziers (both European and Baster) and the Koranna, whereas to the west in
Namaqualand the colonists were disturbed by the presence of a large number of
well-armed Dama and Herero refugees who had moved into the area from Great
Namaqualand, fleeing from the wars north of the Orange River and in search of work at
the copper mines. The Civil Commissioner considered mounting an expedition to expel
them, but nothing came of this and they settled along the Orange River in northern
Bushmanland (1/SBK, 5/1/4. E. Judge to the Colonial Secretary, 21/5/1867; 1/6/1867;
8/6/1867; 22/6/1867; 13/7/1867). They were later joined by a second wave following the
disastrous Herero uprising against the German occupation of South West Africa in 1904.
The graziers began withdrawing to the south and west, whereas the Basters at De Tuin
moved to Pella, before crossing into Great Namaqualand.
In September of 1868 the continuing Koranna raiding and settler reprisals finally
erupted into a short but bloody war, now known as the First Koranna War (Broodryk
1992). In the vicinity of Pella raiders fell upon the various settlements that had developed
at the principal springs, killing the inhabitants and driving off their livestock, poisoning
the wells and ambushing wagon trains. The Assistant Field Cornet, Dirk van Neel, and
Carl Schroder, the son of the Rev. J. Schroder, were killed in clashes with the Koranna
(1/SBK, 5/1/4. Civil Commissioner to the Colonial Secretary, 18/2/1869; Strassberger
1969: 77). Pella itself was then attacked and destroyed (Dunn 1872: 61). The inhabitants
were scattered; some moved to Great Namaqualand and eventually settled at Rehoboth;
others fled to Concordia and Steinkopf where they were given shelter by the Rev. Brecher;
a few went to Mier in the Kalahari (Nienaber 1989). Fighting between Koranna bands,
burger commandos and the police continued in the Pella area until 1871, when the last of
the bands was trapped and wiped out at the T’Gamsberg, a formidable mountain fastness
to the south of Pella that had long offered shelter to raiders in the war in that part of
Bushmanland.
In April 1869, the Civil Commissioner informed the Government that Pella had been
abandoned (1/SBK, 5/1/4. Civil Commissioner to Colonial Secretary, 29/4/1869). The
continued instability in Bushmanland coupled with a severe drought made it impossible
for the surviving inhabitants of Pella to return and, in December 1872, the Rev. Brecher
approached the Government for a grant of land for the use of the refugees (G. 60—’90: 5).
After some correspondence Brecher agreed on behalf of the Rhenish Mission Society to
give over all its rights to Pella to the Government in exchange for a Ticket of Occupation
for a portion of land near Steinkopf (G. 60—’90: 5). Although this represented a significant
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 29
step in Brecher’s attempts to secure a full Ticket of Occupation for the whole of Steinkopf,
it also meant that the lands in Bushmanland were lost to the Rhenish Mission Society and
the former inhabitants of Pella, and the Government could dispose of them as it saw fit.
Once an uneasy calm had again settled over Bushmanland, the Government began
offering 32 lots for lease in northern and western Bushmanland. The lands formerly
claimed by the Basters and the Rhenish Mission Society were divided into 16 lots, varying
in size from 5 000 to 10 000 morgen, each centred on one of the springs or other watering
places. Rights of outspanning and searching for minerals were reserved by the
Government, and no compensation would be given for improvements made on them
(1/SBK, 5/1/5. Civil Commissioner’s Notice, 24/9/1872). With the scattering of the
Baster population of northern Bushmanland, the defeat of the Koranna, and the
relinquishing of its rights to Pella by the Rhenish Mission Society, the way was now open
for the European graziers and settlers to take over permanently the lands and springs they
had coveted for so long, and for the Roman Catholic Church to establish itself at Pella.
THE FOUNDATION OF THE ROMAN CATHOLIC MISSION
By the time the lands at Pella were offered for lease, the Roman Catholic Church had
already been working sporadically in Namaqualand for some ten years. The Roman
Catholic Church established itself in the Cape Colony only some time after the final
British occupation, and at first restricted its activities to ministering to its adherents in the
western and eastern Cape. Occasionally a priest was sent out to contact Catholics living to
the north, but it was only after the opening of the copper mines in Namaqualand in the
1850s and the succession of an energetic bishop in Cape Town, Bishop Grimley, in 1861
who believed in contacting Catholics no matter what it cost the priests in physical and
financial difficulty (Brown 1960: 78), that priests began visiting Namaqualand regularly
in order to contact those of their flock working in the copper mines and convict
settlements, or living as traders and farmers. In 1865 Bishop Grimley himself went to
Namaqualand on a ‘visitation’ and after some negotiation persuaded the mining company
at Springbokfontein to grant him a plot for a chapel and to assist him ‘on commercial
principles’ with the support of a priest there. Thereafter the Bishop was a regular visitor to
Namaqualand, and his journals contain vivid accounts of his experiences as a
‘poverty-stricken’ traveller in 1865, 1867 and 1869 (Brown 1960: 120-130). Shortly
before the outbreak of the First Koranna War he contacted the Government surveyor in
Namaqualand ‘on the most important business of finding out an eligible site in
Bushmanland for a Catholic missionary institution’ (Brown 1960: 122). Both agreed on
Pella as the most suitable site, because it not only had a permanent supply of water but was
also in a strategic position from which the Church could expand its activities into Great
Namaqualand as well as elsewhere in the northern part of the Cape Colony. The fact that
Pella was at that time still under the control of the Rhenish Mission Society appears to
have been considered a trifling inconvenience, but the war put an end to whatever schemes
Bishop Grimley may have had to wrest Pella from the Rhenish Mission Society. In 1873
30 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
his successor, Bishop J. Leonard, dispatched a Jesuit-trained priest, Fr. Gaudeul, of the
Society for African Missions of Lyons, to put the mission at Springbok on a firm footing.
Shortly after the priest’s arrival in Springbok, however, the mine there was closed and
the village became virtually deserted (Simon 1959: 29; Smalberger 1975: 73). The
situation was saved by a Catholic English-speaking farmer, John Hayes, who pointed out
to the priest that Pella was no longer the property of the Rhenish Mission Society and that
it was now open to the Roman Catholic Church. Fr. Gaudeul visited Pella with the farmer
(who appears to have had the lease to it for 1874), and on behalf of the Catholic settlers in
Bushmanland drew up a Memorial to be presented to the Government, ‘praying His
Excellency the Governor for the grant of certain land in and about “Great Pella’,
Namaqualand, with the view of establishing there a Roman Catholic missionary station,
together with a petition from farmers and others residing in those parts in support of the
Memorial referred to? (RCMP/1. Commissioner of Crown Lands to Bishop Leonard,
31/3/1874). The plan for the new mission received the approval of the Administrator of
the Central Prefecture of the Cape of Good Hope, Fr. Gaudeul’s Superior, and the Bishop
in Cape Town began making the necessary arrangements with the Government.
When one considers the difficulties that the Rhenish Mission Society experienced in
securing Government recognition of the rights of their communities to the land they had
occupied, an interesting point emerges, namely that the Government did not object so
much to the presence of the Rhenish missionaries in Namaqualand as it did to the fact that,
in granting defined tracts of land to the Rhenish Mission Society, it was thereby also
granting recognition to the claims of ‘wandering tribes of unsettled and thriftless nomads’
(Commissioner of Crown Lands to Brecher, 25/4/1877, cited by Sharp 1977: 39) on
whose behalf the Rhenish Mission Society had explicitly stated itself to be acting; claims
that, as noted above, the Government did not consider wholly relevant. Since the Roman
Catholic Church applied for the land at Pella for itself only, this problem did not arise.
Consequently, whereas Brecher’s struggle to obtain a Ticket of Occupation for Steinkopf
did not succeed until after his death (Steinkopf’s Ticket of Occupation was issued in
1905), the Roman Catholic Church secured a Certificate of Occupation for Pella only a
month after Bishop Leonard’s initial approach in March 1874, with the draft Certificate
back-dated to the day on which the Commissioner of Crown Lands had received the
application, although the final version was dated 27 July 1874 (Appendix A).
The Roman Catholic Church also enjoyed certain other advantages over the Rhenish
Mission Society when it came to negotiating for land with the Government. Not only
could the authorities at the Cape appreciate the need of the Roman Catholic Church to
minister to its distant adherents as opposed to a rather romantic ideal of converting the
heathen, but they were also well aware of the reputation of the Church for orderly and
disciplined mission work that was conducted without particular attention to ‘enlightened’
ideas about the ‘noble savage’ or the ‘equality of man’. Furthermore, as an Ordinary of an
established church, which was also a significant secular power, the Bishop in Cape Town
could deal with the Cape Government with an authority that could not be matched by the
Rev. Brecher, a member of an obscure foreign society. Bishop Leonard, who resided in
Cape Town, was also in the position of being able to meet the Governor quite frequently,
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 3]
and most of the negotiations were conducted verbally, to judge from the correspondence
that passed between the Bishop and the Administrator of the Central Prefecture at Mossel
Bay. Allegations were made later by the Rhenish Mission Society that certain highly
placed officials in the Government had been sympathetic towards the Roman Catholic
Church on account of their own religious affiliations (Brown 1960), but there is no proof
of this. These advantages, coupled with the desire to stabilize the northern frontier with
settled communities, almost certainly enabled the Government to regard the application
from the Catholic Church for land at Pella with more favour than in the case of the Rhenish
Mission Society.
Despite these advantages, the Certificate of Occupation of 1874 (Appendix A) was in
several respects an unsatisfactory document to the Church, even though it represented a
step away from the policy of the Cape Government of only giving out tracts of land on
lease. This policy caused the tenure of an occupant to be quite precarious, since the
occupant had to compete for the lease against other contenders at an annual auction.
Originally the Bishop had applied to the Government for a grant of the land at Pella under
Section 10 of Act No. 2 of 1860, in which the Governor was empowered to grant or
reserve certain lands for special public purposes with the approval of the Legislative
Council and House of Assembly, in order to circumvent the Government’s stated policy of
not giving out titles until all the land in Namaqualand had been surveyed (RCMP/1.
Bishop Leonard: Memorandum on Pella’s Ticket of Occupation, 31/3/1874). What they
in fact received was merely temporary permission to locate missionaries at Pella until
such time as the land had been surveyed, when they could then purchase it under the
conditions set out in Act No. 5 of 1870 (RCMP/1. Fr. Devernoille to Bishop Leonard,
10/5/1874). In itself this was acceptable, although Fr. Devernoille, the Administrator of
the Central Prefecture, observed to Bishop Leonard that ‘... I do not consider it a very
advantageous one. However, since it is the best one, we must accept it and only be
thankful to get it? (RCMP/1. Fr. Devernoille to Bishop Leonard, 10/5/1874). Fr.
Devernoille’s principal objections lay partly in the costs that would be involved—‘At the
rate fixed under Act No. 19 of 1862, and Act No. 5 of 1870, the leasing and purchasing of
the place will fetch something like 1 000 pounds ... so that establishing a good ground for
a mission ... will be no small expense’ (RCMP/1. Fr. Devernoille to Bishop Leonard,
27/8/1874)—but mainly that the Certificate had been made out to Bishop Leonard and not
to the Society for African Missions of Lyons. This would cause difficulties should the
question of compensation ever be raised, in view of the fact that it would be the money of the
Society that was to be used to found the station, not that of Bishop Leonard. Following some
correspondence Fr. Devernoille and Bishop Leonard agreed on having the Certificate
transferred to Fr. Devernoille’s name and, after this had been done, Fr. Devernoille joined
Fr. Gaudeul in Namaqualand before crossing to Pella to open the station there.
It is quite clear from the correspondence between Bishop Leonard, the Commissioner
of Crown Lands, and Fr. Devernoille that the small size of the area of land allocated to the
proposed mission at Pella was not perceived as a problem until the missionaries actually
arrived at Pella. Fr. Devernoille had been in Pella scarcely more than a week (he arrived at
the beginning of December 1874) before he addressed a letter to the Commissioner of
32 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 8
The south-western corner beacon of Pella Reserve, said to have been erected by Fr. Gaudeul
in 1881 when he laid out the new boundaries of the Mission Farm.
(SAM 278c.122, 1985)
Crown Lands, reporting the establishment of Pella mission station and outlining the
severe difficulties that the missionaries faced on account of the small extent of land (some
10 000 morgen). He pointed out that the nature of the land and climate was such that the
families who had settled at Pella were forced to spend a certain portion of the year on trek
in search of pasturage and thus the establishment of a stable community was made almost
impossible, whereas the missionaries required more land for laying out gardens
(RCMP/1. Fr. Devernoille to Commissioner of Crown Lands, 9/1/1875). Although his
request for the neighbouring lands of Klein Pella and Pofadder to be included with Pella
was turned down, the priests at Pella later took to leasing Klein Pella annually where they
re-established the gardens laid out by the Rhenish missionaries.
Over the following two years Fr. Devernoille and Fr. Gaudeul made repeated requests for
the extension or enlargement of Pella, but these were all turned down, the reason given being
that it was unnecessary as Pella was about to be surveyed and the matter would then be settled.
As it turned out, the surveying of Bushmanland proceeded very slowly because of the
continuing disturbances with disaffected Khoisan and the consequent reluctance of settlers to —
enter Bushmanland and commit themselves to purchasing farms. The Second Koranna War of
1878 was fought to the east of Bushmanland and did not affect the Pella area to any great
extent (Broodryk 1992), but the general aridity of the area with such an unreliable rainfall and
the poverty of those graziers moving between northern Bushmanland and Namaqualand
discouraged closer settlement once the important springs had been occupied.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 33
The land question was partially resolved in May 1881, when Pella was surveyed and
the boundaries clearly defined. The Commissioner of Crown Lands appears to have left it
to Fr. Gaudeul to set out the boundaries he desired to have for Pella; the priest took
advantage of this by obtaining the incorporation of five neighbouring farms under lease to
Catholic farmers associated with the Mission. As a result the area of land granted to the
Pella Mission was increased from 19 999 morgen to 56 340 morgen, adding an immense
tract of semi-desert plains (which are covered in grass after rain) and near-desert
mountainland. A month later a new Certificate of Occupation (usually referred to in the
correspondence as a ‘Ticket’) was issued, incorporating the new boundaries but retaining
the original conditions for occupation by the Roman Catholic Church (Appendix B). The
land could thus still be disposed of under Act No. 14 of 1878 (which had replaced Act No.
19 of 1864) and the grant remained revocable. In neither the Certificate of 1874 nor that of
1881 was any mention made of the land being held in trust for indigenous people; the term
‘followers’ was intended to refer to the missionaries’ successors in office, although this
interpretation was to be bitterly contested from the 1940s onwards.
Even after this enlargement of Pella the problem of adequate land for the rapidly
growing community of settlers at Pella had still not been satisfactorily settled. After the
transfer in 1882 of Pella from the Society for African Missions to the Oblates of St Francis
de Sales, a French missionary order based in Troyes, the very first letter from Bishop
Leonard (who now once again held the Certificate of Occupation to Pella) to the
Government requested the extension of Pella to include the farms ‘Eytes’ and ‘Namies’
(RCMP/1. Bishop Leonard to Commissioner of Crown Lands, 14/8/1884). In reply the
Commissioner of Crown Lands stated that these lands could be leased by the Church, but
that a Ticket of Occupation such as that for Pella could only be given after the matter had
been considered by the Cape Parliament (RCMP/1. Commissioner of Crown Lands to
Bishop Leonard, 16/12/1884). After some correspondence between themselves, Bishop
Leonard and Fr. Simon (Fr. Gaudeul’s successor at Pella) decided not to pursue the issue,
evidently in fear of losing Pella as well if the matter went before a Protestant-dominated
Parliament, which, as Bishop Leonard pointed out to Fr. Simon, was not very sympathetic
even to Protestant missionaries (RCMP/1. Bishop Leonard to Fr. Simon, 28/12/1884).
Once the matter of the boundaries to Pella had been settled, the Catholic Church was
firmly entrenched at Pella, for not only had it succeeded in replacing the Rhenish Mission
Society as the dominant missionary institution in Bushmanland (an attempt by the
Rhenish Mission Society to open a new station at Pofadder in 1875 failed), but it had also
managed to secure the rights to the land at Pella for itself. The Catholic missionaries were
now able to set about creating a new community according to their own ideas, without
having to take cognizance of other centres of secular power. With the support of the
Church the position of the European settlers at Pella would be virtually unassailable for
the next hundred years for, without even a tentative recognition of rights to the land, the
Baster settlers were reduced to a position of complete social, economic and political
inferiority once the natural resources vital to their survival had passed into the hands of the
European missionaries and settlers.
34 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMMUNITY AND
GROUP IDENTITIES
Throughout Africa, missionary influence has played an important part in the
integration of isolated communities into the wider society, to the extent that it has been a
revolutionary force initiating the process of peasantization through the provision of new
services and institutions such as education, medical services and the fostering of new
economic skills, all under the umbrella of religious instruction and conversion as a means
of obtaining ideological domination for the missionaries over the communities under their
control (Trigger 1992). In the endeavours of the Cape Government to stabilize northern
Bushmanland by providing a framework for the legal conquest of the region by European
settlers, the grant of Pella to the Roman Catholic Church emphasized the recognition by
the Government of the integral part played by the missionaries in the process of conquest.
In contrast to Namaqualand, where the Rhenish missionaries advocated the rights of the
self-styled ‘aboriginal’ inhabitants and thereby retarded the process, the Catholic
missionaries in Bushmanland instead facilitated it through the introduction of a new
political and social order in which they favoured the forces of colonialism rather than
achieving their aim of the progressive extension of civilization through assisting the
indigenous elements.
The community that developed at Pella after 1874 was one almost entirely dominated
by European settlers. When the Catholic Church began its work in Bushmanland its
immediate concern was with its adherents, of whom there were about 12 families in the
vicinity (RCMP/1. Devernoille to the Commissioner of Crown Lands, 9/1/1875), rather
than with converts, who were regarded as the fruit of a long-term project that could begin
only when the mission station was firmly established. Consequently there was a tendency
on the part of the missionaries of the Society for African Missions of Lyons and the
Oblates of St Francis de Sales (which took over the station in 1882) to favour the entry of
Europeans and people of European descent who were either Catholics or who showed
signs of willingness to be converted. When those European families who had originally
asked the Church to take over Pella were all settled at Pella, the missionaries extended
their activities to include non-Catholic and non-European people living in the region,
either travelling out on journeys to contact them or else encouraging them to settle at Pella
on condition that they join the Catholic Church and place their children in the school
(Simon 1959: 66; C.2—’88: 14-15).
Previous authors have emphasized the degree of social and cultural integration among
the various groupings of people resident in Namaqualand, the fusion between the
indigenous Khoekhoe inhabitants and the incoming European settlers resulting in the
emergence of the Basters and the distinctive Reserve communities (Carstens 1966; Sharp
1977; Boonzaier 1980). Evidence of the extent to which this occurred and the resultant
close relationship between the groupings of people can be seen in contemporary
documents. In 1913, for example, the Superintendent of the Namaqualand Reserves
wrote: ‘The relationship which exists between the European farmer and the Coloured
population ... requires to be observed to be believed and which has resulted in a total
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 35
absence of respect the one for the other and a familiarity between the races which is often
disgusting. In some cases the European has sunk lower than the average Hottentot, with
less education, lower morals and living the life of a Hottentot with the Hottentot—and
often acknowledging without shame that he is living on the charity of the Coloured man. It
is sometimes difficult to tell the one from the other—except that if he offers you his hand
he considers himself a European and if he does not you may take him to be a Hottentot’
(1/SBK, 5/6/1. Superintendent of Reserves to the Magistrate, Springbok, 5/2/1913). Such
a degree of generalization, however, cannot be made about all European people resident in
the Reserves (or Namaqualand), for there is much evidence for the existence of distinctive
classes cross-cutting ethnic and cultural boundaries.
At Pella the development of a class structure was directly related to the missionaries’
attempts to settle their congregation about the mission station, which was not so much for
the support of the missionaries themselves as it was for achieving a degree of ideological
control in order to prevent apostasy. As with the Rhenish Mission Society, the Catholic
missionaries under the leadership of Fr. Simon (from 1898 Bishop Simon) faced the
problem of nomadism caused by the need to search for pasturage during the dry months;
this caused Pella to be practically abandoned by its inhabitants for at least six months of
every year (RCMP/1. Bishop Leonard to the Commissioner of Public Works, 14/8/1884).
The position of the Church at Pella was quite secure, as it received extensive financial
support from sources in Europe. In addition to money received from the Oblates of
St Francis de Sales in Troyes and the Sacred Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith
in Rome, substantial amounts came from donations sent by other religious Orders,
Catholic organizations and private persons. These contributions varied in size over the
years, but were important sources of income for the missionaries until they had managed
to achieve a degree of independence with the development of agricultural and other
enterprises at the mission station. The Roman Catholic Church in Namaqualand has never
been dependent on support from its local adherents, and missionaries in the contemporary
period pointed out that it would be impossible for the Church to continue its work if it had
to depend on its congregations for support. These financial resources enabled the
missionaries to provide various services to the population and to launch a determined
effort to settle the people about the mission. This was done through the medium of
education, for not only was literacy a necessary part of the process of conversion but it
also encouraged settlement by having parents remain in the neighbourhood of the Mission
in order to care for their children. This in turn meant that the flocks of livestock had to be
given over to shepherds, providing employment opportunities for men whose families
would then also be able to establish themselves in the village. At the same time the
missionaries created further employment opportunities by undertaking extensive
agricultural enterprises through the construction of irrigation systems that enabled larger
amounts of land to be bought under cultivation, both in Pella village and along the banks
of the Orange River. The largest of these was at Rooipad at the Orange River (see Fig. 1),
where a pump-station and a dam were erected to bring eight morgen under cultivation in
1908, although small patches of land had been in use since 1890. A priest was
permanently stationed at Rooipad until 1933 and, in addition to supervising the farm, it
36 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 9
An early twentieth-century composite postcard of Pella Mission, produced by the Church for
propaganda purposes. In the photograph of the mission complex at top right, the former Rhenish
chapel, refurbished by Fr. Gaudeul in 1875 but demolished before 1910, can be seen at centre
behind the gate into the Cathedral grounds. A “trekboer’ encampment, with a wagon,
a mat-house and a characteristic windbreak (“skerm’) is shown in the photograph at lower left.
(Parish Archives, Pella)
was his task to convert the Herero and other Damaras living along the riverbanks, for
which purpose his house also served as a school and chapel. The missionaries also opened
up deposits of limestone at several places on the Mission Farm for general use by the
inhabitants as a supplement or even as an alternative to agriculture (Simon 1959: 55;
Klinghardt 1986).
To the services offered by the Church, such as education, a smithy and medical service,
were added in due course trading stores, a postal service and agencies of the civil service
under the divisional administration of Namaqualand (a field cornetcy and police post)
and, after 1902, also a military post. With these developments Pella became the
administrative centre of Bushmanland and it was superseded in this respect by the
neighbouring settlement at Pofadder only in the 1920s. Some measure of the growth of
Pella can be gained from three quotations. In 1889, Pella was described as (apart from the -
Mission itself) little more than ‘a small centre for a pastoral people at certain seasons of
the year’ (G.41—’89: 9); in 1899: ‘Pella has a Bishop and therefore ranks [sic] among the
mission stations. It is a central field cornetcy, has a police station, merchants with large
business ... and is surrounded by several important farms, all occupied by intelligent
people’ (RCMP/2. Bishop Simon to the Civil Commissioner, Springbok, 24/8/1899),
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA Hf
whereas in 1913 ‘Pella has grown into a substantial village this last decade. There is the
mission station, two schools, stores and a police station. In the gardens are grown every
description of fruit and vegetable, and our farm at the River is flourishing especially,
where we also have a sawmill’ (RCMP/1. Bishop Simon to the Magistrate, Springbok
10/3/1913). By 1955 the mission station was valued at £11 960 and the farm at £35 900,
giving a total value of £47 860 due to the Church alone for its improvements if the
Government was minded to take over the control of the Mission Farm.
The population of Pella diversified as rapidly as it grew. From an initial 15 families in
1874 the number of inhabitants increased slowly until about 1890 when there were about
300 individuals (see Table 6), but after the surveying and granting of farms began
reducing the amount of Crown Land open to graziers and with an increasingly wider range
of services offered by the Mission, more people began settling on the Mission Farm,
particularly those who had already been converted during the priests’ proselytizing
journeys through Bushmanland (Simon 1959: 70; Anon. 1979: 6). Numerically the
European (variously referred to as ‘Europeans’ or ‘Whites’ in the documentation)
predominated until after the Anglo-Boer War (Table 6), and their relative wealth not only
enabled them to establish themselves firmly at Pella by making improvements such as
building houses, opening wells and laying out gardens for cultivation, but also to ride out
severe droughts and stock losses without being reduced to poverty. Bishop Simon granted
permission to the European settlers to make these improvements on behalf of the Church,
and assured them that the Church would compensate them or their descendants if they
ever had to abandon Pella. Under the provisions of the Ticket of Occupation private
persons could not make such improvements or receive compensation, but Bishop Simon
did this to encourage settlement around the mission station (RCMP/1. Bishop J. Simon to
Bishop J. Leonard, 10/8/1903). Few of these assurances were given in writing, and the
matter of compensation for the European settlers was to be one of the major stumbling
blocks in the way of attempts by the Government to take over Pella in the 1950s and 1960s
because claims in this regard could not be legally recognized. Between 1883 and 1944
fifteen substantial houses, which were valued at £10 000 in 1955, were erected by European
settlers, the remainder living in “portable dwellings’ (mat-huts, tents and wagons). Few
substantial dwellings worthy of valuation were erected by the ‘Coloured’ inhabitants until
after 1945, but by 1955 the list of permanent dwellings occupied by ‘Coloured’ people
comprised 37 houses valued at £1 475 (RCMP/4. [Fr. A] to the Secretary, Divisional
Council of Namaqualand, 16/11/1955). In comparison with the European settlers, the
Basters who settled at Pella were with few exceptions poor and far more susceptible to
economic pressures, for the numbers of livestock that they possessed were so small that
losses in time of drought compelled them to enter employment, either locally with the
Europeans or the Mission, or temporarily at the copper mines in Namaqualand, until such
time as they had accumulated sufficient capital to re-establish their independent economic
activities. Bishop Simon played an active role in ensuring that none of his converts
remained idle: “I don’t know of any able-bodied man here who does not earn his living. I
make it my duty to send them to work at O’ okiep or other places, whenever I see work and
they need it.” (RCMP/2. Bishop Simon to the Civil Commissioner, Springbok, 6/4/1899).
38 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Economic differentiation within the community was further encouraged by the system
of land tenure developed by the missionaries. Fr. Simon gave unofficial recognition to an
informal division of the Mission Farm into six districts based on the boundaries of the area
granted to the Roman Catholic Church in 1874 and the portions of land leased as farms to
European settlers that were incorporated with the Mission land in 1881. The European
farmers in these districts were permitted to enjoy precedence in the use of water and
pasturage, and were also allowed to limit the number of other people living in them
through being given the right to decide whom they would accept in their areas. Although
the missionaries retained the power to take a final decision in such matters, this had the
effect of limiting the number of Basters who could take up stock-farming without the
necessity of periodically leaving in search of pasturage. This and the introduction of
extensive cultivation led to the emergence of a Baster peasantry practising mixed farming,
some of whom in time became wealthier than many of the European residents who
depended solely on their livestock for a living.
By 1914 there is sufficient evidence in the documentation to show that a definite class
structure had emerged in the community. There was an elite consisting of fairly
prosperous farmers, teachers and traders, who were able to wield some influence with the
missionaries through their religious conformity and their control of local civil
administrative positions, and a peasantry consisting of subsistence farmers dependent on
pastoralism, cultivation and casual labour. Associated with the peasantry were numbers of
semi-nomadic and nomadic Baster and European trekboers, who were Catholic but who
spent most of their time on the move with their livestock in Bushmanland and made only
periodic visits to the Mission. Although one can see a structural unity in the community on
the basis of economic differentiation, the struggles that emerged over local resources in
Pella were nevertheless conducted in terms of ethnicity. The potency of a struggle cast in
these terms prevented any identification of common interests among those of similar
class, for the very elements of economic interest and the ability to control resources solely
on the basis of class were in fact divisive and the cause of conflict due to ideological
considerations of cultural and racial superiority or inferiority.
In considering the role of ethnicity in the political history of Pella one is confronted
with a situation somewhat different from that in the other Reserves in Namaqualand. The
scale of settlement of Europeans in these Reserves was comparatively limited and the
people themselves remained marginal to the communities, although there are instances
where they were absorbed through marriage. The entry of those Europeans was related to
difficulties in obtaining land on account of poverty and, in some cases, it was also due to
the reluctance of established European society in Namaqualand to accept them as equal
members due to a dubious background or other factors, as for instance among the people
living around Bosluis and Kliprand (Boonzaier 1980). Some of these Europeans were ~
eventually absorbed into the communities through marriage and their descendants were
classified as ‘Coloured’ in terms of the now defunct Population Registration Act, but after
1950 those Europeans who were using the Reserves for their own farming began leaving,
and those occupying official positions were gradually replaced by people classified as
‘Coloured’. At Pella, however, the European settlers dominated the community, and it is
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA
Whites
126
120
Population of Pella, 1813-1995.
%
TABLE 6
Coloureds
%
39
40 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
quite likely that if Pofadder had not been established nearby, Pella may have remained the
principal village in Bushmanland. The European settlers regarded themselves as
permanent residents and viewed Pella as their home. Their attitude was supported by the
missionaries, who also shared their ideas as to the proper relationship between ‘civilized’
Europeans and non-Europeans requiring advancement. This set the course of the political
history of Pella as the record of a struggle for control of scarce resources paralleling that
which occurred in the Northern Cape as a whole.
In dealing with ethnicity in a diachronic context one faces a distinct conflict between
objective and subjective (‘etic’ and ‘emic’) perceptions of the development of ethnic
groups and groupings through time. An objective view of the history of Pella reveals that a
class struggle was cast in terms of ethnic identity, but the subjective views of one’s
informants from these groupings and the views expressed by past members through the
medium of documents preserved in the records shows that for them ethnic identity, rather
than awareness of class, was imperative in determining social relations both in the past
and present. Barth’s line of thought is particularly relevant here: ‘ethnic groups are formed
to the extent that actors use ethnic identities to categorise themselves and others for
purposes of interaction’ (Barth 1969: 13-14), so that ethnicity is a relational process
constructed through social interaction (Eriksen 1993). Cohen (1969: 26, 69) argued that
any social group (ethnic group, class, power elite) is, in the final analysis, a political
interest group, and can be transformed according to circumstances. The important point
that has to be made here is that one should see ethnicity (as a form of social organization,
involving the invocation of symbols of common origin as agents for the articulation of
perceived common interests (Sharp 1980: 16)), as only one form of group mobilization
amongst others, the importance of which varies according to circumstances (Mach 1993).
The major groupings of people that appear throughout the historical record are those of
the Europeans (often called ‘Whites’), Basters and Damaras, with a minor grouping, that
of the Nama, only rarely featuring. The principal opposition was between the Europeans
and the latter three groupings, collectively referred to as ‘Coloureds’ (the term “Coloured’
first appeared in late nineteenth century documents) and, following the politicization of
these social categories in the 1920s, the first three named were the most important as bases
for political interaction in Pella.
Central to any consideration of ethnic identity at Pella is the concept of
‘Pellanaarskap’, which can be defined as a notion of citizenship similar to those found in
the other Reserves in Namaqualand. The emphasis given to this concept varies from
Reserve to Reserve, ranging from the sophisticated ‘corporation’ of Komaggas (Sharp
1977) to the regional particularism of Richtersveld (Boonzaier 1980), and its relative
importance may also be related to changing political circumstances through time.
Carstens (1983: 52) also refers to this concept in his discussion of the rise of so-called
Baster ‘nations’ (‘nasies’) in the Reserves of the Cape and South West Africa, where the
formation of ‘moral community sentiments (die volk)’ led to the transformation of Baster
ethnic identity into one of ‘nation’. Rehoboth can be regarded as the only such community
to have reached so advanced a stage because the others south of the Orange River were
under stronger missionary and. government control. In its broadest sense the term
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 4]
‘Pellanaar’ referred simply to a person born at Pella who had spent his or her life there,
regarding the place as home. When linked to an awareness of ethnic identity, however, it
was more tightly defined to become an instrument of exclusivity of varying severity
according to its usage by the members of different ethnic groupings and political entities.
The earliest reference to the identity ‘Pellanaar’ is given in 1857 ina report on Pella to the
Rhenish Mission Society by Superintendent Zahn, in which he used the term to refer to all
living at Pella (including a French settler) (Zahn 1857). By 1869 the Basters from Pella
who had fled to Steinkopf and Concordia during the Koranna War had already developed
the idea to the point where they could maintain themselves as a distinct unit in those
Reserves (especially Concordia) and later use this identity in attempts to secure a
privileged position there in the twentieth century (as can be seen in 1/SBK, 5/6/1: Civil
Commissioner, Springbok, to Secretary of Native Affairs, 24/9/1912, 25/5/1913,
19/12/1913; Sharp 1977: 93). The entry of European settlers to Pella and their subsequent
domination over the community caused both Basters and European to develop the notion
of ‘Pellanaarskap’ further to the point where it became the focus for their disputes over
rights to reside at Pella, and therefore a practical expression of the class struggle.
The European families who settled at Pella were of diverse origins. The first to settle
were mainly ‘South African Dutch’ (as Bishop Simon called the Afrikaans-speakers or
‘Boers’) and Irish, the latter having drifted into Namaqualand after the failure of an 1820
plantation of settlers at Clanwilliam. These were families HL, VR, VE, and VP
(Afrikaans), and HY (Irish), all of whom were itinerant stock-farmers. Other
English-speakers who settled later at Pella included HR, D, RW, ST, TH and O’C, some
of whom were connected with the civil service and military whereas others were
dependent on farming, although the family heads of HR and D were wealthy traders who
had benefited from lucrative trading operations in Great Namaqualand and Damaraland.
The third group of Europeans, the Germans, began settling at Pella after 1890, notably the
traders T, V and S. The descendants of certain of the English and German families later
became involved in teaching in the local school, and a few (mainly women) entered the
O.S.F.S.
Since most of these families were comparatively recent arrivals in Namaqualand they
possessed little awareness of factors held in common with non-European people living in
the area and the relationship of superior/inferior was accentuated, in contrast to the
well-documented trend towards integration in the rural areas (as opposed to the villages)
elsewhere in Namaqualand. Contact with the wider society in the northern Cape Colony
and South West Africa and the encouragement of the missionaries prevented any similar
trend from developing at Pella. This can be seen, for instance, in their marriage patterns, as
revealed in the registers at Pella. Consistently the Europeans at Pella took their partners
from either the other families at Pella or elsewhere in the vicinity, whereas (in the case of
two of the German families) girls were sent out from their home-towns in Hanover and
Prussia. There has only been one instance of a formal marriage between a European and a
Baster—that between a woman of an impoverished branch of family HY with a farmer
from the Baster family D in 1927. From all accounts she was ostracized from the
European community, although she and her family continued to live in Pella and she was
42 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 10
A school class in the old ‘Klipskool’ building at Pella Mission, probably between 1904 and
1906, with senior pupils on the left and junior pupils on the right. The careful composition
suggests that the photograph was taken for propaganda purposes. The eight European boys
represent six of the European family groupings in Pella and the two Baster boys the two
largest Baster family groupings; the Damara and Herero boys each represent
the leading families of these two groupings.
(Parish Archives, Pella)
classified ‘White’ in 1951. Although there were numerous cases where children were
fathered by ‘Whites’, there appear to have been no difficulties over race classification in
the 1950s, as the political situation at Pella had long before demanded unequivocal
identification one way or the other (see below). All these people regarded Pella as their
home, the more so as—under the protection of the Church—their presence had caused
Pella to develop into a substantial village (by Namaqualand standards), and their descendants
argued in the 1940s and 1950s that their position was no different to that of the European
communities in other villages in the Northern Cape. In a letter to the Minister of Lands (that
was referred to the Department of Social Welfare) in 1945, for example, AJHL pointed out
that his parents had been given permission by the Church to establish themselves at Pella, that
they were buried there, and that he himself had been born at Pella and had taken over the
property of his parents, and that this gave him the right to regard himself as a permanent
citizen of Pella (RCMU/7. [A. J. HL.] to the Minister of Lands, 5/2/1945).
The Basters at Pella never conceded the legitimacy of these claims. In the 1930s some
were prepared to admit that European settlers had indeed been the first to settle at Pella
under the Roman Catholic Church, but by 1945 they took the view that the Basters had
managed to preserve a continuity through descent with the Baster ‘Pellanaars’ who had
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 43
lived at Pella under the Rhenish Mission
Society, which had survived the ravages of the
Koranna War. This view was held especially
strongly by the descendants of the families W,
D, R and M, who claimed to have been the
first to ‘return’ to Pella and be converted to
Catholicism as a necessary adaptation for
resuming their occupation of Pella. These four
families regarded (and still regard) themselves
as a core-group whose claims to rights of
residence on Pella were founded on the beliefs
that their forebears had been the first to arrive
at Pella and open up the wells abandoned by
the /Hobesen under Witbooi, and that they had
then ‘allowed’ other Baster families (Sw and
Vs) to join them. They claimed that Pella was
‘empty’ on their arrival, the indigenous Nama
having already left (although in fact this was
not the case). The Basters recognized no
aa Khoisan groupings as having any ongoing
Figure 11 historical claims to Pella, for in their historical
Everyday interaction in the village shop in| mythology the ‘Bushmen’ were simply
January 1978 among members of the four —_ vermin fit only to be destroyed, the term being
ee ee Eset indiscriminately to cover the ‘San’ and
pees ects to Damans, Basterand Koranna. The notion of ‘Pellanaar’ was thus
Nama customers. ;
given a much more exclusive meaning than
that accorded it by the Europeans, whose inclusive view of the community (as long as the
inferior ‘Coloureds’ knew their place) was called into question by the Basters in the 1920s
(see below). Around this core-group was a large number of other Baster families who
moved into Pella when it became increasingly difficult for them to follow a semi-nomadic
existence in Bushmanland. The integration of these people was hastened by marriage with
members of the core-group, and whereas they were called ‘Inkommers’ (as opposed to
‘Inboorlinge’ or ‘Pellanaars’) until about 1965, their general acceptance into the
community was never seriously contested by members of the core-group. At the time of
fieldwork, the term ‘Inkommer’ had come to be reserved for those people whose origins
lay outside the Reserve and who had not been granted ‘Occupier’ status by the Advisory
Board, particularly those who did not conform to expected standards of behaviour.
During fieldwork undertaken after 1983, I found that the claims to social dominance by
the politically-involved members of the core-group were being contested by a
numerically small sub-section of the core-group who asserted that their kinship links with
the former ‘Pellanaars’ living in Steinkopf and Concordia actually gave them
pre-eminence but, as they refused to involve themselves in the political process in Pella,
they remained politically powerless.
44 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
igure 12
The cemetery was divided into ‘White’ and ‘Coloured’ sections in 1962, when the European
residents of Pella were seeking, unsuccessfully, to win the sympathy of the Nationalist
Government for their claims to the right to live at Pella (Klinghardt 1994: 145). Although
discrete areas had always existed in the cemetery, this demarcation with a wall and a fence
was a material symbol of the division that had arisen in this non-racial community
as a result of the dispute over land rights on the Mission Farm. (1987)
The Basters of Pella, the dominant ethnic grouping there at the time of fieldwork,
constituted roughly 57 per cent of the population in 1980, the remainder comprising
Damaras and Nama people. In addition to such obvious factors as physical appearance and
a divergence in cultural components that have marked the Basters apart from the
Europeans and Damaras (cf. Klinghardt 1994), a notion of descent was important for them
in defining their boundaries with these groups. This was particularly true of the
core-group, where members of these families claimed to adhere to certain principles in the
choice of partners in marriage for the purpose of preventing outsiders from usurping their
claimed rights to Pella to the disadvantage of the descendants of others of the core-group.
Such a concept has received attention from previous authors with regard to its importance
in the social structures of the Reserves in Namaqualand, but it is difficult to go as far as
Carstens (1966) did in defining these Baster family groupings as ‘lineages’, any more than
one would for similarly significant families (such as T and HR, prominent in political
affairs) among the Europeans. Though these kin-based groupings did have a distinct
patrilineal bias, the family was seldom internally structured on the principle of seniority.
Attempts by Bishop H. Thtinemann to encourage such a corporate system in both *Whites’
and ‘Coloureds’ at Pella as part of his programme for the imposition of ‘Regenerationism’
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 45
as a socio-political strategy in the 1940s and 1950s did not succeed in formalizing this to
any great extent, other than creating a deeper awareness of the significance of descent (see
below). Similarly, and directly related to this, the family groupings did not act as a ‘single
legal personality’ in the external politico-jural domain, although this should be qualified
by drawing attention to the fact that in the political field the four main families in the
core-group did view one another as units, especially in regard to possession of portions of
the land in the Reserve and they likewise presented themselves on these terms in
discussions of matters such as marriage and inheritance with me.
TABLE 7
Marriage patterns in the Baster families D, M, R, Sw, Vs and W, 1884—1980, contrasting
the numbers of marriages in which both partners were drawn from these specified families
against those in which one partner came from other families in Pella.
Period eB peur % Other % Total %
families
1884-1908 6 3522 11 64.8 17 100.0
1909-1932 14 35.0) 26 65.0 40 100.0
1933-1956 22 36.0 39 64.0 61 100.0
1957-1968 14 28.0 36 72.0 50 100.0
1969-1980 9 13.4 58 86.6 67 100.0
Table 7 sets out some statistical data on marriage patterns within the Baster ethnic
grouping, focusing on those families who regarded themselves as archetypal ‘Pellanaars’
(the specified families). The sample is drawn from the marriage registers at Pella, which
contain a total of 650 marriages covering the period 1884 to 1980, 235 of which concern
the specified families (36.1 per cent).
The most significant feature of this Table is the decline in adherence to the principle of
marriage within the core-group (if it could ever be called a principle in this sense), notably
during the last two decades, but it does nevertheless show that some recognition was given
to the principle in practice, although the extent varies among the family groupings.
In 1978, 43 per cent of the population of Pella consisted of Damaras, a proportion even
more favourable to them as a group than had been the case before the Europeans had to
leave Pella in 1973. ‘Damara’ is itself an expression of an over-arching identity beneath
which lie several more exclusive identities based on cultural origins, namely Herero,
Damara and Xhosa. During the nineteenth century several groups of Damara and Xhosa
made their way into the northern Cape Colony, generally seeking refuge from
disturbances in their areas of origin or in search of work at the mines. The Xhosa had first
settled in the Kareeberge, from where they were dispersed into Gordonia and
Bushmanland after they had lost their land (Marais 1939). In the 1860s, the Damaras
settled around the mining centres in Namaqualand and at several places, such as Witbank
46 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
and Garganab, on the banks of the Orange River. They were later followed by waves of
Herero refugees after the war with the Germans in 1904. The descendants of virtually all
these people were classified ‘Coloured’ during the ‘apartheid’ era. This masked the extent
of their presence in Namaqualand, where their relatively small numbers allowed a process
of integration into the local communities to take place on an individual basis (Carstens
1966; Sharp 1977; Boonzaier 1980).
Such a process of integration did not occur at Pella for three interrelated reasons. The
numerical scale of settlement in northern Bushmanland was much greater than in
Namaqualand and this allowed the Damaras and Herero to establish themselves on an
organized basis on unoccupied land, whereas the recognition accorded the ‘Damaras’ by
the Europeans (including the missionaries) and Basters from their perception of them as a
separate racial and cultural entity, encouraged the formation of a sense of identity based
on their own positive values of origin, language and physical appearance, combined with
a negative input of discrimination from those around them. A distinction has always been
drawn between Herero and Damara (sometimes colloquially called ‘Swart Damaras’ and
‘Rooi Damaras’ respectively) and, although both groupings have lost nearly all overt
signs of cultural difference, this division has been of particular significance in the political
field.
The political organization of the Damaras at Pella was developed independently of the
missionaries during the first two decades of this century. The Damara and Herero who had
arrived earlier at first lived in loosely bound kin groups with each “werf more or less
independent of the other (Simon 1959: 44-45), but this changed after the arrival of the
Herero refugees, who brought their cattle with them and endeavoured to re-establish
themselves south of the Orange River in the same way as they had lived before their defeat
by the Germans. Bishop Simon noted this process with some alarm, as the Herero settlers
took over lands along the Orange River that were being used by the Damaras (RCMP/1.
Bishop Simon to Fr. Wolf, 13/2/1907), but he nevertheless attempted to accommodate
them in spite of objections from the European settlers. A mission post with a chapel
dedicated to St Joseph was built at Rooipad at the Orange River, and a priest was stationed
there to convert the newcomers to Catholicism. After the First World War Maharero, then
in exile in Bechuanaland, sent messengers (“bode’) to visit all the scattered remnants of
Herero people in and outside South West Africa in an attempt to encourage them to return
to their homes. This movement was part of the resurgence of Herero nationalism in the
Territory after 1917, when there was a possibility that land confiscated by the Germans
would be returned to Herero people by the South African Administration. Among those
who chose to remain where they were, the messengers set up systems of control consisting
of ‘kapteins’ and headmen, evidently in an attempt to preserve some semblance of unity
among the people. At Pella they appointed one HH as ‘kaptein’, the position passing
patrilineally to his descendants, and lit an ancestral fire for him at Mik (see Fig. 1), where
he was living at the time. His function was to settle internal disputes and deal with outside
authorities, and under him were a series of minor headmen at other places in northern
Bushmanland. This position was separate from that of the Damara headman, whose
incumbent was descended from the foremost family (ENK) among the Damaras who had
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 47
been living at Pella since before the arrival of the Herero. In 1961, however, the then
Herero ‘kaptein’ succeeded in marshalling sufficient support in the Damara community to
oust the then headman, for allegedly unscrupulous dealings in the settling of disputes and
the practising of dangerous sorcery. The two positions were then combined in the Herero
‘kaptein’, although at the time of fieldwork they were still regarded as conceptually
distinct.
Initially the Herero were treated warily by both Europeans and Basters, who were not
prepared to consider them as anything more than temporary sojourners at Pella. With
increasing political activity among the inhabitants of Pella in the 1920s (see below) the
Basters’ demands for the expulsion of the Europeans and Damaras caused an
understanding for common action to develop between these two groups; at the time of
fieldwork members of the Herero families H, S and O recalled the good relations that were
then developed with the previously aloof European settlers. The descendants of both
Herero and Damara settlers regarded themselves as ‘Pellanaars’, although this was not
conceded by the Basters, who pointed to the Herero claim that they intended returning to
South West Africa/Namibia some day and to the perceived danger of intermarriage as
reasons for their refusal to countenance the permanence of the Herero and Damara people
at Pella. The exclusivity of the Herero in their attitudes to other non-European people is
reflected in the fact that, until the 1980s, there had been no marriages between Herero and
Baster people, although there had been considerable intermarriage between the Herero
and the Damaras and, to a lesser extent, with Nama people. At the time of fieldwork, the
few Nama people in Pella, mostly the descendants of Bondelswarts refugees who entered
the Mission Farm after the German-Nama war in German South West Africa in 1906,
formed a peripheral political and social grouping in the Reserve, and their networks of
relationships were orientated towards Steinkopf and southern Namibia.
The boundaries to these ethnic groupings have been maintained until the present, and it
was the interaction between these groupings and others that fuelled the political process in
local government at Pella, exerting direct and indirect influence on the forms of the
administrative structures devised to contain them by the missionaries. By examining these
processes through time one may gain a far clearer understanding of the nature of
interethnic relationships based on class than can be obtained from a static analysis based
on cultural content alone.
48 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
MISSIONARY ADMINISTRATION OF PELLA
I: THE EARLY CUSTUMALS, 1874-1939
BENEVOLENT DESPOTISM, 1874-1919
Until the present Bushmanland has remained a rural region with much of the
population engaged in some form of agriculture, mainly stock-farming, or in the provision
of supporting services. Only in the early 1950s were a few small quarries opened to
exploit the sillimanite deposits in and around Pella, whereas the only major mining
operation in the region, the copper, lead and zinc mine at Aggeneys, commenced in the
late 1970s. In Pella Reserve, the control of access to the twin natural resources of
pasturage and water has thus been the most important instrument of social domination,
moulding the form of the community and conditioning its political life. That the
missionaries at Pella exerted far greater influence over their community than was true of
the Rhenish missionaries in the Reserves in Namaqualand can be directly ascribed to the
fact that the Roman Catholic Church was recognized by the Cape Government as the sole
occupier of the area granted under the Certificates of Occupation of 1874 and 1881.
In Namaqualand the land in the Reserves was held in trust for the benefit of the
‘aboriginal’ inhabitants by the State and missionary societies. This resulted in official
recognition being given to structures of authority already established within the
communities, and the temporal authority of the Protestant missionaries was circumscribed
by various sets of local regulations, under which the people were able to order their affairs
through councils in which the missionaries played a largely advisory role, influencing
rather than directing the decision-making process (Carstens 1983). The extent of
missionary involvement varied from community to community. In Rehoboth, for
example, the missionary was an honoured member of the society who was valued for his
role as adviser and mediator, whereas in Steinkopf the more direct involvement of the
missionary in local government was balanced by the authority of the Field Cornet and
Corporals. A consequence of this limitation in Government recognition of the
missionaries’ authority was that the Reserve communities were themselves more firmly
bound into the system of regional government through the interest shown in their affairs
by officials such as the Civil Commissioner and Resident Magistrate at Springbok, who
held the ultimate power to settle important matters affecting the communities. The official
view of the missionaries’ secular power was consistent with the nineteenth century British
conception of the role of the clergyman in his parish, in which the minister was part of the
hierarchical structure established for the maintenance of law and order, having a degree of
responsibility for all public affairs within his parish and powers far wider for this purpose
than would nowadays be tolerated. By playing such a vital role in the affairs of the
community the ministers were able to maintain the ideological influence of the church to a
much greater extent than if they had been limited to exercising their spiritual authority
alone, as is the case today. This may well have been one of the most important reasons for
which the Cape Government did not discourage the Catholic Church from establishing the
mission at Pella, because the influence of the missionaries would have assisted in settling
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 49
the recently troubled northern frontier, and so complete the process of conquest initiated
by the Basters earlier in the century.
Although the priests at Pella were similarly viewed by the Government, the constraints
on the secular power of the Protestant missionaries did not hinder them to the same extent,
and they were left to do very much as they wished in restructuring the pattern of authority
in the community at Pella. Traditional structures of authority, such as that of the Nama
‘kaptein’, were officially abolished after the advance of the Cape border to the Orange
River in 1847, but those Nama people living in the vicinity of Pella still recognized an
informal ‘kaptein’ as late as 1882. When the incumbent, T’guob, died without children,
his followers approached Fr. J. Simon (later Bishop Simon) for a decision on his
successor. Fr. Simon made use of the opportunity to remove this focus of secular authority
by promising to look after them in the hope that this would encourage them to settle near
the Mission (RCMP/1. Fr. Simon to Bishop Leonard, 12/10/1883). When the Baster
population of Pella and northern Bushmanland fled during the First Koranna War,
enabling the European settlers to take possession of the district, the important civil office
of Field Cornet passed into European hands too, and the Europeans retained this as well as
other civil offices, such as that of Justice of the Peace, through into the twentieth century.
During the first 52 years of the missionaries’ hundred years of temporal control at Pella
the community was under the direct control of the priests. Between 1874 and 1882 the
mission was run by Jesuit-trained priests of the Society for African Missions in Lyons,
with Fr. A. Gaudeul as priest-in-charge (Anon. 1975). When the Society began rationaliz-
ing its activities in the Cape Colony, it was replaced at Pella by the Oblates of St Francis de
Sales (O.S.F.S.), a missionary order founded in 1872 and based at Troyes in France. From
1882 until 1932 the mission was headed by Fr. J. Simon, who was consecrated Bishop of
the Orange River in 1898, and whose personal qualities and abilities enabled him to
command a charismatic form of authority that outweighed even his sweeping secular
powers as de facto owner of the Pella Mission Farm. During this period the missionaries
exercised a form of benevolent despotism consistent with their view that the
non-European inhabitants were ‘... but as children who must be guided and taught that
they may improve themselves’ (RCMP/1. Fr. Malinowski to Fr. Simon, 6/7/1886). One
visitor, the perceptive magistrate of Namaqualand, W. Scully, commented that ‘... a
community of that kind was as little fitted to govern itself as a reformatory ...’ (Scully
1914: 145), yet at the same time pointed out that stagnation would follow from these
conditions, because the dependency of the inhabitants was increased through having them
constantly subjected to tuition and supported by outside financial assistance.
During the period up to 1927 Bishop Simon personally administered all local affairs
without assistance from any members of the community, other than those in official
positions, and for the first five years also without formal local regulations, taking the view
that the provisions of the Canon Law of the Church on the government of mission stations
were adequate for his purposes. In 1887, however, Bishop Simon introduced at least two
sets of rules, one governing the use of liquor and another for the ‘moral benefit’ of the
community. From that time the Bishop also began referring to other regulations that had
been formed by past precedents established through his desire to lay down a foundation
50 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
for the most equitable distribution of the natural resources of the Reserve. These sets of
rules and regulations are reproduced in Appendices C, D and E, and may be regarded as
forming the first custumal of Pella. The two sets of Rules appear to have formed part of a
larger whole, but the rest were missing from the files in the Mission Archives. Bishop
Esser assembled and reconstructed the scattered references to these other Regulations
while replanning the system of local government in Pella in 1957, and presented them in a
modified form (Appendix E). The Regulations contained in Appendices C and D
remained in effect until 1973, but were largely ignored after 1955 (the reasons that moved
Bishop H. Thunemann to add a further regulation to Bishop Simon’s Rules for the Moral
Benefit are given below). These rules and regulations demonstrate not only the
authoritarian, personalized rule of the missionary in charge of the community, but also the
commitment of the missionary Order as a whole to a strict village morality, a consequence
from the origin of the Oblates of St Francis de Sales in the Catholic revivalist movement in
France and the fact that the missionaries themselves were from small villages and were
seeking to recreate a similar type of community to those with which they were familiar.
The effectiveness of the application of this first custumal can be gauged by the following
piece of testimony to a Select Committee of Parliament in 1896: ‘According to the ticket
of occupation the missionary in charge has very large powers ... he can say to a man, if he
has not conducted himself properly, “Go”. I should not interfere with Pella in any way
whatever’ (A.7—’96: 23).
‘The authoritarian rule of the Catholic missionaries received universally favourable
comments from Government officials and other visitors, particularly for the way in which
the Basters, generally regarded as improvident and lazy, had been civilized and taught the
dignity of labour (Marais, 1939: 79). Scully (1914: 144-145) summarized the general
features of the Bishop’s system in his inimitable style: ‘The Pella lands were held by the
Mission on ownership tenure; consequently the Superintendent was an autocrat ... Like
an Arab chief he ruled his clan of about two hundred subjects’. Certainly there is a trend in
the official reports from a critical caution to enthusiastic approval. In 1888, for instance,
the members of a Parliamentary Select Committee evinced concern at the activities of the
Roman Catholic Church in Namaqualand, particularly their tactics of using the bait of
grazing rights and education for children as a means of inducing Protestants to settle at
Pella and be converted (C.2—’88: 14-15), but in successive reports of later committees and
commissions of enquiry this aspect was ignored and instead one finds the officials
praising the missionaries for their economic endeavours and the strictness of their control
over the community. For example, in 1909 it was reported that ‘... there is a very
competent person in charge, and there they are compelled to work. Very strict control is
necessary in order to do anything with these people ... the people have done excellent
work’ (A.2—’09: 209), and they ‘... are very much more advanced in civilization. It
plainly shows that they must be under a despotic rule’ (A.2—’09: 211).
The high regard for the secular aspect of the Roman Catholic missionary endeavour
was necessarily based on the establishment of sound personal relationships between the
Catholic missionaries and officials of the civil administration in Namaqualand, and the
correspondence between them reflects a mutual respect that was enhanced by the fact that
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA a1
both held similar paternalistic views on the non-European people under their control. The
necessity and value of cultivating such good relations was demonstrated when these
officials later testified in favour of the continued presence and control of the Church at
Pella. For instance, 1896 evidence placed before the Select Committee on Namaqualand
Mission Lands and Reserves by certain of these officials was instrumental in preventing
Pella from being subjected to legislation, then being contemplated, for the purpose of
exercising tighter civil control over the secular affairs of these Reserves by introducing an
uniform set of local regulations and holding out the possibility of individual tenure of
property for the inhabitants. A former Magistrate of Namaqualand stated: ‘Fr. Simon and I
agreed that it was unnecessary to extend the application to Pella ... he said he did not wish
to introduce any regulations at all ... He said it was unnecessary. In the first place there
were very few people and things were going on all right ... he told me that he had the
people under control. The machinery would have been too big for such a small
community’ (A.7—’96: 24). Similarly in 1909 and 1913 when there was a possibility that
legislation then being applied to the Namaqualand Reserves would be extended to include
Pella, it was the Superintendent of these Reserves who argued against this, stating that: ‘It
seems hardly necessary to discuss at this stage the ultimate disposal of this large Reserve.
For the present the Society [sic] is doing splendid work there—work which is not only an
object lesson but is also of material benefit both to the residents and to the surrounding
farmers’ (1/SBK, 5/6/1: 162. Giddy to Secretary for Native Affairs, 10/4/1913).
ites BRUGGRE FOR REPRESENTA TION 1919-1939
Carstens (1983, 1984) has shown how the custumals, or ‘constitutions’, of the
Baster-dominated Reserve communities in Namaqualand not only represented a stage in
the development of law and order in that region, but also pointed to a growing concern
with social relations based on the increase in movable property and local inequalities
arising out of this increase due to a growing emphasis on private property (Carstens 1983:
137), and were therefore drawn up in response to definite and specific local needs. As
shown elsewhere above, in Pella missionary-inspired developments led to the emergence
of a community in which wealth (and therefore also the means of creating a basis for a
favourable approach to the missionary in the political field) was concentrated in the hands
of the European settlers and a small minority of Baster peasants, leaving the rest of the
inhabitants relatively poor, a division which was emphasized by the ethnic differentiation
of the community.
It was not until after the end of the First World War that the inhabitants of Pella began
entering into political activity that challenged the status quo within the Mission Farm. The
numbers of European settlers in Bushmanland increased markedly after the establishment
of Pofadder and the beginning of large-scale surveying of central and southern
Bushmanland (Talbot 1961: 315). As more and more farms were given out so the amount
of undeveloped Crown Land open for the use of semi-nomadic pastoralists decreased, and
the ‘trekboers’ either bought farms for themselves, or left the region, or were forced to
enter the Reserves. With their greater wealth the Europeans were more capable of
SY ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
purchasing farms than the Basters (although there were some exceptions, such as certain
of the Basters living in the vicinity of Bosluis), with the result that the Reserves in
Namaqualand had to cope with an influx of new inhabitants. At Pella the Church was able
to exercise a measure of discrimination in the admission of would-be settlers by
stipulating, as in the past, that prospective residents had either to be Catholics or else show
a sincere commitment to conversion in the near future, before they could be granted the
privilege of living at Pella. Combined with the increasing desertification of Bushmanland
as a result of drought and over-exploitation (Acocks 1988), these factors led to greater
pressure on the natural resources of the Reserve itself and caused the emergence of a
struggle for the control of the resources along ethnic and class lines. This struggle
manifested itself in the form of demands for a representative body which could settle
disputes that arose over pasturage and water on the Mission Farm.
In the mid-1920s relationships between the Europeans and the Basters began to
deteriorate rapidly as the Europeans were increasingly subjected to attacks on their claims
to rights of residence on Pella by members of the Baster families W and R, who claimed to
be the original occupiers of Pella and therefore possessed prior rights to make use of the
land. The Damaras were also attacked as recent arrivals whose presence was tolerated
only because their leaders had made it clear that they intended returning ‘home’ some day.
When Bishop Simon attempted to squash the Basters’ claims by pointing out that such
rights as they may have possessed had automatically lapsed when the Church took control
of Pella in 1874, it was a short step for the Baster ‘Pellanaars’ to question the legitimacy of
the Bishop’s authority to administer Pella and the right of the Church to hold Pella as if the
Mission Farm was its property. One prominent Baster farmer claimed to Bishop Simon
that the Basters had ‘in fact’ merely ‘helped’ the missionaries by ‘lending’ them the right
to use the pasturage and springs in the Reserve (RCMP/6. Bishop Simon: Note in
Pocketbook, 8/3/1925).
The attack on the position of the Church by the Basters arose from their view that, since
Bishop Simon and the missionaries had firmly stated their belief that all people at Pella were
entitled to the same rights, they were thereby assumed to be giving support to the European
settlers in their attempts to dominate, if not to deny, the means of economic survival to the
rest of the inhabitants. From this questioning of the Church’s legitimate rights, the Baster
peasants extended their demands to call for the separation of the missionaries’ spiritual and
secular powers, the latter to be invested in a council, and when the Bishop refused this, for
the Government to intervene by applying Act No. 29 of 1909 to Pella.
The sudden upsurge of political interest at Pella was not entirely dependent on
economic factors directly related to the situation there, but was also due to events in the
Namaqualand Reserves, of which the Basters were well aware through being related to
certain of the residents of Steinkopf. In Steinkopf the application of Act No. 29 of 1909
had separated the powers of the Rhenish missionary from those of the community council,
and had transferred the political status and power of the missionary to the Magistrate of
Namaqualand who acted as chairman of the Management Board that had replaced the
missionary’s council. There the Basters believed that they had reached a position of such
economic and political strength that they no longer had to depend on Church support to
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 53
maintain their dominant position in the community, and wished to secure the power of
control over their destiny for themselves (Carstens 1966: 32). With the Basters at Pella,
however, the attraction of these ideas lay in the possibility that the application of the Act to
Pella and the creation of a Reserve like that of Steinkopf would free them from political
control by the missionary, economic domination by the European farmers, and their
perceived ‘racial’ danger from the presence of the Damaras.
A further factor was the influence of the ideas of the leader of the Griqua Independent
Church, the Rev. A. S. le Fleur, described by the Commission of Inquiry into the
Bondelswarts Uprising as a ‘notorious Griqua agitator’ (U.G. 16/1923: 26). The question
of whether or not to accept the implementation of Act No. 29 of 1909 was at that time a
serious political issue that had split the Reserve communities, and its actual
implementation regardless of their wishes had produced a reaction leading to a ready
acceptance of Le Fleur’s rather vague formulations of a return to the ‘Golden Age’
prevailing before the Government’s intervention, including, amongst others, the
possibility of recovering land that had been expropriated (Carstens 1966: 34). Le Fleur’s
utopian ideas, as interpreted by the inhabitants of Steinkopf, appealed to the Basters at
Pella, for they suggested that at one stroke autocratic missionaries, overbearing
Europeans and savage Damaras would disappear, leaving the Baster ‘Pellanaars’ to enjoy
the fruits of a territory freed of excessive exploitation, and this served to channel
resistance among the Basters to their incorporation in a subordinate role in the
European-dominated political economy of the Northern Cape.
Bishop Simon’s response to the growing ferment was at first to exercise his powers
under the Certificate of Occupation, in conjunction with the rules in the early custumals
(see Appendices C, D and E), to expel from Pella those guilty of ‘disgraceful or
disrespectful conduct’ in order to harass vulnerable members of the families of the Baster
leaders, such as those engaging in beer-brewing, as a signal that he was serious in his
threat to remove those questioning the legitimacy of his rule over Pella. He also refused to
entertain the idea of establishing any form of representative body for fear that this
would endanger the position of the Church, as this could create a situation resembling that
which had existed in the Namaqualand Reserves before the application of Act No. 29 in
1913, an open invitation to the central Government to demand the extension of the Act to
Pella as a way of meeting the supposed aspirations of the inhabitants. The Bishop was also
mindful of the fact that, appearances to the contrary, his position was in reality even more
precarious than that of the Rhenish missionaries in Namaqualand because the Certificate
of Occupation was revocable on any technicality and he was thus open to official pressure
if there was a suggestion that the Church was no longer able to fulfil its expected role in
controlling the people living on the land nominally in its possession.
From about 1926, however, the Bishop began to reconsider his position after coming
under pressure from the Europeans to find some acceptable solution to the problem,
because they feared being forced to leave Pella if the Government took control and
established a Reserve along the lines of those in Namaqualand. In a petition to Bishop
Simon they pointed out that the institution of a council would be a useful mechanism for
regulating the use of the scarce resources of the Reserve, and that they hoped that the
54 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 13
A beacon on a ridge in southern central Pella, marking part of the boundaries of two of
the farms that were incorporated into Pella in 1881 and which subsequently became
districts of the Mission Farm. (1987)
accompanying set of regulations would set out clearly the rights and privileges of all the
people at Pella, thereby not only confirming their own position but also serving to restrict
any further stock-farmers from settling at Pella. Bishop Simon then changed his position
and from that time onwards he took the view that, far from being a danger to his position, a
representative body might really be a device for tightening the control of the Church on its
errant flock (RCMP/1. Bishop Simon to Fr. B, 12/8/1926).
In January of 1927 Bishop Simon introduced a council of ten members ‘to assist the
Head Missionary in the administration and control of the Pella farm’, and a set of simple
regulations (Appendices E and F) that may be regarded as the second custumal of Pella. In
examining these regulations it is clear that they were inspired as much by the model
provided by Act No. 29 of 1909 as by past precedent, and there are also some peculiarities
not encountered in the systems of local government in the Namaqualand Reserves. For
instance, a significant feature is the recognition given to the division of Pella into six
districts and the formulation of rules governing patterns of residence, including the
movements of livestock. This is clearly a reflection of the dominance of the ideas of the
European farmers on a limited form of individual tenure under the umbrella of the special
position accorded them for having agreed to the incorporation of their farms with Pella in
1881—1t is no coincidence that the boundaries of these districts corresponded to those of
their farms.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 2)
There is the secret ballot, unknown in the Namaqualand reserves and also reflecting
European usage, but above all there is the creation of a dual system of community
administration through according legitimacy to the informal structures of authority in the
community as a means of preventing them from becoming rallying points for resistance to
the continued control of local affairs by the Church. The six foremen appointed by the
Bishop assured him of automatic majority support on the council, for he invariably chose
‘men of recognised stature’ in the community, such as the traders and wealthy farmers,
while the local Justice of the Peace held his seat without break until his death in 1940. Five
of the six appointees were invariably Europeans, but the sixth was the Damara headman,
who presided as foreman over the district along the Orange River in which the Damaras
and Herero refugees were located. The remaining four members elected by the inhabitants
were usually the prominent Baster spokesmen from families W, R, D and M, who
depended on the numerical strength of their families to place them in office.
The Bishop’s concessions to the demands for a representative body merely increased
the conflict over the resources of the Mission Farm rather than diminished it. Whereas the
Certificate of Occupation recognized only the claim of the Church to the occupation of
Pella, the granting of a measure of self-government to the inhabitants implicitly contained
an admission of the justice of the Basters’ claims to Pella by conceding that all had a right
to live at Pella, albeit at the pleasure of the Church. The Basters were keenly aware of this,
and the Bishop’s original fears were realized when the council changed from being merely
an arena for airing tension to a platform for the repeated articulation of the Basters’
demands for more concessions and more power, which served only to accentuate the
existing differences in the community.
As before 1927, the reasons for this were rooted in economic considerations. The
decade of the 1930s was a period of great hardship for the inhabitants of Namaqualand and
Bushmanland, not only because of the Depression and its effects on the mining industry,
but also because it coincided with extremely serious droughts that reduced previously
wealthy people to poverty through the loss of their livestock. The concentration of the
population around urban centres was encouraged through the possibilities of relief
available from the missionaries or the Government; later, return to the land was inhibited
through the continuing programme of surveying and giving out farms in Bushmanland
(the last farms in the region were given out only in the period after the Second World
War).
This led to a change in the composition of the population at Pella as many of the
European families began moving away, either in search of work or else after purchasing a
farm, after the loss of their livestock or the failure of their cultivated lands in the Reserve.
When conditions improved towards the end of the decade the European farmers
remaining at Pella were in the position of a minority among the Baster and other
‘Coloured’ farmers attempting to build up their flocks. This resulted in demands for a
more equitable distribution of the resources of Pella being made by the Baster farmers,
who bolstered their claims with arguments that they could not recognize the European
settlers as legitimate occupiers of Pella and that the large numbers of livestock in the
hands of the Europeans prevented the Baster farmers from re-establishing themselves.
56 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 14
Bishop J. M. Simon (centre), with his Coadjutor and successor Bishop O. Fages (fourth from
left), priests from other Catholic missions in Namaqualand, and acolytes and choristers drawn
from the local European population, in the vestibule of the Cathedral after a ceremony in 1923
to mark the Silver Jubilee of his consecration as the first Bishop of the Orange River.
(Klinghardt Family Collection)
After Bishop Simon’s death in 1932 his successor, Bishop O. Fages, resided outside
Pella in the Mission Station at Keimoes and control of the administrative structure passed
temporarily to a priest, Fr. L. Wolf, who had been closely associated with Bishop Simon
as one of the first missionaries of the Oblates of St Francis de Sales to come to Pella. When
the priest showed signs of equivocation over the Basters’ demands, to the extent even of
sympathizing with them, the European farmers reacted by sending a petition to Bishop
Fages in which they ‘humbly and most respectfully begged [his] Lordship’ to give
attention to their request that he confirm their family rights and privileged position
granted under his predecessor as an enduring basis for a proper and just distribution of the
available resources. Signed by the heads of the European families residing in the districts
of T’Nougab, Annakop, T’Kouroes, Zwartmodder and Kleinrosyn, the petition presented
in 1938 summed up their proposals thus: ‘... Give us pioneer families, Boer and English,
the lands with which we helped the Church. Let the other English people and the Germans
keep their houses and gardens in Pella [village], and the Church the land it had before we
gave our farms. We shall look after the Coloureds who have lived with us and our parents,
but let the rest live on the old mission lands and in the “River” district ... Only if Your
Lordship consents to give us our lands in this way can we hope to stop the large numbers
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 57
of sheep and goats from destroying the veld and so impoverishing us and our children ...’
(RCMP/41. Petition, 8/7/1938).
Although this proposal for individual tenure under the Church authority outraged the
Baster peasants and demonstrated conclusively the gulf that existed between the two
groups of inhabitants, it was also a logical extension of the situation that had resulted from
administrative recognition being given by the Church to the informal social hierarchy in
the community through formalizing this hierarchy into a structure for the exercise of
power based on status and relative wealth. Bishop Fages’ only response, however, was to
remind all the people of Pella that the Church alone was responsible for the administration
of its property, and no steps were taken to prevent the European farmers from increasing
their flocks. Their success in this was such that the Baster peasants were often forced to
leave the Reserve in search of pasturage, while some had to withdraw from farming and
work as shepherds for certain of the European farmers while maintaining their much
reduced flocks with those of their employers (RCMP/41. K.W. to Bishop Fages,
G/271939),
With this, the first phase of the struggle for control of Pella came to an inconclusive end
late in 1939 when Bishop Fages died. It can be seen that, despite the success of the
inhabitants in forcing the Church authority to concede them a measure of representation in
the local decision-making process, in practice the people had no real power and the
position of the Church was still as strong as before, because the missionaries were still
determined to retain control of what they considered to be rightly their property granted to
them by the Government.
58 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
MISSIONARY ADMINISTRATION OF PELLA
Il: THE LATER CUSTUMALS, 1940-1973
AUTHORITARIAN REFORMISM, 1940-1954
The period 1940 to 1974 is particularly important for an understanding of
contemporary politics in Pella, for it was then that the Baster peasants’ struggle for control
of Pella reached its fateful culmination, leading to the end of Church control over Pella
and thus the destruction of their shield against final incorporation into the system of
capitalist domination that had developed in the Northern Cape and elsewhere in South
Africa. In this section the progress of this struggle is examined through a focus on the
missionaries’ response to the ongoing challenge to their authority. Their first reaction was
to endeavour to accommodate the aspirations of the people at Pella in new administrative
frameworks; then, when this had failed, they began to take measures aimed at suppressing
those aspirations. _
The process of routinization of missionary authority over the community gained
momentum after the death of Bishop Simon in 1932; for his successor, Bishop O. Fages,
left the priests at Pella to deal with local affairs while he himself resided at Keimoes
Mission. With the institution of the council and its regulations, the charismatic authority
of Bishop Simon (charismatic in the Weberian sense that legitimacy was accorded
because the person in authority possessed some sacred or outstanding characteristic) was
converted into a rational-legal authority (in which, theoretically, the securing of
obedience rested on a belief in the legitimacy of the code of legal rules and regulations)
exercised by varying personnel within an established administrative structure without the
influence of a dominant personality enjoying the respect of all around him (Weber 1947).
This, however, then rendered the control of the Mission Farm by the Church even more
vulnerable to the attacks on its legitimacy that were being made by the Baster peasants. By
the mid-1930s the Mission was firmly established and dominated the community
economically through the collection of taxes and exercising control over the exploitation
of limestone deposits, the cultivation of crops, and the grazing of livestock on the farm.
During the first three decades of this century the Mission operated the Mission Farm as an
economic enterprise to generate income and become self-supporting in certain foodstuffs.
After World War II the emphasis shifted from general cultivation by the Mission of land in
Pella village and at the Orange River to the intensive cultivation of dates on its grounds in
the village, and this in time became (and remains) an important source of income for
financing the work of the Mission. The Basters thus claimed that the Church was doing
little more than exploiting the land for its own benefit rather than assisting the people
under its control, as was evidenced by the fact that the missionaries devoted more of their
energies to activities for their own support than to the provision of facilities and services
for the inhabitants. The missionaries regarded such perceptions as unfounded because the
Mission had progressed to the point where the romantic conception of missionary activity,
involving extensive efforts at proselytization, had ended with the conversion of the Herero
in the 1920s. Apart from seeing that the necessary supporting activities for the mission
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 59
station were carried out, the principal duty of the personnel had become that of
ministering to an established congregation, part of which was in Pella and the rest
scattered across northern Bushmanland (at the beginning of the 1940s there were fourteen
outstations, the most distant at Henkries in the Steinkopf Reserve). Faced with the
economic hardships and uncertainties that prevailed in the first half of the twentieth
century, they were obliged to seek ways to lessen their earlier dependence on support from
European sources so that they could continue with the work of the Church.
Bishop Fages was succeeded in 1940 by Bishop H. J. Thtnemann, who received the
title of Bishop of Keimoes when the Vicariate was upgraded to a full Diocese at the time of
his consecration. Bishop Thtnemann was the son of a German trader at Pella, and the first
(and so far the only) successful ‘indigenous’ priest to have come from the community at
Pella. He had been ordained a priest in 1923 and was then sent to the Pofadder Mission to
gain experience before returning to serve his native congregation. He made rapid progress
through the hierarchy of the Church, for his Superiors were impressed by his fervent
commitment to his vocation (RCMU/13. Memorandum, 13/6/1939) and there was an
urgent need for the development of an ‘indigenous’ clergy. Up to the end of my period of
fieldwork, despite intensive efforts at recruitment, the Church had managed to produce
only four other ‘indigenous’ priests from the entire Diocese, leaving the congregations
dependent on missionaries from Europe and the United States of America. Bishop J.
Minder, the present Bishop of Keimoes/Upington, considered that the reason for this was
that: ‘The Coloureds, who make up the bulk of our Catholics, have unfortunately imitated
the evils of the Europeans much better than their virtues. Blacks, with the foundations of
their native cultures to build on, make better Christians than the Coloureds, but there are
very few Blacks in our Diocese’ (RCMU/5. Quinquennial Report for 1977).
Bishop Thunemann’s succession was to have far-reaching consequences for Pella, for
the new Bishop had followed events there with the keenest interest and he saw it as his task
to find a solution to the problems facing the community. In his view, the poor relationship
between the Europeans, ‘Coloureds’ and the Church stemmed from a deficient political
structure assembled on an ad hoc basis in response to random pressures, without
attempting to channel and utilize those forces for constructive purposes within the
structure of local government. His underlying assumption appears to have been that the
popularly-defined structure of the community—wealthy Europeans paternalistically
guiding poor ‘Coloureds’ to some future prosperity—was sound and all that was needed
was a reform in local government to make for effective administration and sincere
reconciliation between the factions.
With this in mind, the new Bishop sought to solve the temporal difficulties of the
Church at Pella by applying the ideological principles of the doctrine of
“Regenerationism’, which called for adherence to a fierce orthodoxy and Catholic
puritanism as a means of combating spiritual and social decline by a renewal of faith
(RCMP/41. Bishop Thtinemann to Fr. B, 16/8/1940). Bishop Thiinemann’s writings on
this subject indicate that he had an enduring admiration for the synthesis between the
theory of Fascism and the Regenerationist doctrine that had been achieved in Spain
following the Civil War (Carr 1980). Regarding this synthesis, the foundation of modern
60 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Spain, he wrote that—‘It is nothing more than the construction of a new social order based
specifically and directly on the policy of the Papal Encyclicals Rerum Novarum and
Quadragesimo Anno—the most exciting thing in the history of Europe for many
generations’ (RCMP/41. Fr. Thunemann to MDG, 15/6/1939). The Regenerationist
doctrine was anti-political and contended essentially that freedom and justice for all were
to be achieved by reducing centralization in local government to a minimum by
organizing people according to their social functions in self-governing, self-regulating
syndicates (or corporations) for corporate action; the resulting hierarchy of institutions
being democratically representative of these functions and obviating the necessity for
political groups or factions (RCMP/41. Bishop Thiinemann to PWD, 24/3/1941).
According to my informants at Pella, Bishop Thtunemann’s serious expositions of these
principles in church puzzled rather than enlightened his congregation, as vertical
syndicalism was far removed from their own principles of egalitarian democracy in local
affairs (Klinghardt 1994). Once after a meeting of the Council in November 1941 in
which Bishop Thunemann had endeavoured to explain one of his homilies to the
Members, he recorded in his diary the opinion that ‘It is no use arguing with these
people—their heads are not made for it?’ (RCMP/41. Diary of Bishop Thunemann,
20/11/1941). For all his theoretical enthusiasm, Bishop Thunemann was to be sadly
disillusioned when the practical application of these principles had quite the opposite
effect to his intention.
Ata public meeting in January 1941 Bishop Thunemann introduced the third custumal
of Pella, formally abolishing Bishop Simon’s system of dual district and electoral
representation and announcing the formation of a new council. The council was to be
composed of directly elected councillors presided over by the Bishop himself, and it was
to operate with a set of carefully formulated, more sophisticated regulations based on
elements from Bishop Simon’s Regulations of 1927 and the principles set out in Act No.
29 of 1909 (see Appendix G). The regulations in the early custumals were not
withdrawn—those for the ‘moral benefit’ even received an addition—and technically
remained in effect until the administration of Pella by the Church came to an end in 1973.
Despite the obvious autocratic tone underlying Articles I, XHI and XIX, the structure
envisaged by Bishop Thiinemann seems to have owed more of its form to local
circumstances than to principles of government in vogue in Europe at the time. Bishop
Thiinemann hoped that by conceding and delegating some authority he could reach a
compromise with the Baster peasants on control of the decision-making process without
offending the Europeans at Pella, who had made it clear to him that they would accept the
new system only in so far as it did not raise the danger that they could be forced to leave
Pella. According to the Bishop’s notes, the meeting ended with the acceptance of the new
system by all the inhabitants and no objections were raised (RCMP/4. Bishop Thtunemann
to Schroder, 29/5/1942).
No sooner had the Council begun its regular meetings, however, than the clashes
between the Baster and European farmers resumed. The Baster leaders characteristically
preferred to confront the Church authority through their actions rather than engage in
public debates with the missionaries, which were largely futile displays of the gulf that
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 61
existed between them. Nowhere in the Bishop’s correspondence and writings is there
evidence that he recognized the possible validity of arguments against the legitimacy of
Church control and the presence of European settlers at Pella. Bishop Thunemann took it
as self-evident that the grant by the Government had rendered obsolete any other claims to
rights of occupation. His opinion was reinforced by the fact that he regarded himself as a
‘Pellanaar’ and that his family possessed documentary proof of their rights in Pella (a
letter from Bishop Simon, dated 6/8/1898, granting trading rights and permission to build
a house), while his kinship links with the major European families at Pella also made it
difficult for him to consider any alternative.
When it was'clear that Bishop Thtunemann was as inflexible as his predecessors on this
issue and had demonstrated that he was prepared to support the European farmers, the
Basters began defying the regulations by disregarding the internal boundaries between
districts and driving their livestock into the reserved pasturage. This developed into a
crisis of the first magnitude for the Bishop, for it became a test case for the legal basis of
the Regulations. When the offenders refused to obey the Bishop’s demand that they leave
Pella, he asked the police to intervene on the grounds that these people were trespassing
on the Mission Farm. When the case came to court at Pofadder in May 1942, however, the
Prosecutor withdrew the summons on hearing that the persons concerned were inhabitants
of Pella and therefore not trespassers in the strict legal sense (RCMP/4. Bishop
Thtnemann to Schroder 29/5/1942). Later the matter was put before the Attorney-General
and it was then conclusively demonstrated that the Church could claim no legal
recognition or force for its regulations. The Bishop thus found himself in the same
unenviable position of the Rhenish missionaries of the previous century in Namaqualand:
*... our administration became more and more difficult. The occupiers as they now call
themselves saw the hopeless position of the Mission authorities to enforce order and
observation of our local regulations, and therefore openly acted as they liked, to the
detriment of both the public and the Mission’ (RCMP/4. Bishop Thtinemann to the
Department of Social Welfare, 6/7/1944).
By the end of 1942 Bishop Thunemann had realized that his attempt to accommodate
the differing groups in the community at Pella had failed. Exasperated by the continuing
bickering, he abolished the Council and re-established the system of districts with
foremen and two mayors. The European mayor (or ‘dorfsleiter’) was elected by the
European inhabitants, but the Bishop appointed the ‘Coloured’ mayor (or “‘burgemeester’ )
to act as spokesmen for the ‘White’ and ‘Coloured’ sections of the community. Bishop
Thunemann himself undertook to handle local affairs while he cast about for some other
solution. When, however, he endeavoured to obtain legal recognition of the Regulations,
to which few people paid much attention (cf. A7 ’96: 12 and 35, with the example of
Leliefontein Reserve: ‘The missionary and his Raadsmen meet from month to month and
transact some business but the whole thing is looked upon as a farce’) through the
Department of Lands, he was informed that this would involve the withdrawal of the
Ticket of Occupation of 1881 and its replacement by one containing such recognition. His
lawyers warned him that any approach to the Government implying that the Church was
unable to exercise satisfactory control over the Mission Farm would lead the Government
62 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
to insist on the application of Act No. 29 of 1909 to Pella, and that this would involve the
separation of secular from spiritual control, leaving the latter with the Church and the
former with the State. Although Bishop Thtunemann knew well that making such a request
would be interpreted by both Europeans and ‘Coloureds’ as a capitulation to the Basters’
demands, he nevertheless eventually decided in May 1943 to approach the Government
on the matter, setting as a pre-condition that the occupation of the European inhabitants
should not be disturbed.
As this application coincided with the transfer of control of the Coloured Reserves in
South Africa from the Department of Lands to that of the Department of Social Welfare,
there was a considerable delay before any serious steps were taken by the Government, as
this could only be done after a departmental inquiry to the position of Mission Stations and
Communal Reserves and the formulation of a general policy. Between 1943 and 1947
Bishop Thiinemann was left to administer Pella’s affairs as best he could after the
Department had appointed him ‘Temporary Superintendent’, but ‘... the people now more
than ever scorn the regulations, even those approved by your inspectors. People are now
just trekking with their stock wherever they like and destroying the veld ... The situation
will worsen unless something is done soon’ (RCMP/4. Bishop Thiinemann to the
Department of Social Welfare, 8/7/1945). Contributing to the delay was the problem
posed by the substantial European population of Pella, for the proclamation of a Coloured
Reserve in Pella would obviously necessitate their removal because it was not legally
acceptable for them to be subjected to the same laws as the ‘Coloured’ population, as
would happen if they were allowed to remain there. Since the application of Act No. 29 of
1909 could not be effected without the consent of all the parties concerned, the problem of
compensation for the dispossessed Europeans had to be solved to everyone’s satisfaction
before the procedure of incorporation could be initiated.
The first concrete steps by the Department of Social Welfare to apply Act No. 29 of
1909 to Pella in accordance with the procedure set out in Government Notice No. 897 of
1911 (RCMU/7. Department of Social Welfare to Bishop Thtinemann, 6/8/1949) were
taken between 1949 and 1950, six years after the Bishop’s first approach. The Church and
the Department managed to reach a provisional agreement on the conditions for the
transfer, including amongst others the granting of about 80 morgen of land to the Mission
that was to be excised from the Reserve and given to the Church under absolute title with
rights to water and pasturage, as well as a compromise on the position of the Europeans
whereby all the families would be required to leave the hamlets and settle on the property
of the Church in the village, remaining there until their deaths but without having the right
to pass on their rights of occupation to their descendants.
During the period of negotiations between the Church and the Department of Social
Welfare both had endeavoured to prevent any interference by the inhabitants in the
discussions. On one occasion the Baster farmers JR and JW approached a lawyer in an
attempt to gain access for the ‘Pellanaars’ to the discussions on the future of the Mission
Farm, couching their approach in the form of allegations that the Church authority was
abusing its powers by allowing European farmers from outside Pella to use the pasturage
to the disadvantage of the ‘Coloured’ inhabitants. The Department of Social Welfare lost
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 63
no time in pointing out that, although the ‘Coloured’ inhabitants would be consulted about
their rights of occupation later, they should *... in the meantime refrain from contacting
people outside the Reserve with no knowledge of the situation, as this will serve no good
purpose and may work against their interests’ (RCMP/4. Department of Social Welfare to
Gordon, 24/6/1948). This ‘consultation’ took place in 1950 when two meetings were held
with the community by officials acting on behalf of the Department of Social Welfare. At
these meetings there were no objections from any of the ‘Coloured’ inhabitants to the
application of Act No. 29 of 1909 to Pella, and all the family heads signed a statement to
the effect that their acceptance was voluntary (S.W. 458/10 Vol. I. Superintendent of
Communal Reserves to the Department of Social Welfare, 8/1/1950). It has to be noted,
though, that the list of signatures to this statement also served as a list of those people to be
regarded as occupiers of Pella by the Department—if anyone had not added his name he
and his family would probably have been forced to leave Pella on its transfer to the
Department of Social Welfare.
Although both meetings had passed off without incident, a number of repercussions
followed from this consultative process. The Baster leaders were dissatisfied with the fact
that the Damaras, whom they regarded as unacceptable strangers, were not to be removed
from Pella together with the European inhabitants, for with their conversion to
Catholicism the Herero leaders had evinced a preference to stay at Pella, particularly after
the Church had granted them the right to remain on the Mission Farm. As they expressed it
in a petition to the Department of Social Welfare: *... We coloureds have decided not to
accept the Act along with the Damaras. We want a clean (“skoon’’) Reserve. Because we
Coloureds get almost beaten almost to death and therefore we do not want them here ...’
(RCMP/4. Undated Petition, submitted in November 1950). The root of the problem was
that after the meetings a number of the Baster farmers were beginning to reconsider their
position, for they had been informed that their farming activities were likely to be more
strictly controlled under the Department, and they had also been warned of the possible
introduction of a stock reduction scheme by means of a quota system. As a result, they had
begun to question whether their leaders were right in insisting that the Mission Farm be
placed under the control of the Government. Some of these people began advocating a
more moderate stance, under which they would have been prepared to accept continued
control by the Church, as long as the Europeans left Pella. Consisting mainly of members
of families D and M, these people soon came to form a moderate faction among the
Basters, but they could exert little influence and did not openly oppose the conservatives
until after the transfer to the Administration of Coloured Affairs, which they later
supported when the missionary indiscriminately suppressed their political activities along
with those of the conservatives (see below). After 1974 the conservatives adopted the
moderate arguments against the controls to be placed on the quantity of livestock allowed
in the Reserve, having until then ignored this aspect of government planning for Pella,
while the moderates also changed their position to support the stock reduction scheme so
as to prevent the Baster conservatives, who dominated the Advisory Board established
after 1974, from enriching themselves at the expense of the other farmers.
The emergence of this moderate faction led the more conservative Baster farmers to
64 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
attempt to win back the waverers by playing on their long-standing racial and cultural
prejudices towards the Damara and Herero people at Pella, concentrating particularly on
the dangers of intermarriage that could occur among young Baster and Damara people as a
result of growing familiarity, and on the large amount of stock owned by the Herero
farmers. Incensed by the attempt to remove them from the Mission Farm and fearful of
being forced to return to South West Africa, where conditions were unsettled, the Herero
retaliated by giving their support to the Bishop in his attempts to enforce the regulations
and publicly favouring arguments that the Europeans be allowed to remain at Pella. A
number of incidents and confrontations between Basters and Damaras then occurred in
the village and at various places on the Mission Farm, culminating in a violent assault by a
number of Damaras on a Baster farmer who had attempted to plough a piece of land within
the area known as Mik, and which had been regarded as set aside for the Herero refugees
by Bishop Simon. In response to a request from the Bishop for a clarification of the
position regarding the Damaras, the Department of Social Welfare pointed out that Act
No. 12 of 1949 (supplementary to Act No. 29 of 1909) protected the rights of Natives
(Damaras and Hottentots) already settled on the Mission Farm and that there were
therefore no grounds for concern (RCMP/4. Department of Social Welfare to Bishop
Thtnemann, 27/7/1950). Shortly after this incident there was another clash between the
Basters and the Herero at a meeting preliminary to a visit by the Magistrate for further
consultations on the transfer to the Department of Social Welfare. When their right to live
at Pella was questioned the Herero walked out, the ‘kaptein’ threatening a “bloodbath’ if
any Baster attempted to turn them off Pella. In political discourse at Pella at the time of
fieldwork, this meeting was called the ‘assegai-vergadering’, and was often cited as the
point from which the gulf between Basters and Herero parted so far as to be unbridgeable.
Disagreements later also arose over the question of the type and amount of
compensation to be given to the Europeans, for at the meetings it had been made clear that
the Government considered even the earlier compromise agreement as incompatible with
its policy of ‘apartheid’ and it had been repeatedly emphasized that no descendants of the
European families then living at Pella would be allowed to retain their parents’ rights but
would have to move away. After representatives from the Department of Social Welfare
had consulted with the European inhabitants, however, this stand was modified so as to
allow a small number of livestock to those families who wished to continue living on the
piece of land to be allocated to the Mission, but endless wrangling ensued on the exact
number to be permitted per person and how the rights were to be disposed of on the
holder’s death. The Baster conservatives refused even to consider this new compromise,
whereas the Europeans were themselves dissatisfied with being unable to retain the means
of securing a livelihood from stock-farming and with the manner in which the Department
of Social Welfare was forcing them to abandon their homes. At the time of fieldwork,
former European ‘Pellanaars’ spoke in interviews with considerable bitterness of how
they had felt themselves to have been ‘betrayed’ by the Nationalist Government, which
was particularly interesting as they were supporters of the Nationalist Party, and of the
apparent bias of the Department of Social Welfare towards the ‘Coloured’ section of the
population. These disagreements caused the negotiations between the Church and the
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 65
Department of Social Welfare to become
deadlocked on the question of compensa-
tion for the Europeans, and eventually the
Department of Social Welfare decided to
drop the matter until the Bishop suggested
some alternative set of proposals. Bishop
Thtinemann, however, was under pressure
from his relatives and friends in the
European community to protect them from
being dispossessed and he decided to do
nothing until he had reviewed the situation
more fully, with the result that the negotia-
tions came to an end with no prospect of a
solution being found. From this date, in a
conscious symbolism of the impasse,
Bishop Thunemann began referring to two
communities, ‘White’ and ‘Coloured’, at
Pella, rather than two sections of one
community as had been his previous
practice in his correspondence.
Other factors were also at work in
persuading Bishop Thunemann _ to
Figure 15 reconsider his opinion that the best
Bishop H. J. Thiinemann (left) with his solution lay in transferring Pella to the
Coadjutor and successor Bishop F. X. Esser Department of Social Welfare. In the
in the garden at Pella Mission in 1955. period 1951 to 1953 one of the German
(Klinghardt Family Collection) families began mining operations on the
deposits of corundum-sillimanite ore in the
vicinity of the hamlet at Annakop (Weidner 1955). This created lucrative employment
opportunities for a large number of labourers, whereas the contributions made by the
mine-owner to the Church in return for the right to exploit the deposits on the Mission
Farm enabled the missionaries to undertake projects to improve public facilities under
their control. Before 1961 the mine-owner made considerable contributions of money,
equipment and services (such as the construction of roads) to the Church, and after this
date an annual amount of R1 000 (which was worth considerably more then than at the end
of the twentieth century) was given to the Mission in addition to these (RCMP/28.
Weidner to Bishop Esser, 28/5/1961). The opening of the mine meant that pressure on
natural resources on the Mission Farm could be reduced through a lessening of the
dependence of the population on stock-farming for a living, and led Bishop Thiinemann to
hope fervently that a rise in the living standards of the ‘Coloured’ inhabitants would
contribute to making them ‘more tolerant of their fellow human beings’ (Weidner 1979:
SD):
More important, however, for the immediate policy of Bishop Thtinemann was the
66 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
influence of his Coadjutor Bishop, Bishop F. Esser, who was appointed during this period.
Bishop Esser, who was at that time Vicar Apostolic of Keetmanshoop, encouraged Bishop
Thinemann to consider reintroducing a representative system of local government to
Pella and managed to overcome Bishop Thtunemann’s reluctance by drawing his attention
to the success of a strictly limited and directed form that had been introduced at the
Catholic missions of Gabis and Heirachabis in the Vicariate of Keetmanshoop in Great
Namaqualand (RCMU/14. Bishop Esser to Bishop Thunemann, 6/11/1952). Bishops
Thiinemann and Esser co-operated in drawing up a new set of regulations (Appendix H),
the fourth custumal for Pella, and in January 1954 Bishop Thtnemann introduced the new
system to the community. As had been the case since 1941, the priest at Pella remained
almost entirely excluded from the process of local government, which continued to be
dominated by the Bishop. After 1941 Bishop Thunemann had been able to dominate local
affairs because the then priest in charge of Pella Mission (Fr. A) had been unable to wield
much influence owing to an alcoholic problem. In 1951 a new French priest (Fr. M) had
been selected by Bishop Thtinemann as a successor to Fr. A, but in 1954 he was still in a
subordinate position while undergoing further training in mission work.
The new system soon proved unworkable as the Council could not function effectively.
The Council was composed of members selected by the Bishop and the European mayor
(who was the Bishop’s brother), but the three meetings actually held in 1954 ended in
altercations between Bishop Thtnemann and the mayor on one side and the Baster
conservatives on the other (RCMP/4. Bishop Thinemann to Bishop Esser, 10/6/1954).
The Basters not only continued to refuse to recognize the legitimacy of the secular
authority of the Church, but also openly accused the Bishop of using the system to
perpetuate the control of the European settlers over the resources of the Mission Farm.
This rebuff left Bishop Thiinemann totally discouraged and, disappointed at his failure
to solve the problems of Pella, and despite the advice of Bishop Esser, he again
approached the Government (the Division of Coloured Affairs in the Department of the
Interior, which had taken over responsibility for the Reserves from the Department of
Social Welfare in 1952) with the intention of resuming the stalled negotiations. Before
any concrete steps could be taken in 1955, however, Bishop Thtinemann suffered a severe
breakdown of his health that left him incapable of continuing his duties. Bishop Esser then
assumed control of Diocesan affairs, and immediately halted the negotiations on Pella
until such time as he could re-appraise the situation and formulate a new policy for
resolving the problem posed by the intransigence of all the concerned parties involved in
the dispute on the future of the Mission Farm (RCMU/14. Memorandum on Pella,
4/4/1955).
BENEVOLENT DESPOTISM RENEWED, 1955-1973
A consistent feature of discussions with informants on the history of Pella was the
occurrence of widely disparate accounts of political affairs in the years between 1955,
when Bishop Esser took over the Diocese, and 1973, when the Pella Mission Farm was
incorporated under the Administration of Coloured Affairs. In contrast to the period under
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 67
Bishop Thtinemann, on which the official records and informants’ accounts tended to
agree, the informants’ perceptions of the struggle for control of Pella after 1955 differed
markedly from the record preserved in the documentation in the Parish and Diocesan
Archives. It was clear that this represented not merely changes in the leadership and the
natural replacement of community members through time, but also the success of a radical
change in strategic policy on the part of the Church authority dating from that time.
Indeed, as one progresses through this latter period one finds that the role played by the
‘Pellanaars’—of all groupings—diminished to virtual insignificance, while the Church
and the State as steadily exerted ever greater control over the inhabitants and were
eventually able to conduct their negotiations on the future of the Mission Farm in secrecy,
without influences from the community affecting their deliberations.
The sillimanite mining industry that developed in northern Bushmanland during the
1950s decade (De Jager 1963; De Jager & Von Backstrom 1961) played an important role
in this by altering the fundamental structure of the community from one almost entirely
dominated by the peasantry to one in which there was a clear division between the
peasantry and an emergent rural proletariat was emphasized. Although the mines were
little more than large quarries, they were dependent upon abundant semi-skilled and
unskilled labour because extensive mechanization was beyond the financial resources of
the mine-owners. The deposits themselves were too small to warrant the expenditure of
large sums of money on machinery that was subject to rapid deterioration, for the resultant
capital loss represented a considerable loss of profit. The development of the mines thus
absorbed a large percentage of the surplus population of the region, and led to its
concentration around the mining centres, either in temporary settlements or in the nearest
village, as in the case of Pella. This meant that the composition of the population of the
Mission Farm altered again, with more people increasingly dependent on the mines for a
living and fewer relying solely on agriculture. Whereas in 1941 the percentages of the
population deriving their income from farming and non-agricultural sources were 68.2
and 22.7 per cent respectively, by 1960 this had been reversed to 25.9 and 73 per cent
respectively (the remainder being unemployed). The higher wages obtained from labour
in the mines encouraged a higher standard of living, and the mine-owner at Pella also
made available loans for the construction of houses in Pella village. After twelve months
continuous employment an employee could obtain an interest-free loan of up to R60 and
the necessary building materials, the loan then being deducted from his salary, and further
loans and materials could be obtained for extensions later. This had the effect of
producing a division between those ‘Pellanaars’ whose livelihood depended on the
natural resources of the Reserve, such as grazing, and those for whom wage labour had
become a way of life liable to be adversely affected by the repercussions that could follow
from the ending of Church control. In discussing this period of the dispute over Pella,
informants said that they had been concerned that if the European mine-owners were
alienated through the dispossession of their property in the village, they could have
retaliated by refusing loans and other forms of assistance to the inhabitants. Although
threats of this nature were never made in public, there is documentary evidence that the
mine-owner made an effort to protect the European inhabitants from eviction by putting
68 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
pressure on the missionary in 1969 through cutting off his contributions to the Church and
refusing to assist in the construction of new classrooms for the school, but that he relented
in 1973 when it became clear that the transfer to the Administration of Coloured Affairs was
inevitable (RCMP/38. P. Weidner to Fr. M, 10/4/1969; Fr. M to P. Weidner, 7/6/1973).
In retrospect it is possible to see that the experiment of placing an ‘indigenous’ bishop
in control of the Diocese was responsible for many of the problems that beset the Church
authority in relation to Pella after 1940, since Bishop Thtinemann had been unable to free
himself from obligations imposed by his close links, such as kinship, with a section of the
people under his control. The succession of his Coadjutor, Bishop Esser, concluded this
experiment and marked a return to genuine missionary rule over the community.
Simultaneously this was also a turning point in the efforts of the Church to solve the vexed
question of how the political aspirations of the community and the central government
could be reconciled with its own ideas on ideal relations between spiritual and secular
authorities.
Bishop Esser, a German, was as conservative as his predecessor and was also inclined
towards the Regenerationist line of thought, but by all accounts he seems to have
possessed a keener insight into many of the problems confronting the Church. As already
shown, he was well acquainted with affairs at Pella and his advice had guided Bishop
Thiunemann when he had been ‘quite at (his) wits’ end with the Pellanaars’ (RCMP/4.
Bishop Thunemann to the Department of Social Welfare, 30/5/1952). Bishop Esser later
played an important part in the deliberations of the Second Vatican Council dealing with
lay participation in church affairs and, according to his letters to Fr. M, he took the view
that the reforms then being formulated would revitalize and preserve the Catholic Church
by placing it at the forefront of change rather than leaving it merely to respond
continuously to pressures emanating from the laity—from being the unchanging Rock of
Ages the Church would become the shepherd leading his flock towards a new future. It
was with these ideas in mind that Bishop Esser approached the political problems of Pella,
after having conducted a brief survey of the Mission Farm in 1956.
He identified four main problems facing the Church authority, namely “(1) the lack of
legal authority to compel obedience from unruly followers, (11) the loss of confidence in
the Church on the part of the Coloured inhabitants, (111) the direct involvement of our
missionaries in local affairs, (iv) an incorrect assessment by the Coloureds of their
position regarding their so-called rights of occupation’ (RCMU/14. Memorandum on
Pella, 6/1/1956). Bishop Esser considered (11) to be the most urgent, and he thus directed
his first steps towards rectifying this situation in the recognition that, by restoring the
prestige of the missionaries, in particular that of the Bishop himself, as an objective
authority, a firm foundation would be laid for future efforts to solve the impasse over the
future of Pella. |
Accordingly at the beginning of 1956 the priests at Pella (Fr. A and Fr. M) were
transferred to other stations and replaced by an American priest (Fr. S) who had recently
arrived in the Diocese. The sole responsibility for administering Pella was vested in the
priest, ostensibly to allow the Bishop to withdraw from direct involvement in the process
of local government. In reality it created a proxy ruler and left the Bishop free to deal with
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 69
the central government and to direct affairs from a safe distance unaffected by any local
repercussions to any aspect of his strategy. Whereas Bishop Thunemann had lived in
Pella, Bishop Esser preferred to stay at Matjieskloof Mission near Springbok for greater
convenience in communicating with the other missions in the Diocese, although his
official residence remained Pella.
Under the Bishop’s guidance the new priest succeeded in his task of regaining the
confidence of ‘our Pellanaars’. After receiving a definite reply from the Department of
Coloured Affairs as to the true extent of the powers of the Church at Pella—... as all
responsibility for the administration of your Mission Station rests with the governing
church authorities in terms of the Ticket of Occupation and in the absence of any law
authorising regulations applicable to Pella, your regulations would be of the nature of
mutual agreement lacking the force of law. Local co-operation seems to be the only
alternative for the success of such a system ...” (RCMP/4. Department of Coloured
Affairs to Fr. S, 7/2/1957)—the priest was encouraged by the Bishop to move boldly to
co-opt the influential Baster conservatives. The council set up under the New General
Regulations was abolished and replaced by a ‘Raad van Korporale’ or ‘Burger-raad’
consisting of five members and a chairman (the ‘Hoofkorporaal’, who was also called
‘president’ in some documents, and who was always a Baster). It was intended to serve as
a representative body for the ‘Coloured’ population only and to assist the priest in the
administration of Pella. The various taxes were replaced by a simple tax on livestock,
which was to be used for the direct benefit of the ‘Coloured’ farmers. The Europeans were
indignant at losing their representatives, but were somewhat mollified when the priest let
them know that he still regarded the mayor as their spokesman (when Fr. S took over the
administration of Pella, the title of ‘mayor’ was reinstated, the position still being held by
Bishop Thunemann’s brother, the shopkeeper). The priest managed to overcome the
suspicion of the conservatives by adopting a favourable stance on the arguments of the
Baster farmers concerning the use of the natural resources of the Mission Farm, and
openly took their side against the Europeans in a dispute over rights to a spring that the
mine-owner had claimed for his own use in 1957. Bishop Esser considered that the
priest’s sympathetic treatment of the grievances of the Baster farmers had contributed to
his success (RCMP/38. Bishop Esser to Fr. M, 12/6/1964) for, to the Bishop’s surprise, Fr.
S persuaded the Baster farmers to pay their taxes to the Church. These were then used for
the purchase of fodder to assist the farmers in the prevailing drought conditions, and this
further enhanced his standing. Nevertheless, the conflict between the Europeans and the
‘Coloureds’ over the right to live at Pella continued, and the Baster conservatives used the
‘korporaalsraad’ as a platform to approach the Department of Coloured Affairs on the
question of their rights, and again to demand the removal of the Europeans, Damaras and
‘Hottentots’ when the control of the Church was ended (RCMP/38. Fr. S to Bishop Esser,
4/10/1958).
Between 1955 and 1959 the central government took no further steps on the proposed
creation of a Coloured Reserve at Pella, mainly due to the inadequacy of the legislation
then in use to resolve the difficulties over compensation for the European inhabitants and
because a firm policy for the Coloured Reserves in general had still to be developed (see
70 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
p. 80). Towards the end of 1959, however, the Department of Coloured Affairs notified
the Bishop that it had received letters from the community that indicated that ‘the
occupants are still as willing to have the Department assume the responsibility for Pella as
they were in 1950’, and advised him of a new set of proposals, which were that (1) the
Church should confirm its agreement of 1950 to the application of Act No. 29 of 1909 to
Pella, (41) the Ticket of Occupation of 1881 should be cancelled so as to facilitate the
application of the Act, and (111) that a portion of land would be granted to the Church after
the application of the Act so that it could continue its religious activities (RCMU/7.
Department of Coloured Affairs to Bishop Esser, 4/9/1959). No mention was made of
compensation for the Europeans, nor of further consultations with the local inhabitants.
Had such an offer been made to Bishop Thunemann he might well have accepted it
merely to rid himself and the Church of the whole problem, but Bishop Esser viewed the
second proposal with alarm, for it seemed to indicate that the position of the Catholic
Church as the established church at Pella would be at the mercy of the Protestant
Nationalist government once the Ticket of Occupation had been cancelled. The proposal
implied that by conceding the rights of the ‘Coloured’ inhabitants and consenting to the
deprival of the Europeans of theirs’, the Church would also be required to surrender its
privileged position at Pella. This was in direct conflict with Bishop Esser’s view of the
role that the Church had to play in the community as a source of spiritual, if no longer
temporal, leadership. The Bishop’s fears were founded directly on his observations of
events elsewhere in the Northern Cape and South West Africa, and one of his letters to Fr.
M. on the subject clearly sets out his concerns:
‘... [he situation has changed in Pella. There is still trouble over the veld, as we know,
but now the Europeans are beginning to leave of their own accord, and the Government
now wishes to establish a settlement only for Coloureds. If this happens and we renounce
our rights given by the Ticket of Occupation of 1881, we are going to lose control over the
entire territory. This is what will happen:
a) A Superintendent (a Protestant, who might even be an ‘eerwaarde’ like in other
places) will be appointed, and with a committee to assist him. His discretion on the
admission of new people will open a legal door to introducing a majority of non-catholic
Coloureds who will have a say over Catholic Pella.
b) Then with enough Protestant families on the place they will claim their
denominational school and the right to open their own churches. We will not have enough
children there to carry on with the present staff, and the Catholic community will be
outnumbered by others.
c) Even though the Department assures me that we will still have some say through our
Catholic representatives on the committee to counteract non-catholic proposals and
developments, we well know how little we can rely even on our own good Catholic people —
at Pella!
If these things come to pass in the years ahead, who knows but that the mighty Catholic
fortress erected by our revered Bishop Simon will become a historical ruin and all our
work and sacrifice brought to naught. I do not wish to be too pessimistic, but we have seen
all too often how things develop in other places under similar circumstances.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 71
We should keep our rights to Pella. After all, the place is given to us, the Catholic
Church, and not the ordinary people as in Steinkopf or Kakamas. We should therefore
retain the administration, reserving the right to eject or admit people, and to this end we
should collaborate with the Department, but letting them know that we are withdrawing
the application for the Act to be applied at Pella. We must keep what we legally have, and
fight as long as possible to preserve that right, for once we give it away we shall never get
it back under this Protestant government. ’(RCMU/7. Bishop Esser to Fr. M, 1/10/1959).
This letter clearly shows that Bishop Esser fully appreciated the trend towards a
subdued anti-Catholic policy that was adopted by the Nationalist government in the
1950s, involving pressure on private schools and institutions that served as foci for
opposition to the implementation of the ‘apartheid’ policy, for the Catholic Church had
early on made known its opposition to enforced segregation, as evidenced by the
statements published by the Roman Catholic Bishops’ Conference in 1952, 1954 and
1957. The Church remained true to its traditional doctrine of ‘accidentalism’, whereby the
form of the secular government was of little consequence as long as Catholic interests
were respected; this always enabling the ‘lesser of two evils’ to be accepted and exploited
to the advantage of the Church. This was also the reason for the Bishop’s urgency in
attempting to regain the confidence and trust of the people at Pella in order to remove any
‘democratic’ reason the Government could offer as cause for demanding the transfer of
the Mission Farm to the State ‘so as to further the aspirations of the inhabitants’ that were
allegedly being hindered by a reactionary church authority (RCMP/38. Bishop Esser to
Fr. M, 5/11/1959). At the end of 1959, Bishop Esser transferred Fr. M back to Pella to
replace Fr. S, in preparation for the re-establishment of a regenerationist system to stifle
opposition to the continued control of the Church.
After seeking legal advice at the beginning of 1960 the Bishop took a fateful decision,
which he communicated to Fr. M as follows:
‘Our present position is that our Ticket of Occupation allows us wide powers of
administration, but has the disadvantage that our tenure may be terminated at will by the
Government. Iam given to understand that there is now no legal bar to this in accordance
with a law passed in 1952 (State Lands Disposal Amendment Act, Act No. I of 1952),
whereby parliamentary approval is no longer required. So the political deterrent of
questions in Parliament if there is suspicion of anti-Catholic bias is gone. However, there
is nothing to compel us to give up Pella voluntarily, as the Minister cannot proclaim a
change in the status of Crown Land without the consent of any person having an interest in
that land.
So should we voluntarily subject Pella to the Act or not? Certainly there are
advantages; we would have security of tenure with absolute title to a portion of land and
our buildings, and we would be freed from onerous administrative duties, but it is in this
last that the difficulty arises. A Board of Management such as the Department would
cause to be appointed will consist of nine members—six elected and four appointed
[sic]—and, assuming the worst as I said in a previous letter, there need be only two
non-catholics elected to oust our supremacy. I am convinced that there is a very real
72 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
danger that our interests at Pella are imperilled. I cannot say yet if this government will
take a definitely anti-catholic stance in the near future or not, but all the signs are there. I
certainly don’t intend to take into account any goodwill on the part of the Government in
return for surrendering Pella to them.
With these things in mind, it is therefore my intention to attempt quietly and tactfully to
maintain the status quo, until such time as the Government threatens to eject us under the
Crown Lands Disposal legislation, when we shall have to reconsider our position.
I shall inform the Department that the Church has administered the secular affairs for
over eighty years, that this has been well-received on the whole and certainly beneficial,
and that we wish to continue this administration; further that the Coloured “occupiers”
already enjoy a form of self-government and the majority are satisfied but for the
trouble-makers whom we well know. I expect the Government will argue that Pella must
be subjected to the Act because it is desirable to have all such places uniformly under the
Act (vaguely logical, but how should we answer this?), that nowadays Church
administration of secular affairs is inappropriate because of the social and economic
advance of the community (nonsense, I doubt that a bunch of “occupiers” or even a
politician such as the Minister is more competent than the Church—and I know that the
boards in Namaqualand are hopelessly inadequate), and that they are in a better position
to finance the necessary capital works (true, as you have also said, but we shall have to tax
the people living at Pella and get contributions from the mine—it is on our property). I
suppose they will also tempt our good people with the offer of giving them their own plots
of land, but this will be no more than what we have given them in the past.
As a matter of tactics I propose to start a protracted correspondence on this matter
with the Department, for as long as possible, until they show signs of exhausting their
patience and this attitude becomes dangerous, so as to give the impression that we are
indeed interested in giving over Pella at some time in the future. We can fight it all the way
on the smallest points of difference on conditions, compensation, etc., etc. We shall have
to hope that the life of this Government will not last much longer—its policies will soon be
unpopular with everybody—and I am assured that after an election a new government of
the opposition will drop the matter.
For your part, you will have to see to the usual everyday things! I must impress on you
that anyone agitating for any reason whatever cannot be tolerated, and must leave Pella.
You may count on my support in this. I suggest you rebuild the council as we discussed
recently and try to keep old [JW] and [JR] on it like Fr. S did. Our success largely depends
on keeping the goodwill of all our people, and if we are able to hold Pella then the
Catholic fortress will be preserved and the Faith of the future generation saved’
(RCMU/7. Bishop Esser to Fr. M, 3/7/1960).
The policy outlined in this document was pursued determinedly until 1972, when,
ironically, Bishop Esser’s successor found himself forced through its logic to end the
control of Pella by the Church.
As recommended by Bishop Esser, the priest at Pella reformed the structure of local
government by establishing a conservative, authoritarian system with the same
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 73
underlying assumptions of Bishop Thuinemann’s ‘Regenerationism’ of the 1940s. The
idea behind the reform lay in the recognition that until then (1960) the system of local
government had been deficient because the councils had failed to represent all the various
competing forces and groups in the community, and that genuine representation could
only be achieved by applying the principles of what Bishop Esser called ‘organic
democracy’, by which he meant that heads of families and corporate bodies were the
proper channels through which the society of individuals conducted its relationship with
government (RCMP/38. Bishop Esser to Fr. M, 15/10/1960). Despite such high
principles, the reform was nevertheless more practical in that it endeavoured to bring
together all the competing interest groups into a situation in which they could be tightly
controlled and, as in the past, rested on exploitation of the submissive apathy of the
‘satisfied majority’ to expose the activist elite to incorporation in the system.
The linchpin of such a system of local government was the priest in charge of the
Mission at Pella, whose responsibility it was to administer local affairs. It has been
pointed out that one of the reasons for the poor performance of missionary-dominated
administrative bodies in the Reserves in Namaqualand was that the missionaries
themselves were often men incapable of shouldering the responsibilities of both religious
and political office (G. 60-90: 8). At Pella, however, this does not seem to have been the
case, and certainly in the period after 1960 the priest in charge of the Mission acted
adroitly in local political matters, and was able to prevent any diminution in the standing
of the Church among the inhabitants, in contrast to what had happened during Bishop
Thiunemann’s period of office.
In reconstituting the Council, the priest revived the form of the ‘Ruling Council’ as it
had been under Bishop Simon, with five European and five ‘Coloured’ Members, but
removed the deputy status of the foreman of Central Pella (Appendix E). The available
information about the composition of the Councils from 1960 revealed a simple formula
for the success of the system. Through selective appointment the politically-conscious
elite of the community could be partially satisfied by the rewards of public office—such
as the apparent power to regulate their affairs themselves (although the missionary still
held the final power to approve or disapprove their decisions), and the prestige derived
from their position as recognized decision-makers—while simultaneously the chemistry
of the composition of the Council balanced and neutralized the families and groupings.
For example, the ‘Pellanaar pioneers’ were always opposed by those who were regarded
by them as ‘newcomers’ (‘Inkommers’), members of family R were always
counterbalanced by members of family D or W, and there were equal numbers of farmers
and labourers, so ensuring that no representative of any grouping was ever entirely
excluded from holding symbolic power. The missionary furthermore prevented the
development of monopolist tendencies in the Council by retaining the power to appoint or
dismiss Members at will outside the electoral process. Thus if a Member showed signs of
overstepping the limits of acceptable political activity, such as endeavouring to
undermine the position of the missionary by writing letters of complaint to the
Department of Coloured Affairs or the Bishop, or attempting to upset the balance of
power by advocating re-alignments of interests (such as suggesting that the ‘Pellanaars’
74 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
and Europeans had common cause against the Church, as happened at one meeting), he
could be summarily dismissed and replaced. The priest also revived the division of Pella
into districts with foremen, and again recognized the European mayor and ‘Coloured’
‘burgemeester’; none of these officers were ex officio members of the Council, but here
too it was possible to play off one faction against another through the appointments of the
foremen.
Inevitably this system stultified political life at Pella and naturally produced much
frustration among the Baster “Pellanaars’, who began suspecting that the Government was
aiding and abetting the Church, an effect not planned but also not unwelcome to the
missionary. The balancing of members produced weak councils with the members so
riven by competing interests that they lacked the coherence to resist the Church authority,
and were thus unable to hinder the Bishop in his intention to prevent the realization of the
Government’s desire to bring the Mission Farm under its control. The inhabitants were
well aware that the Bishop was continuing to negotiate with the Department of Coloured
Affairs on the future of Pella, as was made evident to them from time to time when
officials conducted inspections of the Mission Farm and held public meetings to inform
them of progress in the discussions, and it was probably this that kept the frustration at
their powerlessness from degenerating into disinterest. There was always the possibility
that, as part of the process of incorporation, the Department of Coloured Affairs would
take over the Council and give it a measure of meaningful power, as Government Notices
No. 897 of 1911 and No. R.1866 of 1960 (both supplementary to Act No. 29 of 1909)
provided for a ‘temporary consultative committee of Coloured persons to advise and
assist (the Magistrate)’ as part of the procedure for incorporation.
In line with Bishop Esser’s instructions the priest also took steps against those whom
he regarded as ‘dangerous troublemakers’ and agitators, with whose assistance the
resistance of the ‘Pellanaars’ was being strengthened. These included certain teachers and
nuns who had been assisting and advising the Baster farmers in their dealings with the
Church and the Government. The removal of these vulnerable elements left the
‘Pellanaars’, especially the conservatives, bereft of support within the system and
rendered it all the easier for the missionary to control their activities. In a further effort to
undermine the Baster conservatives’ support, the Church permitted considerable numbers
of people to enter the Mission Farm between 1961 and 1965, which also had the advantage
of enlarging the labour pool for the mines. While the moderates gained numerical support
from those of the newcomers who took any interest in local political affairs, the
implementation of this policy of administrative suppression alienated the moderates, with
the result that they began giving a modest measure of support to the conservatives in the
dispute with the Church.
While resistance in the community at Pella was being suppressed in this way, Bishop.
Esser followed his stated policy of delaying the intentions of the Government towards
Pella with considerable skill. Unlike Bishop Thiinemann, who had regarded the
Government as an ally, he saw it as a threat to all that had been achieved by the Catholic
mission, not only at Pella but also in the Northern Cape. During this period Bishop Esser
was also engaged in a similar dispute over the rights of the Mission in the Native Reserve
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA V3)
of Riemvasmaak north of the Augrabies Falls in Gordonia; here too, as was to happen in
Pella, the Church was eventually unable to save the inhabitants from the imposition of the
‘apartheid’ policy. In the case of Pella, the Bishop struck a careful balance between
co-operation and obstruction, drawing up alternative sets of proposals that then had to be
subjected to the closest examination by both the Department of Coloured Affairs and the
Bishop together with his Diocesan Council, a body of priests set up to advise the Bishop
on matters affecting the Diocese. Between May 1960 and December 1962 there were
some 30 points of difference that had to be cleared up, despite a formal proclamation
issued by the Bishop and the Diocesan Council in November 1960 to the effect that the
Church was prepared to offer ‘provisional and conditional approval, subject to further
discussion,’ (RCMU/7. Proclamation. 20/11/1960) of a set of ‘guidelines’ for the eventual
agreement to be drawn up on the transfer of Pella to the Department of Coloured Affairs.
These provisions included, amongst others, the recognition of the Roman Catholic
Church as the established missionary society at Pella, with modest restrictions on the
rights of other denominations to practise there (such as not being allowed to build
churches), the granting of a portion of land, roughly 50 morgen in extent, under absolute
title to the Church, and a further portion of 15 morgen on the banks of the Orange River for
irrigation purposes, the granting of rights to pasturage for a limited number of livestock,
firewood and water, and the reassurance that the Church would be in no way subject to the
Management Board to be established to administer the affairs of the Reserve.
The problem of the rights of the Damaras to live at Pella was, from an administrative
point of view, resolved in 1961 when, despite strong objections from the conservative
Basters, the Bishop and the Department of Coloured Affairs agreed that the Damaras had
every right to live at Pella because they were officially classified ‘Coloured’, but that no
Natives (‘Naturelle’) could live on the Reserve. Although this recognition gave the
Damaras, especially the Herero, much needed security, it did not remove the possibility
that the Basters would attack the basis of their classification, a fear that was still very
much alive at the time of fieldwork in the 1970s and 1980s, and this effectively prevented
the Herero ‘kaptein’ from attempting to reach any form of understanding with the Basters
for mutual benefit. With the formation of the second temporary Advisory Committee in
1973 as part of the preliminary arrangements for the transfer of Pella to the Administration
of Coloured Affairs, the Herero ‘kaptein’ was appointed as a Member along with the
leaders of the Baster conservatives, and he gave them his support in their discussions with
officials from the Administration of Coloured Affairs in return for a seat on the Advisory
Board that was established after the proclamation of the Reserve. Although he thus
succeeded indirectly in gaining recognition from the Basters of the Damaras’ right to
representation, neither group saw this as a full alliance.
Between 1962 and 1966 there was a long delay while the Government introduced new
legislation on the Coloured Reserves in South Africa (Act No. 24 of 1963, with its various
sets of subjoined regulations), under which the Reserves were transformed into ‘Rural
Coloured Areas’ and were thereby incorporated into the evolving policy of the Nationalist
Government towards the ‘Coloured People’ in general. During this period the stance of
the Catholic Church towards ‘apartheid’ became even more inclined to one of outright
76 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
opposition in contrast to the disapproving tolerance of the 1950s, and consequently
Bishop Esser grew ever more convinced that his policy on Pella was sound. He considered
it important to provide a symbol of the commitment of the Church to its principles, even if
this called for a disregard of the conflict within the community, a struggle that showed
little sign of Christian tolerance on either side, and was at the cost of imposing dictatorial
rule on the last non-racial mission station under the control of the Catholic Church in the
Northern Cape.
Shortly after the resumption of the discussions between the Department of Coloured
Affairs and Bishop Esser in 1966, an official from the Department held a public meeting at
Pella to draw up a list of the rightful occupiers and to convey to the inhabitants details of
the incorporation procedure. Part of this involved the creation of an Advisory Committee
to assist the Department, in terms of regulation 5(1) of Government Notice No. R.1375.
This body had no powers other than to make available such information as desired by the
officials involved with the transfer, but the Baster conservatives used the prominence
given to them by their membership to make a last attempt to demonstrate their desire for
independence from the Church. As it happened, Fr. M went on leave shortly after the
meeting and the members of the committee informed the relief priest, who knew little
about the internal situation at Pella, that they alone had responsibility for the affairs of
Pella and that he and the remaining Europeans had to restrict their activities to the portion
of land allocated to the Church. This occasioned the only instance when Bishop Esser
directly took charge of affairs at Pella, for he promptly deflated the Committee members
by producing a telegram from the Department of Coloured Affairs confirming that the
Advisory Committee had no powers whatever. He then visited Pella and addressed the
congregation in church, assuring them that he had no intention of withdrawing Fr. M
despite the wave of complaints about the priest’s methods of administration that had
reached him soon after Fr. M’s departure. Bishop Esser’s notes (RCMU/14) for his
address are illuminating of how he viewed these complaints and the people who made
them: “Has proven himself worthy of his important position here. Energetic, much good
work. Speaks bluntly, points out sin unceasingly. Some of you find him difficult. Has no
respect for people get in his way [sic]. The way of God. Will remain to serve your
community.’ This rather futile gesture on the part of the Baster conservatives was their
last attempt to exercise any influence on the negotiations on the incorporation of Pella,
and thereafter the Baster leaders made no further effective appearance in macro-level
political affairs in Pella. In interviews with me they stated, perhaps with the benefit of
hindsight, that they had realized that, although they had been rendered powerless, the
Government was committed to taking control of Pella, and they had thus but to possess
themselves in patience until the incorporation of Pella under the Department of Coloured
Affairs had been completed, when they expected to be given the necessary powers to
handle their own affairs.
Despite his attempts to delay the negotiations, Bishop Esser found that by the end of
1966 his confident gamble on the defeat of the Nationalist Government had not been
realized. As with many liberals, he had not understood the strength of the Nationalist Party
or the weakness of the opposition parties, for in the election of 1966 the N.P. gained a
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA TF
record 126 seats out of 166. He was thus being pushed inexorably to the point where he
would no longer be able to delay taking a final decision, for he had been trapped by his
own tactic of pretending to negotiate while the Department took his concessions seriously,
evidently on the assumption that his wily persistence was aimed merely at securing the
best possible conditions for a transfer. In December 1966 all that remained were a few
small points on the wording of the agreement and its final approval by the Diocesan
Council. Bishop Esser’s sudden death at the end of 1966 sadly but conveniently resolved
the dilemma temporarily for the Church, and the whole process of negotiation came to a
standstill until such time as his successor could take office. In the interim a Vicar-General
acted in Diocesan affairs, but took no action on Pella.
Almost a year passed before the new Bishop, Bishop J. Minder (an American of
moderately liberal views), was appointed and consecrated. Under his rule, which has
continued until the time of writing, the liberalizations and reforms recommended by the
Second Vatican Council (Abbott 1966; Flannery 1977) were spread throughout the
Diocese, despite opposition from certain conservative priests, and greater attention was
paid towards conformity with the standards and opinions of the Roman Catholic Church
towards the serious social and political problems of South Africa. The re-orientation of the
Roman Catholic Church towards the Nationalist Government and its policies proceeded
rapidly after the 1960s. In 1977 the South African Catholic Bishops’ Conference admitted
that the Church had lagged behind in matters of social justice, and by 1980 they had
committed themselves to the ‘total liberation’ of all people in South Africa. After making
a careful examination of the problems surrounding Pella, Bishop Minder reached the
conclusion that the prevailing situation was highly unsatisfactory and had to be resolved
before it damaged the new image of the Church as the champion of the oppressed and
poor. At the time (1968-69) the Bishop was also influenced by arguments inside the
Church against the holding of large amounts of Church property in a country where land
tenure was so contentious an issue.
Bishop Minder shared Bishop Esser’s opinions on the inadvisability of giving over
control of Pella to people who showed no evidence of being capable of handling their own
affairs in an ‘objective, responsible fashion’ (RCMU/7. Bishop Esser to Fr. M,
27/11/1962), but agreed with the Government view that much capital expenditure was
necessary to update or create necessary public facilities and services. He was, however,
also fully aware of the injustice that would be done if the remaining European inhabitants
were to be forced to leave, for by then, faced with an uncertain future, most of the younger
European families had left, leading to the closure of the European school in 1965, and only
about 50 mainly elderly people were still living in Pella. The Administration of Coloured
Affairs, which had taken over the rural Coloured areas in 1969, also appreciated these
points concerning the European population, with whom the difficulties of compensation
had been a major stumbling block in the way of a settlement in the past, and accordingly
made its last compromise on this matter in 1969 by offering to allow the pensioners to
remain at Pella in their own houses, but without livestock, until their deaths, while only
the younger people would have to leave and settle elsewhere. At the same time it reduced
the amount of land to be excised and granted to the Church, but guaranteed the freedom of
78 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
the Church from any interference in its affairs from the Advisory Board to be established
in the Reserve. It was intended that the Advisory Board would be upgraded to
Management Board status after a probationary period to give the inhabitants time to adjust
to their new circumstances.
These were the most favourable conditions ever offered to the Church (and testified to
the late Bishop Esser’s skills as a negotiator), but Bishop Minder continued to delay
taking the final decision, both on account of pressure from the Europeans for
compensation for their houses if they intended leaving and from reluctance to be seen
assisting the Government in the implementation of its ‘apartheid’ policy. After much
correspondence the Administration of Coloured Affairs eventually maintained its refusal
to pay compensation but agreed to allow the departing European families to sell their fixed
property to interested ‘Coloured’ residents of the Reserve. After a number of further
delays on the Bishop’s part caused by renewed opposition from the Europeans, the
Administration of Coloured Affairs indicated in 1971 that its patience was running out,
pointing out that the environmental conditions at Pella were rapidly deteriorating and
were allegedly causing much hardship among the farmers. Mindful of his predecessor’s
policy directive in such a case, Bishop Minder then finally gave his consent to the
application of Act No. 24 to Pella, and so brought an end to the long dispute (RCMU/7.
Bishop Minder to Fr. M, 3/11/1971). On the 22nd of June 1973 Pella was formally
declared to be reserved exclusively for the occupation and possession of ‘Coloureds’
(Proclamation No. 141, dated 30/5/1973. Government Gazette No. 3937, 22/6/1973). The
European inhabitants, with the exception of the shopkeepers in Pella village and those
employed on the mine at Swartkoppies (where they were living in houses at the mine
compound), were then compelled to leave and their properties were taken over by
wealthier ‘Coloured’ residents. Control of the new “Rural Coloured Area’ was transferred
from the Roman Catholic Church to the Administration of Coloured Affairs on 1 January
1974, and a new era in the history of Pella was initiated.
The period of Catholic missionary control at Pella can be viewed in summary as having
been characterized by a highly centralized structure of authority in which temporal and
spiritual power were combined, enabling the missionaries to control their subjects on the
Mission Farm with considerable success through exercising the power derived from their
position as an integral part of the system of government developed in South Africa to
perpetuate capitalist domination. Yet their position was contradictory and was gradually
undermined by irresistible political trends, so that ultimately the Catholic Church was
compelled to give up its secular control of Pella under pressure from the central
government. After 1974 a new administrative structure was introduced to the community
in the Reserve and, while the inhabitants were virtually as powerless as they had been
during the period of Church control, the new system of government was to be more open.
to manipulation by the political elite, allowing them to exercise a degree of influence not
previously possible under missionary control. The course of their struggle to protect their
interests under the new regime is the subject of the following sections.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA Up
THE FRAMEWORK OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT AFTER 1974
GOVERNMENT POLICY AND THE RESERVES IN NAMAQUALAND
In the preceding sections it was shown how the formative period of the social
groupings in the community at Pella had been influenced by the dominance of the
missionaries in the system of local government. Their control of the decision-making
process enabled them to maintain their dominance in political affairs by suppressing the
efforts of local leaders among the inhabitants to influence the policies of the Bishops in
their dealings with the central Government. As a result, the various bodies formed to
articulate the interests of the various groupings could not play a meaningful role in the
decision-making process and were unable to match the expectations of either the
participants or their supporters. Despite the splendid designations of these
bodies—‘Raad’, ‘Council’, “Burger-raad’, ‘Dorfsrat’, and grandiose titles bestowed on
their chairmen—‘headman’, ‘kaptein’, “hoofkorporaal’, ‘president’, ‘mayor’, “burge-
meester’ or ‘dorfsleiter’—they had all remained essentially advisory in character because
the final power to propose and dispose had rested with the priests and bishops.
It was also shown how the missionaries had used their dominant position in an
endeavour to prevent the Nationalist government from imposing a uniformity on their
community that paralleled that in the Reserves in Namaqualand, particularly in regard to
the separation and segregation of racial groupings under its ‘apartheid’ policy. In this
respect, however, they failed, partly because of factors beyond their control but mostly on
account of errors of judgement and misunderstandings of the real nature of Government
policy towards the Reserves in Namaqualand, and indeed towards ‘non-White’ people in
South Africa as a whole. Consequently they had been unable to prevent the incorporation
of the community into the wider socio-political system of ‘apartheid’ that developed in
South Africa after 1948.
The Government of the former Cape of Good Hope did not adopt a definite policy
towards the Namaqualand Reserves until shortly before Union in 1910. Once the question
of rights of occupation and the boundaries had been more or less settled, the Government
‘left the reserves severely alone’ (Marais 1939: 77). In the four Reserves of Concordia,
Komaggas, Leliefontein and Steinkopf, local councils under the direction of the
missionaries administered community regulations that had for a time been given legal
sanction under Act No. 10 of 1879, with offences being dealt with by the Magistrate of
Namaqualand, but this Act was repealed by Act No. 29 of 1881 (A.7—’96; Marais 1939:
77). After this, local administration appears for the most part to have ‘depended on the
moral authority exercised by the corporals and the missionary’ (U.G.26/1932: 5). The first
active intervention by the Government in the affairs of the Reserves came with the
introduction and implementation of the Mission Stations and Communal Reserves Act
(Act No. 29 of 1909), which incorporated the Reserves under the Department of Native
Affairs and removed the secular authority of the missionaries through the institution of
Boards, with members both elected by the residents and appointed by the Government,
and chaired by the district magistrate. Act No. 29 was first applied in 1913, and must
8&0 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
therefore be seen against the backdrop of similar legislation scheduling reserves for
Africans, the Native Lands Act of 1913, which marked the beginning of systematic
segregation on the basis of racial inequality and explicitly established the African
Reserves with the functions of acting as reservoirs of labour and as reason for denying
civic rights to Africans elsewhere in South Africa (Welsh 1972: 40). It has been suggested
(Klinghardt 1979) that there is a similarity in the outline of the historical formation of the
Reserves in Namaqualand and of the African Reserves (‘Homelands’, ‘Self-governing
Black National States’, etc.), even allowing for enormous differences in scale, and that
Government policy has been directed towards ensuring an adequate supply of labour to
local industry as well as redirecting nationalist aspirations into appropriate avenues of
harmless expression (Molteno 1977: 30). Although this would account for measures such
as the levying of rates on the residents, that encouraged people to enter the labour market,
it also indicates the reasons for which the Governments of the Cape of Good Hope and
South Africa rejected recommendations by various commissions of inquiry (commissions
of inquiry reported in 1889, 1890, 1896, 1909, 1932, 1937 and 1947) that the communal
land tenure system should be abolished and replaced by one of individual tenure. The
introduction of individual land tenure would have enabled local “White’ entrepreneurs
and farmers to initiate a process of ‘creeping expropriation’ that would have eventually
led to the disappearance of the Reserves and the dispersal of their inhabitants into the
villages and mining settlements of the region. One has therefore to account for the absence
of any clear action concerning the political constitution and local government system of
the Reserves on the part of these Governments. Although Act No. 29 of 1909 did
introduce a new system of administration to the Reserves, commissions of inquiry in the
period between the two World Wars repeatedly emphasized the striking inefficiency of
this system (U.G. 26/1932: 7; U.G. 54/1937: 72), and it was not until after control of the
Reserves had been passed from the Department of Social Welfare to the Department of
Coloured Affairs in 1952 that efforts were made to change the system of local
government.
The development of Government policy towards the Reserves in Namaqualand has to
be seen as an integral part of the formulation of a definite policy towards ‘Coloured’
people in general, for the Government had to take into consideration the development of
the Reserves on a uniform basis within the wider politico-economic structure of
Namaqualand as an integral part of the South African state. Such a formulation could not
be achieved until unanimity had been reached in the ruling party on the position of
‘Coloured’ people in the political future of South Africa. This policy problem became
acute after 1948, for even though ‘Coloured’ people were treated as a ‘population group’
in terms of the now-defunct Population Registration Act of 1951, this merely placed legal
boundaries around an amorphous social category (declaring what ‘Coloureds’ were not,
rather than what they were) without giving any indication of how that ‘group’ could be
accommodated in the general policy of granting ‘self-determination’ to the different
‘population groups’.
The Nationalist government never succeeded in resolving this issue, but shortly before
the creation of the Republic in 1961 the majority of National Party policy-makers appear
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 61
to have taken the view that ‘Coloured’ people should be regarded as a ‘Volk-in-wording’
(Venter 1974: 10) and should be treated as a ‘nation’ for the general purposes of the policy
of separate development. The legislation that replaced Act No. 29 of 1909 and its
numerous amendments and supplements was clearly designed to assist in the realization
of this dream. Shifts in official terminology are good indicators of changes in policy, and
the substitution of “Rural Coloured Areas’ for ‘Reserves’ is as reliable in this regard as the
various changes from ‘Bantustans’ to “‘Self-governing Black National States’ in the case
of the African Reserves. The Rural Coloured Areas Act (No. 24 of 1963) marked the
incorporation of the Reserves into the general policy of separating ‘Coloureds’ from other
population groups and they became in effect rural Group Areas. The Act made provision
not only for the political evolution of the territories through a process of increasing local
autonomy, but also, equally important, for economic development on an unprecedented
scale that was intended to create and sustain a significant degree of differentiation
between town-dwellers on the one hand (each of whom would live on a plot in a planned
village) and bona fide farmers on the other (each of whom would have an ‘economic unit’,
or small farm). The ending of the system of communal land tenure and the division of the
land into privately-possessed strips would have deprived most of the inhabitants of the
means of at least sub-subsistence and made them totally dependent upon outside sources
of employment and income, in this way creating a ready labour pool for the
rapidly-expanding mining industry of the Northern Cape (Klinghardt 1979: 12).
Despite the clear parallels between this policy and that applied to the African Reserves,
there is little evidence to suggest that the ‘Rural Coloured Areas’ would have formed the
basis for a ‘Coloured Homeland’. A distinguishing feature is that there were no legal
controls on the movement of resident registered occupiers in and out of the Areas,
although there were regulations governing the entry of outsiders (set out in Government
Notice R.1375 of 1965), but these were minimal compared to those affecting ‘Blacks’ in
the homelands. No serious attempt was ever made to enlarge or consolidate the various
Areas, although the notion of some form of ‘Coloured’ homeland enjoyed support in the
conservative quarters of the National Party, as it still does among the present conservative
opposition parties and, ironically, among some ‘Coloured’ nationalist movements that
have emerged since 1994, notably the self-styled “Griquas’. The Reserves in Namaqua-
land were ideally situated and constituted for consolidation, and there was a precedent in
the creation in the 1960s of “Namaland’, the former ‘homeland’ for Nama people in the
then South West Africa. Significantly, between 1963 and 1970 certain Government
publications began referring to the Reserves, especially Steinkopf, as “Kleurlingtuistes’,
which was rendered in English as ‘Coloured Homelands’. Land added to the Reserves up
to 1994, however, consisted of only a few small neighbouring farms; the consolidation of
the Reserves would have meant the expropriation of considerable amounts of land owned
by ‘Whites’ and would possibly have cost the National Party support in Namaqualand if
implemented. Similarly, in comparison to the ‘Black Homelands’, the funds made
available for agricultural and other improvements in these areas were relatively low;
between 1964 and 1979 about R2.3 million were used in the six Namaqualand Reserves
(including Pella after 1974) and the Boards of Management spent a further RO.7 million
82 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
out of their own funds (Annual Reports of the Administration of Coloured Affairs,
1964-1979). After the Theron Commission had questioned whether it was worth
spending such ‘large’ [sic] amounts for so little return (RP.38/1976: 147), there appears to
have been a re-appraisal of the policy, allowing for greater concessions in those Reserves
where the strict application of the policy was impracticable, as in Pella and the other
smaller ‘Rural Coloured Areas’ where environmental factors did not encourage individual
tenure because the ‘economic units’ would not have been viable.
In 1978 Act No. 24 of 1963 was repealed and replaced in 1979 by the Rural Coloured
Areas Law, Act No. 1 of 1979 of the Coloured Persons Representative Council, under
which the powers over the ‘Rural Coloured Areas’ held by the Minister of Coloured
Affairs were transferred to the Executive Committee member of the Coloured Persons
Representative Council who was responsible for Rural Areas and Settlements. Shortly
afterwards this Member of the Executive Committee, Mr D. Curry, announced at a
conference of the Management Boards of Gordonia in Upington that the “Rural Coloured
Areas’ were to be administered in a manner similar to that of other ‘Coloured’ villages and
were no longer to be treated as Reserves resembling the ‘Black homelands’ (Official
Minutes, 31/8/1979). This shift in policy represented a further change in Government
thinking on the position of ‘Coloured’ people, inclining away from legal separation
towards eventual integration in a common political structure with “Whites’, and this later
came about when the second Constitution of the Republic of South Africa was introduced
in 1983. The Reserves then became the responsibility of the House of Representatives in
the tricameral parliament and there was a considerable surge of official interest in their
development, but attempts to introduce individual land tenure were abandoned after
successful court challenges by the residents of several of the Reserves. Under the Interim
Constitution of 1994 and the third republican constitution of 1996, transitional local
councils were set up in the Reserves and it appeared likely at the time of writing that some
form of communal land tenure would be retained, possibly through vesting land rights in
Community Trusts as was being done in the former “Black homelands’.
THE STRUCTURE OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT IN PELLA
The transfer of Pella to the Administration of Coloured Affairs on the Ist of January
1974 represented a profound and abrupt change in the patterns of political life in the
community, although recognition and acceptance of the change was rendered easier for
the people in view of the fact that most of them were at the time in favour of the transfer of
secular control from the Church to the civil administration. In this respect the task of
establishing a new form of local government in Pella was not as difficult for the central
Government as had been the case in certain of the Reserves in Namaqualand, where there ~
had been concerted resistance to the implementation of Act No. 29 of 1909 (Carstens
1966: 31; Luyt 1981: 163-166).
In the field of local government, Act No. 24 of 1963 made provision for a graduated
system of increasing local autonomy for management bodies drawn from those
inhabitants classified as Registered Occupiers. In areas incorporated under the
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 83
Administration of Coloured Affairs the first stage was the appointment of a
Superintendent, followed by the formation of an Advisory Board. At Pella the
Superintendent was assisted for the first six months of his period of office by an appointed
advisory committee of leading residents until an election was held to choose members for
the Advisory Board. From then on this system, an effective executive officer assisted by
an Advisory Board, continued until 1987, when it was replaced by a Management Board
consisting entirely of elected members under a local chairman. The vagaries in
performance of the Advisory Board were such that the central government delayed
upgrading the status of the Advisory Board to that of Management Board, despite repeated
applications from the Baster members who were keen to secure full control over their
affairs, until it was satisfied that it would be able to receive the co-operation of the
Management Board in implementing the programme of development for Pella.
The Advisory Board (popularly referred to as the ‘Raad’) consisted of five ordinary
Members (‘Raadslede’), a Chairman (the Superintendent) and a secretary. Neither the
chairman nor the secretary was able to vote in proceedings, even when decisions could not
be reached through a consensus of opinion among the Members. Meetings were held at
least once a month in the office of the Superintendent, but special meetings could be held
from time to time to discuss matters of urgent concern. The secretary or, in the absence of
one, the Superintendent, was required to keep the minutes, a copy of which had to be
submitted to the Regional Representative of the Administration of Coloured Affairs in
Upington. Only in exceptional circumstances were verbatim records of meetings kept,
and the summaries of discussions inevitably tended to give a favourable gloss to the role
of the Chairman and Members supporting his opinions.
The ordinary Members of the Advisory Board were elected by the registered occupiers
of the Reserve (subject to the complete payment of their taxes) at annual meetings called
for that purpose in July. Candidates for election not only had to be registered occupiers,
but also had to meet certain conditions, such as, amongst others, being neither insolvent,
mentally disordered, nor having been previously convicted for an offence (Government
Notice R.1375 of 1965, Regulation 11). There was no formal economic incentive for
Registered Occupiers to make themselves available for public office as the Members did
not receive payment for their services, other than being granted allowances according to
distances travelled in the Reserve on ‘official business’. In general, a term of office
covered three years but, as one-third of the Members were obliged to retire each year in
order of the least number of votes received, a term was often considerably shorter. In
addition to ordinary elections, extraordinary elections could be held to replace Members
who vacated office before the expiry of their terms. Government Notice No. R.1375 of
1965 lists over 20 conditions under which a Member could be compelled to vacate his
seat, the most important of which is probably 15(1), in which a Member could be forced to
resign if he had attempted to undermine the authority of the Advisory Board, refused to
submit himself to the provisions of Act No. 24 of 1963, or had shown himself generally
unfit to perform his duties in a satisfactory and dignified manner. This regulation was
open to very broad interpretation, as shown for example in the case of a Secretary’s
dismissal (see below), and it also effectively prevented Members from resorting to
84 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
informal measures to exert pressure on the authorities if their political aims were thwarted
by the Superintendent or other Members. This, as Carstens (1966: 136) pointed out for a
similar provision in the regulations subjoining Act No. 29 of 1909, ‘... reveals very
clearly the extent to which the (Advisory Board) is subjected to the control of the central
government’.
Although there were no officially recognized wards, the Members agreed among
themselves at the first meeting after the election as to who would represent each of the
districts established by Bishop Simon under the former custumals of Pella, in tandem with
one or more of the discrete neighbourhood areas in the village. In contrast to the system
prevailing under the missionaries, the boundaries of the areas (which were called
wards—‘wyke’) for which each Member was responsible were elastic, varying according
to circumstances such as place of residence of the Member, personal preferences or other
reasons, but the responsible Member was still expected to act as an intermediary between
the people of the district and the Advisory Board, and if possible also to deal with minor
disputes and problems in the area as had been the case during the period of Church control.
The responsibility for the administration of local affairs rested with the
Superintendent, this authority having been delegated to him by the Regional
Representative of the Administration of Coloured Affairs, who was the head of the
Regional Office at Upington. The fact that Pella fell under the Gordonia Regional Office
and was thus, for administrative purposes, separated from the other six (as there were at
the time of fieldwork) Reserves to the west in the magisterial district of Namaqualand, had
important implications for both the recruitment of personnel and the implementation of
government policy, on account of certain differences in orientation and practical
experience of administration. The Gordonia Regional Office was more concerned with
the settlements along the Orange River between Augrabies and Prieska and had only three
Reserves (Pella, Mier and Eksteenskuil) under its control, limiting the range of
opportunities for staff to gain practical experience in running the independent
administrative structures envisaged by those who framed Act No. 24 of 1963.
The function of the Advisory Board was to assist the Superintendent in his duties by
making recommendations regarding the handling of local affairs and approving
administrative decisions taken by the Superintendent and/or officials in the Regional
Office. Its decision-making powers were severely limited although, as shown below, the
few important decisions actually taken by the Advisory Board could affect all persons
residing in the Reserve and the course followed in implementing key aspects of
Government policy, in particular that of the Development Programme for the Reserve.
The principal executive duties of the Superintendent in consultation with the Advisory
Board consisted of the provision of essential services, the control of farming activities, the
collection of taxes, and the granting of various applications, which could range in a single ~
meeting from issues as diverse as a mining prospect to the acquisition of a building plot in
the village, as well as the general administration of Pella according to Act No. 24 of 1963
and the accompanying regulations set out in Government Notices R.1375 and R.1052.
The Advisory Board had no judicial functions, although, as Carstens (1966: 137)
pointed out for the Management Board of Steinkopf, some features of a judiciary were
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 85
present. For example, the Advisory Board could advise or approve of action to be taken
against registered occupiers who had failed to pay their taxes, or against trespassers in the
Reserve. Under certain circumstances people approached the Advisory Board to settle
disputes that they considered to be either too trivial or too delicate to be handled through
the normal legal channels available at Pofadder, but in general neither the Superintendent
nor the Members of the Advisory Board favoured such approaches, mainly because they
had found that a solution was not always acceptable to the various parties involved as it
was not regarded as binding on those concerned.
86 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
THE ADVISORY BOARD AS AN ADMINISTRATIVE INSTRUMENT
CHARACTERISTICS OF MEETINGS AND BUSINESS
Meetings of the Advisory Board can be divided into three types, namely ordinary and
extraordinary meetings of the Advisory Board Members and general meetings held by the
Advisory Board with the residents of the Reserve. At ordinary meetings the matters
discussed were those of immediate concern to the general routine administration of the
‘Rural Coloured Area’, representing both internal affairs and matters of importance to the
Regional Office of the Administration of Coloured Affairs in Upington. These were
things such as finances and the works programme, matters affecting farming and other
agricultural activities, and the handling of various sorts of applications, including those
for building plots and tracts of land that affected the rights of inheritance and usufruct of
the inhabitants. Extraordinary meetings of the Advisory Board might also be held from
time to time for special purposes, but were extremely rare. On one occasion during the
period of fieldwork when an ordinary meeting had been cancelled for lack of a quorum,
the two Members present sat informally with the Superintendent to hear a complaint from
a registered occupier, and this was later entered in the minutes as such a meeting. General
meetings were essentially tests of public opinion, whether in the form of elections of
Members, annual report-back meetings (usually held in December), or when either the
Members of the Board or the Administration of Coloured Affairs itself had decided to
refer a matter for consultation and discussion with the inhabitants of Pella. In such cases,
of course, this did not mean that the Advisory Board or the Administration of Coloured
Affairs would necessarily respect the opinions expressed at the meeting; as will be seen
below, the Advisory Board referred a decision on the implementation of the Development
Programme to a general meeting but later disregarded this opinion under pressure from
the Regional Office.
Table 8 shows the kinds of business transacted by the Advisory Board in 24 ordinary
meetings during the period January 1977 to December 1979, as recorded in the Official
Minutes (Official Minutes, Volume I], RCAPA) and in my fieldnotes of the seven
meetings that I attended. The figures given represent the number of occasions on which
reference was made to the item in all the meetings in the sample, and not to the number of
meetings at which such a discussion took place.
From Table 8 it is clear that in terms of quantity applications made up the bulk of the
business of the Advisory Board, with matters concerning finance, the works programme
and the development programme being more or less evenly distributed. The distribution
of issues, however, does not of course reflect their relative importance either for the local
administration or for the people involved. At the meetings that I attended, discussions of |
the Works Programme and Development Programme claimed most of the attention of the
Advisory Board, and other matters were dealt with quickly towards the end of the
meetings. The Members and Superintendent could, and did, spend up to an hour
discussing merely one aspect of the Development Programme, such as the erection of
fences in certain parts of the Reserve, or devote almost half an hour to pondering the pros
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 87
and cons of repairing windpumps and gates, and yet dispose of an application for rights
of occupation (that would determine the course of the applicant’s life) in a matter
of one or two minutes. If the applicant’s credentials were questioned, the process
would of course have taken longer, or the application would have been dismissed
even more swiftly.
TABLE 8
Business transacted at ordinary meetings.
Item Occasions arising %
FINANCES | 53 18.2
Report of income and expenditure, and existing funds 14
Taxes: general, health, dogs, and pasturage 1
Payments for equipment and fuel DD
Payments for travelling costs of members 8
Auditing of books 2
Communal reserves tax 3
Misappropriation of funds 3
WORKS PROGRAMME AND STAFF 49 16.8
Appointment of secretary 8
Appointment of labourers 7
Appointment of nurse for clinic 6
Control of alien vegetation 5
Control of vermin and predators 1
Control of stray animals and livestock 2
Compulsory dipping of livestock 5
Repairs to fences and gates 1
Repairs to windpumps 4
Security of Advisory Board office and government depot 1
Maintenance and equipment for clinic 9
DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME 45 SES
Discussion of acceptance or rejection of development programme
Discussion of compromise proposals for development programme
Decision on acceptance or rejection of development programme
Town planning
Sanitary collection and removal: establishment of disposal area
Question of additional land to be added to Pella
HS ey UW €D Co GQ Coa
Tenders for fencing and piping
8&8 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Item
APPLICATIONS
For rights of occupation by outsiders
For transfer of rights of occupation between registered occupiers
For cancellation of rights of occupation
For building plots
For exchange of plots between registered occupiers
For return of plot to advisory board
Discussion of problem of non-registered occupiers obtaining plots
For approval of building plans
For temporary residence in reserve
For permission to offer boarding facilities
For permission by outsiders to visit Pella over extended periods
For prospecting and mining rights
For hiring tracts of irrigation land
For trading rights
For renewal of trading rights
By private persons to lay water pipes to certain parts of the village
By the advisory board for a public telephone
By corporate bodies for the construction of water and electricity
lines across Pella to mines and villages in the district
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
Discussion of calling elections
Discussion of people refusing to pay taxes
Decision on action to be taken against those people refusing to pay
taxes
Complaints (on behaviour of children)
Discussion of cases of dispute between inhabitants
Total
Occasions
arising
132
290
%
45.8
Sai
100.0
Average number of items per meeting: 29-30.
Table 9 reveals the character of the activities carried out by the Advisory Board while
in session. The sample is the same as that for Table 8, being the 24 ordinary meetings held
over a three-year period.
Table 9 clearly shows how restricted the Advisory Board was in terms of being able to
take decisive action. It could do little more than recommend and approve on most issues,
and there were few areas where firm decisions were required. The Superintendent and the
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 89
Regional Office could intervene at any stage in those areas where the Members had been
asked to give an opinion or where a decision had been left to them. This was particularly
the case in meetings where the Superintendent or officials of the Regional Office
persuaded or directed the Members to express the ‘correct’ views. The first
Superintendent of Pella (S1) told me that on several occasions he had had to ‘guide’ the
Members so that they did not make ‘stupid’ decisions as a result of their ‘ignorance’. This
was not so much out of concern for the Members as from fear of censure from his
superiors, for the Superintendent had to reconcile the conflicting interests of the
Government and Regional Office with those of the Members without attracting the
adverse publicity that would have followed from an excessive display of authoritarianism
(as shown in sections above, the missionary administrators of Pella had not had to labour
under such constraints). The Regional Office could also reject recommendations from the
Advisory Board and return a matter for further consideration—if necessary repeatedly
until it had received a satisfactory answer.
TABLE 9
Executive activities of the Advisory Board.
Activity in dealing with items Occasions %
PASSIVE RECEIPT ONLY 78 26.8
Receipt of instructions from Regional Office 42 14.4
Receipt of information on matters dealt with by the Superintendent 36 12.4
DISCUSSION AND OPINION 160 55.3
Discussion only of item by Members 35 1220
Provisional recommendation on action to be taken by the Superintendent 38 iat
Approval of action taken or to be taken by the Superintendent 87 30.2
OWN DECISION 52 ES
Discussion and decision taken by Members on item 52 OES,
Total 290 100.0
THE ADVISORY BOARD IN SESSION
The following summarized but detailed account of the proceedings at an ordinary
meeting of the Advisory Board is given as an example of how this body actually went
about its business. Although it may be regarded as typical if lifted out of its context and
merely presented for its indications of procedure, it is nevertheless remarkable for this
very reason. The meeting, the last ordinary meeting that I attended in 1979, took place at a
time of considerable tension in the community. After having made a renewed attempt to
reject the Development Programme for Pella that had been tabled by the Administration
90 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 16
Members of the Advisory Board on the verandah of the Superintendent’s office, after a meeting
on 15 February 1978. From left, AW, S1, WR and AH (BB and SW were absent). The room on
the left housed the Post Office.
of Coloured Affairs, the Members had been forced to accept it under pressure of a threat
that the Advisory Board would be suspended and the programme implemented by
officials from the Administration without local assistance. The Members themselves were
anything but representative of the residents’ interests, and the Superintendent (the second
Superintendent of Pella—S2) had been involved in two episodes of scandalous
misconduct (one involving the misuse of Administration funds, and the other involving
being trapped dealing illegally in liquor), all of which had deprived the Advisory Board of
the respect previously accorded it by the inhabitants. It is in fact a good example of how
administration continues under the most adverse circumstances.
Record of Proceedings at an Ordinary Meeting of the Advisory Board, held on the 23rd of
November, 1979 (From the official minutes, 23/11/1979, and my fieldnotes of the
proceedings).
Present: S2 (Chair), VD, GJ, AW, CW, PW, CT (Registered Occupier), GPK
(Visitor—tesearcher)
Although scheduled for 09.00, the meeting was delayed for ten minutes until three
Members (VD, GJ & CW) were present to form a quorum. After the meeting had been
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 9]
opened with a prayer by GJ (incorrectly noted in the official minutes as PW), S2
welcomed those present and asked the Members to impress on their colleagues the
necessity of punctuality in future.
1. S2 read the minutes of the previous meeting, an informal sitting to hear a dispute only,
which he had decided to classify as an ‘Extraordinary Meeting’. None of the Members
was prepared to second approval because they had not been present, and he had to ask
GJ to volunteer, to which he agreed after some hesitation. (In the official minutes,
however, S2 later recorded that approval had been proposed by VD—not himself as
was the case—and seconded by AW, the two Members who had been present at the
previous meeting.)
2. Following the agenda, S2 read an application for the post of part-time secretary to the
Members, but he then decided to delay the discussion until the other Members had
arrived.
3. Turning to the financial section of the agenda, S2 laid four bills for payment before the
Members for their approval. Three dealing with the routine purchase of equipment for
the use of the Advisory Board and the Clinic were approved without discussion.
While S2 was reading the third bill to the Members, AW and PW arrived, bringing with
them CT, a farmer from the hamlet of Klein Brakkie who wished to exercise his right as
a registered occupier to attend meetings of the Advisory Board. S2—with the support
of the Members—courteously but firmly refused him permission until he presented
himself in suitable attire with a tie and, if possible, a jacket.
After CT had retired, the discussion of the bills resumed, with the Members,
principally AW, criticizing S2 for having ‘forgotten’ to repay by the due date a loan in
connection with the Development Programme, necessitating the payment of extra
interest.
The payment of various costs arising from the compulsory dipping programme led
to considerable discussion. VD (the sitting Member and representative for the district
of Annakop) demanded R20 for the use of his pump at Annakop, stating that although
he had originally only wanted R15 the extra amount was meant to cover costs from
having had sand block the valves. PW questioned the use of the pump over the whole
period of two days that dipping had been in progress at Annakop and said that the
Advisory Board ought to have its own portable pump for use in future, an opinion
supported by GJ who also agreed with PW’s assertion that VD ought to be satisfied
with the original amount in view of the fact that he had offered the use of his pump. AW
supported VD, however, and suggested that they vote to decide the matter. S2 agreed to
this proposal, claiming that he had been about to suggest it himself. The voting (a
verbal indication of agreement or disagreement) was as follows: for: VD, CW, AW;
against: GJ, PW.
With regard to the second case of costs from the dipping programme, S2 informed
the Members that JW (a general labourer and tractor-driver employed by the Advisory
BD
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 17
Dipping sheep and goats at Pella on 3 October 1979. JW (in overalls and hat)
can be seen behind the drum at centre left.
Board) had complained of being overworked during the dipping campaign, for he had
had to start very early in the morning, did not have the afternoon off and had had to
work almost 12 hours a day. S2 suggested that, as JW usually worked only in the
mornings, he should be paid for this extra time. PW immediately disagreed, stating
that, as JW was being paid at a monthly rate, extra pay was unnecessary. If he was
being paid per day and worked according to hours stipulated by the Administration
then such an extra payment would have been justified but, because he was being paid
per month, this meant that he was on duty all the time. GJ supported PW, adding that
this was also the arrangement on all the ‘White’-owned farms around Pella. The other
Members also expressed agreement with PW, but AW suggested that JW receive
something as a mark of appreciation for his hard work, as he was not lazy and did his
work well at all times. S2 agreed with AW, and remarked that JW would not have had
so much work if the Members themselves had done their duty and assisted him. He
(S2) had had to stay behind in the evenings to help JW. In reply to this mild reprimand
PW attacked S2, saying that if he had done his work properly the pipeline to carry
water to the village would have been laid long ago and then there would have been no
problems with labourers and people not turning up because they did not want to have to
manhandle heavy drums of water and so on. AW agreed with PW’s criticism, but
pointed out that the pipes had had to be ordered by the Administration in Upington and
that the proposal on water supplies had not yet been approved by the Regional
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 93
Representative. This was a development that everybody needed but nothing was being
done about it—‘If we could do what we wanted, as a Management Board, then there
would not be such problems’. (On several occasions the Members had applied for the
status of the Advisory Board to be raised to that of Management Board but, as this
would have given the Members more power over the affairs of the Reserve, including a
veto over proposals from the Regional Office, it was not granted until 1987, when the
Development Programme was already under way.) S2 did not comment on these
remarks but merely asked whether JW should be given money or leave. AW, supported
by CW, proposed that he be given money. S2 then had to work out the amount (as
provided for in the Regulations for labourers in the employ of the Administration of
Coloured Affairs) but, as his calculator battery had run dry, he was forced to count it
out three times on his fingers, to the ill-concealed amusement of AW, PW and GJ.
Eventually S2 and the Members agreed in their calculations on a ‘gift’ of R10.94.
. 82 re-read the application for the post of part-time secretary and requested the opinion
of the Members on whether or not the application, the only one received, should be
accepted. AW had as his principal objections the fact that the woman (EMA) was
rather young for such a responsible post, having only recently left school, and that she
had only Std. 8, but on the other hand she was quite intelligent and had only had to
leave school after her first term of Std. 10 on account of becoming pregnant. PW
recalled the curious circumstances of this pregnancy, EMA having claimed she had
never ‘known’ a man and her family having believed that she was ‘possessed’ by an
evil spirit, causing some amusement among the Members with his remarks, so that S2
had to remind them that a formal meeting of the Advisory Board of Pella was in
session. The Members agreed that EMA was not the most desirable sort of person to
have as secretary, particularly as she was the daughter of an ‘Inkommer’ who was a
teacher politically opposed to the Advisory Board. Nevertheless, as they had to have
somebody they advised S2 to accept the application, but to reconsider her appointment
if another person applied for the post.
. Turning to matters concerning the Development Programme, S2 presented two tenders
for the erection of fences to divide the pasturage into camps. After some discussion the
Members recommended that S2 accept the tender of HBT, a resident of Pella, in
preference to that from an ‘Outsider’ from Pofadder. Although HBT’s tender was
higher than the other, the Members claimed that this ensured that local people would be
employed and that ‘fences would run straight’ (i.e. that the fence should be placed
exactly on the boundary line, without following physical topography and possibly
excising small portions of the pasturage to neighbouring farms). S2 disapproved of this
recommendation and said that although he would accept it as their opinion he doubted
whether the Regional Office, let alone the Agricultural Extension Officer, would
accept it. S2 then informed the Members of a telephone conversation he had had with
the Agricultural Extension Officer, who had wished to know when he could order the
scraping of the new streets in the village so that the town-planning programme could be
94
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
implemented. They (the Agricultural Extension Officer and S2) had agreed on
allowing the people a period of six weeks to re-align the fences of their plots. The
Members expressed their approval of this agreement. At this point, almost an hour after
the meeting started, CT returned (having changed his shirt and put on a tie) and the
discussion resumed for his benefit—people with plots in the village have four [sic]
weeks to put their fences in order. AW then suggested that stop-signs would be
necessary to control traffic and prevent accidents, especially with children, because the
new streets would be straight and people would be tempted to drive faster than ever. S2
agreed to put this suggestion to the Agricultural Extension Officer.
S2 refused a request from CT to be allowed to smoke; with the support of the
Members he pointed out that this was a privilege reserved to the Members and the
Chairman only. CT then inquired whether it also applied to GPK, but he stated that the
ruling did not concern him as he did not smoke. To ram the point home, the Members
proceeded, over the following five minutes, to light their cigarettes and pipes.
S2 read a letter from the Namaqualand Divisional Council to the effect that the
proclaimed road from the south-western gate on the border of the Rural Area to the
Mission was to be closed, leaving only the road built to service the water pipeline to the
mine at Black Mountain open for public use. All the Members agreed that this was a
good thing, because there were too many roads through the veld on Pella and this
reduced the amount of pasturage.
. S2 then began dealing with the various applications that he had received over the past
two months. An application from a local mining company based at Pofadder for the
renewal of its rights to prospect for marble in certain parts of Pella was quickly
approved, with PW remarking that they would object only if the prospect areas were to
be fenced (thereby reducing pasturage). S2 then read a letter from the Regional Office
requesting an explanation from the Advisory Board as to why it should have approved
an application from LMA (brother of EMA) for a trading licence whereas it had
rejected that of a ‘White’ outsider in 1977, who was a well-known and respected trader
and café-owner at Kakamas. S2 pointed out to the Members that they would have to
give a Satisfactory answer in view of the fact that the current contract with Thunemann
Bros. would expire only in 1983 (Thiinemann Bros was a ‘White’ family trading
business that had been operating at Pella since the late nineteenth century). The
Members claimed to have been unaware of the previous decision as AW was the only
Member left from that ‘Raad’ (a reference to the notion that the various groups of
Members elected annually since 1975 bore collective responsibility for decisions taken
during their term of office, reflecting the missionaries’ views of the corporate Councils
as having had ‘lives’, in contrast to the official view of the Advisory Board as an
enduring institution with membership implying automatic acceptance of precedents set
by past Members). AW stated that the reason for that decision was that the Members
were unwilling to favour outsiders (“buitestanders’) at the expense of the inhabitants
because the outsiders always took their profits out of the area and left the people
poor—this was also why he, the other Members and most other people in Pella were in
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA wp)
favour of allowing Thiinemann Bros. to continue their business in the area, even
though all the ‘Whites’ ought to have left Pella in 1974. (Thunemann Bros. had
retained the right to continue trading at Pella and to renew this until such time as they
no longer wished to continue, subject to the approval of the Board, as part of the
agreement between the Church and the Administration of Coloured Affairs as they
were highly regarded on account of their honest dealing with the inhabitants.) S2
refused to accept that local people should be favoured and given preference over
outsiders, quoting the provisions of the Regulations on the granting of trading licences.
The Members questioned him on this and he showed them the relevant passages so that
they could.see for themselves. S2 stated that whatever may have been the case under
his predecessor (S1), applications would thenceforth be dealt with strictly in terms of
the relevant regulations. The Members then decided to cancel their permission to LMA
and to stand by their recommendation to refuse the application of the ‘White’ outsider.
AW and PW then suggested that S2 explain to the Regional Office that the
recommendation given on LMA’s application was because he was a local man
(although he was the son of an ‘Inkommer’ and not a ‘Pellanaar’), and also that the
‘White’ outsider’s name should be placed on a waiting list to take over from
Thtinemann Bros. if they did not wish to renew their contract later, pointing out further
that, for the present, Thinemann Bros.’ shop and GW’s café were regarded as
sufficient to meet Pella’s needs. Although S2 was prepared to transmit this explanation
to the Regional Office he nevertheless asked the Members to vote on its general
acceptability to the Advisory Board as a whole, the result being: for: AW, PW, CW;
abstain: VD, GJ.
S2 then read an application from VD to demolish his house and return the plot to the
Advisory Board. This was approved and AW reminded VD that the foundations of the
house also had to be demolished. At the end of this discussion PW asked S2 to explain
the arrangement on the double-plot system in the Development Programme because he
was uncertain as to how he would be taxed for the use of water supplied to the plot in
the Development area of the village. S2 and AW explained (correcting each other from
time to time) that he would have to pay tax on two plots if he did not actually live on his
allocated plot in the Development area but on another in the village, or elsewhere.
Anyone who did not already live in or did not move into the Development area would
automatically be allocated a plot there and taxed on both. He would also have to pay for
the hire of the tap and meter and then, additionally, for any water that he might use. AW
added, for clarity, that each occupier would be able to lock the meter to prevent
unauthorized use and that the plan was to induce people to move into the development
area. PW replied that he now understood, and then said that a good scheme would be to
develop the plot by building a house and then hiring it out. The person living there
would pay for the water and PW would pay the taxes, recovering his expenses from the
rent, after which he would start making a profit. CW commented then that he had heard
some people saying that having so much water on the plots would encourage snakes to
infest the residential area. PW agreed, saying that there were always more snakes
around where there was water. Also, one should be careful about killing them because
96
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
they ‘called something after them’ when they were killed—when a dog killed a snake it
almost always died soon after, whether it had been bitten or not, and people suffered
misfortune. AW agreed, and GJ added that he was always worried when he found
snakes on his property in the village, and even more so at his farmstead. The black ones
in particular should not be killed at all because they were the messengers of the Damara
sorcerers who would take revenge if their snakes were killed. And if the snake was
coming to you, you could do nothing unless you had the right medicines to ward them
off. S2 then jokingly remarked that GJ would know all about those things because he
represented the Damaras on the Advisory Board. GJ shook his head and said he hoped
the ‘kaffers’ would not do anything stupid. (This exchange well illustrates the ethnic
attitudes of the Basters towards the Damaras, notably the element of fear of peculiar
powers attributed to them.)
After this digression (a sign that the Members were becoming bored) S2 continued
with the applications, there being five, all applying for allocation of a building plot in
the village. Commenting on the first, from one JNR living in Kraaifontein (Cape)
requesting that he and his old wife be permitted to “come home’ to Pella to build a
house and end their lives there, PW stated that he saw.these people as ‘oudboorlinge’
who could not be stopped from returning—‘if not, then we cannot accept ourselves
here’. On the other hand, a man not born at Pella but who was allowed to settle there
and then later left could be refused. AW put in that this ‘is only what we think’ for, as
far as the Advisory Board was concerned, people leaving, to go to the mines for
example, kept their rights as long as they paid their taxes. S2 agreed, saying that he had
pointed this out to them many times in the past. AW said that he had heard from the
priest (Fr. M) that after six months the people at the mines (at Aggeneys) belonged to
the congregation there and not to Pella. The Members then indicated their agreement
that JNR should be given a plot.
The following two applications were approved for similar reasons; both were from
men who had been born at Pella, although they had left long before the Administration
of Coloured Affairs took over from the Church. AW said that, as far as he was
concerned, even those who were at Pella before the Catholic Church came could be
called ‘Pellanaars’ or ‘Boorlinge’ and, even if a man of the great age of 99 years, born
at Pella but taken away a month later, should now apply, he would still be permitted to
come back and settle at Pella. VD, who had hitherto remained silent on this matter, then
said that AW and PW should be careful or else the ‘Whites’ would be coming back. S2,
rather tactlessly, said that from what he had heard that might not be such a bad thing,
and then quickly went on to the next application in case the Members took his remark
too seriously. (As shown below, relations between S2 and the Members were strained
at this time, and S2 probably could not resist the opportunity for a snide remark at the
expense of the Members. S2 might also have been reflecting his superiors’ opinions,
for they were familiar with the situation at Pella before 1974.)
In the next application HnJ requested two building plots for his sons G and J, to be
situated near his plot in the village. He pointed out that both had been born at Pella, and
he also asked to transfer his grazing rights to G. GJ said that he had expected this for a
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 97
Figure 18
Members of the Advisory Board on the verandah of the Superintendent’s office, after
the meeting on 23 November 1979. From left, CW, PW, GJ, CT (the Registered Occupier
who attended the meeting), S2, AW and VD.
long time—this was an ‘Inkommer’ trying to establish himself on Pella. (HnJ had
already been at Pella some 30 years and had married VD’s FZ.) GJ considered that the
main problem was really that of rights to keep livestock. The other Members agreed
that they were quite willing to give the sons plots, but that they had no wish to create a
new farmer, therefore the application should be placed on the ‘waiting list’ rather than
be rejected and the sons could continue living with their father, who already had far too
much livestock for an ‘Inkommer’ and teacher, but he had a plot and there was not
much they could do about it. The regulations were quite clear on this point: that if a
man had a plot then he was an Occupier and was entitled to keep livestock. AW
suggested that G be placed on the ‘waiting list’ so that he could take over his father’s
plot and then also his livestock, but that J (the younger son) be put on ‘probation’ for
inclusion in the ‘waiting list’. He referred to an incident in which J had been involved
in a brawl with the sons of AW and SW and said that, although the Members were
sympathetic, he would first have to prove himself a good citizen (“burger’)—he was
still too ‘wild’ and irresponsible and maybe when he was married they could think
about it again. The other Members agreed with this suggestion, which was also
favourably received by S2.
S2 then adjourned the meeting, at 12.13, and it was closed with a prayer by CW, who
thanked the Lord for His wisdom in all things.
98 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
TABLE 10
Contributions by the Chairman and Members of the Advisory Board
to discussions of Items on the Agenda.
Item S2 VD GJ AW CW PW Total
Ae. & DELAYED ITEM 4 1 3 _ 1 / 9
FINANCES (23.1%) 40 i. 13 42 i 29 138
Bills 1 & 2 4 2 2 — 2) — 10
Bill 3 9 ] 3 13 2 6 34
Bill 4 + — ~ 3 ~ = )
Pump and JaW 23 4 8 26 3 23 87
SECRETARY (4.1%) 5 1 3 i D a WS)
WORKS PROGRAMME (16.7%) 22 = 14 33 ] 30 100
Tenders 6 = 5 8 1 10 30
Roads 10 ~ 6 14 _ 1- 40
Divisional Council Road 6 — 3 1] — 10 30
APPLICATIONS (54.6%) 55) 10 40 95 DB 103 326
Prospecting 4 — = - 1 3 8
Traders 10 3 6 38 8 41 106
VD’s plot 2 1 1 2 _ DD 8
Water supply 3 3 12 wD 4 ED 76
Application for plot 1 8 — 10 15 4 14 Si
Application for plots 2 and 3 7 i 3 6 2 9 28
Application for plots 4 and 5 1] 2 8 2 4 WZ 49
Total 126 19 13 a, 34 169 598
Percentage per Participant 21.0 3.1 2 WS) 5.6 282
Table 10 shows the contributions made by the Chairman and Members to discussions
of items on the agenda. It reveals clearly that most of the discussion was done by two
Members (AW and PW) and the Superintendent (S2). Although each of the other
Members did contribute, two (VD and CW) said scarcely anything; VD in particular —
spoke only on those items in which he had a direct interest or on which his opinion was
solicited by the other Members or S2. The dominance of AW and PW can be directly
related to their relative experience and interest: AW had not only served on the Advisory
Board since its inception, but he had also been prominent in the affairs of the Councils
under the Church and had a sound knowledge of procedures to complement that of S2,
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 99
while PW as representative of the conservatives felt bound to make his voice heard as
frequently as possible, with the support of GJ, also a conservative. All the Members had
served on the Councils under the Church at one time or another, but AW was the only
Baster member to have kept his position for any length of time, mainly by taking a
conciliatory position on controversial issues, as he continued to do as a Member of the
Advisory Board.
THE MEMBERS AND THE PROBLEM OF LEADERSHIP
As shown above, the Advisory Board was the lowest level in the system of local
government provided for the administration of the of the Rural Coloured Areas. As such it
served as a link between the structure of general government in South Africa and the
people it was supposed to represent in the implementation of the policies of the ruling
party. Just as Carstens (1966: 28) pointed out for the Management Board of Steinkopf, so
also the Advisory Board at Pella was an instrument of the central government used to
enforce Act No. 24 of 1963 and its subjoining regulations. The Advisory Board, however,
also functioned to serve the people in the area of its jurisdiction in the management of their
own affairs and as an outlet for those with leadership potential. Such low-level
government bodies are inevitably subjected to stresses in attempting to reconcile the
interests and demands of higher-level government with those of the people and
communities which they represent and from which they are recruited (Kuper 1970: 101;
Williams 1970). In writing of the difficult position in which chiefs find themselves in
contemporary systems of government, Gluckman, Mitchell & Barnes (1949: 98) refer to
such situations as deriving from the ‘inter-calary’ nature of their roles, and Kuper (1970:
102) described this as follows: ‘... the headman has been at the same time the leader of his
people and a servant of Government. His tribesmen expect him to represent their interests
to the Administration, while the Administration tends to expect him to behave like a
Government servant, representing the interests of the Administration in his village. Both
Carstens (1966) and Sharp (1977) have shown that the system of local government
applied in the Reserves in the Northern Cape during the twentieth century has always
functioned under similar dual constraints and, since the Reserve Management Boards
were relatively autonomous, one would expect the more dependent Advisory Board at
Pella to display more evidence of such stress and divergence in the perception of its tasks,
for the role of the Members would have been even more exposed to the conflict that
inevitably develops between internal and external socio-political forces.
Members of the Advisory Board were recruited through popular elections, which also
served indirectly as a means of testing public opinion on the effectiveness of the
administration of local affairs. Until the time of fieldwork there had been six such
elections, as well as two extraordinary elections to replace one Member who had been
killed in a motor accident and another who had resigned before the end of his term of
office (see below). The election that I attended cannot, however, be regarded as
representative of the others because it fell at a time of considerable community dissatis-
faction with the Advisory Board that caused a virtual boycott by the inhabitants, whereas
100 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
————)
A
PW
A
JW
A
AW
ee
reo
Herero
Figure 19
Kinship links and continuities among members of the councils established under the custumals
of Pella and of the Advisory Board. Prominent members of the councils are shown by their
initials, and those who also served on the Advisory Board are indicated by a star.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 101
to judge from the records and informants’ accounts the previous elections were, generally
speaking, fairer representations of the electoral process. At the election meeting in 1976,
for example, attendance by registered occupiers was some 300 (a poll of about 85 per
cent), whereas at the election in 1979 there were only 19 people from Pella present, apart
from the Superintendent and myself. Of these, only 14 actually took part in the voting, the
others being the Advisory Board Members themselves who were excluded from casting
votes, giving an effective poll of about 4 per cent.
Taken as a group, the Members elected since 1974 closely resembled those who had
served on the various Councils under the missionaries after 1941, although, of course,
there could no longer be any Europeans. All except one were members of the dominant
Baster grouping and were closely related to one another, if not by descent then at least
through one or more marriages in their families. Figure 19 clearly shows not only how the
Baster members were related, but also the extent of the continuity between generations in
participation in political activity. The exception was AB, the Damara headman, and also
the Herero kaptein, who, as shown in Part 1, had secured a seat on the Advisory Board in
exchange for his support for the Basters, but even though there were distant links with the
Basters created by marriages contracted by his relatives after 1974, obligations that might
have arisen from these were not recognized, mainly because none of these mixed couples
of Basters and Damaras were resident in Pella or its vicinity.
TABLE Vt
Election and replacement of Members of the Advisory Board.
1974 1975 1976 NOM 1978 1979
AHe e e e eRe GJe
VM e R* WRe e eR PWie €
ARe e e eDe BB xe eR VDe
AWe if e e e
SWe e € GIR CWe e
e = elected/re-elected; R = resigned; xe = extraordinary election; D = died
* discontinuity in political orientation of Member (see below)
Table 11 shows the process of selective replacement of Members through the electoral
mechanism, and reveals shifts in the relative strengths of conservatives versus moderates.
Other divisions such as those between farmers and labourers are not significant as none of
the Members have been anything other than farmers. It will be noted that the partial
alliance between the Basters and Damaras broke down in 1979 after relations had become
strained during 1978. The headman walked out after a series of disputes with the Baster
Members over the rights of the Damaras to live on Pella and when he refused to be further
associated with official cover-ups of misconduct on the part of the then Superintendent
(see below).
102 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
All the Members were ‘Pellanaars’ as non-registered occupiers (the “Inkommers’)
were unable to stand for office, and all except AH were Basters. On the moderate-
conservative continuum it can be seen that the moderates, represented by VM, withdrew
from the Advisory Board after only a year, whereas another moderate (WV) who was
appointed to replace AR resigned within a few months, his place being taken by a
conservative (BB) (see * discontinuity in Table 11). The personnel changed markedly
from 1978, with all but AW being replaced at one time or another. This was because the
Members found it impossible to continue after having been forced to accept the
Development Programme, and they made way for younger men who again endeavoured
to prevent its implementation. These too, however, were compelled to give way under
pressure in 1979 (see below), but they were still all in office at the end of the period
covered by the field study.
The comparative fluidity of election and replacement can be ascribed to the fact that
there were no genuinely representative leaders at Pella, with the exception (as has already
been noted) of the Damara headman/Herero Kaptein. In this respect the effects of the
missionaries’ policy to suppress viable leaders can be readily seen, but there is also
another element. As shown by Sharp (1977: 251) for the ‘burgers’ of Komaggas and
Concordia, the Basters of Namaqualand are generally loyal to what he called ‘the ideal of
extreme democracy’, in which political authority is supposed to be vested in the ‘burger
corporation’ and is therefore only temporarily conferred on the individual by the
community. At Pella the idea of acommunal hold on political authority was also restricted
as a result of the divisions in the ‘Coloured’ community for, despite the necessity for the
‘Coloured’ inhabitants to combine in dealing with the Church authority and with the
Europeans, the notion of an over-arching local identity had been developed only as an
ideological concept among the politically conscious minority of conservative Basters and
had little appeal for the passive majority. Most of my informants took the view that a
genuine leader had to be invested with authority from a source outside the community
before he could be recognized, and the fact that the community itself was splintered into
jealously independent kin-groups, cross-cut by other divisions such as those between
Baster and Damara or ‘Inkommer’ and ‘Inboorling’, tended to encourage this idea. The
result was that legitimacy as a leader was very difficult to obtain beyond the bounds of
kinship or what could be loosely called ‘tradition’, as in the cases already mentioned of the
Damara and Herero leaders, and the more prominent Baster families. Consequently,
unless an individual was given authority from a recognized source, his recognition
depended on circumstances such as the need for leadership in the face of outside pressure.
Even here, leadership tended to be restricted because the Members were not allowed to
take part in political activities that could have undermined the standing of the Advisory
Board (Government Notice R.1375, 15/9/1965: 15(4)), and informal leadership was
incapable of overcoming the constraints set out above. At the time of fieldwork in
1978-1979 there was little direct involvement with ‘Coloured’ political parties outside
the Reserve, such as the Federal and Labour Parties, although there was some support for
these two parties and for the African National Congress among certain of the
schoolteachers. In contrast to the situation in the other Namaqualand Reserves, however,
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 103
the teachers as a body enjoyed little respect among the local people and they were
frequently derided for their pretensions and superficial outlook on local affairs. During
later periods of fieldwork, however, it was noted that these attitudes were changing as new
teachers joined the school and a younger generation in the population came to maturity in
the community, and this resulted during the 1980s in a few teachers being elected to the
Management Board that replaced the Advisory Board.
As in the past, sources of power for those aspiring to become leaders lay for the most
part outside the community, these being external individuals or bodies such as the Church
(as in the case of small community associations) or the Administration of Coloured
Affairs as the representative of the central government that had, as always, continued to
hold the final decision-making power. This is because, generally speaking, the most
important political struggles were waged across the boundaries of the community with
outsiders rather than within the community between groupings or factions. Consequently
the weaknesses of local-level leadership were magnified in the wider arena and rendered
the community powerless to determine its own affairs, and even informal leaders were
reduced to being only opinion-makers. The formal leaders were unable to force
compliance with their wishes or those of the Administration of Coloured Affairs without
the backing of the State, and both they and the informal leaders could only appeal to
factors held in common to create a basis for decision-making.
In order to illustrate the points given above, the following section provides an account
of the course of political events in Pella between 1974 and 1980, taking as a theme the
struggle waged by the various representative Members against the implementation of the
Development Programme that was intended by the Government to bring Pella in line with
the other ‘Rural Coloured Areas’ in the Northern Cape. The principal question that has to
be answered is thus who actually took the political decisions concerning the whole
community in its relations with outside authorities, and to what extent there was active
support for these decisions. It will be shown further that, despite the weakness of local
leadership and the continuing absence of mass political mobilization, the politically-
conscious Baster conservatives represented on the Advisory Board were able to bring
about an alteration in the policy of the Administration of Coloured Affairs towards Pella
and exercise a degree of influence that would have been unthinkable during the period of
missionary control.
104 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
THE POLITICS OF PROGRESS, 1974-1980
THE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME
One of the principal motivations for the transfer of Pella to the Administration of
Coloured Affairs given by the Government and the Church alike was the absence of
facilities and the necessity of providing these for the rapidly growing population of Pella.
The Church had claimed that it did not have sufficient funds to cope with the increasing
numbers of people on the Mission Farm, and most of the improvements that were made to
the farm and were of benefit to the population as a whole, were made with the assistance of
private individuals or groups after about 1950, the Church confining itself to the
maintenance of the existing facilities. After the Administration of Coloured Affairs took
over the administration of the Reserve in 1974 this situation changed dramatically, for the
development of the resources of the area was seen as synonymous with the progress of the
settlement towards becoming a viable, autonomous ‘Coloured’ community bound into the
wider economic and socio-political framework planned by the Government. The
principles underlying this policy of developing the “Rural Coloured Areas’ so that
potentially economically active persons would be redistributed between agricultural and
non-agricultural activities, in the latter case with the bulk being concentrated into labour
outside the borders of the Reserve, have been noted above. The consequence was that,
during the main period of fieldwork for this study, the political affairs of Pella focused on
by the Advisory Board were for the most part concerned with the issue of acceptance or
rejection of the provisions and implementation of the Development Programme that had
been drawn up and put forward by the Administration of Coloured Affairs.
In general outline the Development Programme for Pella resembled those for the other
‘Rural Coloured Areas’ in Namaqualand, Gordonia and elsewhere, although, as shown
below, it was modified later in certain aspects. The Theron Commission has given the best
available summary of the key features of these programmes: ‘[It] ... provides for the
planning, classification, and division of each area with due regard to local circumstances,
the cancellation of existing rights, where necessary, and the re-allocation of land rights, to
provide for: residential areas in accordance with town-planning standards; a town
commonage for dumping and for the expansion of the residential area and, if and so long
as it may be available for the purpose, as grazing for animals of occupiers of erven; ... an
agricultural area, subdivided into lots of such size, shape and situation as the Minister may
determine, and an outer commonage, being the remaining extent of the area for the
exclusive use in the prescribed manner of bona fide farmers.’ (RP 38/1976: 145).
The planning of township areas ‘in accordance with modern standards’ called for the
surveying of erven or building plots and the issuing of deeds of grant to registered —
occupiers, the building of roads and streets, the installation of water, electrical and
sanitary systems, the provision of medical services (usually in the form of a clinic) and for
making available facilities for the provision of certain types of public services, such as
policing. Agricultural planning called for the division of the grazing area into camps, the
erection of boundary and camp fences, the sinking and equipping of boreholes or the
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 105
Figure 20
Surveyed and fenced sites, separated by graded streets, in the “development area’
in the “‘Peuleboomstraat’ neighbourhood area. Beyond can be seen five of the seven
distinctive types of permanent dwelling structures found in Pella. (1984)
improvement of existing water supplies in each camp, including the building of dams and
stock-watering points, and land reclamation, including the making of contour banks, the
eradication of alien vegetation and pests, and the planting of trees and drought-resistant
crops where appropriate. The most important and controversial aspect of agricultural
planning in the eyes of those affected, however, was that calling for the restriction of the
numbers of livestock to or within the carrying capacity of the available grazing, the
reduction of the numbers of draught animals (mainly donkeys), and stopping the
cultivation of uneconomical crops as well as the over-exploitation of natural vegetation
for fuel.
The effort to achieve greater control over and direction in farming activities must, in
addition to its part in the policy of the Government towards the ‘Rural Coloured Areas’,
also be seen in the light of strategic economic planning at national level, where the decline
in the quality of the natural resources available to farming was causing considerable
concern at that time. One sees then the extension of conservation principles, such as
grazing systems designed to stabilize the vegetation and encourage its recovery from past
over-exploitation (which were particularly in vogue during the 1960s decade) and more
drastic measures through the reduction of stock numbers (from the 1970s onwards) as
having been in line with similar measures then being introduced with the aim of enabling
the ‘White’ farming community to become more efficient and more economically
106 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 21
Poor planning and the lack of a drainage system resulted in flood damage in the ‘development
area’ after rain fell in Pella in November 1985. (SAM 278c.175)
productive in the support of the population of South Africa (Barnard et al 1972: 70-71).
The key difference, however, clearly recognized by the farmers at Pella, was that whereas
the ‘White’ farmers in Bushmanland were being compensated for reducing stock (Cloete
1971), they were having to do it under what could be called ‘voluntary compulsion’, and
this naturally led to considerable opposition on their part.
As a result of the missionaries’ covert but effective policy of retarding the transfer of
Pella to the Administration of Coloured Affairs to the limit of the available avenues open
for this, the replanning of Pella by the Administration was also restricted before 1974,
although there were two visits of inspection by officials from the Regional Office in
Upington in 1972 and 1973. Much of the planning was therefore done only after 1974,
including surveying of the village and the available agricultural resources, and the final
plan was eventually presented in mid-1976. In the interim period certain essential
developments were carried out with the approval of the Members of the Advisory Board.
Given the interests of the Members almost all of these were connected with farming, and
this naturally caused some resentment among the villagers who had not been informed of —
the long-term character of the Development Programme, a feeling that was increased by
the apparent lack of any direction in the developments themselves. For example, the road
from Pella village to the hamlet of Annakop was fenced on both sides with only two sets of
gates in a distance of twenty kilometres, cutting through two of the grazing areas
established by Bishop Simon and disrupting the grazing patterns of those people with
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 107
Figure 22
Jackal-proof fencing along the southern flank of Kruisberg, erected to separate the controlled
grazing camps on the plains in the southern half of the Reserve from the commonage in
the northern half. (1980)
small numbers of livestock herded in the vicinity of the village. To most people this
appeared to have been done without any obvious purpose but, in terms of the long-term
agricultural planning, this fence was intended to be the baseline from which the
boundaries of the so-called ‘economic units’ would be determined. By November 1976
the Superintendent could report the sinking of ten boreholes at a cost of R18 999, of which
four had been successful, the installation of two waterpoints (windpumps, reservoirs,
pipelines, and drinking troughs) at a cost of R9 000, and the installation of two dipping
units for R4 000. Together with the cost of the fencing these minimal improvements had
already cost some R45 000 (Annual Reports of RCAPA for Pella: 1974/1975, 1975/1976),
which the residents believed had been met with the money derived from the taxes that they
had paid and that appeared to have been of no benefit to anyone, except those farmers in
whose areas they had been carried out. Since there had been some muted opposition to the
idea of paying taxes (on average about RS per annum) when the Administration of
Coloured Affairs took over, especially among the lower income groups and those who
conveniently forgot that they had defied the Church in the payment of dues and spread it
about that they had in fact lived free under the Church, there was thus already an
undercurrent of dissatisfaction in the community that would be likely to surface in
response to any unpopular measures that might be introduced by the Regional Office or
Advisory Board. Consequently, when the Regional Office presented the Development
108 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Programme in mid-1976 to the Advisory Board for its comments and approval on behalf
of the community, there was an immediate negative reaction that caused both
conservatives and moderates among the Basters and Damaras to find themselves for once
in general agreement and united in opposition to its implementation.
General agreement did not mean that the various groupings opposed the Development
Programme for the same reasons. From the point of view of the Regional Office, and in
particular the Superintendent (S1), resistance of the people as a whole stemmed from both
ignorance and conservatism, coupled with confusion about the real aims and benefits of
the scheme. During interviews with me, S1 frequently argued that he and the
Administration had favoured a scientific approach to the development of the community,
whereas the people wished to follow their ‘traditional way of life’ and continue in the
‘ways of their fathers’ with all the resulting inefficiencies and poverty that these customs
brought. Coloured Affairs officials from the Regional Office who visited Pella expressed
similar views in formal contexts, but in informal conversations with me were wont to add
that anti-Government ‘agitators’ were at work in persuading the people to oppose the
Administration. Although phrased in the characteristic paternalism frequently
encountered in mid-level directive government for ‘Non-white’ people in South Africa at
that time, these views were not wholly inaccurate, for in themselves they offered a tacit
recognition on the official side of the disparities in aims and expectations between rulers
and ruled, and by which relations between the two exist and are conducted in a state of
mutual incomprehension and misunderstanding.
In contrast to the official view, the inhabitants of Pella saw the development
programme as a threat to their livelihoods and their future. The peasant farmers, for
instance, both Basters and Damaras, rejected the idea of dividing the pasturage into six or
seven ‘economic units’ thereby forcing most of them off the land, and even those
wealthier farmers who saw that they would probably gain from the introduction of such a
scheme, opposed it on account of the limitations it would place on their farming activities.
In short, they found the idea of changing the communal nature of grazing to be
unacceptable, even though, as shown above, these farmers had in the past (with the
exception of the Damaras) not seen anything wrong in demanding the removal of the
European farmers and others, as well as demanding recognition from the Church and from
one another of rights to certain portions of the Reserve. On the other hand, the residents of
Pella village, who were for the most part labourers, were with few exceptions in favour of
the improvements because they clearly perceived the benefits that the town planning
programme would have on their standards of living, although many were dubious about
the proposed changes in agricultural land tenure as they realized that they were going to be
deprived of the possibility of keeping a small number of livestock for domestic use.
RESISTANCE TO THE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME, 1976-1978
Ata meeting of the Advisory Board on 20 November 1976, officials from the Regional
Office formally requested the Advisory Board to indicate its opinions on the Development
Programme and state whether it accepted or rejected it. The Members put forward the
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 109
various arguments against the Programme, emphasizing those in connection with
agricultural activities, and refused to accept it in its entirety, preferring the
implementation of town planning while holding firm to their rejection of the
implementation of the planned ‘economic units’ and reductions of stock. Instead of
seeking an outright confrontation (although the meeting was said by the former Members,
in interviews with me, to have been heated at times) the officials accepted these opinions
and promised to attend to the town planning side of the programme ‘as soon as funds
became available’, probably as a way of marking time while they made further efforts to
have the Programme accepted. Shortly after the meeting WV resigned his seat, under
_ pressure from the moderates not to become involved in a long and possibly damaging
struggle with the Administration, and he was replaced by BB in an election. This put the
Advisory Board solidly in the hands of the conservatives, but it also meant the loss of
WV’s restraining influence, leaving the Damara headman to face the Baster conservatives
alone. The moderates recognized that the conservative dream of being able to handle their
own affairs free of outside interference was impossible and preferred to take a pragmatic
stand on matters such as the Development Programme and the presence of the Damaras on
Pella, in the belief that modest collaboration was more beneficial than outright
confrontation. The likelihood that such a struggle would discredit the conservatives and
enable the moderates to take control of the Advisory Board was recognized as a tactical
possibility, but at the time of fieldwork informants were vague about the long-term
strategic implications for Pella as a whole from such a take-over.
Two months later the Regional Office made a renewed effort to persuade the Members
to accept the Development Programme, having been encouraged by the success of the
Superintendent and two officials in persuading the Members to reverse a previous
decision refusing approval of an application to exploit uranium-bearing limestone
deposits. Had this project been undertaken, it would have necessitated the relocation of
almost a quarter of the population of the village before the beginning of mining
operations. This decision was not made public, but news of it was eventually ‘leaked’ by
the secretary. As the company involved had by then already announced its intention of not
commencing operations until the demand for uranium made this necessary, the potential
damage to the relationship between the Members and their public was considerably
reduced, although the secretary ‘voluntarily’ resigned at the request of the Super-
intendent. She was replaced by HM, a grandson of VM, who was regarded as more
reliable and better qualified. At the meeting held on 20 April 1977, however, the officials
did not succeed in obtaining a favourable response, although the Members offered a
compromise—they would pass the programme if the Government would add more land to
Pella and so allow more of the farmers to continue their activities. When the officials
refused to accept this, the Members decided to call a general meeting of the inhabitants
and then approve whatever decision was taken on a vote by all the registered occupiers
present. The officials agreed to this, although they regarded it as unnecessary in view of
the fact that the Members had been elected by the people for another term and that BB’s
by-election had shown that they still enjoyed their support (Official Minutes, 20/4/1977;
informal conversations with Coloured Affairs officials).
110 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The General Meeting held on 16 May 1977, was in several ways an unusual one. Not
only was it the first in which a governing body at Pella regarded itself as bound to honour
whatever decision was taken by the people and, as such, was the first time that any
community decision could be called wholly democratic in the sense of ‘one man, one
vote’ taken literally rather than structurally, but it also showed that the Advisory Board
Members were sufficiently confident of their support among the people to be able to count
on a display of unity in the face of outside pressure, in spite of the deep divisions in the
community. Up to the end of my period of fieldwork this was the only public meeting that
had been called for the express purpose of testing public opinion, and fortunately a
reasonably accurate account of the proceedings was kept by the Advisory Board secretary,
HM, a teacher, who surpassed his predecessors in the detail and accuracy of his minutes of
meetings. As will be shown below (see pp. 113-114), however, the question of the
accuracy of his account of the General Meeting was to cost him his post. An account of the
proceedings is given below:
Record of Proceedings at a General Meeting of the Advisory Board with the Inhabitants of
Pella, held in the Community Hall at 19.00 on the 16 May, 1977 (Official Minutes,
16/5/1977)
Present: [S1] (Chair), [AH], [BB], [WR], [AW], [SW], [HM] (Secretary); [A], [B] and [C]
[Visitors—senior officials of the Regional Office of the Administration of Coloured
Affairs at Upington]; + 300 people (Registered Occupiers)
Mr [JMA] opened the meeting with a prayer, after which the Chairman welcomed all
those present.
The Chairman read the Notice of the 5th May 1977, calling the meeting, and explained
the purpose of the meeting to the inhabitants. The Advisory Board was unwilling to take
so important a decision on the future of Pella without consulting the people, and had
decided that it would abide by whatever decision was taken at the meeting. He then invited
Mr C to take the floor.
In his opening remarks [C] stated that the door of the Regional Office which served
Pella was always open to those with problems or complaints, and its officials were always
willing to give assistance. The Regional Office was also always well aware of all dissatis-
faction, and satisfaction, among the people about its services. [There was a network of
reliable informers, which I observed in action during subsequent investigations by the
Administration of Coloured Affairs into the various alleged illegal activities of the
Superintendents of Pella, and the police had a similarly effective local network. |
[C] went on to state that Pella was one of the last areas to be incorporated under Act No. —
24 of 1963, and emphasized that Pella needed to be developed—no-one could argue that
Pella was in a sufficiently well-developed state at that point in time. In this regard the State
gave aid with the greatest willingness and only ten percent of these loans had to be paid
back, from the taxes which had to be paid. That was to say, by paying taxes the inhabitants
helped in the development of their area. He took as an example another Rural Area where
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 111
the State spent R3 000 on establishing pine plantations, and where the proceeds had
already exceeded R34 000, which the people were now using to help themselves.
Turning to the problems facing Pella, [C] maintained that with regard to development
the dominating factor was grazing. The prevailing conditions at Pella left much to be
desired. The condition of the grazing was so poor that it definitely had to be given a chance
to recover and improve. He himself had noted the presence of ‘suurgras’, a tough plant
which offered only poor nutrition. [C] declared that the most important reason why the
pasturage had been destroyed (‘snuifgetrap’) was due to overgrazing, because at that time
there were 22 000 head of livestock on an area which could only carry 7 000, i.e. the
grazing had to.carry twice [sic] as much livestock as it was able to support, and this was
why the original indigenous plants had been destroyed. [C] went on to explain that he had
pointed this out to the Members and that he saw no hope for the farmers in the difficult
times ahead unless systematic farming began at once, but that the Members had decided
that they would prefer the inhabitants to indicate their approval by a majority vote;
therefore the meeting that night.
The planning of farming at Pella would be done carefully and with clear objectives in
mind. Camps would be fenced; water found in each; windmills and dams would be built;
pens for dipping, counting and medical treatment of livestock would be built; and
facilities for loading of animals also. This sort of development work could be done
immediately, but the main problem facing the Administration was the large number of
animals on Pella, and therefore the numbers of smallstock and largestock had to be
drastically reduced. As far as he [C] was concerned, seven or eight full-time farmers could
make a reasonable sort of living on Pella. He pointed out that the State only gave
assistance where people could be seen to be making progress. He thus again made an
urgent appeal to the people to reduce the number of livestock on Pella.
After these remarks about agricultural planning, [C] turned his attention to town
planning. He named by way of interest as an example the development and growth of
Johannesburg. Then he explained that when the town planning programme was
implemented the existing houses would be accommodated in the plan and streets would be
arranged accordingly. In line with the plan streets were to be laid out so that more plots
could be included in the open spaces between the existing houses, allowing the provision
of water and, hopefully at some time in the future, also electricity, as well as sanitary
services. A more efficient and regular postal service, a business area, cinema,
playgrounds, and sportsfields were all the aims of the town planning programme. [C]
stated that the only large expense here was the surveying of the plots and the issuing of
deeds of grant to Registered Occupiers.
Mr [C] then concluded his remarks, and the Chairman [S1] gave those present an
opportunity to put questions to Mr [C].
[PW] asked whether it was necessary to spend so much for the sake of only 7 000 head,
and whether more ground could not be added to Pella and so prevent people from having
to reduce their flocks.
[C] in reply asked if there were any farms in the district which were unused or without
owners.
IND. ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
[PW] said there were not, and this was confirmed by [S1].
[PIW] criticized Mr [C] for his remarks about “suurgras’ not being indigenous on Pella,
saying that it was in fact good grazing and that it was unjust to say that the number of
livestock on Pella was supposed to be responsible for destroying the vegetation.
[VR] asked if the Government could not find another more acceptable solution, rather
than just saying that the number of animals had to be reduced. He went on to say that there
was enough State Land in the district which could be incorporated with Pella.
Mr [C] answered that it was not the policy of the State to give just anybody a bit of
ground, neither was it under any obligation to do so. However, the State would readily
assist those who demonstrated convincingly that they were good farmers who could make
a success of their undertakings and in so doing further the progress of the community. He
could thus not promise that more land could be made available; in any case that available
State Land did not lie contiguous with Pella—and he had absolutely no assurance that it
would be used and cared for in the proper manner.
[It is notable how firmly C put down suggestions to enlarge Pella. This supports the
interpretation given above of Government policy on the long-term purpose of retaining
the Rural Coloured Areas, but there were also strategic considerations involved. Most of
the farms along the Orange River were at that time under State control—the owners
having left and other occupiers having been compelled to leave, ostensibly to allow the
pasturage to recover from overgrazing—and formed a belt of unpopulated land along the
frontier with South West Africa, ready for military use if hostile forces were to threaten
South Africa from an independent Namibia. |
[AfW] stated that Mr [C] had thus far only spoken of the part livestock played in the
destruction of the grazing, and he asked if Mr [C] did not also think that roads played a role
in causing erosion and he went on to ask how large a prospect area ought to be, specifically
that of the Mine-owner, because these seemed to be taking up more and more of Pella.
Mr [C] replied that the fencing of camps would prevent the making of new roads and
control the use of those already there. He also said that there was no real limit on the size of
prospect areas as these were not supposed to be fenced, and that the Mine-owner had
applied for an area of 1 000 morgen.
In conclusion Mr [C] asked those present to indicate their approval of the Development
Programme so that he could apply for the necessary funds.
This request provoked negative shouts and remarks against development, whereupon
the Chairman adjourned the meeting because it had descended into complete chaos.
The Secretary’s minutes veiled the dramatic conclusion of this meeting, for according
to informants and other eye-witnesses, C’s last remarks were drowned by loud shouts and
stamping. Large numbers of people began leaving the hall and a group of young people
began hurling stones on to the roof of the building to indicate their disapproval. People
involved in this incident told me that they had been careful not to damage the hall, which
was the property of the Church, as this would have provoked an unwanted confrontation
with the priest that could have had political repercussions. As soon as the government
officials had left the hall, unmolested, the public protest ended.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 113
Although the meeting had served the purpose of the Members in demonstrating to the
officials concerned with the Development Programme the depth of feeling in the
community over the implementation of plans drawn up by outsiders without regard to
local considerations, it also had more indirect effects. To the residents of Pella, it
demonstrated that the Advisory Board was virtually powerless to make a serious
impression with the central Government, and revealed the extent to which the inhabitants
had become subordinated to the Regional Office of the Administration of Coloured
Affairs, whose officials could afford to ignore public opinion, as had happened at the
meeting. As shown in the minutes, the possibilities for genuine consultation and the
reaching of a.compromise had been offered from the floor. This led to a general
diminution of the standing of the Members and the Advisory Board, for many of my
informants who had supported the transfer from the Church to the Administration of
Coloured Affairs cited this meeting as the point when they first began questioning
whether they had made the right decision on the matter, and whether they had not been
misled as to what would happen once they were supposedly allowed to handle their own
affairs. Not surprisingly this feeling was most marked among the farmers who stood to
lose the most, but there was also a reaction among those who wished to see the town
planning programme introduced to improve the village and its facilities, these being
labourers and others not concerned with farming. This then led some to ask whether the
Members were as capable as they had previously been supposed, with the result that
differences between the prominent families came to the fore and accusations of
self-service and allegations of corruption began to overshadow the more important
political issue of opposition to the Development Programme.
The reactions of the outside authorities were rather different. The priest saw
confirmation of his opinion that the people were incapable of handling their own affairs,
and that there was a lack of resolution on the part of the Regional Office in its dealings
with the local people. The remaining Europeans at Pella were alarmed by what they saw as
the open defiance of the Government by the ‘Coloureds’ and by the strongly anti-‘ White’
racist remarks that had been shouted at the officials when they were leaving the hall. The
following morning the Mine-owner, informed of events in Pella village, requested the
police at Pofadder to be ready to assist him in case of disturbances at the mine and he
armed his ‘White’ employees to serve as guards at his explosives store. Although nothing
happened, one of these men, who had been born at Pella, claimed in an interview with me
that he would not have hesitated to shoot anyone causing trouble at the mine. It was
noticeable that in general the poorer ex-Pella Europeans who had been forced to take
employment locally were more embittered about their removal from Pella than the
wealthier ones who had been able to buy farms with State assistance or move to urban
centres after 1973, and were correspondingly more hostile towards the Baster inhabitants
of Pella. The extent of their reaction has, of course, to be seen in the context of events
elsewhere in South Africa, where there was serious unrest in the urban areas at that time.
The officials involved indicated in interviews with me that the Regional Office decided to
await developments rather than take direct measures to compel the Members to pass the
Programme. Accordingly, when the Members met to confirm their original decision on
114 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
the Programme of 1976, S1 could do little more than warn the Members of the dangers of
their action, although he was able to obtain a resolution to the effect that the Programme
would not be approved until additional grazing was made available and thereby leave the
door open to further discussions.
The election of mid-1977 returned all the sitting Members to the Advisory Board,
leaving the Regional Office little choice but to continue its attempts to persuade them to
approve the Development Programme. Although the Members were re-elected by only 30
registered occupiers (+ 10 per cent), Sl was instructed to deal with them as if they
represented the entire population. During the following three months he was able to
persuade the Members that it was in their own interests to consider offering at least some
compromise proposals that would enable the Administration of Coloured Affairs to
implement parts of the Programme, particularly that dealing with town planning. As it
happened, the Members themselves were coming under pressure to put the interests of the
villagers before farming, especially those Members who lived in the village. Late in 1977
S1 succeeded in having the Members approve a resolution in which they requested the
Administration of Coloured Affairs “to separate town planning from the planning of the
Pella grazing, and to go ahead with the surveying of the residential and business plots so
that the occupiers can be given the opportunity of buying their plots. Their decision [is]
thus hereby withdrawn in so far that it concerns town planning. However, the Advisory
Board reaffirms its decision that all development work in connection with the grazing
should be stopped until such time as additional grazing is made available’ (Official
Minutes, 21/9/1977). Having opened this crack in the door, the Regional Office then
refused to accept the resolution and instead demanded that the entire Programme be
passed.
After this meeting, a dispute that had been brewing between the Superintendent and the
Secretary (HM) ever since the general meeting finally reached a climax. HM, as already
noted, had kept the minutes at the various meetings with greater diligence than his
predecessors and consequently there had occasionally been some considerable
disagreement between HM and S1 as to what should appear in the official reports. This
was particularly true of the general meeting, because S1 had wanted HM to leave out or
gloss over elements that reflected badly on himself (particularly his inability to control the
people) and the Members. HM had insisted on including details of exactly what had
happened in the minutes and the official report on the meeting, with the result that S1 had
rejected outright the first two drafts of the report prepared by HM, and had only
grudgingly accepted the third version. The Members themselves had disliked the report
because HM had included the names of those who had asked questions, and they too
would have preferred more details that were favourable to themselves. Similar disputes
had arisen when HM had presented his reports on meetings at which S1 had attempted to —
cajole the Members into accepting the Development Programme. When, in December
1977, HM presented the minutes and his report on the most recent of these meetings
(during which the Members had passed their compromise resolution), S1 again refused to
accept it, but on this occasion HM insisted that his version was correct and declined to
alter it. In the ensuing heated discussion HM declared his determination “to record things
= i, a ee i
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA JD)
as they happened and not to take orders on how they ought to have happened’ (during a
discussion of this case with me HM claimed he had used these very words) and S1
demanded his resignation. HM refused and was supported—to S1’s surprise—by the
Members, who had benefited in the past from having HM present to explain difficult
matters to them and assist them in their dealings with the Administration of Coloured
Affairs. S1 then threatened to invoke the provisions of the regulations on misconduct by
employees of the Advisory Board to secure his removal, warning him that his private life
was also open to legal action (it was widely alleged and believed in Pella that HM and a
fellow-teacher, AfW, were involved in a homosexual relationship). HM thereupon agreed
to resign, despite the continued support of the Members, who threatened that they would
expose the Superintendent’s illegal dealings in liquor. HM, a grandson of VM, was then
replaced by DW, a brother’s son of AW and SW.
In March of the following year (1978), the government official A again visited Pella
with the intention of persuading the Members to approve the Development Programme.
His task was made considerably easier by the fact that the Members themselves were
finding it difficult to maintain a united front against outside interference. The HM affair
had alienated the second-largest of the ‘Pellanaar’ families (M) as well as the moderates in
their own families (W and R), and had given rise to a series of unpleasant exchanges of
insults and snubs among them at social events in the village. The resulting tension made it
virtually impossible for an informal consensus of opinion to be reached on the acceptance
or rejection of any compromise proposals. The conservative farmers were determined to
resist the Programme, whereas the moderates (who included labourers among their
numbers) wished to see the town planning programme implemented as soon as possible,
and among these people there was some talk of bypassing the Advisory Board with a
petition to the Administration of Coloured Affairs. The conservative Basters could also no
longer count on the automatic support of the Damara headman, for WR and BB had
returned to attacking the presence of the Damaras in Pella. This had led to some heated
exchanges during meetings, and to a growing apprehension on the part of the Damaras as a
whole that another attempt to have them removed was imminent, with the result that the
headman had considered it politically advisable to renew his mutual understanding with
the moderates and act in a way that would not antagonize ‘die Regering’. Although
officially classified ‘Coloured’, the Damaras had always attempted to remain
inconspicuous and avoid attracting the attention of Government officials out of fear of
being reclassified, but in practice they were of course highly visible because of the
headman’s presence on the Advisory Board. The headman told me that he had thought it
useful to have some ‘Coloureds’ prepared to support the Damaras’ rights at Pella, and he
was encouraged by the fact that the moderate Basters had consistently opposed the
removal of the Damaras as demanded by the conservatives. As a result of the official
decision taken in the 1960s, the Administration of Coloured Affairs took no interest in the
fact that people generally regarded as ‘Blacks’ in the then South West Africa were living
as ‘Coloureds’ in South Africa, presumably to avoid unnecessary local complications that
could have jeopardized its plans for Pella, but neither the conservative Basters nor the
Damaras believed that this apparent indifference would endure indefinitely.
JING) ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
In the meeting A expressed his disappointment that two Members (BB and SW) had
absented themselves. They had wished to avoid being compelled to face the responsibility
—and the humiliation of having to give way, because A had preceded his visit with a letter
to the effect that he expected a firm decision to be taken. According to the minutes, A
spent most of the meeting explaining the Development Programme to those present in the
greatest detail and pointing out all the advantages it would offer the inhabitants, with the
aim of ‘attempting to convince Members of the Advisory Board of the correctness of other
points of view’ (Official Minutes, 15/3/1978). In answer to questions from AW, A assured
the Members that the Advisory Board would be informed in advance of any work that was
to be done and the implementation of the plans for the ‘economic units’ would be
introduced gradually over an extended period. This was evidently the turning point, for
the Members then expressed themselves to be have been ‘convinced that it is in the
interests of the future of Pella that the development work should go forward’ (Official
Minutes, 15/3/1978), and decided to call a special meeting the following week so that a
final decision could be taken with the absent Members present.
BB again absented himself the following week, but A and S1 agreed that a final
decision could now be taken with SW present. SW repeated his objections to the reduction
of livestock and to the introduction of the ‘economic units’, claiming that he had the
support of ‘most of the Pellanaars and our people’ on this point (SW’s objection was noted
in the Official Minutes, but the claim of support is based on his recollection of the
meeting. His distinction between ‘our people’—the conservative Basters—and the rest of
the ‘Pellanaars’ is noteworthy, as it shows the growth of a sense of elitism presaging the
appearance of a ruling class or oligarchy of comparatively wealthy farmers according to
Mosca’s model), but was evidently won over by A’s reply: ‘°... the farmers will reduce
their stock systematically. The planning is a long term process. Some of the older farmers
may die. Some of the younger farmers, particularly sons taking over from their fathers,
may find again that they cannot make a decent living out of farming and therefore seek
other ways of living’ (Official Minutes, 21/3/1978). A also reassured the Members, in
particular AH, that people living in the hamlets would not be forced to leave and live in the
village, which had been one of the few objections of the moderates. A unanimous decision
was then taken to withdraw the original refusal and instead to recommend that
development work should begin, on condition that the Advisory Board would first be
consulted on all projected improvements.
Whereas the Regional Office was gratified to learn of the decision, the general reaction
of the inhabitants was one of deep disapproval and rising dissatisfaction with the way in
which the Advisory Board had gone back on its promise to honour the decision taken at
the general meeting. Even those moderates who had favoured the implementation of the
town planning programme saw the decision as an abject capitulation to outside pressure, ~
because the Members had failed to secure any guarantees on the limits to which the
Administration of Coloured Affairs could go with the development of the area. Members
of the headman’s family and others of his supporters remained unconvinced on the
question of whether they would be able to remain in their hamlets when the “economic
units’ were fenced, and continued to fear that the Baster conservatives were craftily
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA LAT.
Figure 23
The borehole near T’Kouroes that was appropriated by WR and fenced and equipped at his own
expense for his own farming operations, as seen in September 1979.
manoeuvring to take over ‘their’ part of the Reserve. As noted above, Bishop Simon had
set aside a tract of land on the bank of the Orange River for Damara and Herero refugees
from German South West Africa, and over time this had come to be regarded as
exclusively allocated for the use of their descendants, a view reinforced when Bishop
Thunemann later ordered the land to be fenced after the disputes between the Basters and
the Damaras in the early 1950s. The Members were also criticized for failing to protect the
interests of the ‘Pellanaars’ as a whole, and accusations of self-service and even
corruption were made. The conservatives turned on their representative WR in particular
for his attempt to utilize one of the boreholes that had been sunk near his home at
T’Kouroes; WR had installed a pump and water tank in it, in co-operation with his cousin
GJ. The objection was not that WR and GJ ought not to have exploited the delay on the
part of the Administration of Coloured Affairs, but that they had done it without
consulting the other farmers in that area. WR was also criticized by farmers of family D
living at Annakop who occasionally moved into that part of the Reserve, for fencing the
area around the installation, as well as for locking the pump (to which only members of his
own family and that of GJ had keys) and charging a small fee to others who wished to use
it to draw water for their animals.
S1 also became the focus of much public dissatisfaction during this period. His
handling of the affairs of the Advisory Board and the administration in general was
severely criticized, and he was said to be weak, vacillating and inconsistent in dealing
118 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
with the submission of applications and in private attempts to settle differences between
parties who approached him. An unexpected inspection of the financial affairs of the
administration by inspectors of the Administration of Coloured Affairs revealed large
sums of money unaccounted for or missing, and it was found that S1 had been financing
his illegal dealings in liquor with government money. The Members had threatened to
expose this during the HM affair, and some of my informants said that the Administration
of Coloured Affairs had been ‘advised’ to look into the Superintendent’s affairs, but the
Coloured Affairs officials were of course circumspect in discussing this matter with me,
as they were in a similar case later involving the second Superintendent (S2). The
Regional Office then requested S1’s resignation but, as a suitable successor could not be
found, he was transferred to the head office in Upington from where he continued to
handle the affairs of Pella under supervision, visiting Pella only to conduct the meetings of
the Advisory Board. As the Gordonia Regional Office tended to be more concerned with
the various villages along the Orange River rather than with the relatively sparsely-
populated Reserves under its control, there were few staff members with the necessary
administrative experience in running a Reserve and there were none available at that time
who would have been able to replace S1 at short notice. Officials from the Regional Office
persuaded the Members to assist them in covering up the affair, but nevertheless many
people began refusing to pay their taxes, not only as a way of showing their disapproval
but also in the belief that by so doing the lack of funds would prevent the implementation
of the Development Programme (seemingly unaware that their financial contribution was
minimal).
The last two meetings to be held under the chairmanship of S1 took place in May and
June, 1978. The official minutes give little hint of the clashes that occurred between S1
and the Members, who refused on both occasions to allow the Administration of Coloured
Affairs to take action through S1 against those people refusing to pay their taxes, not only
because a failure to collect taxes would further embarrass S1, but also because certain of
their relatives were involved. With the exception of AH, the Members were prepared to
co-operate in covering up the financial scandal, although some showed their disapproval
by staying away from the meetings; AH and BB from the first, and BB and WR from the
last. After these meetings nine months elapsed before there was another meeting of the
Advisory Board, but the annual election was held as usual. WR and SW resigned and were
replaced by CW and PW, both as conservative as the men they replaced. AH made himself
available for re-election only after some considerable discussion with his supporters, as he
himself was reluctant to be further associated with the Development Programme and what
he considered to be indefensible corruption in the administration. Although his supporters
unanimously agreed with his views, they nevertheless considered it necessary for the
headman to remain in touch with political affairs in the Advisory Board. AH’s son AdH |
summarized the position to me with a fine distinction: ‘The headman will have to bow
down to the Coloureds, but the Kaptein does not’. As noted above, despite the fact that
these two offices have been united in one man since the early 1960s they have
nevertheless remained conceptually distinct. This was a good example of how the Herero
leaders justified working with the ‘Coloureds’ while remaining strictly apart socially. As
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA HD
an ethnic group the Herero looked down on the other Damaras but used the identity
‘Damara’ to obscure their origins and lessen the risk of being reclassified ‘Black’ yet, at
the same time, in making this distinction signalled their determination not to ‘lower
themselves’ (as informants expressed it) into the ‘Coloured’ category and thereby
abandon the charter received from Maharero in the 1920s.
THE END OF THE STRUGGLE, 1979-1980
The new Superintendent (S2) opened his period of office in March 1979 by convening
a meeting of the Advisory Board at which he gave the Members the official explanation of
the shortfall in the Board’s funds (‘administrative oversights’) and informed them that he
intended to take immediate action against people refusing to pay their taxes by depriving
them of their voting rights until they had made their payments. The Members objected,
however, and he agreed to a compromise put forward by AW in which defaulters were to
be allowed a period of grace for one month; he also urged the Members to use their
personal influence to encourage the payment of taxes (Official Minutes, 9/3/1979).
If the older Members WR and SW had withdrawn from public office despairing that
they would ever be able to control their own affairs in the way that they wished, their
successors were more sanguine. When the officials B and C attended the April meeting of
the Advisory Board and discussed the progress made in implementing the Development
Programme, their presentation was abruptly interrupted by PW and CW who stated that
they refused to permit the Programme to go any further, pointing out that the Reserve
could not be divided into camps because the surface area was too small and that the
mountains were practically useless as grazing. When the other Members indicated their
agreement an argument ensued, with the officials repeatedly demanding that the Members
reconsider their decision and warning them that their action could have ‘adverse effects’
on the town-planning programme by causing more delays in its implementation. After
some discussion among themselves, PW and CW eventually agreed to return to the
compromise proposal of allowing the town planning to continue but called for an
immediate halt to the agricultural planning of Pella. Neither the officials nor, later, the
Regional Office was prepared to accept this and as a result the entire Development
Programme again came to a standstill.
The following three months were an unhappy time for the administration at Pella.
Another inspection of its financial affairs revealed that S2 had followed his predecessor’s
example in using Advisory Board funds to pay his debts and finance his dealings in liquor,
as well as ‘other purposes’. A hastily-convened meeting to arrange another cover-up of
the scandal ended in confusion after a series of angry exchanges between S2, the Baster
members and AH. Apart from the strong criticism levelled by the Members at S2 and the
Administration of Coloured Affairs in general, in-fighting among the Members erupted
when AH refused, in the strongest possible terms, to co-operate any further with them in
helping ‘the Government’. PW, SW and BB responded by threatening to demand the
removal of the Damaras ‘because they were causing trouble’, couching their remarks in
offensive and abusive terms (according to S2, AW and AH), whereupon AH walked out
120 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
Figure 24
The Superintendent’s annual “report-back’ meeting with the “community of Pella’ on
30 December 1979 in the Village Hall, with S2 reading his report on the Development
Programme and EMA taking the Minutes. The members of the ‘community’ are seated on
benches that were originally made by Bishop Simon and Fr. Wolf as pews for the Cathedral.
with a parting flourish reminiscent of the ‘assegai-vergadering’ of 1951. As at that aptly
dubbed meeting, AH again threatened a ‘bloodbath’ if anyone tried to force the Damaras
off the Reserve. The Basters took such threats very seriously, much to the secret
amusement of AH who in discussions with me often mocked Baster fears of the ‘wild
savages up on the ridge’ (Melkbosrand—the neighbourhood area in Pella village where
most of the Damara and Herero people lived at that time). After the meeting BB handed in
his resignation, refusing to be further associated with the administration until it had been
‘cleaned up’, but the other Baster conservatives saw no objection to assisting in resolving
S2’s predicament. They had realized the value of having the Superintendent beholden to
them in their dealings with the Administration of Coloured Affairs, and they also hoped to
gain concessions from the Administration in return for their assistance. They did not
subsequently exploit this situation, however, apparently preferring to allow the possibility
to rest as a passive threat to the Superintendent. |
The annual election that followed closely after these events was almost entirely
boycotted by the residents as a result of dissatisfaction with the state of affairs in the
administration, although it was also interpreted to me by AW as indicating indifference on
the part of the people to their own interests. CW, AW and PW were joined by GJ and VD,
both Baster conservatives, although VD was inclined to take a rather more pragmatic
ae
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA AI
stand on issues such as the presence of the Damaras at Pella, in contrast to GJ who was
even more extreme in his views than WR. AH did not make himself available for
re-election, having let it be known that he was no longer interested in co-operating with
the ‘Coloureds’ while they continued to attack him and the Damaras and to condone
corruption in the administration. There were no Damaras present at the election and AH
appears to have spent the day at his home at Mik. For all their prejudice, the Baster
Members found this disquieting, as the rising tension between Basters and Damaras was
being accompanied by the occurrence of unpleasant incidents in the village. During
fieldwork in Pella at that time, I noted that people from both groups were decidedly more
aggressive towards one another than had been the case during previous periods of
fieldwork. This was particularly noticeable when they were in close proximity at the
shops, dances and filmshows, where there were frequent altercations and occasional
fights with ethnic overtones, especially among the younger people. Although the
Members decided that one of their number should undertake to represent the Damaras’
interests in meetings of the Advisory Board, their choice of GJ scarcely inspired
confidence among the Damaras who regarded this appointment as yet another direct
insult.
The manner of GJ’s appointment is in itself a good example of how carefully S2 had to
tread in his dealings with the Members following the financial scandal, and of then
prevailing ethnic attitudes. Whereas S2 had previously dominated meetings he was now
left virtually bereft of authority, with his transfer pending the appointment of a new
Superintendent, and proceedings in the meetings held from then on under his
chairmanship continued according to a logic of procedure, rather than from any attempt on
the part of either S2 or the Members to direct them (the meeting given above in the section
on the Advisory Board as an administrative instrument as an example of procedure took
place during this period). This neutral compromise on ‘business as usual’ is clearly
demonstrated below:
Extract from Proceedings at an Ordinary Meeting held on 30 August 1979 (Field record of
proceedings at the meeting.)
... AW told S2 that the Members must decide who 1s to represent the various districts in
the Area, as is customary after each election. S2 agreed that this was an important matter,
especially that AH was no longer there. AW and PW stated that they and CW would retain
their districts and that VD should take over that of BB, leaving GJ to deal with that of AH.
However, GJ was unwilling to have to represent the “Rivierwyk’ (consisting of Mik,
Rooipad and Pella Drift) as he was not interested in ‘kaffers en hotnotte’ and would have
_ preferred to have the ward containing ‘his’ hamlet of T’Nougab. AW then pointed out that
GJ was one of the new Members who had to ‘learn’ how to handle a ward. All the other
Members had their wards and it was the only one left for him—in due course it would be
his turn to have one of the big wards. GJ then asked if they could not make another
arrangement, such as letting the Superintendent look after the ‘kaffers’ and dividing up the
wards on the plains more equally among them, but the other members did not accept this.
2D ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
S2 then said that if GJ did not want to have to work with people whom he did not like, or
did not wish to neglect his farming activities to have to travel to the other hamlets, then he
(S2) would type out instructions and notices that GJ could arrange to give AH whenever
they were in the village at the same time. The Members and GJ agreed to this proposal, GJ
adding that in any case people ignored the notices at the shop and Advisory Board Office
and that the ‘kaffers’ would only listen to AH....
Not only does this example show the negative attitudes and hostility of the Baster
conservatives towards the Damaras, but it also shows the extent to which the members of
family grouping W could dominate the others, particularly GJ. Although GJ was related to
them (Fig. 19) and was a wealthy farmer, he was nevertheless regarded as junior to the
others, both because he had only recently been elected and because he came from a family
that had achieved prominence from its farming activities rather than from the length of its
residence at Pella. The differences between the Members soon paled, however, in the face
of a renewed attempt by the Regional Office to settle the question of the Development
Programme once and for all, for the officials involved had evidently been encouraged by
the appearance of new, possibly more pliable, Members on the Advisory Board. Changes
in policy towards the “Rural Coloured Areas’ had made it possible for the Regional Office
to be more accommodating towards local conditions in the Reserves under its control and
thus more receptive to compromise proposals if these were offered.
A meeting held on 31 August 1979 attended by the official B from the office of the
Regional Representative of the Administration of Coloured Affairs proved to be the
decisive culmination of the dispute between the Advisory Board Members and the
Administration. As the start of the meeting had to be delayed owing to the late arrival of
the official B, the Members agreed to a suggestion from S2 that, while waiting for B, they
should deal with a case involving a dispute between CP, a Damara youth, and HM, the
Baster teacher who had previously been the secretary of the Advisory Board. CP (a former
pupil of HM) had been stabbed by HM in a fight at a dance held in the community hall in
July 1979, after he had taunted HM for his association with the conservative Basters on
the Advisory Board and for being a homosexual. HM refused to pay CP’s medical costs,
and CP (ironically) took the matter to the Advisory Board. As the Members regarded CP
as a ‘trouble-maker’ in the village, they took HM’s side in the matter and declined to
handle the case, leaving S2 with no option but to advise CP to approach the priest to act as
an intermediary. Had AH still been serving on the Advisory Board it is unlikely that the
matter would have been so summarily dismissed, but as it happened the priest was able to
settle the dispute in favour of CP by threatening to cut off further financial assistance to
HM, who was pursuing a higher teaching qualification. The meeting began ae
after this case, as the official B had arrived while the hearing was in progress.
Summary of Proceedings at an Ordinary Meeting of the Advisory Board, held on
31 August 1979 (From the official Minutes, 31/8/1979, and my fieldnotes of the
proceedings)
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA WAS}
Present: S2 (Chair), VD, GJ, AW, CW, PW, B (Visitor—senior official of the Regional
Office of the Administration of Coloured Affairs at Upington), GPK (Visitor—
researcher)
After opening the meeting S2 addressed the Members, reminding them that B expected
a firm decision to be taken on the acceptance of the Programme. The Members are the
leaders of the community and must be aware of public opinion and sensitive to shifts in it.
All the same, the people elected them and would have to be happy with the decisions they
take on their behalf. That day an important decision had to be taken on behalf of the
people, which would affect the future of everyone at Pella, and it was therefore no time to
think in the same way as the forefathers—times have changed since then.
B informed the Members that he had taken note of the opinions of the Members on the
Development Programme at previous meetings, and stated that it had been difficult for the
Regional Office to implement the Programme due to factors beyond its control and
unconnected with Pella. He expressed regret that only two of the Members had accepted
invitations to attend a conference of the other Management Boards in Upington earlier
that month, as they would then have been able to hear about and see what could be
achieved by means of systematic planning of the natural resources, such as had been done
in the other Rural Areas—only Pella remained undeveloped. He reminded the Members
of the statement of the Member of the Coloured Persons Representative Council
responsible for Rural Coloured Areas on what happened in Areas that refused to accept
the planning of their resources—the Management or Advisory Board would be suspended
by the Minister, and the Development Programme would be implemented under the
control of ‘White’ officials from the Regional Office.
B then set out the Development Programme in detail for the benefit of the new
Members, pointing out that the plan for establishing ‘economic units’ had been
abandoned, and that the land would be divided into four camps that would be fenced and
the livestock rotated among them under the control of an officer to be appointed for this
purpose. The people could thus go on farming as before, but the number of animals would
be strictly controlled in the camps and the rest would have to be kept on the commonage.
He went on to state that only applications from bona fide farmers for grazing on State
Land west of Pella would be considered, and that these farmers would have to show
themselves capable of farming in the correct manner.
Turning to the town planning proposals, B stated that the intention was to begin
developing the village as soon as possible, because, as the Member of the Coloured
Persons Representative Council had said, ‘Rural Coloured Areas’ were from then on to be
just places in which people will live as Coloureds [sic] (see above). This involved the
laying out of roads and plots, as well as connecting the village to the Pella Drift-Aggeneys
pipeline so that each plot could be supplied with water. Plots situated outside the planned
town unit would be linked to empty plots in the town unit, so that every occupier would
have access to a tap where he could obtain purified water. Persons not living in the unit
would be taxed for two plots, and all would be taxed for water used, as measured on a
meter that could be locked by the occupier.
124 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The Members reacted unfavourably to B’s statements, and he reminded them of his
opening remarks. They pointed out that the plan had not been drawn up in consultation
with them, whereupon B stated that he was consulting them at that moment. Although the
Members were prepared to accept the proposed division of the grazing, they saw problems
as to who would be able to make use of the controlled areas. PW suggested that no
government official or pensioner be allowed to keep livestock after the Programme had
been implemented; he was supported by the other Members and B accepted this. The
Members continued to hesitate, and eventually B demanded a clear answer to his repeated
question as to whether they accepted the Programme or not, at the same time reminding
them of the consequences of a negative answer. The Members then agreed to accept the
Development Programme in its entirety and to recommend formally that it be implemented
without delay. After commenting on their wisdom in doing so, B dictated to S2 the
conclusion of the resolution, so that it read as follows: ‘The Advisory Board accepts
unanimously the planning of Pella, and confirms also that this decision may not be
with-drawn again in the future’. (As B arrived late for the meeting, S2 did not have the
opportunity to introduce me to him in any detail. B went through the meeting on the
assumption that I was a Coloured Affairs official from Cape Town, and was disconcerted
after the meeting to find that I was a post-graduate student from the University of Cape
Town. I was able to re-assure B that I had no intention of writing an exaggerated account
of his steamroller tactics in the meeting.)
With this decision came the end of formal resistance to the Development Programme
on the part of the Advisory Board, and the Administration of Coloured Affairs was able to
proceed with the implementation of the principal components of the plan. The Members,
in particular the conservatives PW and GJ, were depressed after the meeting on account of
the manner in which they had been forced to accept the plan, but they were generally
agreed that the people would have little objection as the principal difficulties had been
cleared up with the new proposals. They ali doubted, however, that even the obvious
benefits that would follow from the Development Programme would encourage the
people to regard the Advisory Board with as much favour as when it had been first
established.
While the Regional Office was able to register satisfaction at the course of these
events, problems with the administration in Pella continued and swiftly deteriorated. S2
was trapped in a police raid on illegal dealers in liquor, and he was forced to resign his
post, shortly after having received a severe reprimand for having used Advisory Board
funds for his own purposes earlier in the year. Due to a lack of a suitable replacement,
however, the Regional Office left him to oversee routine matters, but for several months
there were no meetings of the Advisory Board and local government all but came to a
standstill. At the beginning of 1980 S2 was replaced by a ‘White’ official from the
Regional Office who was to act as Superintendent until a successor could be appointed.
For the Administration of Coloured Affairs, this conveniently ensured that a ‘responsible’
official would be present while the Development Programme was being implemented. For
the Members and the inhabitants of Pella, these events merely served to emphasize again
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 125
that they were powerless to do more than delay the intentions of the outside authorities.
Many of my informants pointed out how the administration of Pella had come a full
circle—from a European-dominated council under the Bishop and his priests to a ‘White’
official under the Administration of Coloured Affairs, with the ‘Coloureds’ having to be
present just as observers.
In retrospect, one can see that the picture at the end of 1979 was not as gloomy as
suggested by the opinions of the Members and my informants. Their general objection to
the original proposals was essentially that such an inflexible pattern of development
would have been inequitable and would have furthered internal differentiation of a kind
which they considered unacceptable. Objectively viewed, a combination of internal and
external factors won for the Baster conservatives an alteration in the Development
Programme in the direction that they desired, yet simultaneously actually served to
strengthen their position by giving them a more secure grip on the Advisory Board as the
instrument of administrative power over the community, even though ultimate control
still rested with officials of the Administration of Coloured Affairs. Even after the
Advisory Board had been upgraded to the status of a Management Board after 1987, there
was little real change in the situation as the chairman of the Board was held accountable
for local compliance with the ongoing programme of developments. There is an analogy
here with the situation during the period of missionary rule over Pella, but when one
considers that administration by a bureaucracy rendered weak through subjection to the
course of political events elsewhere in the Republic had been combined with an incipient
ruling class of conservative peasants, it is clear that, as elsewhere in Namaqualand, a
powerful bulwark had been raised against the forces of progress.
Although the transitional local councils instituted in the Reserves under the interim
constitution of 1994 and the constitution of 1996 subsequently drew the diverse local
interest groups temporarily together, the new local government structures to be
established in 2000 in Namaqualand will have to function within the framework of a
district council that will be incorporating the competing interests of the communal areas
(Reserves), neighbouring urban settlements and commercial farming areas. In the case of
Pella, which will probably have a ward council to support its representative on the new
district council, it will be of considerable interest as to whether or not the pattern of
peasant resistance to outside political control and socio-economic changes will be any
more effective than it was in facing the regenerationist ‘fortress’ of the Catholic
missionaries or the secular ‘apartheid’ structures.
126 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
CONCLUSION
This monograph has sought to illuminate the nature of the relationships between
certain groupings of people within the context of the political system in the Pella Reserve.
In using a diasynchronic method of analysis, it has been possible to treat the authority
structure as a dependent variable in the political process, enabling the dynamic nature of
the political system to be captured in an examination of the changing form of the
decision-making system through time.
During the hundred years of secular control of Pella by the Roman Catholic Church the
system of local government was characterized by a highly centralized authority structure
that enabled the missionaries to exercise wide-ranging powers derived from their position
as both spiritual leaders and temporal rulers. The position of the missionaries was
legitimated by the fact that missionary control of communities was recognized as forming
an integral part of the general system of local government in South Africa during the
period of European rule. Although the missionaries at Pella were not held personally
responsible for their administrative function by the central Government, they were none
the less accountable to the hierarchy of the Church. The concentration of authority in the
structure of Church government produced a personalized form of local government based
on the authoritarian relationship between the priest and his congregation that resulted in
an autocratic rule, mediated only by the process of routinization. Ultimately the
missionaries’ position of authority was undermined by political processes set in motion by
the elaboration of the ‘apartheid’ policy by the Nationalist Government after 1948, and
they were eventually forced to transfer their secular control of Pella to the central
government. Subsequent administrative development incorporated the community into
the formal bureaucratic system of local government for people classified as ‘Coloured’ in
South Africa. The removal of those of the inhabitants who had been classified as ‘White’
was a major step in the subjection of the community to the application of national policies
through the extension of central government laws and administrative enactments. In this
period, in contrast to the personalized rule of the missionaries (assisted from time to time
by largely powerless councils), the decision-making process under the new system was
placed in the hands of officials outside the Reserve but, as the provisions of the
constitutional structure for ‘Coloured’ people called for participation by the community in
the political process, the new political elite, consisting mostly of the leaders of the Baster
peasantry, was able to manipulate the system for its own benefit and exercise a degree of
control over its affairs previously beyond its reach.
In reviewing the process of political incorporation it is clear that there was a certain
continuity of form between the missionary and bureaucratic systems of local government
that resembles a similar continuity observed in the Reserves in Namaqualand (Carstens
1966, Sharp 1977). Pella Reserve differs from the Reserves in Namaqualand, however, in
that, whereas the Namaqualand Reserve councils were transformed into boards of
management with an enhanced degree of authority and power (but not necessarily
legitimacy), in Pella the authority structure altered in outward appearance while its
essential content remained the same, with the balance of power unaffected on account of
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 177,
legal restraints placed on the performance of new socio-political roles by members of the
ruling class. The fact that this transformation took place within a process of political
incorporation designed to establish a distinctive type of administrative structure required
by Nationalist policy meant nevertheless that the position of the participants themselves
was shifted.
During the period of Church control the various councils established under the
custumals were used by the missionaries as devices to channel the aspirations of the ruled
class and resistance to the missionaries’ authoritarian rule into harmless avenues of
expression, and the participants were regarded by the missionaries as little more than
useful instruments to these ends, even though some of them endeavoured to use the
councils as platforms from which they could attempt the realization of fundamental
changes in the system of local government in their favour. In contrast, the Advisory Board
conceded a modest measure of influence over the decision-making process to its
Members, including them as an integral part of the system of local government and
offering them the possibility of political advancement for as long as they co-operated with
the administration. For this reason the Members faced difficulties in role performance due
to the necessity of resolving the conflict between demands made on them and the
community by the regional government, personalized in particular by the Superintendent,
and the interests of their supporters. This intercalary position required that they reconcile
their role in the implementation of government policy, which was inherent in their
acceptance of seats on the Advisory Board, with the problem of securing legitimacy for
that policy from their supporters, an ongoing contradictory situation that changed little
after the upgrading of the Advisory Board into a Management Board, and which continued
in the interim local authorities established after 1994 and 1996 (pers. com. C. Cloete).
The political process in the Pella Reserve has to be understood in the context of the
wider struggle that was being waged between the ruling class and the ruled class for
control of scarce and valued resources. It has been argued that it is not the structures of
social differentiation and government that have determined the course or the outcome of
class struggle, but rather that the structures themselves have emerged from continuous
processes of class struggle, so that struggles and structures stand in a dialectical
interrelationship (Morris 1976: 5). At Pella the struggle for power was cast in terms of
both class and ethnicity, with the latter serving to create a diversity of interests in both
rulers and ruled so that the resulting differentials in access to symbolic power generated
the political process. Simultaneously, however, this conflict enabled forces beyond the
community to exploit the dependency between ethnicity and class as a means of furthering
the wider struggle in a desirable direction. It is ironical that in their struggle to obtain
control of the Pella Reserve the Baster peasantry perceived the Church as being wholly in
league with the ‘White’ inhabitants, for while they saw the conflict as cast in terms of
altering the ethnic basis of control of the resources of the Reserve they were unaware that
in supporting the Government against the Church they were destroying their shield
against final incorporation into the system of capitalist domination. The position of the
Church on these issues was far from static and was evolving according to principles laid
down at Vatican Council II to meet new and changing circumstances in South Africa.
128 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
This conjunction of struggles and structures is by no means unique to Pella, or even
Namaqualand as a whole, and further reflects a struggle at national level (Sharp 1981: 11).
Any society that is in transition from pastoralism and/or agrarianism to industrialism is of
necessity fragile on account of disparate degrees of development in its components and
can thus be easily mastered by a resolute minority ready to rally conservative interests
against the emergence of mass politics. As was shown above, the modified, renewed
policy of ‘apartheid’ of the Nationalist government being implemented at that time was
designed specifically for this purpose with its aim of the creation of a new class structure
in South Africa (Klinghardt 1979; Molteno 1977). The situation in Pella at the time of
fieldwork was a manifestation of the success of this policy, that was to be consolidated in
the following decade through the gradual implementation of the Development
Programme. The cycle of elites can be seen to have created a new set of conditions that
altered the character of the struggle to one of local resistance to progressive forces
directed from whatever source, legitimate or otherwise, and thus raised the possibility that
the process of administration in the system of local government would be more difficult
under any regime perceived by the ruling elite as a threat to its interests.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 129
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Most of the research on which this monograph is based was funded by the author with
the generous support of his parents. The financial assistance of the Institute for Research
Development of the Human Sciences Research Council and of the South African Museum
towards additional research undertaken after 1985 is gratefully acknowledged. Opinions
expressed or conclusions reached are those of the author and should not be regarded as
representative of those of the Institute for Research Development, the Human Sciences
Research Council, or the Council of the South African Museum.
The author is indebted to the people of Pella for their co-operation and hospitality
during his visits to their community, but it is impossible to single out individual
informants (perhaps better described as field research assistants) in the interests of their
anonymity.
The generous hospitality and assistance of the personnel of the Roman Catholic
Mission at Pella are gratefully acknowledged. Special thanks are due to Fr. M. Malery,
Sr. Léonie de Gonzaque and the late Sr. Theresé-Bernard Thtinemann.
Numerous people outside Pella also contributed to this research, but particular thanks
are due to the Bishop of Keimoes, the Right Rev. J. Minder, Dr O. van Schalkwyk,
Mr C. Weidner, Mr W. Colliston, Mr R. Larter, Mr G. Niemoller, and various officials of
the Administration of Coloured Affairs for assistance in the field and providing
information; to Prof. J. S. Sharp, Prof. P. Carstens and Prof. M. E. West for comments and
critiques of the original text, to Mrs M. Scheiner for typing the manuscript, and to
Mr H. Mair for photographic work.
130 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
REFERENCES
LITERATURE
ABBOTT, W. M. ed. 1966. The documents of Vatican II. London: Geoffrey Chapman.
ACOCKS, J. P. H. 1988. Veld types of South Africa. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South Africa
57: 1-146.
ALEXANDER, J. E. 1838. An expedition of discovery into the interior of Africa, Vols I, II. London: Henry
Colburn.
ANDRESKI, S. 1972. Social sciences as sorcery. André Deutsch.
ANON. [T. B. Thiinemann]. 1975. Spore in die dorsland. Upington: Gemsbok.
ANON. [T. B. Thtinemann]. 1979. Thirstland epic. Aggeneys: Gold Fields of South Africa (Pty) Ltd.
BARNARD, W., SMIT, P. & VAN ZYL, J. 1972. Suid-Afrika: die land en sy streke. Kaapstad: Tafelberg.
BARTH, F. 1969. Ethnic groups and boundaries. London: Allen & Unwin.
BENDIX, R. 1969. Max Weber: an intellectual portrait. London: Methuen & Co. Ltd.
BERKI, R. N. 1983. Insight and vision. The problem of communism in Marx’s thought. London:
J. M. Dent & Sons Ltd.
BOONZAIER, E. 1980. Social differentiation in the Richtersveld, a Namaqualand Rural Area.
Unpublished M.A. thesis, University of Cape Town.
BROODRYK, M. 1992. Die Kaapse noordgrenseoorloé, 1868-1879. Archives Year Book for South
African History 55: 165-575.
BROWN, W. E. 1960. The Catholic Church in South Africa. New York: P. J. Kennedy & Sons.
CAMPBELL, J. 1815. Travels in South Africa. London: Black, Parry & Co.
CARR, R. 1980. Modern Spain, 1875—1980. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
CARSTENS, P. 1966. The social structure of a Cape Coloured Reserve: an analysis of racial integration
and segregation in South Africa. Cape Town: Oxford University Press.
CARSTENS, P. 1983. Opting out of colonial rule: the brown Voortrekkers of South Africa and their
constitutions. Part 1. African Studies 42 (2): 135-152.
CARSTENS, P. 1984. Opting out of colonial rule: the brown Voortrekkers of South Africa and their
constitutions. Part 2. African Studies 43 (1): 19-30.
CARSTENS, P. 1991. The Queen’s people. A study of hegemony, coercion, and accommodation among
the Okanagan of Canada. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
CLOETE, J. H. 1971. The stock reduction scheme. Farming in South Africa 47 (2): 34-47.
COHEN, A. 1969. Custom and politics in urban Africa. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
DE JAGER, D. 1963. Sillimanite in Namaqualand: review of resources and report on some low-grade
deposits. Bulletin of the Geological Survey of South Africa 40: 1-42.
DE JAGER, D. & VON BACKSTROM, J. 1961. The sillimanite deposits in Namaqualand near Pofadder.
Bulletin of the Geological Survey of South Africa 33: 1-49.
DUNN, E. J. 1978 (1872). Through Bushmanland. /n: LEWIN ROBINSON, A. M. ed. 1978. Selected articles
from the Cape Monthly Magazine (New Series 1870-76). Cape Town: Van Riebeeck Society
(Second Series No. 9): 38-65.
DUNNE, J. M. 1986. Towards a regional development strategy for Namaqualand. Unpublished M.A.
thesis, University of Cape Town.
EASTON, D. 1965. A framework for political analysis. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
ELPHICK, R. 1985. Khoikhoi and the founding of White South Africa. Johannesburg: Ravan Press.
ERIKSEN, T. H. 1993. Ethnicity and nationalism: anthropological perspectives. London: Pluto Press.
FLANNERY, A. 1977. Vatican Council II: the conciliar and post-conciliar documents. Dublin:
Dominican Publications.
FORTES, M. & EVANS-PRITCHARD, E. E. eds. 1940. African political systems. London: Oxford University
Press.
GEOGHEGAN, V. 1987. Utopianism and Marxism. London: Methuen & Co. Ltd.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA hey
GLUCKMAN, M., MITCHELL, J. C. & BARNES, J. A. 1949. The village headman in British Central Africa.
Africa 19 (2): 89-106.
GUEDES, D. & REINER, P. eds. 1992. The letters of Emma Sarah Hahn, pioneer missionary among the
Herero. Windhoek: Namibia Scientific Society.
HANEKOM, T.N. 1950. Die gemeente Namakwaland. ’n Eeufees-Gedenkboek (1850-1950). Woodstock:
N. G. Kerkpers.
HEYWOOD, A. & MAASDORP, E. eds. 1989. The Hendrik Witbooi papers. Windhoek: National Archives
of Namibia.
KITCHING, G. 1988. Karl Marx and the philosophy of praxis. London: Routledge.
KLINGHARDT, G. P. 1978. A survey of ethnic groupings in Pella, Great Bushmanland. Unpublished
B.A.(Hons.) thesis, University of Cape Town.
KLINGHARDT, G. P. 1979. Why do the Rural Coloured Areas of Namaqualand exist? Unpublished
conference paper, Institute for Social Development, University of the Western Cape.
KLINGHARDT, G. P. 1982. Social differentiation and local government in Pella, a Rural Coloured Area in
Great Bushmanland. Unpublished M.A. thesis, University of Cape Town.
KLINGHARDT, G. P. 1986. Some light on lime. Sagittarius 1 (4): 18-21.
KLINGHARDT, G. P. 1987. A historical perspective on patterns of settlement and land use in the lower
Orange River Basin: final report on Phase I. Unpublished report, Institute for Research
Development, Human Sciences Research Council, Pretoria.
KLINGHARDT, G. P. 1994. Death in Pella: mortuary rituals in a Namaqualand Reserve, 1978-1989.
Annals of the South African Museum 104 (6): 115-157.
KOTZE, P. 1945. Namakwaland: ’n sosiologiese studie van ’n geisoleerde gemeenskap. Cape Town:
Nasionale Pers.
KUPER, A. 1970. Kalahari village politics: an African democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
KUPER, A. 1992. Conceptualizing society. London: Routledge.
KUPER, A. 1994. Culture, identity and the project of a cosmopolitan anthropology. Man (n.s.) 29 (3):
537-554.
LE CORDEUR, B. & SAUNDERS, C. 1976. The Kitchingman papers. Johannesburg: The Brenthurst Press.
LEFTWICH, A. 1983. Redefining politics. People, resources and power. London: Methuen & Co. Ltd.
LIPSET, S. 1960. Political man: the social bases of politics. New York: Doubleday.
LUYT, D. 1981. The Reserves of Namaqualand in the transition to capitalism. Unpublished B.Soc.Sci.
(Hons) thesis, University of Cape Town.
MACH, Z. 1993. Symbols, conflict, and identity: essays in political anthropology. Albany: SUNY Press.
MARAIS, J. S. 1939. The Cape Coloured People, 1652-1937. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University
Press.
MEISEL, J. H. 1958. The myth of the ruling class: Gaetano Mosca and the “elite”. Ann Arbor: Michigan
University Press.
MITCHELL, J. 1969. The Yao village: a study in the social structure of a Malawian people. Manchester:
Manchester University Press.
MOLTENO, F. 1977. The historical significance of the Bantustan strategy. Social Dynamics 3 (2): 15-33.
MORRIS, M. 1976. The Development of Capitalism in South African Agriculture. Economy and Society 5
(3): 28-42.
MOSCA, G. 1924. The ruling class. New York: McGraw-Hill.
MOSSOP, E. E. ed. 1935. The journal of Hendrik Jacob Wikar (1779). Cape Town: The Van Riebeeck
Society.
MOSSOP, E. E. ed. 1947. The journals of Carel Frederick Brink (1761/2) and Ensign Rhenius (1724).
Cape Town: The Van Riebeeck Society.
NIENABER, G. S. 1989. Khoekhoense stamname. ’n Voorlopige verkenning. Pretoria: Human Sciences
Research Council.
PENN, N. 1995. The Orange River frontier zone, c. 1700-1805. Jn: SMITH, A. B. ed. Einiqualand: studies
of the Orange River frontier: 21-109. Rondebosch: University of Cape Town Press (Pty) Ltd.
132 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
RADCLIFFE-BROWN, A. 1940. Preface. Jn: FORTES, M. & EVANS-PRITCHARD, E. E. eds. African political
systems: 1Xx—xxiil. London: Oxford University Press.
RANGER, T. O. 1978. Growing from the roots: reflections on peasant research in central and southern
Africa. Journal of Southern African Studies 5 (1): 99-133.
ROHDEN, L. VON. 1871. Geschichte der Rheinischen Missions-Gesellschaft. Barmen: J. F. Steinhaus.
ROSSOUW, H. A. 1973. Namakwalandse kroniek. Stellenbosch: Universiteitsuitgewers.
RUSSELL, M. & RUSSELL, M. 1979. Afrikaners of the Kalahari. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
SCHAPERA, I. 1930. The Khoisan peoples of South Africa. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd.
SCHAPERA, I. 1956. Government and politics in tribal society. New York: Humanities Press.
SCULLY, W. C. 1914. Lodges in the Wilderness. London: Herbert Jenkins Ltd.
SHARP, J. S. 1977. Community and boundaries: an inquiry into the institution of citizenship in two Cape
Coloured Reserves, South Africa. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, University of Cambridge.
SHARP, J. 1980. Can we study ethnicity? A critique of fields of study in South African anthropology.
Social Dynamics 6 (1): 1-16.
SHARP, J. 1981. Struggles and structures. Unpublished paper, University of Cape Town.
SIMON, J. M. 1959. Bishop for the Hottentots. African memories 1882-1909. New York: Benziger
Brothers, Inc.
SMALBERGER, J. M. 1975. Aspects of the history of copper mining in Namaqualand, 1846—1931. Cape
Town: C. Struik Ltd.
SMITH, M. 1956. On segmentary lineage systems. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute 86 (2):
39-80.
SMITH, M. 1960. Government in Zazzau. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
SMITH, M. 1966. A structural approach to comparative politics. Jn: EASTON, D. ed. Varieties of political
theory. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall.
STRASSBERGER, E. 1975. The Rhenish Mission Society in South Africa, 1830-1950. Cape Town:
C. Struik (Pty.) Ltd.
STRAUSS, T. 1979. War along the Orange. Communications. Centre for African Studies, University of
Cape Town 1: 1-129.
TALBOT, W. 1961. Land utilization in the arid regions of southern Africa. Paris: Unesco.
THOMPSON, G. 1827. Travels and adventures in southern Africa. Vol. 2. Cape Town: The Van Riebeeck
Society.
TRIGGER, D. 1992. Whitefella comin’: Aboriginal responses to colonialism in northern Australia.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
TURNER, V. W. 1957. Schism and continuity in an African society: a study of Ndembu village life.
Manchester: Manchester University Press.
VAN DER MERWE, P. J. 1941. Pioniers van die Dorsland. Kaapstad: Nasionale Pers Bpk.
VAN DER MERWE, P. J. 1945. Trek. Kaapstad: Nasionale Pers Bpk.
VAN NIEKERK, A. A. J. 1964. Die soutryers. Kaapstad: Tafelberg-Uitgewers.
VAN ONSELEN, L. E. 1961. Trekboer. Cape Town: Howard Timmins.
VAN VELSEN, J. 1967. The extended-case method and situational analysis. Jn: EPSTEIN, A. L. ed. The craft
of social anthropology: 129-149. London: Tavistock Publications.
VANSINA, J. 1973. Cultures through time. Jn: NAROLL, R. & COHEN, R. eds. A handbook of method in
cultural anthropology: 165-179. New York: Columbia University Press.
VEDDER, H. 1985 (1934). Das alte Stidwestafrika. Windhoek: SWA Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
VENTER, A. 1974. Coloured. A profile of two million South Africans. Cape Town: Human & Rousseau.
WEBER, M. 1947. The Theory of Social and Economic Organisation. New Y ork: Free Press.
WEBER, M. 1956. Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. Tubingen: Mohr.
WEIDNER, P. 1955. Pella refractory ores S.A. (Pty.) Ltd. Cape Town: Salesian Press.
WEIDNER, P. 1979. The world owes you nothing. Cape Town: Salesian Press.
WELSH, D. 1972. The cultural dimensions of apartheid. African Affairs 71: 35-53.
WILLIAMS, A. W. 1970. Navajo political process. Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology 9: \—75.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 133
PRINTED SOURCES
Government Publications
G.1—’58 Report of a Survey of a Portion of the Orange River, Eastward of Little Namaqualand, by
R. Moffat, Esq, Government Land Surveyor.
C.2—’88 Report of the Select Committee on the Lands in Namaqualand set apart for the Occupation of
Natives and Others.
G.41—’89 Correspondence and Report relative to the Lands in Namaqualand set apart for the Occupation
of Natives and Others.
G.60—90 Report on the Lands in Namaqualand set apart for the Occupation of Natives and Others.
A.7— 96 Report of the Select Committee on Namaqualand Mission Lands and Reserves.
A.2—09 Reports of the Select Committee on Native Affairs.
U.G.30/1922 Report on the Bondelzwarts Rising, 1922.
U.G.16/1923 Report on the Rebellion of the Bondelzwarts.
U.G.41/1926 Report of the Rehoboth Commission.
U.G.26/1932 Report of the Native Affairs Commission, 1927-31.
U.G.54/1937 Report of the Commission of Inquiry regarding the Cape Coloured Population of the
Union.
U.G.33/1947 Report of the Interdepartmental Committee on Coloured Mission Stations, Reserves and
Settlements.
RP.38/1976 Report of the Theron Commission of Inquiry into Matters relating to the Coloured
Population Group.
Concept Bill: The Mission Lands Act, 1901 (D90.300.7.02).
Act No. 29 of 1909: Mission Stations and Communal Reserves Act.
Act No. 12 of 1929: Cape Mission Stations and Communal Reserves (Amendment) Act.
Act No. 12 of 1949: Coloured Mission Stations and Reserves Act.
Act No. 35 of 1955: Coloured Mission Stations and Reserves Amendment Act.
Act No. 32 of 1959: Coloured Mission Stations and Reserves Amendment Act.
Concept Bill: Preservation of Coloured Areas Act, 1961 (VW.14—’61).
Concept Bill: Coloured Persons Communal Reserves Act, 1961 (VW.19-’61).
Act No. 24 of 1963: Rural Coloured Areas Act.
Regulations subjoining Act No. 29 of 1909—Government Notices: No. 897 of 1911, No. 1584 of 1925,
No. 142 of 1938, No. 2148 of 1948, No. 2241 of 1948, No. 2601 of 1948, No. 331 of 1956, No. 182 of
1957, No. 1634 of 1957, No. 1924 of 1958, No. 433 of 1959, No. 819 of 1959, No. R.1866 of 1960.
Regulations subjoining Act No. 24 of 1963—-Government Notices: No. R.1375 of 1965, No. R.695 of
1966, No. R.1052 of 1975, No. R.1209 of 1975, No. R.1583 of 1975, No. R.5029 of 1975.
Department of Social Welfare, Reports U.G.36/1950, U.G.69/1951.
Commissioner of Coloured Affairs, Annual Reports 1952-1961.
Department of Coloured Affairs, Annual Reports 1962-1979.
Administration of Coloured Affairs, Annual Reports 1969-1978.
National Physical Development Plan, 1972.
Government Gazette No. 3937, 22/6/1973 (Proclamation No. 141).
Others
London Missionary Society Missionary Registers, 1819-1851.
Jahresberichte der Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft (Annual Reports of the Rhenish Mission Society),
1829-1953.
South African Roman Catholics Bishop’s Conference Press Statements: 1952, 1954, 1957, 1977, 1980.
134 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
UNPUBLISHED SOURCES
Parish Archives, Roman Catholic Mission, Pella
RCMP/1. Bishop Simon’s Papers
RCMP/2. Letterbook of Bishop Simon
RCMP/3. Old Regulations of Pella
RCMP/4. Pella Reserve’s Documents
RCMP/6. Bishop Simon’s Pocketbooks
RCMP/16. Pella—Parish Statistics
RCMP/28. European School Correspondence. No. II
RCMP/38. Important Documents
RCMP/41. Miscellaneous Items of Bishop Thtinemann
Diocesan Archives, Roman Catholic Mission, Upington
RCMU/1. File A. Diocese History. Documents.
RCMU/S. Quinquennial Reports
RCMU/7. Pella: Administration
RCMU/13. Papers of Bishop Thunemann
RCMU/14. Notes and Letters of Bishop Esser
State Archives, Cape Town
Records of the Magistracy of Namaqualand (Springbokfontein)
1/SBK, 5/1/2. Letters dispatched by Civil Commissioner, 1860—63
1/SBK, 5/1/3. Letters dispatched by Civil Commissioner, 1864-66
1/SBK, 5/1/4. Letters dispatched by Civil Commissioner, 1867—69
1/SBK, 5/1/5. Letters dispatched by Civil Commissioner, 1870—74
1/SBK, 5/1/6. Letters dispatched by Civil Commissioner, 1874—77
1/SBK, 5/6/1. Letters dispatched re Communal Reserves Matters, 1912—1914
Rural Coloured Area Pella Administration (RCAPA)
Annual Reports for Pella, 1974-1978.
Official Minutes (‘Notules van Vergaderings’) of the Advisory Board, 1975-1979.
Others
Department of Social Welfare: File SW.458/10, Vol. I.
Pofadder Magistracy: District Record Book (Pofadder Office).
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 135)
APPENDIX A
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPATION, 1874
Under authority of the Government surveyor by letter of the Hon’ble the Commissioner of
Crown Lands and Public Works, No. 875, dated 31st March 1874, I do hereby certify that
the Most Reverend Dr. Leonard, Roman Catholic Bishop and Vicar Apostolic, Western
Districts, Cape of Good Hope, and his Successors in that Office, have permission to locate
certain Roman Catholic Priests of the Society for African Missions and their followers,
upon the Crown Land known as “Groote Pella’, situate in the Division of Namaqualand
on the Orange River, and described as in extent about ten thousand (10,000) morgen
(equivalent to about 21,165 acres English measure), on the following Conditions:-
Il. That the occupation of the said land shall not begin before the expiration of the
existing annual lease thereof; and that the said occupants shall not be disturbed until
the said land shall have been advertised for lease under Act No. 19 of 1864.
II. That notice shall be given by the Government to the said Most Reverend Dr.
Leonard or his Successors in Office, of at least one year previous to the termination
of this permission to occupy.
I. That Government Land Surveyors employed in the survey of Crown or other Lands,
with their assistants and servants, shall have the right of access at any time to any part of
the said Land for professional purposes, and the right of occupying any part of the said
Land and grazing and watering their cattle or horses on all pastures and at all waters.
IV. That all roads running over the said Land may be used by the public as cattle
Thoroughfares (“Trekpaths”’) to the extent of two hundred (200) yards on each side
of any such road.
V. __ That the public travelling shall have the right of outspanning on any part of the said
Land.
VI. ‘That the right of searching and mining for ores, metals, minerals, or precious stones
upon the said Land is reserved to the Government, or to any person authorised by it.
VU. That the Government does not undertake to point out any beacons.
VII. That should the Description given of the said unsurveyed land be such as to take in
any part of a surveyed lot already leased, the lease shall stand precedent.
IX. That the Government will not be prepared to make any compensation to the said
Most Reverend Dr. Leonard or his Successors in Office, at the termination of this
136 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
permission to occupy, for any Improvements made by him or these without formal
authority from the Government—should such authority be desired in respect of any
contemplated Improvements, the Applicant will have to state the character, object,
situation and estimated cost of such Improvements; and further supply all such
particulars as may be required to enable the Government to judge whether or not,
and for what maximum amount, any contingent eventual claim for compensation
ought to be entertained on termination of this permission to occupy. Compensation
will be made in respect of such Improvements, in the event of the Applicant not
becoming the Owner or Leasee of the said Land. Such compensation will in no case
exceed the amount either of the estimated or of the actual costs of authorised
Improvements and will be determined by valuators appointed for the purpose in the
following manner, viz.:- one valuator to be appointed by each side, and a third to be
chosen by those two, before proceeding to act—and the award of such valuators or
any two of them shall be final.
X. That any existing Improvements on the said Land shall be kept in good repair
during the duration of this permission to occupy and be delivered up in good repair
at its termination—but that no compensation will be given in respect of such
improvements.
XI. That the said Most Reverend Dr. Leonard, or his Successors in Office, shall not let
any portion of the said Land or any buildings or erections thereon, without the
sanction of the Government.
XII. That the Government may cancel this permission to occupy forthwith, without any
notice, upon the breach of any of the Conditions of Occupation herein set forth.
Surveyor General’s Office,
27th July, 1874
(sgd) A. de Smidt
Surveyor General
Appendix
I do hereby certify that the right of occupation conveyed by this Inclusurement to the Most
Reverend Dr. Leonard, Roman Catholic Bishop and Vicar Apostolic at the Cape of Good
Hope, has been transferred to the Very Reverend John Devernoille, Administrator and
Vice-prefect Apostolic, Central District of the Cape of Good Hope. (See letter from the
Hon. the Commissioner of Crown Lands and Public Works dated 8th December, 1874, to
my address).
(sed) A. de Smidt
Surveyor General
Surveyor General’s Office,
17th February, 1875
Source: RCMP/1
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA S37,
APPENDIX B
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPATION, 1881
Under authority of the Government, conveyed by a letter of the Honourable the
Commissioner of Crown Lands and Public Works, No. 905, dated 9th May, 1881, I do
hereby certify that the Very Reverend Auge Francois Gaudeul, Vice Prefect Apostolic of
the Cape Central Districts, and his Successors in that Office, have permission to locate
certain Roman Catholic Priests of the Society for African Missions, and their followers,
upon the Crown Land known as “Groot Pella’, situated in the Division of Namaqualand,
on the Orange River, and described as extending on the West to the “Klein Resinbosch
River’, a dry watercourse, from a place on the Orange River called “De Myk” up to Klein
Resinbosch; on the South to the Road from Klein Resinbosch to Pofadder, so far as its
intersection with the Road from Pella to Pofadder; thence, on the East, to a straight line to
the nearest point of the Mountain range North-East of Pella; thence, on the North, to the
said Mountain range as far as the place called “Rooi Pad”, on the Orange River, where the
mountain range comes to the water’s edge; thence, on the North-West, to the Orange
River so far as “De Myk”; on the following Conditions:-
I. That the said Occupants shall not be disturbed in their occupation of the said land
until it shall have been advertised for Sale under the provisions of Act No. 14 of
1878.
II. That notice shall be given by the Government to the said Very Reverend Auge
Francois Gaudeul, or his Successors in Office, at least one year previous to the
termination of this permission to occupy.
Ill. That Government Land Surveyors employed in the Survey of Crown or other
Lands, with their assistants and servants, shall have the right of access at any time
to any part of the said land for professional purposes, and the right of occupying any
part of the said land and grazing and watering their cattle or horses on all pastures
and at all waters.
IV. That all roads running over the said land may be used by the public as Cattle
Thoroughfares (Trekpaths) to the extent of two hundred (200) yards on each side of
any such road.
V. ___ That the public travelling, shall have the right of outspanning on any part of the said
land.
VI. ‘That the right of searching and mining for ores, metals, minerals, or precious stones
upon the said land is reserved to the Government, or to any person authorised by it.
138
VIL.
VIL.
IX.
XI.
XI.
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
That the Government does not undertake to point out any beacons.
That should the description given of the said unsurveyed land be such as to include
any part of a surveyed lot already leased or granted, the lease or grant shall stand
precedent.
That the Government will not be prepared to make any compensation to the said
Very Reverend Auge Francois Gaudeul, or his Successors in Office, at the
termination of this permission to occupy, for any Improvements made by him or
them without formal authority from the Government. Should such authority be
desired in respect of any contemplated Improvements, the applicant will have to
state the character, object, situation and estimated cost of such Improvements; and
further supply all such particulars as may be required to enable the Government to
judge whether or not, and for what maximum amount, any contingent eventual
claim for compensation ought to be entertained on termination of this permission to
occupy. A record should be kept of all authorised Improvements, and on
termination of this permission to occupy, compensation will be made in respect of
such Improvements, in the event of the applicant not becoming the proprietor of the
said land. Such compensation will in no case exceed the amount either of the
estimated or of the actual cost of authorised Improvements and will be determined
by valuators appointed for the purpose in the following manner, viz.:- one valuator
to be appointed by each side, and a third to be chosen by those two, before
proceeding to act — and the award of such valuators or any two of them shall be
final.
That any existing Improvements on the said land shall be kept in good repair during
the duration of this permission to occupy and shall be delivered up in good repair at
its termination, but that no Compensation will be given in respect of such
Improvements.
That the said Very Reverend Auge Francois Gaudeul, or his Successors in Office,
shall not let any portion of the said land or any buildings thereon, without the
sanction of the Government.
That the Government may cancel this permission to occupy forthwith without any
notice upon the breach of any of the Conditions of Occupation herein set forth.
(sed) A. de Smidt, -
Surveyor-General
Surveyor-General’s Office,
9th June, 1881.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 139
Appendix 1
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, the undersigned, Francis Gaudeul,
Roman Catholic Priest, at present of Cape Town, do hereby, in my capacity of
Administrator of the Roman Catholic Missions of the Central Prefecture of the Colony of
the Cape of Good Hope, nominate, constitute, and appoint the Most Reverend John
Leonard, Roman Catholic Bishop of Cape Town aforesaid, to be my true and lawful
attorney and agent, with power of substitution, for me, and in my name, and on my behalf,
to occupy, manage, use, and administer the missionary house, land, and other property
situate at Pella, Namaqualand; and also for me and in my name to act with the Colonial
Government, and all or any other persons or person interested, in respect of such
missionary place and property as aforesaid; and also for me and in my name to make and
do all lawful acts and things whatsoever in and concerning the said premises as fully and
effectually as I might or could if personally present and acting thereon; hereby ratifying,
allowing, and confirming, and promising and agreeing to ratify, allow, and confirm, all
and whatsoever my said attorney and agent shall in my name lawfully do, or cause to be
done, in and about the premises, by virtue of these presents.
Thus done and executed at Cape Town this Twenty-fifth day of October, in the year
of Our Lord One Thousand Eight hundred and Eighty-two, in the presence of the
subscribing witnesses.
(sgd) A. F. Gaudeul
As Witnesses:
(sgd) John J. O’ Reilly
(sgd) John O’ Dwyer
Appendix 2
Under authority of a letter of the Honourable the Commissioner of Crown Lands, dated
11th December, 1882, I hereby certify that this Ticket of Occupation is transferred with
the consent of the Very Reverend Auge Francois Gaudeul to the Most Reverend John
Leonard, Roman Catholic Bishop of Cape Town.
(sgd) J. Templer Horne,
for Surveyor-General
Survey Office,
2nd March, 1883
Appendix 3
By a deed of the 5th September, 1917, and the 4th December, 1917, the right hitherto
possessed by the Roman Catholic Bishop of Cape Town, by virtue of this Certificate of
Occupation, in respect of a certain portion of the within property, in extent approximately
200 hundred square roods, and certain buildings, etc., thereon, has been renounced and
140 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
waived in favour of the Government of the Union of South Africa, as will more fully
appear on reference to the deed filed in this Office with the duplicate original certificate
thereof.
Deeds Office, Cape Town,
6th December, 1917
Appendix 4
Government rights cancelled. Vide certificate filed with counterpart.
Registrar of Deeds(sgd)
Assistant Registrar of Deeds (sgd)
Deeds Registry, Cape Town,
31st July, 1940
Countersigned by Bishop H. J. Thiinemann, 17th April, 1942
Sources: 1. Certificate of Occupation; Appendix 1, 2: RCMP/1
11. Appendix 3, 4: RCMU/1
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 141
APPENDIX C
The following Regulations on the use of Liquors
compel all the Inhabitants of Pella.
To bring or have brought on Pella any intoxicating liquors such as Beer, wine and
Brandy unless a permit has been given to the effect and which must be renewed for
each.
It forbid to search honey on Pella ground without having the same.
All liquors such as Beer wine brandy that shall be brought to Pella without this
permission shall be confiscated and in such case always destroyed.
Those who become intoxicated on Beer wine or brandy be procured with
permission shall be punished as follows:
(a) All Beer, wine or Brandy which he yet possesses shall be confiscated and
destroyed.
(b) He shall be made to give in the written hand, that he will not use liquors,
namely Beer wine or Brandy, before at least twelve months are passed.
The privilege given to live at Pella shall no longer be granted to these Offenders,
under these Regulations.
Guilty Offenders of the Government service shall be reported to their Superior,
namely the Magistrate, the Chief Constable.
Source: RCMP/3
142 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
APPENDIX D*
The following Regulations for the Moral Benefit
compel all the inhabitants of Pella.
1) Women shall not appear in the Village with clothes such which provoke the evil
passions of men.
(a) Forbid to women are Dresses tight in certain places, or short above the
ground.
(b) Itis shameful for women to wear dresses of short Sleeve or made low in front.
(c) Women shall wear Stockings at all times.
2) Girls of the age 12 and more to wear dresses that shall reach to the knees, and they
must wear Stockings at all times.
3) Boys shall not appear in the Village with the upper legs naked.
4) Girls shall not walk out in hidden places. This is immoral and dangerous.
5) It is forbid to All to dance, except with my permission.
6) Those who ignore these Regulations are Offenders before the Holy Church, and in
such case the privilege given to live at Pella shall no longer be granted.
*Regulations (1) to (6) were issued by Bishop Simon in 1887, and they were later
confirmed by Bishop Thinemann along with (7).
Additional Regulation
(7) Norespectable, decent woman or girl is ever to be seen on a bicycle.
Approved by the Chairman and Council,
(sgd)+ H. J. Thtinemann
Pella, the 11th June, 1941
Source: RCMP/3
Hike
Il.
IV.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 143
APPENDIX E
Wed
RULES FOR THE GENERAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA
Under the Certificate of Occupation the Crown Land Pella is given as a farm to the
Roman Catholic Church, represented by the Head Missionary.
The Head Missionary has the following rights:
1. to admit people wishing to reside at Pella, who are Catholics or who are
convinced of the Truth of our Holy Religion.
2. to compel the departure of those guilty of public scandals, such as
beer-brewing, dancing without permission, adultery and fornication,
disgraceful or disrespectful conduct, for between two and three years, or
permanently.
to grant and withdraw trading rights.
4. to give permission to use pasturage and watering places on the farm.
5. to give permission to build houses, on condition that the occupants demolish
such buildings on the instruction of the Head Missionary in the event of their
leaving Pella without giving over the house to another occupant. The Church
may hold such vacated buildings for its own purposes.
6. to enter contracts with prospectors, and grant leave to tap milkbushes, and to
cancel such contracts.
7. to draw up and apply such regulations as he may deem necessary from time to
time.
oS)
The farm is divided by inspection into six districts, in which each inhabitant shall
have a fixed place of residence.
The inhabitants shall not be permitted to roam about at will with their flocks but
shall remain in these districts, with an exception being made only in time of
droughts.
Each district shall have a Foreman, whose duty it is to look after the affairs of the
inhabitants there and to assist the Head Missionary when necessary.
The Ruling Council consists of ten members, being five Europeans and five
Natives.
The foremen of the districts are ex officio members of this council.
The remaining members are to be chosen by the inhabitants at a general meeting
by means of a secret vote.
The Council shall assist the Head Missionary in the administration and control of
the Pella farm.
144 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
The Chairman of the Council shall be the Head Missionary or, in his absence, the
foreman of Pella. (Bishop Simon’s meaning here is that the Mayor of Pella
village—foreman of Central Pella—will act as chairman).
V. Aportion of the pasturage is to be set aside for the use of transport riders and in time
of drought. Fines are levied for trespass in this area. (See Regulations of 1927).
VI. Tax. This is to be levied on each household, and not according to the number of
occupants. I can find no record of the collection of taxes before 1927, either on
houses or livestock. I assume that Bishop Simon thought of these as contributions
rather than taxes.
VII. An inhabitant of Pella, absent for some time, is allowed to retain his privilege to
live here on his return, but if he had a grant of land for gardens, etc., then this lapsed
on his departure.
The other Regulations of which Bishop Simon writes are those included in the
Regulations of 1927, viz. Nos. III, IV, VII, VI, [X and X.*
(sgd) + F. Esser
DOSS 7
Source: RCMU/14
* Bishop Esser made no reference to the regulations contained in Appendices C and D in
his reconstruction, possibly on the assumption that the missionary at Pella would in any
case be aware of them. The reconstruction is unlikely to have much resemblance to
Bishop Simon’s original regulations owing to differences in style, but the content is
correct according to the references to them in the documents used by Bishop Esser.
Hie
nie
VI.
VIL.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 145
APPENDIX F
Wee
REGULATIONS TO BE OBSERVED BY ALL LIVING ON
PELLA MISSION GROUND
A part of the grazing at Pella is reserved to large Cattle. Small cattle, like sheep and
goats, found grazing in the reserved part, shall be fined 10/— each time they are
caught therein by a member of the ruling Council. Out of these 10/— five shall be
deposited in the Institute’s Cash Box; the other 5/— shall be given to the man who
has caught the trespasser.
Pella people who keep live stock on the mission ground shall pay every year 10/—
per 100 small stock, up to 400, and 10/— per 10 large stock up to 40. This money
goes to the Institute’s Cash Box and must be paid during the first month of the year.
If allowed to keep more, they shall pay an additional yearly tax of £1. per 100 sheep
or goats and per 10 large stock exceeding the 400 and 40 generally allowed. These
amounts are also deposited in the Mission Cash Box.
With the consent of the Head-missionary, the members of the ruling Council may
assist outsiders with grazing on Pella, at the rate of 2/6 per month for 100 sheep or
goats or for 10 heads of large stock. The money must be paid in advance to the
Foreman who shall Deposit same in the Institute’s Cash Box.
Are called Outsiders all who belong to another Denomination, also Catholics who
possess their own farm or who, having no ground of their own, live outside of Pella.
However, these Catholic outsiders may be admitted on the Mission property, when
Pella has abundant grazing and at the rate of 1/— per month for 100 sheep or goats or
10 heads of large stock.
The £10 paid yearly by the two Stores at Pella go also to the public Cash Box.
The tenth part of the amounts collected in the public Cash Box belongs to the
Church. The rest shall be used to improve the place, to clean public Dams, repair
public buildings, Church, Schools, Cemetery, Dipbath or to assist very poor
members of the Congregation, with the approval of the Chairman and the members
of the ruling Council.
Catholics living within three miles from the Church must attend Divine Services
every Sunday. Others living at greater distance and yet on Pella ground ought to
attend the Sunday Services at least once a month.
146 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
VIII. All children must begin to attend school when six years old, and they must stay at
school until they pass the VI Standard or have completed their sixteenth year.
IX. People or Parents who fail to comply with Articles VII & VIII or who send their
children to Schools unapproved by the Church are liable to lose their rights on the
mission ground.
X. All stray animals, whose owner is unknown, shall be impounded. When the owner
is known, he shall be notified to take his live stock away from Pella. If he takes no
notice of the warning the animals shall be impounded.
XI. The permission formerly given to have a space of grazing for lambs, calves, etc. is
withdrawn.
Pella, January the 4th 1927
(sgd) + J. Simon
Source: RCMP/1
I.
Te
VI.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 147
APPENDIX G
Vier
GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF
THE PELLA MISSION GROUND
A Council (or ‘Raad’) shall be appointed to assist the Head of the Mission.
This Council shall consist of six members to be elected by the Occupiers of the
Pella Mission Grounds, and a Chairman who will always be the Bishop of the
Vicariate of Keimoes, or his authorised representative.
By Occupiers is here meant all persons of whom the Council may demand the
payment of fees, as set out below.
Councillors are to be appointed for a period of three years. A member can
nevertheless make himself available for re-election after this period.
The Chairman may at any time ask a member for his resignation.
A Secretary shall be appointed by the Council.
The Secretary will be responsible for ordinary secretarial work as well as for
financial affairs concerning the Council.
His salary will be determined by the Council.
A Councillor may hold this office.
Ordinary meetings of the Council shall be held every two months on the second
Wednesday of the month.
Extra-ordinary meetings may be held at any time when it is considered
necessary.
Members who do not attend these meetings must give the reasons for their
absence in writing to the Chairman.
Further Regulations may be made by the Council on the majority of votes.
The Chairman, however, reserves the right to approve or reject any motion or
proposed Regulation, even when the majority of votes is in favour of or opposed to
such.
All regulations approved by the Council and the Chairman and properly made
known to the Public by the Secretary must be carefully adhered to by all the persons
concerned.
Subject to the approval of the Chairman, the Council shall have the right to apply
the following punitive measures when the Regulations are broken or ignored:-
(a) Fines.
148
VIL.
WADUE
IX.
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
(b) Withdrawal of rights to pasturage.
(c) The Offender obliged to leave the Pella Grounds.
A portion of the pasturage on Pella, as determined by the Council is to be reserved
for largestock. ,
The owners of smallstock found in this portion shall be fined ten shillings (10/-)
each time such livestock is caught trespassing in the reserved portion by any
inhabitant of 17 years or older.
Of these ten shillings, five shall be placed Cashbox of the Council, and the other
five shall be handed to the person who caught the offender.
Approved inhabitants of Pella may keep largestock and smallstock on the Pella
pasturage, according to the Regulations and subject to the following conditions and
rates.
The Rate for smallstock, 1.e. sheep and goats, is as follows:-
Up to 400 — one penny per head per year
From 400 to 1,000 — threepence per head per year
From 1,000 to 2,000 — one penny per head per month
A maximum of 2,000 smallstock may not be exceeded.
The Rate for largestock, i.e. cattle and donkeys, is as follows:-
Up to 40 — nine pence per head per year
From 40 to 80 — two shillings per head per year
From 80 to 100 — one shilling and sixpence per head per month
A maximum of 100 cattle and/or 30 donkeys may not be exceeded.
All rates for rights to pasturage must be paid to the Council during the first month of
the year, but the Council may arrange otherwise in special circumstances.
The Council may hire pasturage to Outsiders, i.e. to Catholics or non-Catholics
who are not inhabitants of Pella or who possess their own land, according to the
following rates:-
10/— per month or portion thereof, per 100 smallstock or portion of 100
1/6 per month or portion thereof, per head of largestock
The maximum number of animals for which a hirer can obtain pasturage is to be
1,000 smallstock and 50 largestock
Pasturage shall not be hired to outsiders for periods longer than three months.
All stray animals of whom the owner is unknown shall be impounded. If the owner
is known he shall be notified and warned to remove his livestock from Pella. If he
should pay no attention to the warning the animals shall be impounded.
XL.
XII.
XII.
XIV.
XV.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 149
The permission previously given to keep calves and lambs in a specially reserved
portion is withdrawn. Lambs which are definitely over the age of three months will
not be allowed in the reserved portion to be determined by the Council.
That district of the Mission Grounds known as Central Pella (or ‘Pella Sentraal’)
shall be defined and marked out with beacons by a committee to be appointed by
the Council. Only the inhabitants of Central Pella may hold and make use of rights
to pasturage in this defined area. Smallstock belonging to other inhabitants may be
impounded if found in this District.
The committee may inspect and define the other Districts if so desired by the
inhabitants, and in such cases these provisions on trespass of livestock will also be
applied.
The Secretary shall be responsible for keeping an accurate account of the correct
number of animals which each Occupier has on the Pella Mission Grounds.
The Council shall appoint a committee at least twice a year to assist the Secretary
and enable him to conduct a thorough census of the livestock.
The committee shall consist of at least two members, one european and one
coloured, and if more members are deemed necessary there shall be equal numbers
of Europeans and Coloureds.
The committee shall have the right and duty to count the animals of every
Occupier and make its report thereon to the Secretary.
Any Occupier who resists the counting of his livestock, or who in any manner
attempts to hinder or prevent the duly appointed and empowered committee from
performing its task, or who refuses to give the members the necessary assistance,
shall be guilty of an offence, and will be dealt with under Articles V and VI.
The Council shall pay a reasonable salary to those appointed to carry out the
census and counting of livestock.
The owners of shops or other business or trading establishments must pay an annual
fee of £6 to the Council.
Cases concerning itinerant traders (or ‘smouse’) and speculators shall be dealt
with separately by the Council.
The Secretary of the Council shall hand over his Books to the Chairman at the end
-of the months of June and December of each year, when the Chairman may, if he
thinks fit, audit them.
The Secretary shall also at the said times hand one tenth of the cash balance in the
Council Cashbox and/or the Bank to the Roman Catholic Church of Pella.
The remaining money shall be used for local improvements, such as the cleaning
of public dams, the repair of public buildings (Cathedral, schools, cemetery,
diptank and pens), or to assist extremely destitute members of the congregation
and/or the community.
150 ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
XVI. All Catholics who live within three miles of the Cathedral must attend Divine
Services every Sunday. Others who live at a greater distance and yet on the Pella
Grounds must attend the Sunday service at least once a month.
XVI. All children who have passed their sixth year must attend school until they have
either passed Std. VI or have reached the age of 16 years.
XVIII. Parents or others who fail to comply with the provisions of Articles XVI and XVII,
or who send their children to schools other than those approved by the Church, may
be deprived of their rights of residence on the Pella Mission Grounds.
XIX. Those guilty of committing public scandals may at any time be compelled to leave
the Pella area.
Approved by the Chairman and Council,
at Pella, on the 27th day of January, 1941
(sgd) + H. J. Thiinemann
Vicar Apostolic
Vicariate of Keimoes
Source: RCMP/3
I.
Il.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA {yl
APPENDIX H
Wear)
NEW GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR THE ADMINISTRATION
OF PELLA MISSION RESERVE
Preambulatory Explanation.
In the past the Bishop-in-Office had supreme authority in the management of the
affairs of the Pella Mission Reserve. In view of the unavoidable delays in
negotiations with the Government regarding the future of the Pella Mission
Reserve, the Bishop-in-Office has resolved to resume the said supreme authority
for the temporal management of the Pella Mission Reserve.
Council (or ‘Raad’) to advise and assist the Bishop-in-Office.
1. Representation of Councillors (“Raadsmanne’)
a. One European.
b. One Non-european for each of the following districts:
Pella Central, Kouroe & Annakoppe, Nougab and vicinity, Mik & Orange
River.
2. Councillors shall be nominated by the Community, and appointed by the
Bishop-in-Office, who may also reject any so nominated.
Councillors shall be appointed for a period of one year.
4. Councillors have no casting votes in the Council, and act only in an advisory
capacity.
5. The Chairman of the Council shall be the Bishop-in-Office.
The Secretary and Treasurer shall be the Priest-in-charge.
7. The Council shall meet every three months. The Bishop-in-Office may at any
time call an extra-ordinary meeting.
Uo
S
Funds.
1. | Communal funds shall be obtained as follows:
a. Levying of fees for rights of occupation (similar to the hut tax and taxes
on squatters.
i. All occupiers (or ‘burgers’), i.e. those more less permanently residing
on Pella, shall be taxed as follows:
All males over 16 and below 65:24/— p.a.
All females over 18 and below 60: 12/— p.a.
Schoolgoing children over 16 are excluded.
Teachers and lay personnel of the Mission are also required to pay this
tax.
ii. Traders and shop-owners shall pay £10 p.a.
152
DY,
ANNALS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM
111. The mine-owners shall pay £20 p.a.
b. Levying of fees for rights of occupation to gardens.
i. Gardens of less than one morgen:5/— p.a.
Gardens larger than one morgen : 10/— p.a.
The R.C. Mission is subject to this tax.
c. Levying of fees for Pasturage.
1. Smallstock
1-5 free
6-50 5/— p.a.
51-100 10/— p.a.
101-200 20/—p.a.
201-300 30/-p.a.
301-400 40/-p.a.
Over 400: For each 100, or portion of 100, exceeding 400—£10 p.a.
ii. Largestock (Cattle and Donkeys)
Cattle: £1 per head p.a. (or any portion of a year exceeding one
month) |
Donkeys: 1—166/—a head p.a. (or any portion of a year exceeding
one month)
Over 16 24/— a head p.a. (or any portion of a year
exceeding one month)
11. Hiring of Pasturage by Outsiders.
For Smallstock: 3d per head per month (or part)
For Largestock: 2/6 per head per month (or part)
2. These fees are payable half-yearly: on or before the 30th of March and the
30th of September.
3. | With the exception of 1(b), the R.C. Mission is not subject to these taxes, in
view of the fact that the secretarial work will be handled by its personnel, and
this is to be regarded as adequate payment.
Use of Funds.
Money in the Communal Funds shall be used as follows:
1. | Payment of the Ranger, to cover travel costs, etc.
(The Secretary will not be paid)
2. Improvements in the Reserve, such as fencing, the repair of buildings, roads,
diptank and pens, limekiln, cemetery, etc.
3. Charity, to destitute persons in exceptional circumstances, and in cases of
sickness and death. 3
4. Funds may be used at a later date for the erection of a clinic, purchase of
equipment, and for the salary of a nurse.
Ranger.
1. The appointment and duties of the ranger remain unchanged.
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA 153
VI. Other Regulations.
I.
The General Regulations for the Management of the Pella Mission Ground of
1941, as amended and supplemented, shall remain valid and apply to all
persons residing on Pella, insofar as they are not superseded by these New
General Regulations.
As provided for in Article 4 of the General Regulations of 1941, the Council
may introduce new regulations subject to the approval of the
Bishop-in-Office.
The Bishop-in-Office does not require the approval of the Council before
introducing new regulations.
(sgd) + H. J. Thunemann
Bishop of Keimoes
25/5) 153
Source: RCMP/3
SYSTEMATIC papers must conform to the International code of zoological nomenclature (particularly Articles 22
and 51).
Names of new taxa, combinations, synonyms, etc., when used for the first time, must be followed by the appropriate
Latin (not English) abbreviation, e.g. gen. nov., sp. nov., comb. nov., syn. nov., etc. The name of the taxon should be
followed, without intervening punctuation, by the author’s(s’) name(s) (not abbreviated) and the year of publication; a
comma must separate author’s(s’) name(s) and year. The author’s(s’) name(s) and date must be placed in parentheses if
a species or subspecies is transferred from its original genus. The name of a subsequent user of a scientific name must
be separated from the scientific name by a colon.
Synonymy arrangement should be either according to chronology of names, i.e. all published scientific names by
which the species previously has been designated are listed in chronological order, with all references to that name
following in chronological order (see example 1), or according to chronology of bibliographic references, whereby the
year is placed in front of each entry, and the synonym repeated in full for each entry (see example 2). The author should
adopt one style or the other throughout a paper.
Family Nuculanidae
Nuculana (Lembulus) bicuspidata (Gould, 1845)
Figs 14-15A
Example 1
Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, 1845: 37.
Leda plicifera A. Adams, 1856: 50.
Laeda bicuspidata (Gould) Hanley, 1859: 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73). Sowerby, 1871, pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
Nucula largillierti Philippi, 1861: 87.
Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Nicklés, 1950: 163, fig. 301; 1955: 110. Barnard, 1964: 234, figs 8-9.
NOTE punctuation in the above example: comma separates author’s name and year; semicolon separates more than one
reference by the same author; full stop separates references by different authors; figures of plates are enclosed in
parentheses to distinguish them from text-figures; dash, not comma, separates consecutive numbers.
Example 2
1845 Nucula (Leda) bicuspidata Gould, p. 37.
1856 Leda plicifera A. Adams, p. 50.
1859 Laeda bicuspidata (Gould) Hanley, p. 118, pl. 228 (fig. 73).
1861 Nucula largillierti Philippi, p. 87.
1871 Laeda bicuspidata (Gould): Sowerby, pl. 2 (fig. 8a—b).
1950 Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Nicklés, p. 163, fig. 301.
1955 Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Nicklés, p. 110.
1964 Leda bicuspidata (Gould): Barnard, p. 234, figs 8-9.
In describing new species, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other specimens mentioned in the original
description are to be designated allotype (if applicable) and/or paratypes; additional material not regarded as paratypes
should be listed separately. The complete data (registration number, depository, description of specimen, locality,
collector, date) of the holotype and paratypes must be recorded, e.g.:
Holotype. SAM—A13535 in the South African Museum, Cape Town. Adult female from mid-tide region, King’s Beach,
Port Elizabeth (33 51 S25 39 E), collected by A. Smith, 15 January 1973.
Note standard form of writing South African Museum registration numbers and date.
SPECIAL HOUSE RULES
Capital initial letters
(a) The Figures, Maps and Tables of the paper when referred to in the text, e.g. *... the Figure depicting C. namacolus ...’, or
*... in C. namacolus (Fig. 10) ....’
(b) The prefixes of prefixed surnames in all languages, when used in the text, if not preceded by initials or full names: e.g. Du
Toit, but A. L. du Toit; Von Huene, but F. von Huene
(c) Scientific names, but not their vernacular derivatives e.g. Therocephalia, but therocephalian
Punctuation should be loose, omitting all not strictly necessary. Reference to the author should preferably be expressed
in the third person. Roman numerals should be converted to arabic, except when forming part of the title of a book or
article, e.g. ‘Revision of the Crustacea. Part VIII. Amphipoda.’. A specific name must not stand alone, but be preceded
by the generic name or its abbreviation to initial capital letter (except at the beginning of a sentence or paragraph),
provided the same generic name is used consecutively. The name of new genus or species should not be included in the
title; it should be included in the abstract, counter to Recommendation 23 of the Code, to meet the requirements of
Biological Abstracts.
GENERAL. Once referees’ reports have been received by the editor, these will be discussed by the editorial
committee. If the paper is considered acceptable after minor or major revision, the reports will be forwarded to the
author who must then thoroughly revise in accordance with the referees’ suggestions. Final acceptance of the revised
manuscript will be considered by the editorial committee. In the case of major revision being necessary, the committee
reserves the right to consult one or more referees regarding the revised manuscript.
"WOT
3 9088 01206 7252
G. P. KLINGHARDT
STRUCTURE AND PROCESS IN THE
LOCAL GOVERNMENT OF PELLA,
~ 1874-1980
131825
780868
9
sf
‘
>
4
x
f
i
4
1
mi
ti
}
at
> iN'
a
Ads
iv
4 &
=
yA
Naga nearer
fare anaes uiy RAINED Fe
as GN APT
yiganinnere
aired
nie
ja NH!
pee NOOR EUR
van
eee
ays wean” AE
ae
eueasae
= 4
wv
pe
Few wy
wo gditaent
yee waved ial
ve
I
I
|
|
i INSTITUT,
3 9088 014
|
|
|
|
|
ll
pana
ap nus
epee
!
SF Aree NA
Veneta
Wevean site oy
eres RNR:
arn ee
a apeUrel ANS
qa unae bee Saphe®
sh we
Pas Weebes
es hay RNN SIME
ian
earuey
are’
Pete as WAN
wae BP UPS
wari
we
fe seer ae
aeyteye ye ve
eae Lee
year
ye we Mey
awe eat
ae
eae
aye
Qe une WHE
nh it
~ eye
fe PEE OME
PAN arta nan
IAD EAE RS A
* { ae LI
piensa lisoay
avon
abreast 1h
poh hy
every
men es
runner ange ue
sana
pags Uae!
aes
ssgeie HOA
SU acals guste wa Pane tA
eau nM
we ete a
tiga
sons ihiayp
ME
ae NF
yn Aa Berane Peat
we te
oy
ayeyir ae Seva Ge
ia: ee US EVE MES
Urge SHA UTIS
’ seni SURE
LEU
arene ;
Seri h
cig ¥
pa peeP MA He PE
work
yp ae ae ME
aot aun db Met
ee OYE
Ratha ar
te eRe
See A ue AP BARD bf
rate
Pe Wee ‘ ve
cad te is
Pee
iy) enone Wale
fap yeaa ge pate We
sreare an?
pae
pare
Esa led
ue!
mip ME
sa 4
spite ant
Yarra)
wary
pve tthe
Sten hee
papye yt
we
a ehp
empath
ry
hed!
Pyesty asl
Peveaey
ee MEANS EY
ae Ae YBAD
pRe upie Ae AR NEST
Oa
ware
Apere
yo
ar eanenepaeay
Hera at ble ararNinnr ate aay
BUCS ae a
ps ade! AN he
eri ke
an elead
Pathe vit
A AARNE
peep aeuene ne
ress ee
eer
oe
Penenst of
: ,
aii
gragaruene®
‘ou Nant AAMAS NT
Ce:
abner
nape dy
EA Vig
Ay ke tebe ab
ar apers
pate ay aged?
ake ta kaka
: a4
par eek aE
eee way ans
repeat ese rare
et atu Stet akan sy abah
her
weve deen VEY -
pee bray
iW
ke eed
are
panies
apa ardene*
Ameer ertr
cyt Ad ERS
cot ana
iy we
tap Aue
Aye ay
eek teas
Arwen,
par
aan PA
mary
LE
eter 2 =
CV abe}
wad
anes
apa set
RARE
agp cet
dada aie AEM
rarawet
shee AF
Sup hae
: EY
rich paysite wt s
cameras 8+ f
bE : oe
yet
pap ws f :
ecg AS Heth:
44, 44
~ ecstip Abele e!
SNC er Tata
shneg teats SEIS
poe eI Re
apes
a
ayaa
Encaiayyh 8
; ety
Baamnn ae
payee eae
12% <8 wine
Sarge snancnin ws
TT ae lah
og 80 8S
te aye
pOus
Pra eiy
eke PReee
peeeronn
“
genet?
eyes apceet exons